enVision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20

enVision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20

Go through the enVision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 regularly and improve your accuracy in solving questions.

enVision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20

Essential Question:
What are strategies for finding addition and subtraction facts?
Answer:
The Split and Jump strategies are used for finding Addition and Subtraction.
Explanation:
You can add or subtract the tens separately to the ones (or units).
For example, using the split strategy to add 46 + 23, you would split each number (decompose) into tens and ones: 46 + 23 = 40 + 6 + 20 + 3. rearrange the tens and ones: 40 + 20 + 6 + 3.

Jump Strategy, we can also count by 2s or 10s, or make any “jumps” we want to help us solve a calculation.

 Using a Number Line or Number Chart. This is a very popular and visual way to help students work out subtraction problems.
Jump strategy for addition

Jump strategy for subtraction



Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 1

enVision STEM Project: Material Math
Find Out Collect different types of paper. Talk about the uses of paper. Tell how strong each type of paper is. Tell how the paper feels. Tell if the paper can soak up water.
Journal: Make a Book Show what you find out in a book. In your book, also:

  • Glue samples of paper and tell what you found.
  • Choose a type of paper to make flash cards of addition and subtraction facts.
    Answer:
    Types of Paper:

    • Bond paper. This type of paper is stronger and more durable than the average sheet of paper.
    • Gloss coated paper, it is typically used for flyers and brochures as it has a high shine.
    • Matt coated paper, has a semi-gloss finish, produces high quality prints.
    • Recycled paper, saves landfill space and reduces the amount of pollution in the air. 
    • Silk coated paper, used commonly for leaflets and flyers.
    • Uncoated paper, used for books, letterheads, envelopes, note-pads and a number of other paper products. 

    USES OF PAPER :
    It is a versatile material with many uses, including printing, packaging, decorating, writing, cleaning, filter paper, wallpaper, book endpaper, conservation paper, laminated worktops, toilet tissue, currency and security paper and a number of industrial and construction processes.

    Tell how the paper feels:
    Answer may vary, but paper think poetically
    u can write ur feelings,
    scribble ur anger,
    use me 2 absorb tears.
    Don’t throw me after use but
    when u feel cold burn me
    to feel warm cause I Love you.
    Tell if the paper can soak up water:
    When paper soaked in water it readily absorbs water because it is made of cellulose, which water molecules like to cling to.

    1. Make a List of the Journals Available. …
    2. Determine the Impact of the Journal. …
    3. Make Sure the Journal Scope and Policies match your Needs. …
    4. Check the Journal Requirements and Distribution. …
    5. Collect Information about the Journal’s Peer Review Process. …
    6. Glue samples of paper and tell what you found.
    7. Check the “Instructions for Authors” thoroughly.
      Journal: Make a Book Show what you find out in a book. In your book.
    1. Make Your Own Flash Cards.
    2. Mix Pictures and Words.
    3. Use Mnemonic Devices to Create Mental Connections.
    4. Write Only One Question Per Card.
    5. Break Complex Concepts Into Multiple Questions.Observations of Glue samples of paper.
      PVA Glue. The most versatile adhesive! PVA can be used on a wide range of surfaces: paper, card, fabric, wood, plaster and much more.
      Preparation of flash cards:
      Collect your materials together. This means that you should have your flash cards and textbook ready. Have a good pen, markers, highlighters, and whatever other writing implements you’d like to use.

Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 1

Question 1.
Circle the symbol for equal
+
=

Answer:

Question 2.
Circle the symbol for minus.

+
=
Answer:

Question 3.
Circle the number that is the whole.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 2
4 + 2 = 6
Answer:

Subtraction Stories
Question 4.
There are 7 birds on a fence. 2 fly away. How many birds are left?
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 3
_______ birds
Answer:
5 birds
Explanation:
Number of birds on fence = 5
Number of birds fly away = 2
Number of birds left = (7-2) = 5

Addition Stories
Question 5.
Write an equation to solve the problem.
Kate draws 4 big stars. Then she draws 2 small stars. How many stars does Kate draw in all?
______ + _____ = ______
Answer:
6 stars
Explanation:
__4___ + __2___ = ___6___
Number of big stars =4
Number of small stars =2
Total number of stars =6

Make 10
Question 6.
Write an equation that shows this way to make a 10.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 4
Answer:
8+2=10
___8___ + ___2__ = __10____
Explanation:

By adding 2 to 8 we get 10.

Pick a Project

PROJECT 1A
What has 8 legs and is big and hairy?
Project: Make an Insect and Spider Poster
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 5

Answer:
Spider
YARN SPIDER CRAFT – MATERIAL
Materials Required:
1. YARN
2. STRYO FOAM BALL
3.PIPE CLEANERS
4. CHOP STICKS
5.HOT GLUE
6.GOOGLY EYES
Step 1. Wrap yarn around your styro foam ball. Once you’re done, secure the yarn with a bit of hot glue.

Step 2. Take your skinny long object like a chopstick and pierce two holes, one on each side of your yarn ball.

Step 3. Insert your pipe cleaners (cut into “legs”) you should have 4 legs per side.

Step 4. Glue on your googly eyes.

 

Project 1B

Project: Collect Water Data
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 6

Water source Water volume, in cubic miles Water volume, in cubic kilometers Percent of
freshwater
Percent of
total water
Oceans, Seas, & Bays 321,000,000 1,338,000,000 96.54
Ice caps, Glaciers, & Permanent Snow 5,773,000 24,064,000 68.7 1.74
Groundwater 5,614,000 23,400,000 1.69
    Fresh 2,526,000 10,530,000 30.1   0.76
    Saline 3,088,000 12,870,000   0.93
Soil Moisture 3,959 16,500 0.05 0.001
Ground Ice & Permafrost 71,970 300,000 0.86 0.022
Lakes 42,320 176,400 0.013
    Fresh 21,830 91,000 0.26 0.007
    Saline 20,490 85,400 0.006
Atmosphere 3,095 12,900 0.04 0.001
Swamp Water 2,752 11,470 0.03 0.0008
Rivers 509 2,120 0.006 0.0002
Biological Water 269 1,120 0.003 0.0001

PROJECT 1C
Have you seen this different kind of art?
Project: Create a Shape Collage
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 7

Answer:
BRINGING THE CONCEPT OF DIFFERENT COLORS AND SHAPES
PROJECT;
BRINGING THE CONCEPT OF DIFFERENT COLORS AND SHAPES
Materials required:

  • Tissue paper (circles and squares)
  • Old art or paper scraps
  • Scissors
  • Cardstock
  • Clear glue or white glue
  • Bows, Brushes
    Process:
    Depending on the time you have or the interest of your child, you can either set out some pre-cut shapes, or you can let you child cut their own shapes. Each child’s artwork is unique and reflects their personality. I love how one child overlapped her tissue and created new colors. Another child was keen to keep everything very orderly. And another barely used any pre-cut shapes and instead, used the scissors like Matisse and cut his own shapes.
    art and math shape project
  • By making their own choices about color and composition, they are practicing their critical thinking skills.
    They are exploring basic shapes and abstract shapes while creatively putting together an image.
    This gives them an opportunity to associate shapes with real life objects.
  • When using the tissue paper, they are learning about transparency, and how colors can mix and overlap to make new colors.

3-ACT MATH PREVIEW

Math Modeling
Losing Marbles
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 8

Lesson 1.1 Addition Fact Strategies

Solve & Share
Use cubes. Show 2 + 5 and 5 + 2. Solve both problems. Explain how the problems are alike and how they are different.
I can … count on to add and add in any order.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 9

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 10

Convince Me! Does 5 + 2 = 2 + 5? How do you know?
Answer:
5+2=2+5=7
In additions there is no difference in addends, either from left to right the answer will be the same.

Guided Practice

Count on to find the sum. Then change the order of the addends.
Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 11

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 12
Answer:
4+3=7
Explanation:
you can add numbers in any order and the sum is same, as shown below.

Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 2

Independent Practice

Count on to find the sum. Then change the order of the addends. Use cubes if needed.
Question 3.
8 + 2 = ________
_______ + _______ = ________
Answer:
8+2=10
2+8=10
Explanation:

An equation uses an equal sign (=) to show that the value on the left is the same as the value on the right.

Question 4.
8 + 5 = ________
________ + ________ = ________
Answer:
8+5=13
5+8=13
Explanation:

An equation uses an equal sign (=) to show that the value on the left is the same as the value on the right.

Question 5.
9 + 3 = ________
________ + ________ = ________
Answer:
9+3=11
3+9=11
Explanation:

An equation uses an equal sign (=) to show that the value on the left is the same as the value on the right.

Question 6.
8 + 7 = ________
________ + ________ = ________
Answer:
8+7=15
7+8=15
Explanation:

An equation uses an equal sign (=) to show that the value on the left is the same as the value on the right.

Question 7.
7 + 10 = ________
________ + ________ = ________
Answer:
7+10=17
10+7=17
Explanation:

An equation uses an equal sign (=) to show that the value on the left is the same as the value on the right.

Question 8.
7 + 9 = ________
________ + ________ = ________
Answer:
7+9=16
9+7=16
Explanation:

An equation uses an equal sign (=) to show that the value on the left is the same as the value on the right.

Question 9.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 13
Answer:
7+2=9
Explanation:
you can add numbers in any order and the sum is same, as shown below.

Question 10.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 14
Answer:
6+2=8
Explanation:
you can add numbers in any order and the sum is same, as shown below.

Question 11.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 15
Answer:
5+6=11
Explanation:
you can add numbers in any order and the sum is same, as shown below.

Question 12.
Algebra Write the missing numbers.
6 + ____ = 4 + 6
8 + 2 = ____ + 8

6 + ____ = 5 + 6
____ + 7 = 7 + 4

9 + 3 = 3 + ____
____ + 8 = 8 + 4
Answer:

Explanation:
you can add numbers in any order and the sum is same, in the above pattern.

Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 3
Problem Solving

Solve the problems below.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 16
Question 13.
Model Joy has 8 bean plants and 6 corn plants in her garden. How many plants does she have in all? Draw a picture to explain your thinking. Then write facts for this story with the addends in a different order.
____ + ____ = ____
____ + ____ = ____
Answer:
8+6=14
Explanation:

Question 14.
Higher Order Thinking Find the objects in Box I and Box 2 that are the same. Write an equation to show how many of each object there are. Then change the order of the addends.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 17
Answer:

Question 15.
Assessment Practice which shows how to count on to find 7 + 5?
A. 7… 8, 9, 10, 11, 12
B. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
C. 7 – 5
D. 7…8, 9, 10, 11
Answer:
Option A
Explanation:
Keep 7 in your mind and five fingers open, then count 8,9,10,11,12

Lesson 1.2 Doubles and Near Doubles

Solve & Share
Use counters. Show 6 + 6 = 12. Then show and explain how knowing that fact can help you find 6 + 7.
I can … use doubles and near doubles to add quickly and accurately.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 18

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 19

Convince Me! How could you use the doubles fact 7 + 7 to find 7 + 9?
Answer:
You can use a double fact in additions to add the addends.
Explanation:
7+8 is 1 more than 7+7
7+8=15
7+9 is 2 more than7+7
7+9=15
So these are near double facts.

Guided Practice

Complete the doubles facts. Use the doubles facts to solve the near doubles. Use cubes if needed.
Question 1.
2 + 2 = _______
2 + 3 = _______
Answer:
2+2=4
2+3=5
Explanation:
So these are near double facts.

Question 2.
_______ = 4 + 4
_______ = 4 + 5
Answer:
4+4=8
4+5=9
Explanation:
So these are near double facts.

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 20
Answer:

Explanation:
A near double is a math fact that is close to a doubles fact.
For example, 3+4 is considered a near double because it is close to the doubles fact 3+3.
Near doubles could be doubles plus one facts, doubles plus two facts, or doubles minus one facts.
So 6 and 7 are the nearest double facts.

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 21
Answer:

Explanation:
A near double is a math fact that is close to a doubles fact.
For example, 5+7 is considered a near double because it is close to the doubles fact 5+5.
Near doubles could be doubles plus one facts, doubles plus two facts, or doubles minus one facts.
So 10 and 12 are the nearest double facts.

Independent Practice

Complete the doubles facts. Use the doubles facts to solve the near doubles. Use cubes if needed.
Question 5.
6 + 6 = _______
6 + 7 = _______
Answer:
6+6=12
6+7=13
Explanation:

Question 6.
5 + 5 = _______
5 + 6 = _______
Answer:
5+5=10
5+6=11
Explanation:

Question 7.
8 + 8 = _______
8 + 10 = _______
Answer:
8 + 8 = 16
8 + 10 = 18
Explanation:

Question 8.
_______ = 1 + 1
_______ = 1 + 3
Answer:
2 = 1 + 1
4 = 1 + 3
Explanation:

Question 9.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 22
Answer:

Explanation:
A near double is a math fact that is close to a doubles fact.
For example, 2+2 is considered a near double because it is close to the doubles fact 2+3.
Near doubles could be doubles plus one facts, doubles plus two facts, or doubles minus one facts.
So 4 and 5 are the nearest double facts.

Question 10.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 23
Answer:

Explanation:
A near double is a math fact that is close to a doubles fact.
For example, 4+4 is considered a near double because it is close to the doubles fact 4+5.
Near doubles could be doubles plus one facts, doubles plus two facts, or doubles minus one facts.
So 8 and 9 are the nearest double facts.

Question 11.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 24
Answer:

Explanation:
A near double is a math fact that is close to a doubles fact.
For example, 8+8 is considered a near double because it is close to the doubles fact 8+9.
Near doubles could be doubles plus one facts, doubles plus two facts, or doubles minus one facts.
So 16 and 17 are the nearest double facts.

Question 12.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 25
Answer:

Explanation:
A near double is a math fact that is close to a doubles fact.
For example, 3+73is considered a near double because it is close to the doubles fact 3+5.
Near doubles could be doubles plus one facts, doubles plus two facts, or doubles minus one facts.
So 6 and 8 are the nearest double facts.

Question 13.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 26
Answer:

Explanation:
A near double is a math fact that is close to a doubles fact.
For example, 5+5 is considered a near double because it is close to the doubles fact 5+7.
Near doubles could be doubles plus one facts, doubles plus two facts, or doubles minus one facts.
So 10 and 12 are the nearest double facts.

Question 14.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 27
Answer:

Explanation:
A near double is a math fact that is close to a doubles fact.
For example, 7+7 is considered a near double because it is close to the doubles fact 7+9.
Near doubles could be doubles plus one facts, doubles plus two facts, or doubles minus one facts.
So 14 and 16 are the nearest double facts.

Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 4

Question 15.
Algebra Complete. Then explain how you solved the problem.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 28
Answer:

Explanation:
A near double is a math fact that is close to a doubles fact.
9+9is considered a near double because it is close to the doubles fact 9+10.
Near doubles could be doubles plus one facts, doubles plus two facts, or doubles minus one fact


Problem Solving
Solve the problems below.
Question 16.
Model John drew 4 houses. Then he drew 5 more houses. How many houses did John draw in all?
Draw a picture and write an equation to explain your thinking.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 29 _______ houses
Answer:
9 houses
Explanation:

Question 17.
Higher Order Thinking Choose a doubles fact. Use that doubles fact to draw a picture that shows a near doubles story. Write the near doubles fact.
Answer:
Near doubles could be doubles plus one factsdoubles plus two facts, or doubles minus one facts.
Let’s take a look at the doubles fact 5+5. 5+6 would be the double plus one (5+5 plus one more).
5+7 would be the double plus two (5+5 plus two more).
23-Jul-2020

Question 18.
Assessment Practice Kate wants to find 6 + 7.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 30
Which doubles fact will help her the most?
A. 4 + 4 = 8
B. 6 + 6 = 12
C. 8 + 8 = 16
D. 9 + 9 = 18
Answer:
Option B
6+6=12
6+7=13
6+7 is one more then 6+6

Lesson 1.3 Make a 10 to Add

Solve & Share
How can thinking about 10 help you find 9 + 3? Use the ten-frames and counters to show how.
I can … make a 10 to help me add quickly and accurately.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 31

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 32

Convince Me! Why do you move 2 counters to add 8 + 5?
Answer:
Addition can be thought of as combining two quantities and finding the total to add two plus eight combined five yellow counters and eight red counters. There are 13 counters in total.
Explanation:
8+5=13
10+3=13

Guided Practice

Make a 10 to add. Use counters and ten-frames.
Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 33
Answer:
7+4=11
Explanation:

Independent Practice

Make a 10 to add. Use counters and ten-frames.
Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 34
Answer:
8+4=12
Explanation:

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 35
Answer:
3+9=12
Explanation:

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 36
Answer:
6+7=13
Explanation:

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 37
Answer:
5+8=13

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 38
Answer:
7+5=12
Explanation:

Question 7.
5 + 9 = _______
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 39
Answer:
5+9=14
Explanation:

Question 8.
3 + 8 = ________
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 39
Answer:
3+8=11
Explanation:

Question 9.
4 + 9 = ______
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 39
Answer:
4+9=13
Explanation:

Question 10.
7 + 9 = _______
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 39
Answer:
7+9=16
Explanation:

Algebra Which number is missing?
Question 11.
8 + 5 = Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 40 + 3
Answer:
10 is missing
Explanation:
8+5=13
10+3=13

Question 12.
6 + 9 = 10 + Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 40
Answer:
5 is missing
Explanation:
6+9=15=10+5

Question 13.
8 + 9 = 10 + Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 40
Answer:
7 is missing
Explanation:
8+9=17=10+7

Question 14.
Higher Order Thinking Can you make a 10 to help you add 7 + 4 + 5? Explain.
Answer: 16

Explanation:
The maketen strategy is great for addition! It helps students understand place value and the relationships between numbers.
Ten-frames help students develop a good “mind picture” for the maketen strategy because our place-value system is based on making groups of ten.

Problem Solving

Solve the problems below. Show your work.
Question 15.
Tan’s team scored 16 points in a game. During the first half, they scored 9 points. How many points did the team score in the second half of the game?
_________ points
Answer:
Tan’s team score 7 points in second half.
Explanation:
Total points scored by Tan’s team = 16
In first half they scored = 9 points
In second half they scored (16-9)=7 points.

Question 16.
Make Sense The school has a clothing drive for charity. Ana’s class donates 8 coats. Nico’s class donates 5 hats. Adam’s class donates 8 coats. How many coats were donated in all?
_________ coats
Answer:
16 coats were donated in all.
Explanation:
No of coats donated by Ana’s class = 8
No of hats donated by Adam’s class = 5
No of coats donated by Nico’s class = 8
Total coats donated in all (8+8) = 16

Question 17.
Higher Order Thinking Draw a picture to show how you can make a 10 to help you add 3 + 5 + 9. Explain your picture to a friend.
Answer:

Question 18.
Assessment Practice Use the ten-frames. Show how to find 5 + 7 by making a 10. Then fill in the gray boxes.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 41
Answer: 12
Explanation:

Lesson 1.4 Addition Fact Patterns

Solve & Share
Look at the sums on an addition facts table for addends 0 to 5. Describe one of the patterns that you see. Use words, colors, or addition facts to describe the patterns.
I can … use the patterns on an addition facts table to help me remember the addition facts.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 42

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 43

Convince Me! How can patterns on an addition facts table help you remember the addition facts? Explain.
Answer:
The addition facts are all of the sums from 0+1 or 1+0 up to 10+10.
Explanation:
It’s essential that children master in sums, because they’re the foundation for the rest of elementary arithmetic.
Here’s the full addition facts chart is above shown picture.

Guided Practice

Use fact patterns to complete each equation.
Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 44

Question 2.
10+ ______ = 14
______ + 5 = 14
8 + 6 = ______
7 + ______ = 14
______ + 8 = 14
5 + ______ = 14
______ + 10 = 14
Answer:

Explanation:

By adding 4 to 10,9 to5,8 to 6, 7 to 7, 6 to 8, 5 to 9, 4 to 10 the answer will be 10 only.
So it tells the facts about number patterns.

Question 3.
9 + ______ = 9
______ + 1 = 9
7 + 2 = ______
6 + ______ = 9
______ + 4 = 9
5 + ______ = 9
______ + 3 = 9
______ + 2 = 9
8 + 1 = ______
______ + 0 = 9
Answer:

9+0=9
8+1=9
7+2=9
6+3=9
5+4=9
4+5=9
3+6=9
2+7=9
1+8=9
9+0=9
Explanation:

Independent Practice

Use fact patterns to complete each equation.
Question 4.
10 + ______ = 12
______ + 3 = 12
8 + 4 = ______
7 + ______ = 12
6 + 6 = ______
______ + 7 = 12
4+ ______ = 12
______ + 9 = 12
Answer:

10+2=12
9+3=12
8+4=12
7+5=12
6+6=12
5+7=12
4+8=12
3+9=12
Explanation:

Question 5.
7 + ______ = 7
______ + 1 = 7
5 + 2 = ______
______ + 3 = 7
______ + 4 = 7
______ + 5 = 7
______ + 6 = 7
0 + ______ = 7
Answer:
7+0=7
6+1=7
5+2=7
4+3=7
3+4=7
2+5=7
1+6=7
0+7=7
Explanation:

Question 6.
10+ ___ = 15
______ + 5 = 15
9 + 6 = ______
9 + ______ = 15
7 + ______ = 15
______ + 8 = 15
Answer:
10+ _5__ = 15
_10__ + 5 = 15
9 + 6 = _15__
9 + __6__ = 15
7 + __8__ = 15
_7_ + 8 = 15
Explanation:

Question 7.
Number Sense Find the 8 in the top row of the addition facts table. Complete all of the equations using the 8-column on the table. What pattern do you see?
8 + ______ = 8
8 + ______ = 9
8 + ______ = 10
8 + 3 = ______
8 + ______ = 12
8 +            =
8 + 6 = ______
8 + ______ = 15
8 + 8 = ______
8 + 10 = ______
Answer:

Explanation:

Problem Solving
Solve the problems below.
Question 8.
Reasoning Lucy is sorting items by their texture. She finds 6 items that are bumpy. Lucy finds 5 items that are smooth. How many items does Lucy find in all?
_________ items
Answer:
Lucy find 12 items in all.
Explanation:
Number of items that are bumpy = 6
Number of items that are smooth =5
Total items that Lucy had = 12

Question 9.
Vocabulary Look at the equation below. Circle the addends. Draw a square around the sum.
9 + 5 = 14
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above equation 9 and 5 are addends.
14 is the sum.
Question 10.
Higher Order Thinking Write 8 addition facts that have a sum of 12. How can the addition patterns help you? Explain.
Answer:
8+4=12
4+8=12

Explanation:

Question 11.
Assessment Practice which have a sum of 17? Choose all that apply.
Think about fact patterns.
☐ 10 + 7 = ?
☐ 7 + 6 = ?
☐ 9 + 8= ?
☐ 8 + 8 = ?
Answer:
10+7=17
9+8=17
Explanation:

Lesson 1.5 Count On and Count Back to Subtract

Solve & Share
How can counting help you find 12 – 4? Use the number line to show your work.
I can … count on and count back on a number line to subtract.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 45

Answer:
12-4=8
Explanation:

Start with greater number and count back 8 moves to find the difference.

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 46

Convince Me! How can you count back on a number line to find 9 – 5?
Answer:
9-5=4
Start with greater number and count back 5 moves to find the difference.
Explanation:

Subtraction of numbers using number line will help us to learn how a number line can be used for subtracting one number from the another number. Subtraction of numbers can be well understood with the help of the number line.

Guided Practice

Count on or count back to subtract. i.e Show your work on the number line.
Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 47

Question 2.
14 – 7 = Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 40
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 48
Answer:
14-7=7
Explanation:

Independent Practice

Count on or count back to subtract. Show your work on the number line.
Question 3.
14 – 8 = Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 40
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 48
Answer:
14-8=6
Explanation:

Question 4.
12 – 7 = Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 40
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 48
Answer:
12-7=5
Explanation:

Question 5.
9 – 7 = Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 40
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 48
Answer:
9-7=2
Explanation:

Question 6.
15 – 6 = Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 40
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 48
Answer:
15-6=9
Explanation:

Question 7.
Higher Order Thinking How can you count on to find 13 – 4? Explain.
Answer:
13-4=9
Explanation:

Start with lesser number and count on to 13 to find the difference.

Problem Solving

Solve the problems below.
Question 8.
Callie had 18 seeds. She planted 10 of the seeds. How many seeds does Callie have now?
________ seeds
Answer:
After planting10 seeds Callie had 8 seeds.

Explanation:
Number of seeds = 18
Number seeds planted = 10
Total number of seeds left = 18-10=8

Question 9.
Make Sense Peter has 16 grapes. He eats some of the grapes. Peter has 10 grapes left. How many grapes did Peter eat?
________ grapes
Answer:
Peter ate 6 grapes.
Explanation:
Total number of grapes = 16
Number of grapes left = 10
Some of the grapes eaten by Peter = 16-10=6

Question 10.
Higher Order Thinking Choose 2 numbers. Use the numbers to write or draw a subtraction story. Write the equation you used to solve your story.
______ – _______ = ________
Answer:
9 – 7 = 2
Explanation:
Start with greater number and count back 2 moves to find the difference.

Question 11.
Assessment Practice Jake wants to find 6 – 3.
Use the numbers on the cards. Write them in the boxes to show how to use a number line to count on to solve.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 49
6 – 3 = _______
Answer:
6-3=3
Explanation:
Begin with greater number 6 and count on to lesser number 3, then difference is 3.

Lesson 1.6 Think Addition to Subtract

Solve & Share
How can you use an addition fact to find 14 – 6? Use counters to help show how.
I can … use addition to help me subtract quickly and accurately.
_____ + _______ = ________
So, 14 – 6 = _______

Answer:
6 + 8 = 14
14 – 6 =8
Explanation:
The basic facts of addition are those equations in which two single-digit numbers are combined by addition to give a sum. The missing number is the same in both equation.
Addition Fact  6+8=14
Subtraction Fact 14- 6 =8

Question 3.

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 50

Convince Me! How do you know which addition fact to use to complete the subtraction fact?
Answer:
In the case of addition and subtraction, you use three numbers and get four facts.

  1. For example, you can form a fact family using the three numbers 3, 10, and 13: 10 + 3 = 13, 3 + 10 = 13, 13 − 10 = 3, and 13 − 3 = 10.
  2. Addition facts − Here the sum of two of the three given numbers is the remaining third number.

Guided Practice

Think addition to help you subtract.
Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 51

Question 2.
9 – 3 = ?
3 + _______= 9
So, 9 – 3 = _______
Answer: 6
9 – 3 = 6
3 + 6= 9
So, 9 – 3 = 6
Explanation:
The basic facts of addition are those equations in which two single-digit numbers are combined by addition to give a sum. The missing number is the same in both equation.
Addition Fact 3+6=9
Subtraction Fact 9 – 3 = 6
So,9-3=6

Question 3.
14 – 5 =
5 + _____=4
So, 14 – 5 = _____
Answer: 9
14 – 5 = 9
5 +  9  = 14
So, 14 – 5 = 9
Explanation:
The basic facts of addition are those equations in which two single-digit numbers are combined by addition to give a sum. The missing number is the same in both equation.
Addition Fact 14-6=9
Subtraction Fact 5+9=14
So 14-5=9

Question 4.
12 – 4 = ?
4 + _______ = 12
So, 12 – 4 = _______
Answer: 8
12 – 4 = 8
4 + 8 = 12
So, 12 – 4 = 8
Explanation:
The basic facts of addition are those equations in which two single-digit numbers are combined by addition to give a sum. The missing number is the same in both equation.
Addition Fact 12-4=8
Subtraction Fact 4+8=12
So,12-4=8

Independent Practice

Subtract. Complete the addition fact that can help you.
Question 5.
8 – 1 = _______
1 + _______ = 8
Answer: 7
8 – 1 = 7
1 + 7 = 8
Explanation:
The basic facts of addition are those equations in which two single-digit numbers are combined by addition to give a sum.
Hence they range from 0+0=0 to 9+9=18.
For each basic addition fact there is a related basic subtraction fact.
Question 6.
10 – 2 = _______
2 + _______ = 10
Answer: 8
10 – 2 = 8
2 + 8= 10
Explanation:
Addition and subtraction are inverse operations because one operation can “undo” the other operation.
Adding 2 and 8 to get 10 is the opposite of 10 minus 2, leaving 8.

Question 7.
15 – 6 = _______
6 + _______ = 15
Answer: 9
15 – 6 = 9
6 + 9= 15
Explanation:
Addition and subtraction are inverse operations because one operation can “undo” the other operation.
Adding 6 and 9 to get 15 is the opposite of 15 minus 6, leaving 9.

Question 8.
17 – 7 = _______
7 + _______ = 17
Answer: 10
17 – 7 = 10
7 + 10 = 17
Explanation:
Addition and subtraction are inverse operations because one operation can “undo” the other operation.
Adding 7and 10 to get 17 is the opposite of 17 minus 7, leaving 17.

Question 9.
14 – 8 = _______
8 + _______ = 14
Answer: 6
14 – 8 = 6
8 + 6 = 14
Explanation:
Addition and subtraction are inverse operations because one operation can “undo” the other operation.
Adding 8 and 6 to get 14 is the opposite of 14 minus 8, leaving 6.

Question 10.
9 – 5 = _______
5 + _______ = 9
Answer: 4
9 – 5 = 4
5 + 4  = 9
Explanation:
Addition and subtraction are inverse operations because one operation can “undo” the other operation.
Adding 5 and 4 to get 9 is the opposite of 9 minus 5, leaving 4.

Question 11.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 52
Answer: 10

Explanation:
Addition and subtraction are inverse operations because one operation can “undo” the other operation.
Adding 8 and 10 to get 18 is the opposite of 18 minus 8, leaving 10
Question 12.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 53
Answer: 7

Explanation:
Addition and subtraction are inverse operations because one operation can “undo” the other operation.
Adding 9 and 7 to get 16 is the opposite of 16 minus 9, leaving 7

Question 13.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 54
Answer: 10

Explanation:
Addition and subtraction are inverse operations because one operation can “undo” the other operation.
Adding 10 and 9 to get 19 is the opposite of 19 minus 9, leaving 10
Higher Order Thinking
Write a related addition fact to complete the subtraction fact.
Question 14.
11 – _______ = 5
______ + ______ = _______
Answer:
11 – 6 =5
5 + 6 = 11
Explanation:
Addition and subtraction are inverse operations because one operation can “undo” the other operation.
Adding 5 and 6 to get 11 is the opposite of 11 minus 6, leaving 5

Question 15.
7 – _______ = 2
_______ + _______ = _______
Answer:
7 – 5 =2
2 + 5 = 7
Explanation:
Addition and subtraction are inverse operations because one operation can “undo” the other operation.
Adding 2 and 5 to get 7 is the opposite of 7 minus 5, leaving 2

Question 16.
12 – _______ = 8
_______ + _______ = _______
Answer:
12 – 4 =8
8 + 4 = 12
Explanation:
Addition and subtraction are inverse operations because one operation can “undo” the other operation.
Adding 8 and 4 to get 12 is the opposite of 12 minus 4, leaving 8

Problem Solving

Solve the problems below. Write an equation.
Question 17.
Reasoning Kate had 6 pens. She got 5 more pens from John. How many pens does Kate have in all?
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 55
______ pens
Answer:11 pens


Explanation:
Number of pens Kate had 6
John gave 5 more pens
Total pens Kate has 11

Question 18.
Reasoning John had 11 pens. He gave 5 pens to Kate. How many pens does John have now?
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 55
_______ pens
Answer: 6 pens

Explanation:
John had 11 pens.
John gave 5 pens to Kate.
Total pens does John have now is 6

Question 19.
Higher Order Thinking Write a subtraction story using the numbers 18 and 10. Then write an addition fact that can help you solve the problem in your story.
Answer:
Peter has 18 chocolates.
He eats 10 chocolates.
Now Peter has 18 chocolates in total.
18 – 10 = 8
10 + 8 = 18

Question 20.
Assessment Practice Pam has 16 cherries. She eats 7 cherries. Which addition fact can help you find how many cherries Pam has left?
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 56
A. 7 + 4 = 11
B. 7 + 9 = 16
C. 7 + 6 = 13
D. 9 + 9 = 18
Answer:
Option B
Explanation:
16-7=11
11+7=16

Lesson 1.7 Make a 10 to Subtract

Solve & Share
14 ladybugs are on a leaf. 6 ladybugs fly away. How can thinking about 10 help you find how many ladybugs are left? Explain.
I can … make a 10 to help me subtract quickly and accurately.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 57
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 55

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 58

Convince Me! Do you prefer to add first to get to 10 or subtract first to get to 10? Explain.
Answer:
Yes, i prefer addition first.
Explanation:
Add first to get 10 as shown in the above,
Then add 3 more to make 13.

Guided Practice

Make a 10 to subtract. Use counters and your workmat.
Question 1.
First add to get to 10.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 59

Answer:7

Question 2.
First subtract to get to 10.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 60
Answer: 9
Explanation:

Independent Practice

Make a 10 to subtract. Use counters and your workmat.

Think of the ways you know to make 10.
Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 61
Answer: 7
Explanation:

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 62
Answer: 6
Explanation:

Question 5.

Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 63
Answer: 5
Explanation:

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 64
Answer: 8
Explanation:

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 65
Answer: 9
Explanation:

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 66
Answer: 9
Explanation:

Question 9.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 67
Answer: 8
Explanation:

Question 10.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 68
Answer: 9
Explanation:

Question 11.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 69
Answer: 6
Explanation:

Question 12.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 70
Answer: 7
Explanation:

Question 13.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 71
Answer: 4
Explanation:

Question 14.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 72
Answer: 7
Explanation:

Question 15.
Higher Order Thinking Carol subtracts 6 from 15. First, she adds to get to 10. Then she adds again to find her answer. Her answer is 10. Is Carol correct? Explain.
Answer: 9
No, her answer is wrong
Explanation :
15-6=9
she added 1 + 9 to get 10
She added again 5 +10 = 15

Problem Solving

Solve each problem. Which tool would you use?
Question 16.
Use Tools Chen had 12 animal stickers. He gave 5 of the stickers away. How many animal stickers does Chen have now?
________ animal stickers
Answer: 7 stickers
Explanation:

Question 17.
Use Tools Angie bought 13 strawberries. She ate 8 of the strawberries. How many strawberries does Angie have now?
________ strawberries
Answer: 5
Explanation:

Question 18.
Higher Order Thinking Show how you can make a 10 to find 17 – 9. Then explain your work.
Answer: 8
Explanation:

Question 19.
Assessment Practice Use the ten-frames. Show how to make a 10 to find 15 – 9. Start by subtracting to get to 10. Then complete the equations.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 73
15 – _____ = 10
10 – _____ = _____
So, 15 – 9 =_____;
Answer:

15 – 5 = 10
10 – 4 = 6
15 – 9 =6
Explanation:

Lesson 1.8 Practice Addition and Subtraction Facts

Solve & Share
Write four related facts that use both the numbers 7 and 9 as quickly as you can. Hold up your hand when you are done. Then, tell how you found each fact.
I can … add and subtract quickly and accurately using mental math strategies.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 74

9 + 7 = 16                       16 – 7 = 9
7 + 9 = 16                       16 – 9 = 7

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 75

Convince Me! How can thinking about 10 help you find 14 – 8?
Answer : 6
Explanation:

Guided Practice

Add or subtract. Use any strategy.
Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 76

Answer : 5
Explanation:

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 77
Answer: 8
Explanation:

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 78
Answer: 12
Explanation:

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 79
Answer: 5
Explanation:

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 80
Answer: 6
Explanation:

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 81
Answer: 18
Explanation:

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 82
Answer: 8
Explanation:

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 83
Answer: 20
Explanation:

Question 9.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 84
Answer: 7
Explanation:

Question 10.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 85
Answer: 10
Explanation:

Question 11.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 86
Answer: 8
Explanation:

Question 12.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 87
Answer: 8
Explanation:

Independent Practice

Add or subtract. Use any strategy.
Question 13.
14 – 7 = ________
Answer:
14-7=7
Explanation:
By subtracting smaller number 7 from greater number 14 we get the difference 7.

Question 14.
3 + 0 = ________
Answer:
3+0=3
Explanation:
By adding 3 to 0 we get the sum 3.

Question 15.
8 + 7 = ________
Answer:
8+7=15
Explanation:
By adding 8 to 7 we get the sum 15.

Question 16.
13 – 6 = ________
Answer:
13-6=7
Explanation:
By subtracting smaller number 6 from greater number 13 we get the difference 7.

Question 17.
10 + 9 = ________
Answer:
10+9=19
Explanation:
By adding 10 to 9 we get the sum 19.

Question 18.
17 – 8 = ________
Answer:
17-8=9
Explanation:
By subtracting smaller number 8 from greater number 17 we get the difference 9.

Question 19.
18 – 9 = ________
Answer:
18-9=9
Explanation:
By subtracting smaller number 9 from greater number 18 we get the difference 9.

Question 20.
9 – 1 = ________
Answer:
9-1=8
Explanation:
By subtracting smaller number 1 from greater number 9 we get the difference 8.

Question 21.
7 + 4 = ________
Answer:
7+4=11
Explanation:
By adding 7 to 4 we get the sum 11.

Question 22.
6 + 6 = ________
Answer:
6+6=12
Explanation:
By adding 6 to 6 we get the sum 12.

Question 23.
16 – 9 = ________
Answer:
16-9=7
Explanation:
By subtracting smaller number 9 from greater number 16 we get the difference 7.

Question 24.
20 – 10 = ________
Answer:
20-10=10
Explanation:
By subtracting smaller number 10 from greater number 20 we get the difference 10.

Question 25.
16 – 7 = ________
Answer:
16-7=9
Explanation:
By subtracting smaller number 7 from greater number 16 we get the difference 9.

Question 26.
15 – 8 = ________
Answer:
15-8=7
Explanation:
By subtracting smaller number 8 from greater number 15 we get the difference 7.

Question 27.
7 + 3 = ________
Answer:
7+3=10
Explanation:
By adding 3 to 7 we get the sum 10.

Question 28.
2 + 7 = ________
Answer:
2+7=9
Explanation:
By adding 2 to 7 we get the sum 9.

Question 29.
9 + 6 = ________
Answer:
9+6=15
Explanation:
By adding 9 to 6 we get the sum 15.

Question 30.
10 – 2 = ________
Answer:
10-2=8
Explanation:
By subtracting smaller number 2 from greater number 10 we get the difference 8.

Higher Order Thinking Write the missing number.
Question 31.
6 + ☐ = 14 – 5
Answer: 3
6 + 3 = 14 – 5

Question 32.
12 – 4 = ☐ + 2
Answer: 6
12 – 4 = 6 + 2

Question 33.
14 – ☐ = 5 + 4
Answer: 5
14 – 5 = 5 + 4

Problem Solving

Solve the problems below.
Question 34.
en Vision® STEM Danielle had 17 pieces of paper. She changed 8 of the pieces by cutting them. How many pieces were not changed? Write an equation to solve.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 88
__________ pieces of paper
Answer: 9

Explanation:
Danielle had 17 piece.
She used 8 pieces for cutting.
After cutting no. of pieces left with her 9.
Question 35.
Model Diego saw 5 frogs on a rock. He also saw 7 frogs in the grass. How many frogs did Diego see in all? Write an equation to solve.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 88
_______ frogs
Answer: 12

Explanation:
Number of frogs Diego saw on rock = 5
Number of frogs Diego saw in the grass = 7
Total number of frogs he saw together = 12
Question 36.
Higher Order Thinking Glen counts on to solve 9 + ☐ = 14. Explain how he can do this. What is the missing addend?
Answer: 5

Explanation:
Addition and subtraction are inverse operations because one operation can “undo” the other operation
Question 37.
Assessment Practice Choose a strategy to find 11 – 8. Explain how you used the strategy to find the difference.
Which strategy will you use to solve this problem?
Answer: 3
Explanation:

By using number line strategy, counting from bigger number to smaller number with back moves

Lesson 1.9 Solve Addition and Subtraction Word Problems

Solve & Share
Diego has 6 apples. Leslie has 9 apples. How many more apples does Leslie have than Diego? Will you add or subtract to solve this problem? Explain.
Answer:3
Leslie has 3 more apples.
Explanation:
By subtracting smaller number 6 from greater number 9 we get the difference 3.
I can … use addition and subtraction to solve word problems.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 89

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 90

Convince Me! Why can you use addition OR subtraction to solve the problem above?
Answer:
Addition and subtraction are inverse operations because one operation can “undo” the other operation.

Guided Practice

Write an equation to solve each problem. Use any strategy.
Question 1.
Sam has 5 red tomatoes and 3 green tomatoes. How many tomatoes does he have in all?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 91
Answer: 8

Explanation:
By adding 3 to 5 we get the sum 8.

Question 2.
There are 16 party hats in a box. There are 10 party hats in a bag. How many fewer hats are in the bag than in the box?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 92
______ fewer hats
Answer: 6

Explanation:
By subtracting smaller number 10 from bigger number 16, we get the difference 6.
Independent Practice

Write an equation to solve each problem. Use any strategy.
Question 3.
Cho has 3 more toy horses than Hakeem. Cho has 9 toy horses. How many toy horses does Hakeem have?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 92
________ toy horses
Answer: 6

Explanation:
By subtracting smaller number 9 from bigger number 15, we get the difference 6.
Question 4.
There are 12 peaches in a bowl. The children eat some of them. Now there are 8 peaches. How many peaches did the children eat?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 92
________ peaches were eaten.
Answer: 4

Explanation:
By subtracting smaller number 8 from bigger number 12, we get the difference 4.
Question 5.
Juan reads 5 books. Susan reads some books. They read 11 books in all. How many books did Susan read?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 92
__________ books
Answer: 6

Explanation:
By subtracting smaller number 5 from bigger number 11, we get the difference 6.
Question 6.
Jack has 13 brushes. Igor has 6 brushes. How many fewer brushes does Igor have than Jack?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 92
_______ fewer brushes
Answer: 7

Explanation:
By subtracting smaller number 6 from bigger number 13, we get the difference 7.
Question 7.
Number Sense Jen had 3 animal stickers in her collection. Her friend gave her 5 more stickers. Jen bought 7 more stickers. How many stickers does Jen have now? Show your work.
Answer:
15 stickers.
Explanation:
Jen had 3 animal stickers first and her friend gave 5 more, now she has total 8 stickers. Next
3 + 5 = 8
Jen bought 7 more and added to 8 animal stickers, now total 15 animal stickers.
8 +7 = 15

Problem Solving

Solve the problems below.
Question 8.
Higher Order Thinking Sandy has 8 markers. Alex has 6 fewer markers than Sandy. Jill has 2 markers. How many markers do they have in all? Show your work. Then explain how you found the answer.
Answer:
12 markers.
Explanation:
Sandy has 8 markers
Alex has 8 – 6 = 2 markers (subtract 6 from Sandy 8 markers as fewer or less)
Jill has 2 markers
Total 8 + 2 + 2 = 12

Use counters to solve.
Question 9.
Make Sense Annika saves 13 dimes. She put some of the dimes in a box and the rest in a jar. Write an equation to show one way she could have sorted the dimes.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 92
________ dimes in a jar
________ dimes in a box
Answer:
Addition can be thought of as combining two quantities and finding the total to add 6 dimes plus 7 dimes combined counters. There are 13 counters in total.
Explanation:
6 + 7 = 13
7 + 6 =13
6 dimes in a jar
7 dimes in a box

Question 10.
Assessment Practice Maria had 5 rings. She bought some more rings. Now she has 12 rings. Choose Yes or No to show if the equation can be used to find how many more rings Maria bought.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 93
Answer:
Maria brought 7 rings.
Explanation:

Lesson 1.10 Problem Solving

Construct Arguments
Solve & Share
How can you use the make a 10 strategy to find 7 + 9?
Explain your thinking and work. Use pictures, numbers, or words.
I can … use pictures, numbers, and words to explain why my thinking and work are correct.

Thinking Habits
How can I use math to explain why my work is correct?
Is my explanation clear?

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 94

Convince Me! Are both math arguments above clear and complete? Explain.
Answer: YES
Explanation:
Double fact method is used
6+7 is one more then 6+6
6+6+1=13
6+7=13

Guided Practice

Use the picture to help you solve the problem. Then use words and numbers to make a math argument.
Question 1.
Is the sum of 9 + 5 the same as the sum of 10 + 4?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 95
Answer:
9+5=14
10+4=14
Explanation:

Independent Practice

Solve each problem. Use words, pictures, and numbers to make a math argument.
Question 2.
Lynn had 14 grapes. She ate 8 of them. She wants to eat 6 more grapes. Will Lynn have enough grapes? Explain.
Answer: yes

Question 3.
The Lions scored 11 runs in a baseball game. The Tigers scored 7 runs. Did the Tigers score 3 fewer runs than the Lions? Explain.
Answer: yes
Explanation:
Number of runs scored by Lions = 11
Number of runs scored by Tigers = 7
By using equation 7 + 3 = 11
And 11 – 7 = 3

Question 4.
Complete the explanation below for how to find 8 + 9. Use pictures, words, or numbers to complete the explanation.
I know that 8 + 8 = 16.
Answer: 17

Problem Solving

Performance Task Puppies Sold The Sunset Pet Store sells puppies. The table shows how many puppies were sold Monday through Thursday.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 96

Is the total number of puppies sold on Tuesday and Wednesday less than the number of puppies sold on Monday?
Answer : NO
Explanation:
Number of puppies sold Tuesday and Wednesday = 10 + 7 = 17
Number of puppies sold on Monday = 16
So the difference = 17 – 16 = 1
Question 5.
Make Sense Will you use all the numbers in the table to solve the problem? Explain.
Answer: NO

Explanation:
Puppies sold on Monday is 16
puppies sold on Tuesday and Wednesday 10+7=17

17 is 1 more then 16, So Puppies the total number of puppies sold on Tuesday and Wednesday not less than the number of puppies sold on Monday.

Question 6.
Model Write an equation to find the total number of puppies sold on Tuesday and Wednesday. Solve.
Answer:
10 + 7 = 17

Question 7.
Explain Solve the problem. Use words, pictures, and . numbers to explain your work and thinking.
Answer:
First count the puppies sold on Monday it is 16
then count the puppies sold on Tuesday and then add it to the puppies sold to Wednesday( 10 + 7 = 17)
comparing the puppies sold on Monday to the Tuesday and Wednesday
the answer is
the total number of puppies sold on Tuesday and Wednesday is one mote than the number of puppies sold on Monday.

Topic 1 Fluency Practice Activity

Find a Match
Find a partner. Point to a clue. Read the clue.
Look below the clues to find a match. Write the clue letter in the box next to the match.
Find a match for every clue.
I can … add and subtract within 20.

Clues
A. Near doubles with sums near 8
B. Every difference is 6.
C. Ways to make 12
D. Exactly two differences equal 9.
E. Every sum is greater than 14.
F. Exactly three differences are equal.
G. Near doubles with sums near 6
H. Every difference equals 14 – 7.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 97

Read the clues carefully, you will get all answers
Answer:

Explanation:

A. Near doubles with sums near 8
Explanation:
3+4 = 7 or 4+3 = 7
3+4 is one more then 3+3 and the sum is near to 8
4+5 = 9 or 5+4 = 9
4+5 is one more then 4+4 and the sum is near to 8
So the clue is matched

B. Every difference is 6.
Explanation:
11-5 =6, 10-4 =6, 12-6 =6 and 9-3 =6
the difference is 6
So, the clue is Matched.

C. Ways to make 12
Explanation:
5+7=12, 6+6=12, 8+4=12 and 9+3=12
So, the clue is matched.

D. Exactly two differences equal 9.
Explanation:
9-0=9 and 16-7=9
So, the clue is matched.

E. Every sum is greater than 14.
Explanation:
8+9=17, 7+8=15, 8+7=15 and 6+9=15
So, the clue is matched

F. Exactly three differences are equal.
Explanation:
10-5=5, 12-7=5 and 13-8=5
So, the clue is matched.

G. Near doubles with sums near 6
Explanation:
4+3=7 or 3+4=7, 3+2=5 or 2+3=5
So, the clue is matched.

H. Every difference equals 14 – 7.
Explanation:
9-2=7, 13-6=7, 8-1=7 and 15-8=7
So, the clue is matched.

 

Topic 1 Vocabulary Review

Understand Vocabulary
Word List

  • addend
  • bar diagram
  • difference
  • doubles
  • equation
  • near doubles
  • sum

Question 1.
Circle a doubles fact.
7 + 7 = 14
6 + 7 = 13
7 + 0 = 7
Answer:

Question 2.
Circle a near doubles fact.
4 + 4 = 8
4 + 1 = 5
4 + 5 = 9
Answer:

Question 3.
Write a subtraction equation using numbers and symbols.
Answer:
9 – 4 = 5
7 – 4 = 3
Explanation:
By subtracting smaller number from bigger number we get the difference.

Question 4.
Find the sum of 8 + 6.
Answer: 14
8 + 6 = 14
Explanation:
By adding 6 to 8bwe get 14.

Question 5.
Find the difference of 12 – 5.
Answer: 7
12 – 5 = 7
Explanation:
By substracting smaller number 5 from bigger number 12 we get the difference 7.

Use Vocabulary in Writing

Question 6.
Describe how you can make a 10 to add 7 + 4. Use a term from the Word List.
Answer:
7 + 4 =11
Explanation:
7 and 4 are addends
11 is the sum
7 + 3 = 10
10 + 1 =11

Topic 1 Reteaching

Set A

You can count on to find a sum.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 98

Count on to find the sum. Then change the order of the addends.
Question 1.
9 + 3 = ______
______ + ______ = ______
9 + 3 = ______ + ______
Answer:12
9 + 3 = 12
3 + 9 = 12
9 + 3 = 3 + 9
Explanation:
In additions if we change the addends from left to right or right to left the sum will be the same.

Question 2.
6 + 4 = ______
______ + ______ = ______
6 + 4 = ______ + ______
Answer: 10
6 + 4 = 10
4 + 6 = 10
6 + 4 = 4 + 6
Explanation:
In additions if we change the addends from left to right or right to left the sum will be the same.

Set B

You can use doubles to help you add a near double.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 99

Complete the doubles facts. Use the doubles facts to solve the near doubles.
Question 3.
8 + 8 = ______
So, 7 + 8 = ______
Answer:
8 + 8 = 16
So, 7 + 8 =15
7 + 8 is one less then 8 + 8
Explanation:
According to double fact

Question 4.
5 + 5 = ______
So, 6 + 5 = ______
Answer:
5 + 5 = 10
6 + 5 = 11
6+5 is one more then 5+5
Explanation:

Set C

You can make a 10 to help you add 8 + 6.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 100

Make a 10 to add.
Question 5.
8 + 4 = ?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 101
Answer: 12
Explanation:

Set D

You can count on or count back to find 11 – 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 102

Count on or count back to subtract. Show your work on the number line.
Question 6.
8 – 5 = ☐
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 103
Answer: 3

Explanation:
Start at 8 and count back 5 moves to get 3.
Question 7.
15 – 6 = ☐
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 103
Answer:9

Explanation:
Start at 15 and count back 6 moves to get 9.

Set E

You can think addition to help you subtract.
Find: 16 – 9 = ?
Think: 9 + 7
So, 16 – 9 = 7

Subtract. Write the addition fact that helped you.
Question 8.
13 – 7 = ______
7 + ______ = 13
Answer: 6
Explanation:
Double fact
13 – 7 = 6
7 + 6 = 13
6 + 7 = 13

Question 9.
17 – 9 = ______
9 + ______ = 17
Answer: 8
Explanation:
Double fact
17 – 9 = 8
9 + 8 = 17
8 + 9 = 17

Set F

You can make a 10 to subtract. Find 17 – 8.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 104

Make a 10 to find 13 – 8. Draw counters to show your work.
Question 10.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 105
13 – ______ = 10
10 – ______ = ______
13 – 8 = ______
Answer:
13 – 3 = 10
10 – 5 = 5
13 – 8 = 5
Explanation:

Set G

You can use addition or subtraction to solve word problems.
11 grapes are in a bowl. 9 grapes are in a cup. How many fewer grapes are in the cup?
11 – 9 = 2,
9 + 2 = 11
So, 2 fewer grapes are in the cup.

Write an equation to solve each problem.
Question 11.
13 shirts are in a closet. 8 shirts are in a box. How many more shirts are in the closet?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 106
___5_____ more shirts
Answer:
5 shirts are there in the closet.
Explanation:

Question 12.
Drake has 10 more books than Yuri. Yuri has 10 books. How many books does Drake have?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 106
________ books
Answer:
Drake have 20 books.
Explanation:

Set H

Thinking Habits
Construct Arguments
How can I use math to explain why my work is correct?
Did I use the correct numbers and symbols?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 107

Solve. Use words, pictures, or numbers to construct arguments.

Question 13.
Tyler read 15 pages of a book. Ann read 9 pages of the same book. Did Tyler read 4 more pages than Ann? Explain.
Answer: No
Tyler read 6 more pages then Ann
Explanation:
15 – 9 = 6
Tyler read 15 pages
Ann read 9 pages
The difference is 6 pages

Topic 1 Assessment Practice

Question 1.
Tom draws 7 bugs. Gina draws 4 bugs. How many bugs did they draw in all?
Which shows how to count on to solve the problem?
A. 7…8, 9, 10, 11
B. 4…5, 6, 7
C. 7 + 4
D. 4 + 7
Answer: A
Explanation:
Keep 7 in mind 4 on fingers
after 7…count 8,9,10,11
Total 7+4=11 bugs

Question 2.
Lilly has 7 fish. Jack has 1 more fish than Lilly.
Which equations show how many fish in all? Choose all that apply.
☐ 7 + 7 + 7 = 21
☐ 7 + 1 = 8
☐ 7 + 7 + 1 = 15
☐ 7 + 7 = 14
☐ 7 + 8 = 15

Answer: 15
Explanation:
Double fact method
7+8 is one more then 7+7
7 + 8 = 15

Question 3.
Use the ten-frames. Show how to find the sum of 8 + 7 by making a 10. Then fill in the gray boxes.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 108
Answer: 15
Explanation:

Question 4.
Which have a sum of 18? Choose all that apply.
☐ 10 + 8
☐ 8 + 10
☐ 9 + 8
☐ 8 + 8
☐ 9 + 9
Answer:
10 + 8 = 18
8 + 10 = 18
9 + 9 = 18

Question 5.
7 friends go to the movies. They have 4 tickets. How many more tickets do they need?
Draw lines to match each solution to how it was solved.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 109
Answer:

Question 6.
Nita has 14 grapes. She eats 6 grapes.
Which addition fact can help you find how many grapes Nita has left?
A. 6 + 6 = 12
B. 6 + 7 = 13
C. 6 + 8 = 14
D. 8 + 8 = 16
Answer:
Option C
Explanation:
6 + 8 = 14
By adding 8 to 6 we get the sum 14.

Question 7.
Use the ten-frames. Show how to make a 10 to find 13 – 7. Then complete the equation.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 110
13 – 7 = ______
Answer: 6

Question 8.
Bruce has some coins. He gives 4 coins to his brother. Now Bruce has 9 coins. How many coins did Bruce have at first? Write an equation to solve.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 111
_________ coins
Answer:
Bruce have at first 13 coins.
Equation,

Question 9.
Maria has 4 pears. She buys some more pears. Now she has 12 pears. How many pears does Maria buy?
Part A
Draw a picture to model the problem.
Answer:
Maria brought 8 pears

Part B
Write an equation to solve the problem.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 111
_________ pears
Answer:
8 pears

Question 10.
The team has 9 players. Then 2 players quit. After that, 5 players join the team. How many players does the team have now?
Use the numbers on the cards. Complete both equations to solve the problem.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 112
Answer:
12 players

Question 11.
Choose Yes or No to show if 7 will make each equation true.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 113
Answer:

Question 12.
Matt finds 9 sticks at the park. Mabel finds 7 sticks. How many sticks do they find in all? Write an equation to explain.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 111
_________ sticks in all
Answer:
16 sticks

Question 13.
Choose Yes or No to show if 8 will make each equation true.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 114
Answer: 8

Question 14.
Josh ate 6 fewer cherries than Gail. Gail ate 15 cherries. How many cherries did Josh eat?
Answer:
Josh ate 9 cherries
Explanation:
Number of cherries Gail ate = 15
Josh ate 6 fewer cherries than Gail.
Total number of cherries Josh ate = 15 – 6 = 9

Part A
Draw a picture to model the problem.
Answer:

Part B
Write an equation to solve the problem.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 111
________ cherries
Answer:
9 cherries
Equation:

cherries

Question 15.
The table shows how many pictures 3 friends made.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 115
Choose one of the friends. Write the name of the friend you choose.
How many pictures did that friend make?
Write an equation to solve the problem.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 111
_________ pictures
Answer:
Brian, 13 pictures
Equation:

Topic 1 Performance Task

Farm Kittens
Many kittens are born each summer at the Sunshine Farm. The table shows the number of kittens born at the farm from June to August.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 116
Question 1.
During which two months were a total of 20 kittens born?
Answer:
June + August
Explanation:

During the month of June and July
Answer: 21
Explanation:

Question 2.
Write an equation to find the total number of kittens born in July and August. Solve.
Answer: 15
Equation:

Question 3.
Joy said 5 more kittens were born in June than in August. Do you agree? Circle Yes or No. Show your work to explain.
Yes
No
Answer:
6 more kittens were born

Question 4.
Use the clues to complete the table below.

  • No kittens were born in December, January, and February.
  • In March, 6 kittens were born.
  • Three kittens were born in April and in September.
  • In May, 4 kittens were born.
  • Two kittens were born in October and in November
    Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 1 Fluently Add and Subtract Within 20 117
    Answer:

Question 5.
Joy says that more kittens were born in the summer than in all other seasons combined. Is she correct? Explain.
Answer:
Yes, its correct
Explanation:
First add 13 + 4 = 17 (Kittens were born in the spring and Fall seasons)
Now subtract the above sum from the kittens born in summer
28 – 17 = 11

Question 6.
How many more kittens were born in the spring than in the fall? Show how to solve the problem with a subtraction equation.
Answer:
9 kittens
Equation:
13 – 4 = 9

Envision Math Common Core Kindergarten Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition

Go through the enVision Math Common Core Kindergarten Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition regularly and improve your accuracy in solving questions.

Envision Math Common Core Kindergarten Answers Key Topic 6 Understand Addition

Essential Question:
What types of situations involve addition?

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 1

enVision STEM Project: Baby Animals
Directions Read the character speech bubbles to students. Find Out! Have students explore the difference between animals and non-living things. Say: Animals can have babies. Non-living things cannot have babies. Talk to friends and relatives about different animals and their babies.

Journal: Make a Poster Have students make a poster. Have them draw a cat with 5 kittens, circle the mother cat and the kittens to join them into one group, and then fell a joining story about how many cats there are in all.

Review What You Know

Directions Have students: 1 draw a circle around the fish that are purple, and then mark an X on the fish that are NOT purple; 2 draw lines in the chart as they count the fish that are blue and the fish that are NOT blue. Then have them draw a circle around the picture at the top of the chart of the group that is greater than the other; 3 count the leaves, and then write the number to tell how many; 4 count the leaves, write the numbers to tell how many, and then draw a circle around the number that is less than the other number.

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 2
Answer:

Explanation:
I circled the fishes that are purple in color and marked X on the fishes that are NOT purple in color.

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 3
Answer:

Explanation:
I drew lines in the chart as i count the fishes that are blue and the fishes that are NOT blue. Then drew a circle around the picture at the top of the chart of the group that is greater than the other.There are more fishes that are NOT blue.

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 4
Answer:

Explanation:
There are 10 leaves and i wrote the number 10 in the blank.

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 5
Answer:

Explanation:
I counted and wrote the number of leaves 7 and 8.I circled 7 as there are less number of yellow leaves than red leaves.

 

Pick A Project

Directions Say: You will choose one of these projects. Look at picture A, Think about this question: Do you like baby animals? If you choose Project A, you will make a baby animals booklet. Look at picture B. Think about this question: How do you get to school? If you choose Project B, you will use a town plan to tell a story about riding the bus to school.

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 6

Directions Say: Look at picture C. Think about this question: What fun can you have on the playground? If you choose Project C, you will create a playground and play a hiding game. Look at picture D. Think about this question: What do you do at school all day? If you choose Project D, you will make a timeline and use it to act out your school day.

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 7

Lesson 6.1 Explore Addition

Solve & Share
Directions Say: Carias is thinking about some flowers he picked. Use counters to show how many pink and purple flowers he picked. How many flowers did he pick in all? Think about the problem. Write the number that tells how many. Then use your fingers to show how you know.

I can ………. show numbers in many ways.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 8

Visual Learning Bridge

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 9

Guided Practice

Directions 1 Have students listen to the story, and then do all of the following to show each part and find how many in all: clap and knock, hold up fingers, and give an explanation of a mental image. Ask them to show how many of each color crayon, and then write the number to tell how many in all. Parker has 2 orange crayons. He has 3 purple crayons. How many crayons does he have in all?

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 10
Answer:

Explaantion:
Parker has 2 orange crayons and 3 purple crayons.As 2 and 3 is 5, there are 5 crayons in all.

Directions Have students listen to the story, and then do all of the following to show each part and find how many in all: clap and knock, hold up fingers, and give an explanation of a mental image. Ask them to color the number of each part, and then write the number to tell how many in all. 2 Cami has 3 green crayons. She has I blue crayon. How many crayons does she have in all? 3 Sammy has I brown crayon. He has 5 purple crayons. How many crayons does he have in all?

Math Common Core Kindergarten Topic 6 Understand Addition 1

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 11
Answer:

Explanation:
Cami has 3 green crayons. She has I blue crayon.As 3 and 1 is 4 there are 4 crayons in all.

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 12
Answer:

Explanation:
Sammy has I brown crayon. He has 5 purple crayons.As 1 and 5 is 6 there are 6 crayons in all.

Independent Practice

Directions 4 Have students listen to the story, and then do all of the following to show each part to find how many in all: clap and knock, hold up fingers, and give an explanation of a mental image. Ask them to color the number of each part, and then write the number to tell how many in all. Junie has 5 erasers in one pocket. She has 2 erasers in her other pocket. How many erasers does she have in all? 5 Higher Order Thinking Have students listen to the story, color the erasers to show the parts, and then write the numbers to tell how many of each. Miguel has 9 erasers. He gives some to Aaron. He gives some to Bella. How many does he give to each friend?

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 13
Answer:

Explanation:
Junie has 5 erasers in one pocket. She has 2 erasers in her other pocket.As 5 and 2 is 7 there are 7 crayons in all.

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 14
Answer:

Explanation:
Miguel has 9 erasers. He gives some to Aaron. He gives some to Bella.As Miguel has 9 erasers he can give 5 to Aaron and 4 to Bella.5 and 4 is 9.

Math Common Core Kindergarten Topic 6 Understand Addition 2

Lesson 6.2 Represent Addition as Adding To

Solve & Share
Directions Say: Daniel sees 2 boats on the water. Then 2 more boots go out on the water. Use red and blue cubes to show how many boats are in each group. How many boats are there ¡n all? Think about the problem. Use your cubes or draw a picture to show how you know.

I can ……… represent addition as adding to a number.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 15
Answer:

Explanation:
Daniel sees 2 boats on the water. Then 2 more boots go out on the water.I used cbes to show that 2 and 2 is 4.So, there are 4 boats in all.

Visual Learning Bridge

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 16

Guided Practice

Directions 1 and 2 Have students use connecting cubes to model adding to the group when more boats come, and then write an addition sentence to tell how many in all.

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 17
Answer:

Explanation:
I used connecting cubes to model adding to the group when more boats come, and then wrote an addition sentence to tell how many in all.1 and 3 is 4.

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 18
Answer:

Explanation:
I used connecting cubes to model adding to the group when more boats come, and then wrote an addition sentence to tell how many in all.3 and 2 is 5.

Directions 3 – 6 Have students use connecting cubes to model adding to the group when more boats come, and then write an addition sentence to tell how many in all.

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 19
Answer:

Explanation:
I used connecting cubes to model adding to the group when more boats come, and then wrote an addition sentence to tell how many in all.5 and 4 is 9.

Math Common Core Kindergarten Topic 6 Understand Addition 3

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 20
Answer:

Explanation:
I used connecting cubes to model adding to the group when more boats come, and then wrote an addition sentence to tell how many in all.3 and 3 is 6.

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 21
Answer:

Explanation:
I used connecting cubes to model adding to the group when more boats come, and then wrote an addition sentence to tell how many in all.6 and 2 is 8.

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 22
Answer:

Explanation:
I used connecting cubes to model adding to the group when more boats come, and then wrote an addition sentence to tell how many in all.3 and 7 is 10.

Independent Practice

Directions 7 – 9 Have students use counters to model adding to the group when more fish or boats come, and then write an addition sentence to tell how many in all. 10 Higher Order Thinking Have students draw the number of green connecting cubes to add to the given connecting cube to make 3 connecting cubes in all, and then complete the addition sentence.

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 23
Answer:

Explanation:
I used counters to model adding to the group when more boats come, and then wrote an addition sentence to tell how many in all.8 and 1 is 9.

Math Common Core Kindergarten Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition 4

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 24
Answer:

Explanation:
I used counters to model adding to the group when more boats come, and then wrote an addition sentence to tell how many in all.4 and 4 is 8.

Question 9.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 25
Answer:

Explanation:
I used counters to model adding to the group when more boats come, and then wrote an addition sentence to tell how many in all.3 and 3 is 6.

Question 10.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 26
Answer:

Explanation:
I drew 2 green connecting cubes to add to the given connecting cube 1 to make 3 connecting cubes in all, and then completed the addition sentence 1 and 2 is 3.

Lesson 6.3 Represent Addition as Putting Together

Solve & Share
DlrecNons Say: Daniel sees two tomato plants. One has 2 green tomatoes. The other has 3 red tomatoes. Use counters to show the tomatoes on each plant. Write the number of tomatoes under each plant. How many tomatoes are there in all? Write the number and use counters to show how you know

I can ……. represent addition as puffing two or more numbers together.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 27

Visual Learning Bridge

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 28

Guided Practice

Directions 1 and 2 Have students use counters to model putting together the groups, draw a circle around the groups to put them together, and then write an addition sentence to tell how many in all.

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 29
Answer:

Explanation:
I used counters to model putting together the groups, draw a circle around the groups to put them together, and then wrote an addition sentence 2 and 4 is 6.

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 30
Answer:

Explanation:
I used counters to model putting together the groups, draw a circle around the groups to put them together, and then wrote an addition sentence 5 and 2 is 7.

Directions 3 Vocabulary Have students draw a circle around the groups to put them together, write on addition sentence to tell how many in all, and then say the sentence aloud. 4 – 6 Have students use counters to model putting together the groups, draw a circle around the groups to put them together, and then write an addition sentence to tell how many in all.

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 31
Answer:

Explanation:
I circled the groups to put together and wrote the addtion sentence 5 and 4 is 9.

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 32
Answer:

Explanation:
I used counters to model putting together the groups, draw a circle around the groups to put them together, and then wrote an addition sentence 6 and 1 is 7.

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 33
Answer:

Explanation:
I used counters to model putting together the groups, draw a circle around the groups to put them together, and then wrote an addition sentence 8 and 1 is 9.

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 34
Answer:

Explanation:
I used counters to model putting together the groups, draw a circle around the groups to put them together, and then wrote an addition sentence 2 and 8 is 10.

Independent Practice

Directions 7 enViSiort® STEM Say: What do plants need to grow? Have students name the vegetables, draw a circle around the groups to put them together, and then write an addition sentence to tell how many in all. 8 and 9 Have students use counters as a model to put together the groups, draw a circle around the groups to put them together, and then write an addition sentence to tell how many in all. 10 Higher Order Thinking Have students draw the other group of counters, draw a circle around the groups to put them together, and then complete the addition sentence.

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 35
Answer:

Explanation:
I circled the groups to put together and wrote the addtion sentence 9 and 1 is 10.

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 36
Answer:

Explanation:
I used counters to model putting together the groups, draw a circle around the groups to put them together, and then wrote an addition sentence 2 and 6 is 8.

Question 9.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 37
Answer:

Explanation:
I used counters to model putting together the groups, draw a circle around the groups to put them together, and then wrote an addition sentence 1 and 5 is 6.

Question 10.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 38
Answer:

Explanation:
I drew the other group of 5 counters an 2 counters, drew a circle around the groups to put them together, and then completed the addition sentence 5 and 3 is 8.

Lesson 6.4 Represent and Explain Addition with Equations

Solve & Share
Directions Say: Daniel counts q drums ¡n a parade. Then he sees I more drum. What numbers do you add to find how many drums he sees in all? How can you show the adding?

I can … write an equation to show addition.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 39

Visual Learning Bridge

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 40

Guided Practice

Directions 1 and 2 Have students add the groups to find the sum, and then write on equation to show the addition.

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 41
Answer:

Explanation:
I added the groups to find the sum, and then wrote an equation 2+6=8 to show the addition.

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 42
Answer:

Explanation:
I added the groups to find the sum, and then wrote an equation 4+1=5 to show the addition.

Directions 3 – 6 Have students add the groups to find the sum, and then write on equation to show the addition.

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 43
Answer:

Explanation:
I added the groups to find the sum, and then wrote an equation 2+4=6 to show the addition.

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 44
Answer:

Explanation:
I added the groups to find the sum, and then wrote an equation 4+4=8 to show the addition.

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 45
Answer:

Explanation:
I added the groups to find the sum, and then wrote an equation 6+1=7 to show the addition.

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 46
Answer:

Explanation:
I added the groups to find the sum, and then wrote an equation 3+4=7 to show the addition.

Independent Practice

Directions 7 – 9 Have students add the groups to find the sum, and then write an equation to show the addition. 10 Higher Order Thinking Have students listen to the story, draw the groups and add to find the sum, and then complete the equation. There are some counters on the page. Emily puts 3 more on the page. There are now 7 counters in oil.

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 47
Answer:

Explanation:
I added the groups to find the sum, and then wrote an equation 8+2=10 to show the addition.

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 48
Answer:

Explanation:
I added the groups to find the sum, and then wrote an equation 5+4=9 to show the addition.

Question 9.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 49
Answer:

Explanation:

Explanation:
I added the groups to find the sum, and then wrote an equation 3+4=7 to show the addition.

Question 10.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 50
Answer:

Explanation:
Emily puts 3 counters on the page and there are 7 counters in all so, there will be 4 counters in the beginning.
I completed the addition sentence to show the numbe rof counters on the page that is 3 + 4 =7.

Lesson 6.5 Solve Addition Word Problems: Add To

Solve & Share

Directions Say: 4 squirrels are eating lunch at the squirrel feeder. 2 more join them. How many are eating at the feeder now? Show how you know in two ways, and then explain how you know.

I can ………. solve addition problems
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 51

Visual Learning Bridge

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 52

Guided Practice

Directions Have students listen to the story, draw a picture to show what is happening, and then write the equation. Then have them explain their work. 1 There are 6 sea stars on the beach. I more joins them. How many sea stars are there in all?

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 53
Answer:

Explanation:
There are 6 sea stars on the beach. I more joins them.I drew connecting cubes to show the work.
6+1=7 s0, there are 7 sea stars in all.

Directions Have students listen to the story, use counters to show the addition, look at or draw a picture, and then write on equation to tell how many in all. 2 3 birds are sitting in a tree. 7 more join them. How many birds are sitting in all? 3 5 squirrels are looking for food. 4 more join them. How many squirrels are there in all? 4 There is I turtle on the beach. 5 more walk up. How many turtles are there in oil? 5 2 turtles swim in the water. 6 more join them. How many turtles are swimming in ail?

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 54
Answer:

Explanation:
3 birds are sitting in a tree. 7 more join them.I used counters to show the addition 3+7=10.

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 55
Answer:

Explanation:
5 squirrels are looking for food. 4 more join them.I used counters to show the addition 5+4=9.

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 56
Answer:

Explanation:
There is I turtle on the beach. 5 more walk up. How many turtles are there in oil.I used counters to show the addition 1+5=6.

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 56
Answer:

Explanation:
2 turtles swim in the water. 6 more join them.I used counters to show the addition 2+6=8.Therefore 8 turtles are swimming in the water in all.

Independent Practice

Directions Have students listen to the story, use counters to show the addition, draw a picture, and then write an equation to tell how many in all. 6 4 girls play at the beach. H boys join them. How many children are there in all? 7 8 children rest on the sand. 1 girl joins them. How many children are there in all? 8 2 boys play in the waTer. 5 girls join them. How many children are there in ail? 9 Higher Order Thinking Have students listen to the story, draw counters to complete the picture, and write an equation. 7 children build a sand castle. Some more help them. There are 10 children building in all. How many more come to help them?

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 56
Answer:

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 56
Answer:

Explanation:
8 children rest on the sand. 1 girl joins them.I used counters to show the addition 8+1=9. Therefore, there are 9 children in all.

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 56
Answer:

Explanation:
2 boys play in the water. 5 girls join them.I used counters to show the addition 2+5=7.Therefore, there are 7 children in all.

Question 9.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 6 Understand Addition q 57
Answer:

Explanation:
7 children build a sand castle. Some more help them. There are 10 children building in all.
I used counters to show the addition 7+3=10
Therefore 3 children were helping 7 children to make sand castle.

Lesson 6.6 Solve Addition Word Problems: Put Together

Solve & Share
Directions Say: Daniel’s teacher is making name tags for her students. She makes 3 name tags for boys. She makes 2 more for girls. Now she has 5 name tags. How does Daniel’s teacher know that she has made 5 name togs? Explain and then show how you know.

I can… use equations to represent and explain addition.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 58

Visual Learning Bridge

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 59

Guided Practice

Directions 1 Have students listen to the story, draw a picture to show what is happening, and then write on equation. Then have them explain their work. Daniel puts 2 red crayons and 4 blue crayons on the table. Now there are 6 crayons in all. How can Daniel tell there are 6 crayons?

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 60
Answer:

Explanation:
Daniel puts 2 red crayons and 4 blue crayons on the table.I drew a picture and wrote an equaion 2+4=6 to show how may in all.

Directions Have students listen to each story, use counters to show the addition, look at or draw a picture, and then write on equation to tell how many in all. Then have them explain their work. 2 Jorge puts 4 blue paint jars and 3 red paint jars in the art room. How many paint jars are there in all? 3 Maya has 3 green croyons and 2 orange crayons. How many crayons are there in all? 4 Rex has 1 sheet of blue paper and 8 sheets of yellow paper. How many sheets of paper does he have in all? 5 Reagan has 4 green blocks and 4 yellow blocks. How many blocks does she have in all?

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 61
Answer:

Explanation:
Jorge puts 4 blue paint jars and 3 red paint jars in the art room.I used counters to show the addition and wrote an equation 4+3=7.Therefore, there are 7 paints jars in all.

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 62
Answer:
]

Explanation:
Maya has 3 green crayons and 2 orange crayons.I used counters to show the addition and wrote an equation 3+2=5.Therefore, there are 5 crayons in all.

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 63
Answer:

Explanation:
Rex has 1 sheet of blue paper and 8 sheets of yellow paper.I used counters to show the addition and wrote an equation 1+8=9.Therefore, there are 9 sheets in all.

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 63
Answer:

Explanation:
Reagan has 4 green blocks and 4 yellow blocks.I used counters to show the addition and wrote an equation 4+4=8.Therefore, there are 8 blocks in all.

Independent Practice

Directions Have students listen to each story, draw a picture to show what is happening, and then write an equation. 6 Benny puts 5 bananas ¡n a bowl and q bananas on a plate. How many bananas does he have in all? 7 Kris eats 2 grapes at lunch and 6 grapes for her snack. How many grapes does she eat in all? 8 There are q girls and 2 boys on a train ride. How many children ride the train in all? 9 Higher Order Thinking Have students listen to the story, circle the connecting cubes that show the story and tell why the other cubes do not show the story, and then write the number to tell how many in all. Say: Jimmy picks 5 raspberries. Then he picks 3 more. How many raspberries does he have in all?

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 63
Answer:

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 63
Answer:

Explanation:
Kris eats 2 grapes at lunch and 6 grapes for her snack.I drew a picture to show what is happening, and then wrote an equation 2+6=8.Therefore, Kris eat 8 grapes in all.

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 63
Answer:

Question 9.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 64
Answer:

Explanation:
Jimmy picks 5 raspberries. Then he picks 3 more.I circled that groups of cubes which show the addition equation 5+3.The answer is 8.

Lesson 6.7 Use Patterns to Develop Fluency in Addition

Solve & Share
Directions Say: Use blue and red cubes to make stacks of 3 cubes. How many different ways can you make a stack of 3 cubes? Write equations to describe your stacks. Use a blue crayon to tell how many blue cubes and a red crayon to tell how many red cubes.

I can ……… use patterns to add numbers together
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 65

Visual Learning Bridge

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 66

Guided Practice

Directions 1 Have students color a way to make 4, and then write an equation to match the boxes.

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 67
Answer:

Explanation:
I colored a way to make 4 using red and blue colors, and then wrote an equation 4+0=4 to match the boxes.

Directions 2 – 5 Have students color the boxes to complete the pattern of ways to make 4 started on the previous page, and then write an equation to match the boxes.

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 68
Answer:

Explanation:
I colored a way to make 4 using red and blue colors, and then wrote an equation 3+1=4 to match the boxes.

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 69
Answer:

Explanation:
I colored a way to make 4 using red and blue colors, and then wrote an equation 2+2=4 to match the boxes.

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 70
Answer:

Explanation:
I colored a way to make 4 using red and blue color, and then wrote an equation 1+3=4 to match the boxes.

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 71
Answer:

Explanation:
I colored a way to make 4 using red and blue color, and then wrote an equation 0+4=4 to match the boxes.

Independent Practice

Directions 6 and 7 Have students complete the pair of equations to show a pattern, 8 Higher Order Thinking Have students write a pair of equations that both equal 5 in a pattern. 9 Higher Order Thinking Have students listen to the story: 1 + 2 = 3, and 10 + 20 = 30. What does 100 + 200 equal? Have them write the number.

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 72
Answer:

Explanation:
The missing numbers in the patterns shown above are 3 and 1.
The equations are 1+3=4 and 3+1=4.

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 73
Answer:

Explanation:
The missing number in the patterns is 3.
The equations are 2+3=5 and 3+2=5.

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 74
Answer:

Explanation:
To make 5 we can group 1 and 4 in 2 ways.
The equations are 1+4=5 and 4+1=5.

Question 9.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 75
Answer:

Explanation:
I wrote the sum based on the pattern given.
The sum of 100 and 200 is 300.

Lesson 6.8 Problem Solving

Model with Math
Directions Say: Daniel sees a group of 3 fluffy, white clouds in the sky. Marta aes 1 gray cloud. How many clouds do they see in all? Draw a picture to show that is happening, and then write an equation to tell how many clouds in all. Explain how you know.

I can ……… model adding different numbers together by drawing, k counting, or writing equations.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 76

Visual Learning Bridge

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 77

Guided Practice

Directions 1 Have students listen to the story, and then draw a picture to model what is happening. Then have them write an equation and explain their answer. Daniel sees 2 fish in one bowl and 2 fish in another bowl. How many fish does he see in all?

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 78
Answer:

Explanation:
Daniel sees 2 fish in one bowl and 2 fish in another bowl
I drew a picture to model what is happening. Then wrote an equation 2+2=4
Therefore, there are 4 fishes in all.

Independent Practice

Directions Have students listen to each story, and then draw a picture to model what is happening. Then have them write an equation and explain their answer. 2 Julie sees 5 stones in one pail and 3 stones in another pail. How many stones does she see in all? 3 A hen laid 2 eggs one day and 3 eggs the next day. How many eggs did she lay in all? 4 Mario threw a baseball 5 times in one inning and 2 times in the next inning. How many times did she throw the baseball in oil? 5 Zak scored 2 goals during a soccer game, and then he scored y more goals during another soccer game. How many goals did he score ¡n all?

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 79
Answer:

Explanation:
Julie sees 5 stones in one pail and 3 stones in another pail
I drew a picture to model what is happening. Then wrote an equation 5+3=8
Therefore, there are 8 stones in all.

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 79
Answer:

Explanation:
A hen laid 2 eggs one day and 3 eggs the next day
I drew a picture to model what is happening. Then wrote an equation 2+3=5
Therefore, the hen laid 5 eggs in all.

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 79
Answer:

Explanation:
Mario threw a baseball 5 times in one inning and 2 times in the next inning
I drew a picture to model what is happening. Then wrote an equation 5+2=7
Therefore, Mario threw a baseball 7 times in all.

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 79
Answer:

Problem Solving

Performance Task
Directions Read the problem aloud. Then have students use multiple problem-solving methods to solve the problem. Say: There are 2 rabbits in a hole. The same number of rabbits come in to join them. How many rabbits are there in all? 6 Reasoning What can you answer? How many rabbits join the group? 7 Explain Emily says that the answer is 3 rabbits. Is she right or wrong? Explain how you know. 8 Model Use cubes, draw pictures, or use numbers to show how many rabbits in alL Then write the equation.

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 80
Answer:

Explanation:
6) If there are 2 rabbits in a hole and the same number of rabbits come in to join them then there are 4 rabiits in all now.
7) Emily’s answer is wrong as if 2 rabbits are there are 2 joined then then the answer will be 4.
8) I used cubes to model the addition equation 2+2=4.
I completed the missing equations 2+1=3 and 1+2=3.

Topic 6 Vocabulary Review

Directions Understand Vocabulary Have students: 1 write the plus sign to show addition; 2 write the equal sign, and then complete the equation; 3 listen to the story, draw a picture to show what is happening, and then write an equation to match the story. Max has 5 yellow cups and 5 orange cups. How many cups does he have in all?

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 81
Answer:

Explanation:
To show the addition the wrote the plus sign(+).

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 82
Answer:

Explanation:
I wrote the equal sign and the sum of the equation  7 in the blank.

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 83
Answer:

Explanation:
Max has 5 yellow cups and 5 orange cups
I drew pictures to show the equation 5+5=10
Therefore, Max has 10 cups in all.

Directions Understand Vocabulary Have students: 4 add the groups to find the sum, and then write an equation to show the addition; 5 listen to the story, draw a picture to show what is happening, and then write an equation. Have them draw a circle around the sum. Bailey sees 3 apples in the tree. Then she sees 5 more. How many apples does she see in all?

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 84
Answer:

Explanation:
I added the groups to find the sum, and then wrote an equation 8+2=10 to show the addition.

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 85
Answer:

Explanation:
Bailey sees 3 apples in the tree. Then she sees 5 more.
I drew pictures to show what is happening.
I completed the equation 3+5=8 and therefore Bailey saw 8 apples in all.

Topic 6 Reteaching

Directions Have students: 1 listen to the story, color the number of each part, and then write the number to tell how many in all. Margo has 0 red crayons. She has H blue crayons. How many crayons does she have in all? 2 add to the first group of instruments, and then write an addition sentence to tell how many in all.

Set A

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 86

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 87
Answer:

Explanation:
Margo has 0 red crayons. She has 4 blue crayons, i colored number 4 crayons blue, and then write the number 4 to tell how many in all.

Set B

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 88

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 89
Answer:

Explanation:
I added the first group of instruments and wrote the addition sentence 3 and 1 is 4.There are 4 instruments in all.

Directions Have students: 3 draw a circle around the groups to put them together, and then write an addition sentence to tell how many vegetables in all; 4 count the instruments in each group, and then write the numbers and the plus sign to show addition.

Set C

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 90

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 91
Answer:

Explanation:
I drew a circle around the groups to put them together, and then wrote an addition sentence 4 and 5 is 9.
Therefore, there are 9 vegetables in all.

Set D

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 92

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 93
Answer:

Explanation:
I counted the instruments in each group, and then wrote the numbers 2 and 4 and the plus sign to show addition 2+4.

Directions Have students: 5 listen to the story, use counters to show the addition, draw a circle around the groups to put them together, and then write an equation to match the story. Marta picks 3 vegetables. Then she picks 3 more vegetables. How many vegetables does she have in all? 6 listen to the story, use counters to show the addition, draw a picture, and then write an equation to tell how many in all. Mark has 3 flowers. He picks 2 more flowers. How many flowers does he have in all?

Set E

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 94

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 95
Answer:

Explanation:
Marta picks 3 vegetables. Then she picks 3 more vegetables
I used counters to show the addition, drew a circle around the groups to put them together, and then wrote an equation 3+3=6 to match with the picture.
Therefore, there are 6 vegetables in all.

Set F

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 96

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 97
Answer:

Explanation:
Mark has 3 flowers. He picks 2 more flowers.I drew counters to show the addition.
I wrote the equation 3+2=5.
Therefore, there are 5 flowers with Mark.

Directions Have students: 7 listen to each story, draw a picture to show what is happening, and then write an equation. Karina puts 4 red balls and 4 purple balls into the toy bin. How many balls are there in all? 8 color a way to make 6, and then write an equation to match the boxes.

Set G

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 98

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 99
Answer:

Explanation:
Karina puts 4 red balls and 4 purple balls into the toy bin.I drew a picture to show what is happening, and then write an equation 4+4=8.Therefore, Karina puts 8 balls in toy bin.

Set H

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 100

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 101
Answer:

Explanation:
I colored the boxes using purple and blue colors a way to make 6, and then wrote an equation 3+3=6 to match the boxes.

Topic 6 Assessment Practice

Directions Have students mark the best answer. 1 Jen puts 2 teddy bears on her bed. Then she puts 2 more teddy bears on her bed. Which tells how many teddy bears she puts on her bed in all? 2 Hayden sees I scarecrow, and then he sees 3 more. Which number sentence tells how many scarecrows Hayden sees in all? 3 Have students look at the picture and find the sentence that tells about adding the groups of tambourines. Say: How many tambourines are added to the first group of tambourines to find how many in all? 4 Which addition expression tells about the picture?

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 102
Answer:

Explanation:
Jen puts 2 teddy bears on her bed. Then she puts 2 more teddy bears on her bed.I marked option C- 4 in all 2+2=4 to show the number of teddy’s jen puts on her bed.

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 103
Answer:

Explanation:
Hayden sees I scarecrow, and then he sees 3 more.I marked D- 1 and 3 is 4, 1+3=4 to show the number of scarecrows in all.

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 104
A. 2 and 2 is 4
B. 2 and 6 is 8
C. 2 and 4 is 6
D. 2 and 5 is 7
Answer:
C. 2 and 4 is 6

Explanation:
The sentence that tells about adding the groups of tambourines 2 and 4 is 6.
4 tambourines are added to the first group of 2 tambourines to show that there are 6 tambourines in all.

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 105
A. 3 + 4
B. 3 + 1
C. 4 + 0
D. 4 + 1
Answer:
D. 4+1=5

Explanation:
The addition expression 4+1=5 shows the picture.

Directions 5 Have students listen to the story, and then do all of the following to show each part to find how many in all: clap and knock, hold up fingers, and give an explanation of a mental image. Ask them to color the number of each part, and then write the number to tell how many in all. Ming buys 4 yellow erasers. She buys 1 purple eraser. How many erasers does she buy in all? 6 Have students draw two groups of carrots to show 8 in all, and then write a number sentence to match the drawing. 7 Have students draw the number of cubes needed to make 6 cubes in all, and then complete the number sentence. 8 Have students listen to the story, use counters to model putting together the groups, draw the counters to show what is happening, and then write an equation for the story. There are 6 brown bunnies in a garden and 3 white bunnies in the garden. How many bunnies are there in all?

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 106
Answer:

Explanation:
Ming buys 4 yellow erasers. She buys 1 purple eraser
I colored 4 erasers yellow and 1 eraser purple, there are 5 erasers in all.

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 107
Answer:

Explanation:
I drew two groups of 5 carrots and 3 carrots each to show 8 in all, and then write a number sentence 5 and 3 is 8 to match the drawing
Therefore, there are 8 carrots in all.

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 108
Answer:

Explanation:
I drew the 3 cubes to make 6 cubes in all, and then complete the number sentence 3 and 3 is 6.

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 109
Answer:

Explanation:
There are 6 brown bunnies in a garden and 3 white bunnies in the garden
I drew counters to show the number of bunnies in the garden, the addition sentence is 6+3=9
Therefore, there are 9 bunnies in the garden in all.

Directions Have students: 9 look at the number card, and then draw a circle to put together the groups that show how many in all; 10 match each picture with the equation that shows the correct parts and how many in all.

Question 9.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 110
Answer:

Explanation:
I drew a circle to put together the groups that show how many in all.There are 5 ants and 3 ants in two groups which together make 8.

Question 10.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 111
Answer:

Explanation:
I matched each picture with the equation that shows the correct parts.

Directions 11 Have students color the boxes to complete a pattern showing different ways to make 5. and then write on an equation to match each group or 5 boxes.

Question 11.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 112
Answer:

Explanation:
I colored the boxes using blue and purple colors to complete a pattern showing different ways to make 5. and then wrote equations to match each group or 5 boxes.
4+1=5, 3+2=5, 2+3=5, 1+4=5 are the equations that match with the patterns.

Topic 6 Performance Task

Directions Music Time Say: Students play many different instruments in music class, 1 Say: How many horns are there? Have students count to find the number of horns, and then write an addition sentence to tell how many in all. 2 Have students add one group of horns to the other group of horns, and then write an equation to find the sum.

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 113

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 114
Answer:

Explanation:
The addition sentences to show number of horns is 2 and 4 is 6.

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 115
Answer:

Explanation:
The equation that show the number of horns is 2+4=6.

Directions 3 Say: The music teacher puts 3 flutes on the shelves. Have students color the boxes to complete a pattern to show the different ways she could put the flutes on the shelves. 4 Say: The bells on the shelves show one way to make 4. Have students write an equation to show the way, and then use the same numbers to make 4 another way. 5 Say: 6 drums are on the shelf. Then Luisa puts more drums on the shelf. Now there are 8 drums on the shelf. How many drums did Luisa put on the shelf? Have students draw counters to show what is happening, and then complete the equation.

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 116
Answer:

Explanation:
I wrote an equation to show the way, and then use the same numbers to make 4 another ways, they are 3+0=3, 2+1=3, 1+2=3 and 0+3=3.

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 117
Answer:

Explanation:
I wrote 2 different patterns with the numbers,1 and 3 they are 1+3=4 and 3+1=4.

Question 5
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 6 Understand Addition q 118
Answer:

Explanation:
6 drums are on the shelf. Then Luisa puts more drums on the shelf. Now there are 8 drums on the shelf.
I drew 6 and 2 counters to show what is happening, and then completed the equation 6+2=8.

enVision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data

enVision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data

Go through the enVision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data regularly and improve your accuracy in solving questions.

enVision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answers Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data

Essential Question:
How can data be represented, analyzed, and interpreted?
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 1

enVision STEM Project: Seasons
Do Research Use the Internet or other sources to find information about patterns of temperature in the different seasons where you live. Include information about the average monthly temperatures and the record low and high temperatures.

Journal: Write a Report Include what you found. Also in your report:

  • For one week, record the daily high and low temperatures in the area where you live. Make a graph displaying this information.
  • Find the difference between the highest and lowest daily temperatures from your graph.

Review What You Know

Vocabulary
Choose the best term from the box. Write it on the blank.
• equal groups
• multiples
• multiplication
• number line

Question 1.
_______ have the same number of items.
Answer:
_Equal Groups__ have the same number of items.

Question 2.
A ________ can be used to help compare numbers.
Answer:
A _multiples_ can be used to help compare numbers.

Question 3.
________ is used to find a total when joining equal groups.
Answer:
_Multiplication__ is used to find a total when joining equal groups.

Multiplication

In 4 and 5, complete the equation.
Question 4.
5 × 3 = _______
Answer:
5 × 3 = 15.
Explanation:
When we multiply 5 with 3 times we get 15.
When you add 5 three times we get 15.
5 + 5 + 5 = 15.

Math Grade 3 Represent and Interpret Data 1

Question 5.
3 × _______ = 21
Answer:
3 × 7 = 21
Explanation:
Given
one multiple and the product.
one multiple = 3
Product = 21
To find the other multiple we divide product by multiple
21 ÷ 3 = 7
3 × 7 = 21.

Question 6.
Make a bar diagram to represent 4 × 6.
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Multiplication-Question-6

Multiplication on the Number Line

Question 7.
Ed bought 2 bags of grapefruit. There are 6 grapefruit in each bag. How many grapefruit did he buy? Draw jumps on the number line to find the answer.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 2
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Multiplication-on-the-Number-Line-Question-7

Question 8.
Show the multiplication fact 3 x 4 on the number line. Write the product.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 2
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Multiplication-on-the-Number-Line-Question-8

Finding Area
Question 9.
Find the area of the rectangle.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 3
☐ = 1 square inch
Answer:
Number of squares = 4 × 5 = 20 squares.
Area = 20 square inches.

Pick a Project

PROJECT 7A
How is a book printed?
Project: Collect Data and Create Picture Graphs
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 4

PROJECT 7B
Would you like to live in a city?
Project: Make a Bar Graph About Cities and Towns
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 5

PROJECT 7C
What is your favorite animal?
Project: Develop a Picture Graph About Animals
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 6

3-ACT MATH PREVIEW

Math Modeling
Swings and Slides
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 7

+ `1

Solve & Share
Students in Jorge’s class took a survey of their favorite cereals and made this graph to show the results. Name at least three facts about the information in the graph.
I can … use picture graphs and bar graphs to answer questions about data sets.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 8

Look Back! What do the two different symbols on the graph stand for?

Essential Question
How Can You Read Picture Graphs?

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 9

Use the key
Look at the data for East Falls League.
There are 3 Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 10 and 1 Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 11.
The 3 Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 10 represent 3 × 2 = 6 teams.
The 1 Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 11 represents 1 × 1 = 1 team.
6 + 1 = 7
There are 7 teams in the East Falls League.

How many more teams does the East Falls League have than the South Falls League?
Use the picture graph to write equations and compare the two rows.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 12
The East Falls League has 3 more teams than the South Falls League.

Convince Me! Be Precise Tell something about each league you can find out from the picture graph.

Math Grade 3 Represent and Interpret Data 2

Another Example!
A scaled bar graph uses bars to represent and compare information. This bar graph shows the number of goals scored by different players on a hockey team. The scale shows the units used.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 13
On this bar graph, each horizontal grid line represents two units. Every other grid line is labeled: 0, 4, 8, and so on. For example, the line halfway between 4 and 8 represents 6 goals.

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?
In 1 and 2, use the bar graph above.
Question 1.
How many goals in all did Alex and Reggie score?
Answer:
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 13
Number of goals Alex scored = 18 goals.
Number of goals Reggie scored = 16 goals.
Total number of goals both scored in all = 18 + 16 = 34 goals.

Do You Know How?
Question 2.
Explain how to find how many fewer goals Cindi scored than Alex.
Answer:
Number of goals Alex scored = 18 goals
Number of goals Cindi scored = 14 goals
Number of fewer goals Cindi scored than Alex = 18 – 14 = 4 goals.
Cindi scored 4 fewer goals than Alex.

Independent Practice

In 3-5, use the picture graph.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 14
Question 3.
Which area has lights on for exactly 50 hours each week?
Answer:
full bulb = 10 hours    Half bulb = 5 hours
Number of hours of light on each week in Exercise room = 7 full bulb and 1 half bulb
(7 × 10 hours) + (1 × 5 hours) = 70 + 5 = 75 hours.
Number of hours of light on each week in Locker room = 9 full bulbs
9 × 10 hours = 90 hours
Number of hours of light on each week in Swimming Pool = 5 full and 1 half
(5 × 10 hours) + (1 × 5 hours) = 50 + 5 = 55 hours.
Number of hours of light on each week in Tennis Court = 5 full
5 × 10 hours = 50 hours.
Tennis Court area has lights on for exactly 50 hours each week

Question 4.
What does the half bulb in the data for the exercise room represent?
Answer:
Half bulb in the data for exercise room represents 5 hours.

Question 5.
In one week, how many more hours are lights on in the exercise room than at the swimming pool?
Answer:
Number of hours of light on each week in Exercise room = 7 full bulb and 1 half bulb
(7 × 10 hours) + (1 × 5 hours) = 70 + 5 = 75 hours.
Number of hours of light on each week in Swimming Pool = 5 full and 1 half
(5 × 10 hours) + (1 × 5 hours) = 50 + 5 = 55 hours.
Number of more hours of light on in the exercise room than the swimming Pool = 75 hours – 55 hours = 20 hours.
20 hours of more light on in the exercise room than the swimming Pool

Problem Solving

In 6-8, use the picture graph.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 15
Question 6.
Reasoning For which days can you use the expression 9 x 7 to find how many points were scored?
Answer:
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 15
From the data above
Number of points scored by a football team on October 3 = 9 × 7 = 63 points
Number of points scored by a football team on October 10 = 9 × 7 = 63 points
Number of points scored by a football team on October 17 = 6 × 7 = 42 points
Number of points scored by a football team on October 24  = 7 × 7 = 49 points
October 3  and October 10 days can  use the expression 9 x 7 to find number of  points  scored.
On both the days the team scored 9 × 7 points = 63 points.

Question 7.
On which days did the football team score fewer than 50 points?
Answer:
Number of points scored by a football team on October 17 = 6 × 7 = 42 points
Number of points scored by a football team on October 24  = 7 × 7 = 49 points
On October 17 and October 24 the football team scored points fewer than 50.

Question 8.
Higher Order Thinking How many more points were scored on October 10 and 24 combined than on October 3 and 17?
Answer:
Number of points scored by a football team on October 3 = 9 × 7 = 63 points
Number of points scored by a football team on October 17 = 6 × 7 = 42 points
Number of points scored on October 3 and October 17 combined = 63 + 42 = 105 points.
Number of points scored by a football team on October 10 = 9 × 7 = 63 points
Number of points scored by a football team on October 24  = 7 × 7 = 49 points
Number of points scored on October 10 and October 24 combined =63 + 49 = 112 points.
Number of more points scored on October 10 and 24 combined than on October 3 and 17 combined = 112 – 105 = 7 points.
7 more points scored on October 10 and 24 combined than on October 3 and 17 combined.

Assessment Practice

In 9 and 10, use the bar graph at the right.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 16
Question 9.
How many more miles per hour is the top running speed of the cheetah than of the Cape hunting dog?
A. 25 miles per hour
B. 30 miles per hour
C. 35 miles per hour
D. 40 miles per hour
Answer:
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 16
Given the Top running speeds of animals
mile per hour – mph
The running speed of Cape Hunting Dog = 35 mph
The running speed of Cheetah = 70 mph
The running speed of Grizzly Bear = 30 mph
The running speed of Coyote = 40 mph
The top running speed of the Cheetah  more than of the Cape hunting dog = 70 mph – 35 mph
= 70 mph – 35 mph  = 35 mph.
Answer B. 35 mph more miles per hour is the top running speed of the Cheetah than of the Cape hunting dog.

Question 10.
How many fewer miles per hour is the top running speed of the grizzly bear than of the coyote and the Cape hunting dog combined?
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 17
A. 40 miles per hour
B. 45 miles per hour
C. 50 miles per hour
D. 55 miles per hour
Answer:
The top running speed of Grizzly Bear = 30 mph
The top running speed of Coyote = 40 mph
The top running speed of Cape Hunting Dog = 35 mph
The top running speed of Coyote and Cape Hunting Dog combined = 40 mph + 35 mph = 75 mph
The top running speed of the grizzly bear fewer than of the coyote and the Cape hunting dog combined = 75 mph – 30 mph
= 75 mph – 30 mph
= 45 mph
Answer B. 45 mph is fewer miles per hour is the top running speed of the grizzly bear than of the coyote and the Cape hunting dog combined.

Lesson 7.2 Make Picture Graphs

Solve & Share
Mary is helping her teacher count school playground equipment. She records the data in a frequency table. Use the data in the table to complete the picture graph. Write two statements about your completed graph.
I can … make a picture graph to record information and answer questions about a data set.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 18
Look Back! How did you know the number of symbols to draw for jump ropes?

Essential Question
How Do You Make a Picture Graph?

Visual Learning Bridge
Sam recorded the number of each kind of bicycle a store sold during one month. He made a frequency table. Use the table to make a picture graph.
You can also collect data with a survey by asking people questions.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 19

Write a title for the picture graph.
The title is “Kinds of Bicycles Sold.”
Choose a symbol for the key. Decide what each whole symbol and half-symbol will represent.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 20

Set up the graph and list the kinds of bicycles. Decide how many symbols you need for each number of bicycles sold. Draw the symbols.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 21

Convince Me! Model with Math Suppose 25 mountain bicycles were also sold. Draw symbols to show a row in the picture graph for mountain bicycles. Explain how you decided.

Math Grade 3 Represent and Interpret Data 3

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?
In 1 and 2, use the picture graph on the previous page.
Question 1.
Explain the symbols that were used for the number of training bicycles sold.
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Lesson-7.2-Make-Picture-Graphs-Guided-Practice-Question-1

Question 2.
If the scale used in the key were Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 22 = 2 bicycles, how many symbols would be used for the number of road bicycles sold? For the number of track bicycles sold?
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Lesson-7.2-Make-Picture-Graphs-Guided-Practice-Question-2

Do You Know How?
Question 3.
Use the table to complete the picture graph.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 23
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Lesson-7.2-Make-Picture-Graphs-Guided-Practice-Question-3

Independent Practice

In 4-6, use the data in the chart.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 24
Question 4.
Complete the picture graph.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 25
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Lesson-7.2-Make-Picture-Graphs-Independent-Practice-Question-4

Question 5.
Which two teams scored more goals, the Cubs and the Lions or the Hawks and the Roadrunners?
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Lesson-7.2-Make-Picture-Graphs-Independent-Practice-Question-5

Question 6.
Explain how you decided the number of each symbol to draw to show the goals for the Roadrunners.
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Lesson-7.2-Make-Picture-Graphs-Independent-Practice-Question-6

Problem Solving

In 7-9, use the frequency table at the right.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 26
Question 7.
Use Appropriate Tools Select and use appropriate tools to help make a picture graph to show the data in the table.
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Lesson-7.2-Make-Picture-Graphs-Problem-Solving-Question-7

Question 8.
What is the difference between the odd number and the sum of the even numbers in the table?
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Lesson-7.2-Make-Picture-Graphs-Problem-Solving-Question-8

Question 9.
Ask six students in your class which of the three vegetables is their favorite. Record the answers in your picture graph.
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Lesson-7.2-Make-Picture-Graphs-Problem-Solving-Question-9

Question 10.
Higher Order Thinking Suppose you are going to make a picture graph to show the data in the Simon’s Book Shop table. Choose a symbol to stand for 5 books sold. Draw the row for fiction books sold. Justify your drawing.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 27
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Lesson-7.2-Make-Picture-Graphs-Problem-Solving-Question-10

Math Grade 3 Represent and Interpret Data 4

Assessment Practice

Question 11.
The Garden Shop sold 25 plants in April, 30 plants in May, and 35 plants in June. Complete the picture graph for this data. Choose the symbols you will use.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 28
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Lesson-7.2-Make-Picture-Graphs-Assessment-Practice-Question-11

Lesson 7.3 Make Bar Graphs

Solve & Share
Use the data in the table below to complete the bar graph. What conclusions can you make by analyzing the bar graph?
I can … make a bar graph to record information and answer questions about a data set.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 29
Look Back! How can tools such as a ruler help you create a bar graph?

Essential Question
How Do You Make a Bar Graph?

Visual Learning Bridge
Greg made a table to show the amount of money he saved each month from tutoring. Use the data in the table to make a bar graph.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 30

Write a title. Use the same title as in the table.
The title of this bar graph is
Amount Greg Saved Each Month.
Choose the scale. Decide how many units each grid line will represent.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 31

Set up the graph with the scale, each month listed in the table, and labels. Draw a bar for each month.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 32

Convince Me! Be Precise Write new amounts for how much Greg saved in 4 later months. Consider the scale.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 33
In May, Greg saved __________.
In June, Greg saved __________.
In July, Greg saved __________.
In August, Greg saved __________.
Draw bars on the graph to show your new data.

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?
In 1-3, use the bar graph on the previous page.
Question 1.
Explain why the bar for January ends between 20 and 30.
Answer:
The bar for January ends between 20 and 30 because in January Greg  saved $25.
Since the grid line represents $10.
Half of $10 is = $10 ÷ 2 = $5
So, $25 is represented between 20 and 30.

Question 2.
Suppose Greg saved $35 in May. Between which grid lines would the bar for May end?
Answer:
$35 would be between the grid lines of 30 and 40.

Question 3.
How can you tell how much more Greg saved in February than in April?
Answer:
Total Amount Greg saved in February = $50
Total Amount Greg saved in April = $40
Difference of amount Greg saved in February and April = $50 – $40 = $10.
Greg saved $10 more in February than in April.

Do You Know How?
Question 4.
Use the table to complete the bar graph.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 34
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Lesson-7.3- Make-Bar-Graphs- Guided-Practice-Question-4
Explanation:
The bar graph has number of people who signed up for classes on one side and the classes on the other side.
Here Chess class is represented with Red color
Guitar class is represented with Orange color
Painting  class is represented with Yellow color
Writing class is represented with Green color.

Independent Practice

In 5, use the table at the right.
Question 5.
Complete the bar graph to show the data.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 35
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Lesson-7.3- Make-Bar-Graphs-Independent-Practice-Question-5
Deal Mart represented with Blue color
Jane’s represented with Purple color
Parker’s represented with Indigo blue color
Trends represented with Brown color.
Number of votes are represented on one side of the bar with  5 multiples.
Other side represents the stores.

Problem Solving
In 6-8, use the table at the right.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 36
Question 6.
Make a bar graph to show the data.
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Lesson-7.3- Make-Bar-Graphs-Problem-Solving-Question-6

Question 7.
Construct Arguments Which two kinds of movies received about the same number of votes? Explain how to use your bar graph to find the answer.
Answer:
Cartoon and Science Friction movies received about same number of votes.
The bar graph represents the votes the kind of movies received.
The vertical side of the bar graph represents the number of votes received.
Votes are represented with 2 multiples.
The horizontal line represents the kind of movies.
Looking at the graph
Number of votes for Cartoon kind of movies = 7
Number of votes for Science Friction kind of movies = 6
They both received about the same number of votes.

Question 8.
Each movie ticket costs $8. Jo buys tickets for the number of people who voted for science fiction. How much change does she get from $50?
Answer:
Cost of each movie ticket = $8
Number of votes for science fiction movie = 6
Total amount Jo have = $50
Cost for 6 science fiction movie tickets = 6 × $8 = $48
The change Jo get for her $50 = $40 – $48 = $2
Jo get $2 change from $50.

Question 9.
Higher Order Thinking Suppose you are going to make a bar graph to show the data in the table at the right. What scale would you choose? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 37
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Lesson-7.3- Make-Bar-Graphs-Problem-Solving-Question-9

Assessment Practice

Question 10.
Tanji collected data on the colors of his friends’ shoes. Eight friends have black shoes. Five friends have blue shoes. Seven friends have white shoes. Use Tanji’s data to complete the bar graph.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 38
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Lesson-7.3- Make-Bar-Graphs-Assessment-Practice-Question-10

Lesson 7.4 Solve Word Problems Using Information in Graphs

Solve & Share
The students in Ms. Seymour’s class voted for their favorite kind of sandwich. How many more students voted for peanut butter than cheese? How many fewer students voted for tuna than peanut butter?
I can … use graphs and other tools to solve word problems.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 39
Look Back! What is the scale for this graph? How do you know the number of votes a bar represents when it is between two lines on this graph?

Essential Question
How Can You Solve Problems Question Using Graphs?

Visual Learning Bridge
Angela wants Karli and Monique to have a total of 60 paper cranes. The bar graph shows how many paper cranes her friends already have. How many more paper cranes does Angela need to make for Karli and Monique to have 60 paper cranes in all?
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 40
This problem has a hidden question!

Solve the hidden question.
How many paper cranes do Karli and Monique already have?
Use the scale to find how many paper cranes Karli and Monique each have. Then add.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 41
Karli has 30 paper cranes. Monique has 10 paper cranes.
30 + 10 = 40
Together they have 40 paper cranes.

Solve the main question.
How many paper cranes does Angela need to make?
Subtract the number of cranes the friends already have from the total.
60 – 40 = 20
Angela needs to make 20 paper cranes.

Convince Me! Critique Reasoning Angela says, “I want llana and Elspeth to also have 60 cranes in all. I can subtract two times to find how many more cranes I need to make for them.” Is Angela correct? Explain.

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
Look at the graph on the previous page. Explain whether you would add, subtract, multiply, or divide to find how many more paper cranes Karli already has than Monique.
Answer:
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 40
Number of Paper Cranes Karli has = 30
Number of Paper Cranes Monique has = 10
To find how many more paper cranes Karli has than Monique
we subtract Monique paper cranes from Karli’s paper cranes
30 – 10 = 20

Karli has 20 more paper cranes than Monique.

Question 2.
How does a bar graph help you compare data?
Answer:
A bar diagram makes it easy to compare sets of data between different groups at a glance. The graph represents categories on one axis and a discrete value in the other. The goal is to show the relationship between the two axes.

Do You Know How?
In 3, use the bar graph.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 42
Question 3.
How many more miles did Hal and Victor ride together than Rosita?
Answer:
Number of miles Hal rode = 20 miles
Number of miles Victor rode = 20 miles
Total number of miles Hal and Victor rode together = 20 + 20 = 40 miles.
Number of miles Rosita rode = 35 miles
35 miles because it is represented between 30 and 40 miles bar line in the bar graph.
Number of more miles Hal and victor ride together than Rosita = 40 miles – 35 miles = 5 miles.

Independent Practice

In 4-6, use the picture graph at the right.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 43

Question 4.
How many more red T-shirts were sold at Ultimate T than at Jazzy’s?
Answer:
You see
Full T-shirt = 10 T-shirts
Half T-shirt = 5 T-shirts
Number of red T-shirts sold at Ultimate T = 2 full T-shirts and 1 half T-shirt = 10+10+5 = 25 T-shirts
Number of red T-shirts sold at Jazzy’s =2 full T-shirts = 10 +10 =20 T-shirts
Number of more red T-shirts sold at Ultimate T than at Jazzy’s = 25 – 20 = 5 T-shirts.

Question 5.
How many fewer green T-shirts were sold at Jazzy’s than at Ultimate T?
Answer:
Full T-shirt = 10 T-shirts
Half T-shirt = 5 T-shirts
Number of green T-shirts sold at Ultimate T = 3 full T-shirts = 10 + 10 + 10 = 30 T-shirts
Number of green T-shirts sold at Jazzy’s = 1 half T-shirt = 5 T-shirt
Number of fewer green T-shirts were sold at Jazzy’s than at Ultimate T = 30 – 5 = 25 T-shirts.
25 fewer green T-shirts were sold at Jazzy’s than at Ultimate T.

Question 6.
How many more blue and red T-shirts combined were sold at Jazzy’s than green T-shirts were sold at Ultimate T?
Answer:
Number of Blue T-shirts sold at Jazzy’s = 2 full T-shirts and 1 half T-shirt = 10+10+5 = 25 T-shirts
Number of red T-shirts sold at Jazzy’s =2 full T-shirts = 10 +10 = 20 T-shirts
Total number of Blue and red T-shirts combined were sold at Jazzy’s = 25 + 20 = 45 T-shirts
Number of green T-shirts were sold at Ultimate T = 3 full T-shirts = 10 + 10 + 10 = 30 T-shirts
Number of more blue and red T-shirts combined were sold at Jazzy’s than green T-shirts were sold at Ultimate T =
= 45 – 30 = 15 T-shirts.

Problem Solving

In 7-9, use the bar graph at the right.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 44
Question 7.
Number Sense How many people voted for their favorite type of exercise? How can you find the answer?
Answer:
Here three types of exercises are given
Jogging
Swimming
Gymnastics
Number of people voted for Jogging = 6
Number of people voted for Swimming = 14
Number of people voted for Gymnastics = 12
Total number of people who voted for their favorite exercises = 6 + 14 + 12 = 32.
32 people voted for their favorite exercises.
By adding the votes of all the exercises gives the answer to find people voted for their favorite exercise.

Question 8.
Construct Arguments How many more people voted for gymnastics than for jogging? How do you know?
Answer:
Number of people voted for Jogging = 6
Number of people voted for Gymnastics = 12
By subtracting votes of jogging from gymnastics
we find
Number of more people voted for gymnastics than for jogging = 12 – 6 = 6 votes.
6 more people voted for gymnastics than for jogging.

Question 9.
How many fewer people voted for swimming than for gymnastics and jogging combined?
Answer:
Number of people voted for Jogging = 6
Number of people voted for Gymnastics = 12
Total number of votes for gymnastics and jogging combined = 12 + 6 = 18 votes.
Number of people voted for Swimming = 14
Subtracting votes for Swimming from gymnastics and jogging combined
Number of  fewer people voted for swimming than for gymnastics and jogging combined = 18 – 14 = 4
4 fewer people voted for swimming than for gymnastics and jogging combined.

Question 10.
Leslie delivers papers on weekdays and Saturdays. She delivers 6 papers each weekday and 16 papers on Saturday. How many papers does Leslie deliver during the entire week?
Answer:
A week has 7 days
5 weekdays
2 = weekends -Saturday and Sunday
Number of papers Leslie delivers on weekday = 6 each
Total number of papers she delivers on all weekdays = 6 × 5 = 30 papers
Number of papers Leslie delivers on Saturday = 16 papers
Total number of papers Leslie deliver during the entire week = 30 + 16 = 46 papers.
Leslie delivers 46 papers during the entire week.

Question 11.
Higher Order Thinking What kinds of comparisons can you make when you look at a bar graph or a picture graph?
Answer:
Fewer , more , difference, adding

Assessment Practice

Question 12.
Daryl made a bar graph to record the number of books read by each member of a reading club. How many fewer books did Alice read than Sandra and Daryl combined?
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 45
A 6 books
B. 8 books
C. 10 books
D. 12 books
Answer:
Number of books Alice read = 16 books
Number of books Sandra read = 8 books
Number of books Daryl read = 18 books
Total number of books Sandra and Daryl read combined = 18 + 8 = 26 books
Number of fewer books  Alice read than Sandra and Daryl combined = 26 – 16 = 10 books.
Alice read 10 fewer books than Sandra and Daryl combined.

Lesson 7.5 Problem Solving

Precision
Solve & Share
Action books and mystery books cost $5 each. Biography books cost $10 each. A librarian has $100 to spend on new books. She collected some information about the kinds of books that students checked out to read last month.
I can … be precise when solving math problems.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 46

Thinking Habits
Be a good thinker! These questions can help you.

  • Am I using numbers, units, and symbols appropriately?
  • Am I using the correct definitions?
  • Am I calculating accurately?
  • Is my answer clear?
    Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 47

Look Back! Be Precise How did you use words and symbols to explain your answer?

Essential Question
How Can You Be Precise When out Solving Math Problems?

Visual Learning Bridge
Bella has a bakery. She will use the bakery items at the right to make a gift basket worth $40. Bella wants the basket to have more than one of each bakery item. Show one way to make a gift basket.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 48
What do I need to do to make a gift basket?
I need to be precise. I will decide how many of each item to put in a basket so the total is exactly $40.

Here’s my thinking…

How can I be precise in solving this problem?
I can

  • correctly use the information given.
  • calculate accurately.
  • decide if my answer is clear and appropriate.
  • use the correct units.

I will start with $40.
I know how many of each item is available.
3 wheat loaves × $4 = $12
$40 – $12 = $28

9 cinnamon buns × $2 = $18
$28 – $18 = $10

10 muffins × $1 = $10
$10 – $10 = $0
All calculations are correct. My gift basket has 3 wheat loaves, 9 cinnamon buns, and 10 muffins. The total is exactly $40.

Convince Me! Be Precise Is there another way to make a gift basket that totals exactly $40? Explain.

Guided Practice

Be Precise Use the graph on the previous page. Suppose Bella wanted to make a gift basket worth $25 instead. The gift basket must also have more wheat loaves than muffins. Show one way Bella can make the gift basket.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 49
Question 1.
What given information will you use to solve?
Answer:
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 48
Given
Bella wants a gift basket worth of $25
She wants more wheat loaves than muffins.
Using the list of items in the Bakery and the cost of the items. I will calculate the cost of the items and compare with the basket worth.

Question 2.
Show and explain one way Bella can make the gift basket.
Answer:
Total worth of the gift basket = $25
Cost of Muffins = $1 each
Cost of Cinnamon Buns = $2 each
Cost of  Wheat loaves = $4 each
Cost of  4 Wheat loaves = 4 × $ 4 = $16
Cost of the basket – cost of 4 Wheat loaves
= $25 – $16
= $9
Remaining Amount = $9
Cost of 3 Cinnamon Buns = 3 × $2 = $6
Remaining Amount – Cost of 3 Cinnamon Buns
= $9 – $6
= $3
Remaining Amount
Cost of 3 Muffins =3 × $1 = $3
Remaining Amount – Cost of 3 Muffins
= $3 – $3
= $0
The gift basket worth of $25 have 4 Wheat loaves , 3 Cinnamon Buns  , 3 Muffins.

Independent Practice

Be Precise Derek is making a tile pattern that will be 30 inches long. The graph shows how many of each length of tile Derek has. He wants to use more than one of each length of tile in his pattern. Show one way to make the pattern.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 50
Question 3.
What given information will you use to solve?
Answer:
The length of the tile pattern = 30 inches
Type of tiles Derek have
3 in tile
2 in tile
4 in tile.
Number of tiles he have.
Number of 2 in tile he have = 5 tiles
Number of 3 in tile he have = 7 tiles
Number of 4 in tile he have = 6 tiles
Use these information to solve the problem.

Question 4.
Show and explain one way Derek can make the pattern.
Answer:
The length of the tile pattern = 30 inches
Type of tiles Derek have
3 in tile
2 in tile
4 in tile.
Number of tiles he have.
Number of 2 in tile he have = 5 tiles
Number of 3 in tile he have = 7 tiles
Number of 4 in tile he have = 6 tiles
To make the tile pattern he wants to use more than one of each length of tile in his pattern.
if we use 1 of each tile
length of all types of tiles  = 2 inch + 3 inch + 4 inch = 9 inch
Total length of tile pattern = 30 inches
= 30 inches – 9 inches = 21 inches.
Now,
To make more 21 inches
2 time length of all tiles = 2 × 9 = 18 inches
= 18 inches +3 inch
= 21 inches
Total types of tiles needed for the 30 inch tile pattern = Three 4 in tiles + Four 3 inch tile + Three 2 inch tiles
=Three 4 in tiles + Four 3 inch tile + Three 2 inch tiles
=( 3 × 4) + (4 ×3) + (2 × 3)
= 12 + 12 + 6
= 30 inches.

Problem Solving

Performance Task
Picture Planning
Marta has $50 to spend on sketches. She wants to display them in an array of 3 rows, with 4 sketches in each row. Marta wants to include each type of sketch at least two times in her array.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 51

Question 5.
Reasoning How many sketches does Marta want?
Answer:
Marta wants a array of 3 rows.
Each row has 4 sketches in each row.
Number of sketches in the array = 3 × 4 = 12 sketches.
Marta wants 12 sketches.

Question 6.
Make Sense and Persevere What is a good plan for solving the problem?
Answer:
As Marta need 12 sketches. and she has  $50 to spend on sketches.
There are three types of sketches and their cost
Portrait = $10 each
Animals = $4 each
Landscape =$2 each
She want each type at least two times in the array.
Calculating the cost of each sketches and plan the sketches in the array.

Question 7.
Be Precise Show one way Marta can buy sketches to make the array. Use math words and symbols to explain.
Be precise when analyzing the symbols, words, and numbers displayed in a picture graph.
Answer:
As Marta need 12 sketches.
At least 2 sketches of each type in the array
2 Portrait sketches = 2 × $10 = $20
2 Animal sketches = 2 × $4 = $8
2 Landscape sketches = 2 × $2 = $4
Total number of sketches = 2 + 2 + 2 = 6
6 more sketches remaining.
Adding all the costs
= $20  + $8 + $4 = $32
Total amount Marta has = $50
$50 – $32 = $18 remaining.
$18 remaining for 6 more sketches
we can add
=3 Animal sketch + 3 Landscape sketches
$18 = (3 × $4) + (3 × $2)
$18 = $12 + $6
$18 = $18.
Total number of sketches in the Marta’s array = 2 Portrait + 5 Animal + 5 Landscape
=(2 × $10) + (5 × $4) + (5 × $2 )
=$20 + $20 + $10
=$50.

Question 8.
Generalize Suppose Marta wants to make an array of 4 rows, with 3 sketches in each row. Would your answer still work? Explain.
Answer:
If Marta wants to make a array of 4 rows and 3 sketches in each row.
Total sketches = 4 × 3 = 12 sketches.
In both the cases the total sketches are same. So, the answer will work in this case as well.
Just the order of sketches changes.

Topic 7 Fluency Practice Activity

Point & Tall
Find a partner. Get paper and a pencil. Each partner chooses a different color: light blue or dark blue.

Partner 1 and Partner 2 each point to a black number at the same time. Both partners multiply those numbers.

If the answer is on your color, you get a tally mark. Partners then write the remaining facts in the fact family. Work until one partner has seven tally marks.
I can… multiply and divide within 100.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 52

Topic 7 Vocabulary Review

Understand Vocabulary
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 53
Graph A

Word List
• data
• frequency table
• graph
• key
• scale
• scaled bar graph
• scaled picture graph
• survey

Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 54

Complete each sentence with scaled picture graph, scaled bar graph, key, or scale.
Question 1.
The _________ in Graph A shows that each umbrella represents 2 days.
Answer:
The _Key__ in Graph A shows that each umbrella represents 2 days.

Question 2.
Graph A is a _________
Answer:
Graph A is a __Scaled picture graph___.

Question 3.
The ________ in Graph B increases by 5.
Answer:
The _Scale__ in Graph B increases by 5

Question 4.
Graph B is a _________.
Answer:
Graph B is a __scaled bar graph___.

Write T for True or F for False.

Question 5.
________ A survey is the only way to collect data.
Answer:
True A survey is the only way to collect data.

Question 6.
________ A scaled bar graph has a key.
Answer:
False A scaled bar graph has a key.

Question 7.
________ Data from a frequency table can be used to make a scaled bar graph.
Answer:
True Data from a frequency table can be used to make a scaled bar graph.

Use Vocabulary in Writing
Question 8.
Suppose you found out the number and type of pets your classmates have. Explain how you can display that information. Use at least 3 terms from the Word List in your answer.
Answer:
Given data
Number of pets
Type of pets.
I will be using a scaled bar graph with number of pets on one axis and type of pets on the other axis. The scale range and key depends on the data collected by the survey.

Topic 7 Reteaching

Set A pages 253-256

Picture graphs use pictures or parts of pictures to represent data.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 55
Bar graphs use bars to represent data. You can use a scale to find how much a bar represents.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 56
Each line in this bar graph represents 2 votes.

Remember to use a key or scale. The number of pictures in picture graphs and the lengths of bars in bar graphs help to compare data.

In 1-3, use the picture graph on the left.
Question 1.
How many more baseball caps are on sale than racing caps?
Answer:
1 full cap represents 10 caps
1 half cap represents 5 caps
Number of baseball caps on sale = 3 full + 1 half = 10+10+10+5= 35 caps
Number of Racing caps on sale = 2 full caps = 10 + 10 = 20 caps.
Subtracting racing caps from baseball caps
Number of more baseball caps are on sale than racing caps =  35 caps – 20 caps = 15 caps
There are 15 more baseball caps are on sale than racing caps.

Question 2.
How many more baseball caps are on sale than basketball and racing caps combined?
Answer:
Number of basketball caps on sale = 1 full cap = 10 caps
Number of Racing caps on sale = 2 full caps = 10 + 10 = 20 caps.
Total number of basketball and racing caps combined = 10 + 20 = 30 caps.
Number of baseball caps on sale = 3 full + 1 half = 10+10+10+5= 35 caps
Number of more baseball caps are on sale than basketball and racing caps combined = 35 caps – 30 caps = 5 caps.
There are 5 more baseball caps are on sale than basketball and racing caps combined.

Question 3.
How many fewer basketball caps are on sale than baseball caps?
Answer:
Number of basketball caps on sale = 1 full cap = 10 caps
Number of baseball caps on sale = 3 full + 1 half = 10+10+10+5= 35 caps.
Number of fewer basketball caps are on sale than baseball caps = 35 – 10 = 25 caps
There are 25 fewer basketball caps are on sale than baseball caps.

In 4-7, use the bar graph on the left.
Question 4.
Which color got the most votes? How many votes did that color get?
Answer:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 56
Red color got the most votes.
11 people voted for red color.

Question 5.
How many fewer votes were for yellow than for green?
Answer:
Number of votes for yellow = 3 votes
Number of votes for green = 10 votes
Number of fewer votes for yellow than for green = 10 – 3 = 7 votes.
There are 7 fewer votes for yellow than for green.

Question 6.
How many more votes were for red than for blue?
Answer:
Number of votes for red  = 11 votes
Number of votes for  blue = 8 votes
Number of more votes to red than for blue = 11 – 8 = 3 votes.
There are 3 more votes for red than for blue.

Question 7.
What is the difference between the votes for red and the votes for blue and yellow combined?
Answer:
Number of votes for  blue = 8 votes
Number of votes for yellow = 3  votes
Total number of votes for blue and yellow combined = 8  + 3 = 11 votes
Number of votes for red  = 11 votes
The difference between the votes for red and the votes for blue and yellow combined = 11 – 11 = 0 votes.
There is 0 difference between the votes for red and the votes for blue and yellow combined.

Set B pages 257-264

This frequency table shows data about the number of coins Mark has.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 57
You can use the data to make a picture graph. Picture graphs include a title, symbol, and a key to show the scale.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 58
In this picture graph, each symbol equals 2 coins. You also can use the data to make a bar graph.
1. Label the bottom and side of the graph.
2. Choose a scale.
3. Draw a bar for each type of coin.
4. Include a title.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 59

Remember that a frequency table includes tally marks or numbers. A picture graph uses pictures to show data.

In 1 and 2, use the frequency table below.
Dan’s class voted for their favorite pet. The results are shown in this frequency table.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 60
Question 1.
Complete the frequency table.
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Topic-7-Reteaching-Set-B pages-257-264-Question-1

Question 2.
Use the data in the frequency table to make a picture graph.
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Topic-7-Reteaching-Set-B pages-257-264-Question-2

Question 3.
Use the data in the table to make a bar graph.
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Topic-7-Reteaching-Set-B pages-257-264-Question-3

Set C pages 265-268

You can use data from bar graphs or picture graphs to draw conclusions.
In a picture graph, Erica recorded the number of magazines she read. How many more magazines did she read in April and May combined than in June?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 61
You can solve 2-step data problems.
There are 6 symbols for April and May.
There are 3 symbols for June.
6 – 3 = 3. There are 3 more symbols for April and May.
Each symbol represents 2 magazines. 3 × 2= 6. Erica read 6 more magazines in April and May than in June.

Remember you can use tables and graphs to make comparisons. Sometimes you need to find and answer hidden questions.

In 1-6, use the picture graph below.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 62
Question 1.
How many more maple trees than elm trees are there?
Answer:
1 Tree symbol = 6 trees
Number of Maple trees = 6 Tree = 6 × 6 = 36 trees.
Number of elm trees = 2 Tree = 2 × 6 = 12 trees.
Number of more maple trees than elm trees = 36 – 12 = 24 trees.
There are 24 more maple trees than elm trees.

Question 2.
How many fewer beech trees are there than maple trees?
Answer:
Number of beech trees = 5 Tree = 5 × 6 trees = 30 trees
Number of Maple trees = 6 Tree = 6 × 6 trees = 36 trees.
Number of fewer beech trees are there than maple trees = 36 – 30 = 6 trees.
There are 6 fewer beech trees are there than maple trees.

Question 3.
How many trees are NOT maple trees?
Answer:
Number of elm trees = 2 Tree = 2 × 6 = 12 trees.
Number of beech trees = 5 Tree = 5 × 6 trees = 30 trees.
Number of Oak trees = 3 Tree = 3 × 6 trees = 18 trees.
Total number of trees which are NOT Maple trees = elm trees + beech trees + Oak trees
= 12 + 30 + 18
= 60 trees.
There are 60 trees which are NOT Maple   trees.

Question 4.
How many more maple and beech trees combined are there than oak trees?
Answer:
Number of beech trees = 5 Tree = 5 × 6 trees = 30 trees.
Number of Maple trees = 6 Tree = 6 × 6 trees = 36 trees.
Total number of maple and beech trees combined = 36 + 30 = 66 trees.
Number of Oak trees = 3 Tree = 3 × 6 trees = 18 trees.
Number of more maple and beech trees combined are there than oak trees = 66 – 18 = 48 trees.

Question 5.
How many fewer oak trees are there than beech and elm trees combined?
Answer:
Number of beech trees = 5 Tree = 5 × 6 trees = 30 trees.
Number of elm trees = 2 Tree = 2 × 6 = 12 trees.
Total number of beech and elm trees combined = 30 + 12 = 42 trees.
Number of Oak trees = 3 Tree = 3 × 6 trees = 18 trees.
Number of fewer oak trees are there than beech and elm trees combined = 42 – 18 = 24 trees.
There are 24 fewer oak trees are there than beech and elm trees combined.

Question 6.
If the city wants to have 24 elm trees, how many more elm trees does it need to plant? Explain how to solve.
Answer:
Number of elm trees = 2 Tree = 2 × 6 = 12 trees.
Total number of elm trees city wants = 24 trees.
Number of more elm trees  need to plant = 24 – 12 = 12 trees.
The city needs 12 more elm trees to plant. and
2 TREE to be added to the picture graph to make it 24 trees.

Set D pages 269-272

Think about these questions to help you attend to precision.
Thinking Habits

  • Am I using numbers, units, and symbols appropriately?
  • Am I using the correct definitions?
  • Am I calculating accurately?
  • Is my answer clear?
    Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 63

Remember to use words, numbers, and symbols to show your reasoning.

In 1 and 2, use the bar graph at the left to solve.
Jackie has $50 to spend on books. She has made a bar graph to show the number of each type of book the store has in stock. Jackie wants to buy at least 2 of each type of book. Show one way Jackie can spend $50 on books.
Action books cost $5.
Biographies cost $10.
Mysteries cost $5.
Question 1.
What given information will you use to solve the problem?
Answer:
From the bar graph we know
Types of books and the number of books.
Cost of each type of books in the store.
Total amount Jackie can spend on books = $50.

Question 2.
Show one way Jackie can spend $50 on books. Use math words and symbols to explain your thinking.
Answer:

  • Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 63
    Action books cost $5.
    Biographies cost $10.
    Mysteries cost $5.

Number of Action books = 4
Number of Mystery books = 5
Number of Biography books = 7
Total money Jackie have = $50
Given that Jackie wants to buy at least 2 of each type of book.
cost of 2 action books = 2 × $5 = $10
$50 – $10 = $40
Remaining money =$40
Cost of 2 Mystery books = 2 × $5 = $10
$40 – $10 = $30
Cost of 2 Biography books = 2 × $10 = $20
$30 – $20 = $10
Remaining money after buys 2 books of each type = $10.
Here are two probabilities
Jackie may buy 2 Action books or 2 Mystery books or 1 Action and 1 mystery book or 1 Biography book.
Here are the ways Jackie spend her $50 buying books.
4 Action books + 2 Mystery books + 2 Biography books = 20 + 10 + 20 = 50
2 Action books + 4 Mystery books + 2 Biography books = 10 + 20 + 20 = 50
3 Action books + 3 Mystery books + 2 Biography books = 15 + 15 + 20 = 50
2 Action books + 2 Mystery books + 3 Biography books = 10 + 10 + 30 = 50

Topic 7 Assessment Practice

Question 1.
Use the data from the frequency table to make a picture graph.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 64
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Topic-7-Assessment-Practice-Question-1

B. Draw a picture graph.
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Topic-7-Assessment-Practice-Question-2

Question 2.
Use the data from the picture graph you made in Question 1. How many students did NOT choose turkey as their favorite sandwich?
A. 10
B. 13
C. 12
D. 14
Answer:
There are 4 types of sandwiches.
Turkey, Ham, Tuna, Egg
Number of Ham sandwiches = 6
Number of Tuna sandwiches = 2
Number of Egg sandwiches = 4
Total number of sandwiches which are not Turkey = 6 + 2 + 4 = 12 sandwiches.

Question 3.
Jamie’s class made a picture graph to show how many hours they volunteered each week. In which week or weeks did the class volunteer 9 hours?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 65
A. Week 1
B. Week 2
C. Week 3
D. Weeks 1 and 3
Answer:
1 full clock = 2 hours
1 half clock = 1 hour
Number of hours volunteered in week 1 = 5 full clock = 5 × 2 hours = 10 hours.
Number of hours volunteered in week 2 = 4 full and 1 half clock = (4 × 2 hours) + (1 × 1 hour) = 8 + 1 = 9 hours.
Number of hours volunteered in week 3 = 3 full and 1 half clock = (3 × 2 hours ) + (1 × 1 hour ) = 6 + 1 = 7 hours.
In Week 2  Jamie’s class volunteered 9 hours.

Question 4.
Look at the picture graph above. How many total hours did the class volunteer?
Answer:
Number of hours volunteered in week 1 = 5 full clock = 5 × 2 hours = 10 hours.
Number of hours volunteered in week 2 = 4 full and 1 half clock = (4 × 2 hours) + (1 × 1 hour) = 8 + 1 = 9 hours.
Number of hours volunteered in week 3 = 3 full and 1 half clock = (3 × 2 hours ) + (1 × 1 hour ) = 6 + 1 = 7 hours.
Total number of hours class volunteer = 10 hours + 9 hours + 7 hours = 26 hours.

Question 5.
How many more hours did the class volunteer in Weeks 2 and 3 combined than in Week 1?
Answer:
Number of hours volunteered in week 1 = 5 full clock = 5 × 2 hours = 10 hours.
Number of hours volunteered in week 2 = 4 full and 1 half clock = (4 × 2 hours) + (1 × 1 hour) = 8 + 1 = 9 hours.
Number of hours volunteered in week 3 = 3 full and 1 half clock = (3 × 2 hours ) + (1 × 1 hour ) = 6 + 1 = 7 hours.
Number of hours class volunteer in Weeks 2 and 3 combined = 9 hours + 7 hours = 16 hours.
Number of more hours the class volunteer in Weeks 2 and 3 combined than in Week 1 = 16 hours – 10 hours = 6 hours 
The class volunteer in Weeks 2 and 3 combined than in Week 1

Question 6.
Mr. Thomas’s class made a bar graph of the number of brothers and sisters each student has. How many students in the class have 1 brother or sister?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 66
A. 1
B. 2
C. 5
D. 7
Answer:
5 students have 1 brother or sister. The bar is represented with purple color.

Question 7.
Compare students with 3 brothers and sisters and students with O brothers and sisters. How many more students have 3 brothers and sisters?
________ more student(s)
Answer:
Number of students having 3 brothers and sisters = 7 students.
Number of students having 0 brothers and sisters = 2 students.
Number of more students have 3 brothers and sisters = 7 – 2 = 5 students.
5 more students have 3 brothers and sisters.

Question 8.
How many students in the class have 2 or more brothers and sisters?
Answer:
Number of students having 2 brother and sisters = 7 students
Number of students having 3 brothers and sisters = 7 students
Number of students having 4 brothers and sisters = 2 students
Number of students having 5 brothers and sisters = 1 students
Total number of students having 2 or more brothers and sisters = 7 + 7 + 2 + 1 = 17 students.

Question 9.
Beth is making a bar graph to compare how many marbles of each color she has. She has 25 blue marbles, 35 red marbles, 5 green marbles, and 15 yellow marbles. Which scale makes the most sense for Beth to use with her graph?
A. Each grid line equals 1 marble.
B. Each grid line equals 2 marbles.
C. Each grid line equals 5 marbles.
D. Each grid line equals 20 marbles.
Answer:
25 , 35, 5, 15 all these are in the multiples of 5. So, the grid line equals 5 marbles.
25 = 5 × 5 grid line
35 = 5 × 7 grid line
5 =  5 × 1 grid line
15 = 5 × 3 grid line

Question 10.
Use the information in Question 9 to make a bar graph of Beth’s marbles.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 67
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Topic-7-Assessment-Practice-Question-10

Question 11.
Select all the statements that are true. Use the information from Question 9.
☐ Beth has more green and yellow marbles combined than blue ones.
☐ Beth has as many blue and yellow marbles combined as red ones.
☐ Beth has more red marbles than blue and green ones combined.
☐ Beth has fewer yellow marbles than blue and green ones combined.
☐ Beth has fewer red marbles than green and yellow ones combined.
Answer:
25 blue marbles, 35 red marbles, 5 green marbles, and 15 yellow marbles
1. Beth has more green and yellow marbles combined than blue ones.
Green and yellow = 5 + 15 = 20 , blue = 25
25 – 20 = 5 marbles.
5 fewer marbles.
False Beth has  more green and yellow marbles combined than blue ones.
2. Beth has as many blue and yellow marbles combined as red ones
blue and yellow = 25 + 15 = 40 marbles , red = 35 marbles.
False Beth has as many blue and yellow marbles combined as red ones.
3. Beth has more red marbles than blue and green ones combined.
Red marbles = 35 marbles , blue and green combined = 25 + 5 = 30 marbles.
35 – 30 = 5 marbles
True Beth has 5 more red marbles than blue and green ones combined.
4 . Beth has fewer yellow marbles than blue and green ones combined.
blue and green combined = 25 + 5 = 30 marbles , yellow marbles = 15 marbles
30 – 15 = 15 marbles.
True Beth has 15 fewer yellow marbles than blue and green ones combined.
5. Beth has fewer red marbles than green and yellow ones combined.
green and yellow ones combined = 5 + 15 = 20 marbles , red marbles = 35 marbles.
35 – 20 = 15 marbles.
False .

Question 12.
The school had a fundraiser in the first part of the school year. In which month did the school make the most money?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 68
A. September
B. October
C. November
D. December
Answer:
Amount of fund raised in September = $35
Amount of fund raised in October = $25
Amount of fund raised in November = $50
Amount of fund raised in December = $40
The school make the most money in November of $50.

Question 13.
Look at the bar graph above. Suppose $45 was raised in January. Where would the bar end?
Answer:
If the money raised $45 in January it would end put between 40 and 50 grid line.

Question 14.
Did the school earn more money in September and October combined than in November? Explain.
Answer:
Amount of fund raised in September = $35
Amount of fund raised in October = $25
Total money earned in September and October combined  = $35 +$25 = $60.
Amount of fund raised in November = $50
Amount of more money earned in September and October combined than in November = $60 – $50 = $10.
School earned $10 of more money earned in September and October combined than in November.

Question 15.
The frequency table below shows the time Kelly jumped rope during the week. Use the data to make a picture graph.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 69
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Topic-7-Assessment-Practice-Question-15-A

B. Draw a picture graph.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 70
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Topic-7-Assessment-Practice-Question-15-B

Question 16.
Look at the picture graphs below. Which type of book was chosen by the same number of students in each class?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 71
A. Adventure
B. Mystery
C. Nonfiction
D. Not here
Answer:
Full book = 2 students and Half book = 1 student
In Class A picture graph
Number of students choose Nonfiction types of books  = 2 full and 1 half = (2 × 2) + 1 = 5 students.
In Class B picture graph
Number of Nonfiction types of books choose = 2 full and 1 half = (2 × 2) + 1 = 5 students.

Question 17.
How many students in Classes A and B chose mystery as their favorite type of book?
Answer:
Number of students in class A chose Mystery type of book = 5 Full = 5 × 2 = 10 students
Number of students in class B chose Mystery type of book = 4 full and 1 half = (4 × 2) + 1 = 8 + 1 = 9 students.
Total number of students in Classes A and B chose mystery as their favorite type of book = 10 + 9 = 19 students.

Question 18.
A. Ellie has $22 to spend on art supplies. She wants to buy at least one canvas, one tube of paint, and one brush. Which art supplies can she buy if she spends all of her money?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 72
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Topic-7-Assessment-Practice-Question-18-A
She can buy 3 canvas , 2 tube of paint and 2 brushes.

B. Describe the given information and solve the problem. Explain your thinking and show the supplies she can buy on the bar graph.
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Topic-7-Assessment-Practice-Question-18-B

Topic 7 Performance Task

Twisting Balloons Miles twisted balloons into different animals at his daughter’s birthday party. The Balloons Used picture graph shows the different color balloons he used.

Use the Balloons Used picture graph to answer Questions 1 and 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 73
Question 1.
How many more green balloons than yellow balloons did Miles use? Explain.
Answer:
one Balloon = 2 balloons
Number of green balloons Miles used = 3 Balloons = 3 × 2 balloons = 6 balloons
Number of yellow balloons Miles used = 2 Balloons = 2 × 2 balloons = 4 balloons
Number of more green balloons  Miles used  than yellow balloons  = 6 – 4 = 2 balloons.
Miles used 2 more green balloons than yellow balloons.

Question 2.
How many fewer blue balloons were used than all of the other colors combined? Explain.
Answer:
Number of blue balloons Miles used =5 Balloons = 5 × 2 balloons = 10 balloons
Number of brown balloons Miles used = 2 Balloons = 2 × 2 balloons = 4 balloons
Number of green balloons Miles used = 3 Balloons = 3 × 2 balloons = 6 balloons
Number of yellow balloons Miles used = 2 Balloons = 2 × 2 balloons = 4 balloons
Total number of green, yellow and brown balloons Miles used combined = 4 + 6 + 4 = 14 balloons.
Number of fewer blue balloons were used than all of the other colors combined = 14 – 10 = 4 balloons.
4 fewer blue balloons were used than all of the other colors combined.

Use the Balloons Used picture graph and the Balloons Bought bar graph to answer Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 74
Question 3.
How many balloons does Miles have left? Complete the table below.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 75
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Topic-7-Performance-Task-Question-3

Use your response to Question 3 to answer Question 4.
Question 4.
Complete the bar graph to show how many balloons are left.

The Balloon Shapes and Colors table shows the number and color of balloons Miles needs to use to make each balloon animal. Use your response to Question 4 and the Balloon Shapes and Colors table to answer Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 76
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Topic-7-Performance-Task-Question-4

Question 5.
Miles plans to use all of the balloons that are left and wants to make at least one of each balloon animal. Make a picture graph to show one way Miles can finish using the balloons.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 77

Part A
Circle the key you will use.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 78
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Topic-7-Performance-Task-Question-5-A

Part B
Complete the picture graph and explain how you solved the problem.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 7 Represent and Interpret Data 79
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-Topic-7-Performance-Task-Question-5-B

enVision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract

enVision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract

Go through the enVision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract regularly and improve your accuracy in solving questions.

enVision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract

Essential Question: How can sums and differences be estimated and found mentally?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 1
EnVision STEM Project: Traits and the Environment
Do Research Use the Internet or other sources to find out how the environment can influence plants or animals. Describe a trait in an animal or plant that can change due to the environment.
Journal: Write a Report Include what you found. Also in your report:

  • Make a table that includes the plant or animal, the trait, and changes in the environment. Record any related data about the environment, such as temperature or rainfall.
  • Include information about why the trait is useful.
  • Write and solve addition problems using your data. Use estimation to check for reasonableness.

Review What You Know

Vocabulary
Choose the best term from the box. Write it on the blank.

• difference
• equation
• number line
• sum

Question 1.
The amount that is left after you subtract is the ___.
Answer: The amount that is left after you subtract is the difference.

Question 2.
A line that shows numbers in order from left to right is a(n) ___.
Answer:  A line that shows numbers in order from left to right is a number line

Question 3.
The total when you add is the ___.
Answer: The total when you add is the sum.

Math Grade 3 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 2

Question 4.
Both sides of a(n) ___ are equal.
Answer: Both sides of an equation are equal.

Addition and Subtraction Strategies
Find the sum or difference. Show your work.

Question 5.
32 + 58
Answer:
32 + 58
(30 + 2) + (50 +8) = 90

Question 6.
27 + 46
Answer:
27 + 46 = 73
(20 + 7) + (40 + 6) = 73

Question 7.
73 – 52
Answer:
73 – 52 = 21
(70 + 3) – ( 50 + 2) = 21

Question 8.
63 +16
Answer:
63 + 16 = 79
(60 + 3) + (10 + 6) = 79

Question 9.
88 – 28
Answer:
88 – 28 = 60
(80 + 8) – (20 + 8) = 60

Question 10.
76 – 49
Answer:
76 – 49 = 27
(70 + 6) – (40 + 9) = 27

Numerical Expressions

Question 11.
Atif puts 45 rocks in a display box. He has 54 rocks in all. Which expression can be used to find how many rocks are not in the display box?
A. 45 + 54
B. 45 + 45
C. 54 – 45
D. 54 – 54
Answer:
Option C is the correct answer because
Total rocks = 54
Atif puts in a display box = 45
Then total rocks – Atif puts in a display box = rocks are not in a display box.

Counting Money no

Question 12.
Tony has the coins shown at the right. Does he have enough money to buy a toy car that costs 86¢? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 4.1
Answer:
No, because the sum of all cents is not enough to buy a toy car.

Pick a Project

PROJECT 8A
How much citrus is grown in Florida?
Project: Plan a Citrus Grove
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 4.2

PROJECT 8B
Would you like to travel across the country?
Project: Create and Perform Skits
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 4.3

PROJECT 8C
How can you add and subtract large numbers without a calculator?
Project: Make a Mental Math Game
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 4.4

PROJECT 8D
How many people live in our country?
Project: Design a Class Census and Give an Estimation Test
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 4.5

Lesson 8.1 Addition Properties

Activity

Solve & Share

Olivia arranges cups of buttons on three trays. She records the number of buttons on each cup. Which tray has the most buttons? Use place-value blocks or drawings to help solve the problem.

Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 9.1
Are you making the same calculations more than once? How can you use structure to help solve the problem?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 9.2

Look Back! Olivia pours all the buttons on Tray A into a bowl. She then divides the buttons equally into 8 cups. How many buttons are in each cup? Explain.

Math Grade 3 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 3

Visual Learning Bridge

Essential Question
What Are Some Properties of Addition?

A.
You can use properties of addition to join groups.

Parentheses show what to do first.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 9.3

Associative (Grouping) Property of Addition: You can group addends in any way and the sum will be the same.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 9.4

В.
Commutative (Order) Property of Addition: You can add numbers in any order and the sum will be the same.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 9.5
57 + 35 = 35 + 57

C.
Identity (Zero) Property of Addition: The sum of zero and any number is that same number.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 9.6
39 + 0 = 39

Convince Me!
Use Structure Pick one of the properties above. Explain how you can use a number line to show an example of that property.

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?

Question 1.
Ralph says he can rewrite (4 + 5) + 21 as 9 + 21. Do you agree? Why or why not?
Answer:
Yes I  agree
because 4 + 5 = 9
So, In place of 4 + 5, we can write has 9

Question 2.
What property is shown with this equation? How do you know?
65 + (18 + 38) = (18 + 38) + 65
Answer:
This equation is in the form of Associative property. This property allows us to change the groupings of addition or multiplication and keep the same value.

Do You Know How?

In 3 and 4, identify each property.

Question 3.
4 + (15 + 26) = (4 + 15) + 26
Answer:
The equation is in the form of Associative property.

Associative property allows us to change groupings of addition or multiplication and keeps the same value.

Question 4.
17 + 0 = 17
Answer:
This equation is in the form of the Identity property of addition.

The identity property of 1 says that any number multiplied by 1 keeps its identity.

In 5-7, write each missing number.

Question 5.
__ + 90 = 90
Answer:
0 + 90 = 90

Question 6.
42 + 23 = 23 + __
Answer:
42 + 23 = 23 + 42

Question 7.
(2 + __) + 36 = 2 + (23 + 36).
Answer:
(2 + 23) + 36 = 2 + (23 + 36)

Independent Practice

In 8-11, identify each property.

Question 8.
19 + 13 = 13 + 19
Answer:
The equation is in the form of
a + b = b + a
It is a commutative property.

Commutative property states that the change in the order of numbers in the addition or multiplication operation does not change the sum or the product.

Question 9.
18 + 0 = 18
Answer:
It is a identity property.

The identity property of 1 says that any number multiplied by 1 keeps its identity.

Question 10.
16 + (14 + 13) = (16 + 14) + 13
Answer:
The equation is in the form of Associative property.This allows us to change groupings of addition or multiplication and keep the same value.

Question 11.
(39 + 12) + 8 = (12 + 39) + 8
Answer:
The equation is in the form of the commutative property.

Commutative property states that the change in the order of numbers in an addition or multiplication and keeps the same value.

In 12-19, write each missing number.

Math Grade 3 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 4

Question 12.
25 + 62 = __ + 25
Answer:
25 + 62 = 62 + 25
Thus the missing number is 62.

Question 13.
(22 + 32) + 25 = ___ + (22 + 32)
Answer:
(22 + 32) + 25 = 25 + (22 + 32)
Thus the missing number is 25.

Question 14.
23 + __ + 11 = 23 + 11
Answer:
23 + 0 + 11 = 23 + 11
Thus the missing number 0.

Question 15.
10 + (45 + 13) = (__ + 45) + 13
Answer:
10 + ( 45 + 13 ) = (10 + 45) + 13
Thus the missing number is 10.

Question 16.
(__ + 0) + 14 = 7 + 14
Answer:
(7 + 0) + 14 =  7 + 14
Thus the missing number is 7.

Question 17.
(12 + 2) + 20 = ___+ 20
Answer:
(12 + 2) + 20 = 14 + 20
Thus the missing number is 14.

Question 18.
34 + (2 + 28) = (___ + 28) + 34
Answer:
34 + (2 + 28) = ( 2 + 28 ) + 34
Thus the missing number is 2.

Question 19.
(50 + 30) + __ = 50 + (30 + 20)
Answer:
(50 + 30) + 20 = 50 + (30 + 20)
Thus the missing number is 20.

Problem Solving

Question 20.
Make Sense and Persevere Gino packs his blue and green pencils into boxes. He puts 8 pencils in each box. How many boxes does Gino use?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 20.4
Answer:
Blue pencils = 23
Green pencils =17
Gino puts pencils in each box = 8
Blue pencils + Green pencils = 40
Therefore 40 ÷ 5 = 5
Gino uses 5 boxes.

Question 21.
Group the addends below in a different way to get the same sum. Write the new equation.
(42 + 14) + 6 = 62
Answer:
New equation is  (6+ 14) + 42 = 62

Question 22.
Vocabulary How is the Commutative Property of Addition like the Commutative Property of Multiplication?
Answer:
The commutative property states that the numbers on which we operate can be moved from their position without making any difference to the answer.
The property holds for addition and multiplication.

Question 23.
enVision® STEM A lionfish has 13 spines on its back, 2 more spines near its stomach, and 3 more near its tail. Using a property of add isition, write two different equations to find how many spines a lionfish has. What property did you use?
Answer:
Lionfish has spines on its back = 13
More spines near it’s stomach = 2
More near it’s tail = 3
To find the total spines on lionfish we are using two different properties of addition.
1. Associative property of addition
(13 + 2) + 3 = 13 + (2 + 3)
2. Commutative property of addition
13 + 2 + 3 = 3 + 2 + 13
Total spines on lionfish = 18

Question 24.
Higher Order Thinking Barry says he can subtract numbers in any order and the difference will stay the same. Is Barry correct? Give an example to support your answer.
Answer: No
3 – 2 = 1
2 – 3 = -1
By this example, we can say that the subtraction of numbers in any order will not be the same.

Assessment Practice

Question 25.
Use place value to find the sum of 33 +42 + 17.
A. 89
B. 90
C. 91
D. 92
Answer:
D is the answer because
33 + 42 + 17 = 92 

Math Grade 3 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 5

Question 26.
Use properties of operations to find the sum of 22 + 30 + 28.
A. 80
B. 70
C. 60
D. 50
Answer:
To find the sum of 22 + 30 + 28 we are using commutative property.
We write the as
22 + 28 + 30; 30 + 28 +  30,
From this equation, we can calculate 22,28 in an easy way.

Lesson 8.2 Algebra: Addition Patterns

Activity

Solve & Share

Shade three sums that are next to each other on the addition table. Add the first and third sums you shaded. Find a pattern using that total and the second sum you shaded. How are the total and the second sum related? Is this true for other sets of three sums next to each other?

You can look for relationships in the addition table. The numbers in the shaded column and shaded row are addends. The other numbers are the sums.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 30.1

Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 30.33

Look Back! Explain how you can test to see if the relationship among the three sums that are next to each other is a pattern.

Essential Question How Can You Find Addition Patterns?

Visual Learning Bridge

A.
Helen found the sum of the purple numbers in the red square. Then she found the sum of the green numbers. The sums form a pattern. Find the sums and describe the pattern.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 30.3
You can use a variety of strategies to find the sums!
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 30.4

B.
Use the Associative Property.
44 + 48 = 44 + (2 + 46)
= (44 + 2) + 46
= 46 + 46

C.
Use mental math.
44 +48 = (44 + 2) + (48 – 2)
= 46 +46
44 +48 = 46 + 46

The sum of the purple numbers is equal to the sum of the green numbers. That’s a pattern!
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 30.5

D.
Use the Commutative and Associative Properties.
44 + 48 = (10 + 34) + (12 + 36)
46 + 46 = (12 + 34) + (10 + 36)
Use the properties to rearrange the addends.
(10 + 34) + (12 + 36) = (10 + 34) + (12 + 36)
The sum of the purple numbers is 92.
The sum of the green numbers is 92.
The sums are double the middle number in the red square. That is another pattern.

Convince Me!
Generalize The red square above is 3 squares tall by 3 squares wide. Sebastian says there are other size squares in the addition table that have patterns. Describe a different-size square and its patterns.

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?

Question 1.
Are the sums of any two sets of diagonal corner numbers in a 3-by-3 square in a standard addition table always equal? Explain.
Answer: Yes

Do You Know How?

Question 2.
Look at the addition table in Box A on the previous page. Why do the numbers going down to the right on the diagonal increase by 2? Explain.
Answer: In the box A the numbers from left to right is sequence numbers so, in the diagonal box the numbers are going from down to right.

Independent Practice

In 3 and 4, use the table at the right.

Question 3.
Look at the sums that are shaded the same color. Describe a pattern shown by these pairs of sums. Explain why this pattern is true.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 36.1
Answer:

Question 4.
Find other pairs of sums with a similar pattern. Shade them on the table. Explain why you chose those sums.

In 5 and 6, use the table at the right.

Question 5.
Shade the table to show a pattern you see. Describe your pattern.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 36.2
Answer:

Question 6.
Explain why your pattern is true.
Answer:

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Look for Relationships Greg drew a rectangle on the addition table at the right. He colored the corners. Find the sum of the green corners. Find the sum of the orange corners. What pattern do you notice?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 36.3
Answer:

Question 8.
Draw another rectangle on the addition table. See if Greg’s pattern is true for this rectangle.
Answer:

Question 9.
Explain why Greg’s pattern works.
Answer:

Question 10.
Which multiplication fact does the number line show? Write a related division fact.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 36.4
Answer:
multiple of 5.

Question 11.
Higher Order Thinking Pierre made an addition table. He skip counted by 3 for the addends. Find and describe a pattern in Pierre’s table.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 36.5
Answer:

Assessment Practice

Question 12.
Look at the shaded cells  the addition table below.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 36.6
Which pattern and property of operations are shown in the shaded cells?
A. Each orange sum is equal to zero plus the other addend; The Identity Property of Addition
B. Each green sum is 10 greater than one of its addends; The Identity Property of Addition
C. Each green sum is ten greater than the sum before; The Associative Property of Addition
D. There are no patterns or properties.
Answer:

Lesson 8.3 Mental Math: Addition

Activity

Solve & Share

A school store sold 436 pencils last week and 7 packages that each had 4 pencils today. Use mental math to find how many pencils were sold in all. Explain how you found your answer.

You can use structure by examining the quantities in the problem.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 37.1

Look Back! What is another way you can find the sum of 436 pencils plus 7 packages of 4 pencils each using mental math?

Visual Learning Bridge

Essential Question
How Can You Add with Question Mental Math?

A.
Dr. Gomez recorded the number of Northern Right Whales, Atlantic Spotted Dolphins, and Western Atlantic Harbor Seals she saw off the coast of Florida in two different years. How many whales did Dr. Gomez see during the two years?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 37.2
You can use an open number line, mental math strategies, and properties of operations to solve this problem.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 37.3
B.
One Way Find 325 + 114. Use the adding on strategy.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 37.4
Start at 325. Break apart 114.
Add 100 to 325.
Add 10 to 425.
Add 4 to 435.
325 + 114 = 439
Dr. Gomez saw 439 whales.

C.
Another Way
Find 325 + 114. Use the make ten strategy. Break apart
114. 114 = 5 + 100 + 9
Add 5 to 325 to make ten.
325 + 5 = 330
Then, add 100.
330 + 100 = 430
Break 114 apart to find a number that makes a ten when added to 325.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 56.2
Finally, add 9.
430 + 9 = 439
325 + 114 = 439
Dr. Gomez saw 439 whales.

Convince Me!
Model with Math Show two ways to find the total number of dolphins seen.

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?

Question 1.
Compare the One Way and on the previous page. How are they the same? How are they different?

Question 2.
Use mental math to find how many animals Dr. Gomez saw during Year 2. Show your work.
Answer:
Dr.Gomez saw whales in second year = 114
Dr.Gomez saw Dolphins in second year = 171
Dr. Gomez saw seals in second year = 212
Total number of animals that Dr.Gomez saw during second year is
114 + 171 +212
100 + 10 + 4 + 100 + 70 + 1 + 200 + 10 + 2
400 + 90 + 5 + 2
400 + 90 + 7
400 + 97 = 497

Do You Know How?

Question 3.
Use the make ten strategy to add 738 + 126.
126 = 2 + 24 + 100
738 + ___ = 740
740 + __ = 764
764 + __ = 864
So, 738 + 126 = ___.
Answer:
126 = 2 + 24 + 100
738 + 2 = 740
740 + 24 = 764
764 + 100 = 864
So, 738 + 126 = 864

Question 4.
Use the adding  strategy to add 325 + 212.
212 = 200 + 10 + 2
325 + 200 = ___
525 + 10 = ___
___ + 2 = 537
So, 325 + 212 = __.

Answer:
212 = 200 + 10 + 2
325 + 200 = 525
525 + 10 = 535
535 + 2 = 537
So, 325 + 212 = 537

Independent Practice

In 5-12, find each sum using mental math or an open number line.

Question 5.
252 +44
Answer:
To find the sum here we are using mental math.
252 + 44
200 + 50 + 2 + 40 + 4
200 + 90 + 6
200 + 96 = 296

Question 6.
236 + 243
Answer:
To find the sum here we are using mental math.
236 + 243
200 + 30 + 6 + 200 +40 + 3
400 + 70 + 9
400 + 79 = 479

Question 7.
651 + 150
Answer:
To find the sum here we are using mental math.
651 + 150
600+ 50 + 1 +100 + 50
700 + 100 + 1
600 + 1 = 601

Question 8.
378 + 542
Answer:
To find the sum here we are using mental math.
378 + 542
300 + 70 + 8 + 500 + 40 + 2
800 + 110 + 10
800 + 120 = 920

Question 9.
473 + 198
Answer:
To find the sum here we are using mental math.
473 + 198
400 + 70 + 3 + 100 + 90 + 8
500 + 160 + 11
500 + 171 = 671

Question 10.
319 + 339
Answer:
To find the sum here we are using mental math.
319 + 339
300 + 10 + 9 + 300 + 30 + 9
600 + 40 + 18
600 + 58 = 658

Question 11.
208 + 511
Answer:
To find the sum here we are using mental math.
208 + 511
200 + 8 + 500 + 10 + 10 + 1
700 + 18 + 10 +1
710 + 19 = 729

Question 12.
523 + 169
Answer:
To find the sum here we are using mental math.
523 + 169
500 + 20 + 3 + 100 + 60 + 9
600 + 80 + 12
600 + 92 = 692

Problem Solving

Question 13.
Higher Order Thinking Maxine earns $8 each hour that she works as a cashier. She starts with $233. Today she cashiers for 6 hours. How much does she have at the end of the day? Explain how you found your answer.
Answer:
Given,
Maxine earns $8 each hour that she works as a cashier.
She starts with $233. Today she cashiers for 6 hours.
6 × $8 = $48
$233 + $48 = $281
Therefore Maxine have $281 at the end of the day.

Question 14.
Lauren sorted the 4 solids into 2 groups. Use mathematical terms to explain how she sorted the solids.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 69.1
Answer:

Question 15.
The Rodriguez family drives 229 miles on Friday and 172 miles on Saturday. Explain how you can use the adding on strategy to find the total number of miles the Rodriguez family drives.
Answer:
Rodriguez family drives on Friday = 229 miles
Rodriguez family drives on Saturday = 172
Total number of miles that Rodriguez family drives = 229 + 172
200 + 20 + 9 + 100 + 70 + 2
300 + 90 + 11
300 + 101 = 401

Question 16.

Critique Reasoning Bill added 438 + 107. He recorded his reasoning below. Critique Bill’s reasoning. Are there any errors? If so, explain the errors.
Find 438 + 107.
I’ll think of 7 as 2 + 5.
438 + 2 = 440
440 + 7 = 447
447 + 100 = 547
So, 438 + 107 is 547.
Answer:
Above equation has an error, In place of adding 7 with 440  we want to add 5 then it is correct.

Assessment Practice

Question 17.
Find 153 + 121. Break apart 121 by place value, and then use the adding on strategy. Select numbers to complete the equations.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 69.3
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Topic-8-Use-Strategies-and-Properties-to-Add-and-Subtract-69.3

Question 18.
Find 123 + 176. Break apart 176 by place value, and then use the adding on strategy. Select numbers to complete the equations.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 69.4
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Topic-8-Use-Strategies-and-Properties-to-Add-and-Subtract-69.4

Lesson 8.4 Mental Math: Subtraction

Activity

Solve & Share

Peyton wants to buy one item that costs $425 and another item that costs $210. If she gets the discount shown on the sign below, what is the sale price? Explain how you can use mental math to find your answer.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 69.5

Even when you use mental math, you can still show your work! You can construct arguments using mental math.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 69.6

Look Back! What is another way you can use mental math to solve the problem?

Visual Learning Bridge

Essential Question
How Can You Subtract with Mental Math?

A.
A store is having a sale on jackets. A jacket is on sale for $197 less than the original price. What is the sale price?
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 100

You can use mental math and the relationship between addition and subtraction to solve this problem.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 69.7
The difference is the answer when subtracting two numbers.

B.
One Way
Count Back on the Number Line Find 352 – 197.
To subtract 197 on an open number line, you can subtract 200, and then add 3.
352 – 200 = 152
152 + 3 = 155
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 69.8
So, 352 – 197 = 155. The sale price is $155.

C.
Another Way
Count Up on the Number Line
Find 352 – 197.
To find 352 – 197, you can think addition: 197 + ? = 352
197 + 3 = 200
200 + 100 = 300
300 + 52 = 352
Addition and subtraction are inverse operations.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 69.9
3+ 100 + 52 = 155
197 + 155 = 352, so 352 – 197 = 155.
The sale price is $155.

Convince Me! Construct Arguments Which of the two ways above would you use to solve 762 – 252? Explain.

Another Example!
You can make a simpler problem to find 352 – 197.
Add 3 to both numbers.
352 + 3 = 355 and 197 + 3 = 200.
Then you have 355 – 200.
So, 355 – 200 = 155 and 352 – 197 = 155.

If you get stuck using one strategy, another strategy may be easier!
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 70.1

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?

Question 1.
In the One Way example on the previous page, why do you add 3 to 152 instead of subtracting 3 from 152?
Answer: We have to add or subtract the same numbers for making the correct answer.

Question 2.
Suppose a computer costs $573. If you buy it today, it costs $498. What is the discount? Show your work.
Answer:
Given,
Suppose a computer costs $573. If you buy it today, it costs $498.
$573 – $498 = $92
Thus the discount is $92.

Do You Know How?

In 3-6, solve using mental math.

Question 3.
846 – 18
848 – 20 =___
Answer:
846 – 18
848 – 20
800 + 40 + 8 – 20
800 + 48 – 20
848 – 20 = 828

Question 4.
534 – 99
535 – 100 = __
Answer:
534 – 99
535 – 100
500 + 30 + 5 – 100
500 + 35 – 100
535 – 100 = 435

Question 5.

873 – 216
877 – 220 = ___
Answer:
873 – 216
877 – 220
800 + 70 + 7 – 200 + 20
800 + 77 – 220
877 – 220 = 657

Question 6.
782 – 347
785 – 350 = ___
Answer:
782 – 347
785 – 350
700 + 80 + 5 – 300 + 50
700 + 85 – 350
785 – 350 = 435

Question 7.
Find 400 – 138 using the make ten strategy
138 + __ = 140
140 + ___ = 200
200 + __ = 400
___ + __ + ___ = ___
Answer:
138 + 2 = 140
140 + 60 = 200
200 + 200 = 400
2 + 60 + 200 = 262

Independent Practice

In 8-15, use an open number line or the think addition strategy to find each difference.

Question 8.
128 – 19
Answer: 109

Question 9.
887 – 18
Answer: 869

Question 10.
339 – 117
Answer: 222

Question 11.
468 – 224
Answer: 244

Question 12.
784 – 515
Answer: 269

Question 13.
354 – 297
Answer: 57

Question 14.
853 – 339
Answer: 514

Question 15.
638 – 372
Answer: 266

Problem Solving

Question 16.
Sarah has $350. How much money will she have after buying the computer at the sale price?
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 73.6
Answer:
Given,
Sarah has $350.
$350 – $58 = $292

Question 17.
Model with Math Jessica has an array with 9 columns. There are 36 counters in the array. How many rows does her array have? Show how to represent the problem and find the answer.
Answer:
Given,
Jessica has an array with 9 columns.
There are 36 counters in the array.
9 × 4 = 36
Thus there are 4 rows and 9 columns.

Question 18.
Of the students at Paul’s school, 270 are girls and 298 are boys. There are 354 students at Alice’s school. How many more students are there at Paul’s school than at Alice’s school?
Answer:
Girls at Paul’s school = 270
Boys at Paul’s school = 298
Students at Alice’s school = 354
Students at Paul’s school = 568
568 – 354 = 214
Paul’s school has 214 students more than Alice’s school students.

Question 19.
Higher Order Thinking To find 357 – 216, Tom added 4 to each number and then subtracted. Saul added 3 to each number and then subtracted. Will both ways work to find the correct answer? Explain.
Answer:
To find 357 – 216, Tom added 4 to each number and then subtracted.
357+4 = 361
216 + 4 = 220
361 – 220 = 141
Saul added 3 to each number and then subtracted.
357+3 = 360
216 + 3 = 219
360 – 219 = 141

Assessment Practice

Question 20.
Use the relationship between addition and subtraction to find 233 – 112. Select numbers from the box to complete the work on the open number line and the equations.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 72.3
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answers-Topic-8-Use-Strategies-and-Properties-to-Add-and-Subtract-72.3

Lesson 8.5 Round Whole Numbers

Activity

Solve & Share
Think about ways to find numbers that tell about how much or about how many. Derek has 277 stickers. What number can you use to describe about how many stickers Derek has? Explain how you decided.

Think about whether you need to be precise.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 72.4

Look Back! Derek gets 3 more packages of 10 stickers. About how many stickers does Derek have now?

Essential Question
How Can You Round Numbers?

Visual Learning Bridge

A.
About how many rocks does Tito have? Round 394 to the nearest ten.

Place value is the value of the place a digit has in a number. Think about the place value of the digits in 394.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 72.5

When you round to the nearest ten, you are finding the closest multiple of ten for a given number.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 72.6

Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 101

B.
You can use place-value understanding and a number line to round to the nearest ten.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 72.7
394 is closer to 390 than 400, so 394 rounds to 390.
Tito has about 390 rocks.

C.
About how many rocks does Donna have? Round 350 to the nearest hundred.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 72.8
If a number is halfway between, round to the greater number
350 is halfway between 300 and 400, so 350 rounds to 400.
Donna has about 400 rocks.

Convince Me! Make Sense and Persevere Susan says, “I am thinking of a number that has a four in the hundreds place and a two in the ones place. When you round it to the nearest hundred, it is 500.” What number could Susan be thinking of? What other numbers could be Susan’s number?

Another Example
About how many rocks does Carl have? Round 345 to the nearest ten and hundred.
Round to the nearest ten.
345 is halfway between 340 and 350, so 345 rounds to 350.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 72.9
Round to the nearest hundred.
345 is closer to 300 than 400, so 345 rounds to 300.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 72.10

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?

Question 1.
What number is halfway between 200 and 300?
Answer:
The halfway between 200 and 300 is 250.

Question 2.
Sheri rounds 678 to 680. What place does she round to?
Answer:

Here the digits in the one’s place is  8 in 678, now round to the nearest multiple of 10 which is greater than the number.
Given,
Sheri rounds 678 to 680.
The nearest ten to 678 is 680.

Question 3.
Tito adds one more rock to his collection on the previous page. About how many rocks does he have now, rounded to the nearest ten? Rounded to the nearest hundred? Explain.
Answer:

Do You Know How?

In 4-6, round to the nearest ten.

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 72.11
Answer: 517 to the nearest ten is 520.

Question 5.
149
Answer:

Here the digits in the one’s place of 149 is 9 , now round to the nearest multiple of 10 which is greater than the number.
149 to the nearest ten is 150.

Question 6.
732
Answer:

Here the digits in the one’s place of 732 is 2, now round to the nearest multiple of 10

732 to the nearest ten is 730.

In 7-9, round to the nearest hundred.

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 73.1
Answer:

When rounding to the nearest hundred, look at the ten’s digit. If the numbers is 0,1,2,3,4 you will round to previous hundred.

640 to the nearest hundred is 600.

Question 8.
305
Answer:

When rounding to the nearest hundred, look at the ten’s digit. If the numbers is 0,1,2,3,4 you will round to the previous hundred.

305 to the nearest hundred is 300.

Question 9.
166
Answer:

When rounding to the nearest hundred , look at the ten’s digit.If the numbers is 5,6,7,8,9 you will round to the next hundred.

166 to the nearest hundred is 200.

Independent Practice

In 10-12, round to the nearest ten.

Question 10.
88
Answer:

Here the digits in the one’s place of 88 is 8 , now round to the nearest multiple of 10 which is greater than the number.
88 to the nearest ten is 90.

Question 11.
531
Answer:

Here the digits in the one’s place of 531 is 1, now round to the nearest multiple of 10 which is less than the number.
531 to the nearest ten is 530.

Question 12.
855
Answer:

Here the digits in the one’s place of 855 is 5, now round to the nearest multiple of 10 which is greater than the number.
855 to the nearest ten is 860.

In 13-15, round to the nearest hundred.

Question 13.
428
Answer:

When rounding to the nearest hundred, look at the ten’s digit of the number.If the numbers are 0,1,2,3,4, you will round down to the previous hundred.

428 to the nearest hundred is 400.

Question 14.
699
Answer:

When rounding to the nearest hundred look at the ten’s digit of the given number.If the digits are 5,7,8,9 you will round to the previous hundred.

699 to the nearest hundred is 700.

Question 15.
750
Answer: when rounding to the nearest hundred, look at the ten’s digit of the number. If the digits are 5,6,7,8,9 you will round to the next hundred.

750 to the nearest hundred is 700. or 800.

Problem Solving

Question 16.
The Leaning Tower of Pisa in Italy has 294 steps. To the nearest ten, about how many steps are there? To the nearest hundred, about how many steps are there?
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 73.5
Answer:
Given,
The Leaning Tower of Pisa in Italy has 294 steps.
294 to the nearest ten is 290.
294 to the nearest hundred is 300.
Thus there are about 300 steps.

Question 17.
Critique Reasoning Zoe says 247 rounded to the nearest hundred is 300 because 247 rounds to 250 and 250 rounds to 300. Is Zoe correct? Explain.
Answer:
Zoe says 247 rounded to the nearest hundred is 300 because 247 rounds to 250 and 250 rounds to 300.
247 rounded to the nearest hundred is 200.
So, Zoe is not correct.

Question 18.
Use the number line to show a number that rounds to 200 when it is rounded to the nearest ten.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 73.66
Answer:

Question 19.
Name the least number of coins you can use to show $0.47. What are the coins?
Answer:

Question 20.
Suppose you are rounding to the nearest hundred. What is the greatest number that rounds to 600? What is the least number that rounds to 600?
Answer:
The greatest number that round 600 to the nearest 100 would be 600 + 50 – 1 = 649. It won’t be 650 because of 650 rounds to 700.

Question 21.
Higher Order Thinking A 3-digit number has the digits 2,5, and 7. To the nearest hundred, it rounds to 800. What is the number? Show how you found the answer.
Answer:
For the number to be rounded off to 800, it needs to be either 750 or above or 850 and below.
With the given numbers, we can only have the following combinations:
257~300
275~300
527~500
572~600
725~700
752~800
And hence, 752 is the only combination of numbers that fits.

Question 22.
Emil says, “I am thinking of a number that is greater than 142, rounds to 100 when rounded to the nearest hundred, and has a 5 in the ones place.” What is Emil’s number?

What else can you try if you get stuck?
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 75.1
Answer: 542

Assessment Practice

Question 23.
Select all the numbers that will equal $100 when rounded to the nearest hundred.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 76 $10
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 76 $110
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 76 $ 89
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 76 $150
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 76 $91
Answer:
$110, $89, $91 are rounded to the nearest hundred.

Question 24.
Select all the numbers that will equal 70 when rounded to the nearest ten.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 79 62
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 79 75
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 79 72
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 79 83
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 79 73
Answer:
The number 70 rounded to the nearest ten is 75, 72, 73.

Lesson 8.6 Estimate Sums

Activity

Solve & Share

Look at the table below. Is the mass of a female and male sun bear together more or less than the mass of one female black bear? Without finding an exact answer, explain how you can decide.

Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 79.2 You can use symbols, numbers, and words to be precise in your explanation.

Look Back! Why is an exact answer not needed to solve the problem?

Essential Question
How Can You Estimate Sums?

Visual Learning Bridge

A.
Do the two pandas together weigh more than 500 pounds?
Estimate 255 + 329.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 79.4

You can estimate to find about how much the two pandas weigh.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 79.5

B.
One Way
Round to the nearest hundred.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 79.6
255 + 329 is about 600.
600 > 500
The pandas together weigh more than 500 pounds.

C.
Another Way
Use compatible numbers.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 79.7
Compatible numbers are numbers that are close to the addends, but easy to add mentally
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 79.8
255 + 329 is about 575 and 575 > 500.
The total weight is more than 500 pounds.

Convince Me! Be Precise Sandy said, “Just look at the numbers. 200 and 300 is 500. The pandas weigh over 500 pounds because one panda weighs 255 pounds and the other weighs 329 pounds.” What do you think she means? Use numbers, words, or symbols to explain.

Another Example!
Suppose one panda ate 166 pounds of bamboo in a week and another ate 158 pounds. About how many pounds of bamboo did the two pandas eat?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 79.9
You can estimate 166 + 158 by rounding to the nearest ten.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 79.10
The pandas ate about 330 pounds of bamboo in a week.

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?

Question 1.
Two addends are rounded to greater numbers. Is the estimate greater than or less than the actual sum?
Answer:

Question 2.
Mary and Todd estimate 143 + 286. They have different answers. Can they both be correct? Explain why or why not.
Answer:
Mary and Todd has only one answer that is 143 + 286 = 429

Do You Know How?

Round to the nearest ten to estimate.

Question 3.
218 + 466 ___+___= ___
Answer:

Here the digit in the one’s place of 218 is 8, now round to the nearest multiple of 10 which is greater than the ten.
218 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 220.

The digit in the one’s place of 466 is 6, now round to the nearest multiple of ten which is greater than the number.
466 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 470
220 + 470 = 690

Question 4.
108 + 223 ___ + ___ = ____
Answer:

Here the digit in the one’s place of 108 is 8, now round to the nearest multiple of 10 which is greater than the number.
108 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 110.

The digit in the one’s place of 223 is 3, now round to the nearest multiple of 10 which is less than the number.
223 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 220.
110 + 220 = 330

Round to the nearest hundred to estimate.

Question 5.
514 + 258 ___ + ___ = ____
Answer:

Here the digit in the one’s place of 514 is 4, now round to the nearest multiple of 10 which is less than the number.
514 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 500.

The digit in the one’s place of 258 is round to the nearest ten which is greater than the number.
258 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 300.
500 + 300 = 800

Question 6.
198 + 426 ___ + ___ = ____
Answer:

Here the digit in the one’s place of 198 is 8,now round to the nearest multiple of ten which is greater than the number.
198 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 200.

The digit in the one’s place of 426 is 6, now round to the nearest multiple of 10 which is greater than the number.
426 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 400.
200 + 400 = 600

Independent Practice

In 7-10, round to the nearest ten to estimate.

Question 7.
138 + 435
Answer:

Here the digit in the one’s place of 138 is 8, now round to the nearest multiple of ten which is greater than the number.
138 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 140.

The digit in the one’s place of 435 is 5 now round to the nearest multiple of ten which is greater than the number.
435 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 440.
140 + 440 = 580

Question 8.
563 + 289
Answer:

Here the digit in the one’s place of 563 is 5 now round to the nearest multiple of ten which is less than the number.
563 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 560.

The digit in the one’s place of 289 is 9 now round to the nearest multiple of ten which is greater than the number.
289 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 290
560 + 290 = 850

Question 9
644 + 172
Answer:

Here the digit in the one’s place of 644 is 4 now round to the nearest multiple of ten which is less than the number.
644 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 640.

The digit in the one’s place of 172 is 2, now round to the nearest multiple of ten which is less than the number.
172 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 170
640 + 170 = 810

Question 10.
376 + 295
Answer:

Here the digit in the one’s place of the number 376 is 6 now round to the nearest ten which is greater than the number.
376 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 380.

The digit in the one’s place of 295 is 5 now round to the nearest multiple of ten which is greater than the number.
295 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 300
380 + 300 = 680

In 11-14, round to the nearest hundred to estimate.

Question 11.
403 + 179
Answer:

When rounding to the nearest hundred look at the ten’s digit of the number which the number is 0,1,2,3,4 you will round to the previous hundred.
403 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 400.

Here the ten’s place of the 179 is 7 you will round to the next hundred.
179 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 200.
400 + 200 = 600

Question 12.
462 + 251
Answer:

Here the ten’s place of the number is 462 is 6 you will round to the previous hundred.

462 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 500.

Here the ten’s place of the number 251 is 5 you will round to the next hundred.
251 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 300.
500 + 300 = 800

Question 13.
274 + 443
Answer:

Here the digit in the ten’s place of 274 is 7 you will round to the next hundred.
274 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 300.

The digit in the ten’s of 443 is  4 you will round to the previous hundred.
443 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 400.
300 + 400 = 700

Question 14.
539 + 399
Answer:

The digit in the ten’s place of 539 is 3 you will round to the previous hundred.
539 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 500.

The digit in the ten’s place of 399 is 9 you will round to the next hundred.
399 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 400.
500 + 400 = 900

In 15-18, use compatible numbers to estimate.

Question 15.
175 + 126
Answer:

Compatible numbers are the pair of numbers that are easy to add, subtract, multiply or division mentally.

Here 170 and 130 are the compatible numbers to the 175 and 126.
Envision Grade 3 topic 8 Ex.8.6 question.15

Question 16.
167 + 27
Answer:

Compatible numbers are the pair of numbers that are easy to add, subtract, multiply or division mentally.

Here 170 and 30 are the compatible number for 167 and 27.
Envision Grade 3 topic 8 Ex.8.6 question.16

Question 17.
108 + 379
Answer:

Compatible numbers are the pair of numbers that are easy to add, subtract, multiply or division mentally.

Here 110 and 380 are the compatible numbers for 108 and 379.
Envision Grade 3 topic 8 Ex.8.6 question.17

Question 18.
145 + 394
Answer:

Compatible numbers are the pair of numbers that are easy to add, subtract, multiply or division mentally.

Here 150 and 390 are the compatible numbers for 145 and 394.

Problem Solving

Use the table to answer 19 and 20.

Question 19.
Ms. Tyler drove from Albany to Boston, and then from Boston to Baltimore. To the nearest ten miles, about how many miles did she drive in all?
Answer:

Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 80.1

Question 20.

Ms. Tyler drove from Boston to New York City and back again. To the nearest hundred miles, about how many miles did she drive?

Answer:

Given,
Ms. Tyler drives from Boston to New York City  = 211
Ms.Tyler drives back to nearest hundred miles to Boston  = 211 – 100
= 111
How many miles did she drive  equals to 211 + 111 = 322

Question 21.
Reasoning Jen has $236. Dan has $289. Do Jen and Dan have more than $600 in all? Estimate to solve. Explain.
Answer:
Jen has $236
Don has $286
Jen and Don has 236 + 289 = 525
No, They did have more than $600

Question 22.
Ralph has 75¢. How much more money does he need to buy a pencil for 90¢? Complete the diagram.

Answer:
Ralph has 75 cents.
He need to buy a pencil for 90 cents.
Ralph need to buy a pencil = 90 cents – 75 cents =15 cents

Question 23.
Higher Order Thinking Susan drove 247 miles on Wednesday morning. Then she drove 119 miles on Wednesday afternoon. On Thursday, Susan drove 326 miles. About how far did Susan drive in all? Explain the method you used to estimate.

Remember that you learned different estimation strategies.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 80.3

Assessment Practice

Question 24.
Round to the nearest 10 to estimate the sums.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 80.4
Answer:
273 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 270
616 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 620
270 + 620 = 890
542 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 540
338 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 340
540 + 340 = 880
435 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 440
441 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 440
440 – 440 = 0

Question 25.
Round to the nearest 100 to estimate the sums.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 80.5
Answer:
173 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 200
139 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 100
200 – 100 = 100
155 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 200
177 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 200
200 – 200 = 0
289 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 300
18 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 0
300 – 0 = 300

Lesson 8.7 Estimate Differences

Activity

Solve & Share

Sara collected 220 cans on Monday, 80 cans on Tuesday, and 7 cartons with 8 cans each on Wednesday to recycle. Pierre collected 112 cans. About how many more cans did Sara collect than Pierre?

You can make sense and persevere. What is a good strategy for solving this problem?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 80.6

Look Back! Which strategy gives an estimate that is closest to the exact answer? How did you decide?

Essential Question
How Can You Estimate Differences?

A.
All of the tickets for a concert were sold. So far, 126 people have arrived at the concert. About how many people who have tickets have not arrived?
Estimate 493 – 126 by rounding.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 80.7

You can estimate to find about how many.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 80.8

B.
One Way
Round each number to the nearest hundred and subtract.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 80.9
About 400 people have not yet arrived.

C.
Another Way
Round each number to the nearest ten and subtract.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 80.10
About 360 people have not yet arrived.

Convince Me! Model with Math Suppose 179 people have arrived at the concert. Estimate how many people have not arrived.

Another Example!
You can use compatible numbers to estimate differences.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 80.11
375 and 150 are compatible numbers for 372 and 149.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 80.33

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?

Question 1.
Does rounding to the nearest ten or nearest hundred give an estimate closer to the exact answer for 295 – 153?

Answer:

Here the digit of the one’s place of 295 is 5 now round to the nearest multiple of ten which is greater than the number.
295 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 290

The digit in the one’s place of 153 is3 now round to the nearest multiple of ten which is less than the number.
153 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 140
290 – 140 =150

Question 2.
A theater sells 408 tickets. Two hundred seventy-three people arrive. About how many more people are expected to arrive? Use compatible numbers. Show your work.

Answer:

Given,

A theater sells tickets = 408

People arrive to theater = 253

Expected people to arrive = 408 – 253 = 155

The compatible numbers for 408 and 253 is 410 and 250

410  – 250 = 150

Do You Know How?

In 3-6, estimate. Use rounding or compatible numbers. Tell how you made each estimate.

Question 3.
321 – 182
Answer:

Compatible numbers are pair of numbers that are easy to add, subtract, multiply and division mentally.

The compatible numbers for 321 and 182 is 320 and 180.
Envision Grade 3 topic 8 Ex.8.6 Guided practice question.3 (1)

Question 4.
655 – 189
Answer:

Compatible numbers are pair of numbers that are easy to add, subtract, multiply or division mentally.

The compatible numbers for 655 and 189 is 660 and 190
Envision Grade 3 topic 8 Ex.8.6 Guided practice question.4 (1)

Question 5.
763 – 471
Answer:

Compatible numbers are pair of numbers that are easy to add, subtract multiply, and division mentally.

The compatible numbers for 763 and 471 are 760 and 470.
Envision Grade 3 topic 8 Ex.8.6 Guided practice question.5

Question 6.
816 – 297
Answer:

Compatible numbers are pair of numbers that are easy to add, subtract, multiply and division mentally.

The compatible numbers for 816 and 297 are 820 and 300.
Envision Grade 3 topic 8 Ex.8.6 Guided practice question.6 (1)

Independent Practice

In 7-10, round to the nearest hundred to estimate.

Question 7.
286 – 189
Answer:

When rounding to the nearest hundred look at the ten’s place.The ten’s place of 286 is 8 now round to the next hundred.
286 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 300.

The ten’s place of the number 189 is 8 now round to the next hundred
189 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 200.
300 – 200 = 100

Question 8.
461 – 216

Answer:

When rounding to the nearest hundred look at the ten’s place.The ten’s place of the number 461 is 6 now round to the next hundred.

461 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 500.

The ten’s place of the number 216 is 1 now round to the  previous hundred.
216 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 200.
500 – 200 = 300

Question 9.
891 – 686
Answer:

When rounding to the nearest hundred look at the ten’s place of the number 891 is 9 now round to the next hundred.
891 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 900.

The ten’s place of the number 686 is 8 now round to the next hundred.
686 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 700.
900 – 700 = 200

Question 10.
724 – 175
Answer:

When rounding to the nearest hundred look at the ten’s place of the number 724 is 2 now round to the previous hundred.
724 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 600.

The ten’s place of the number 175 is 7 now round to the next hundred.
175 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 200
600 – 200 = 400

In 11-14, round to the nearest ten to estimate.

Question 11.
766 – 492
Answer:

Here the digit of the one’s place of the number 766 is 6 now round to the nearest ten which is greater than the number.
766 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 770.

The one’s place of the number 492 is 2 now round to the nearest ten which is less than the number.
492 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 500.
770 – 500 = 270

Question 12.
649 – 487
Answer:

Here the digit of the one’s place of the number 649 is 9 now round to the nearest hundred which is greater than the number.
649 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 650.

The one’s place of the number 487 is 7 now round to the nearest hundred which is greater than the number.
487 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 490.
650 – 490 = 169

Question 13.
241 – 117
Answer:

Here the digit in the one’s place of the number 241 is 1 now round to the nearest hundred which is less than the number.
241 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 240.

The one’s place of the number 117 is 7 now round to the nearest hundred which is greater than the number.
117 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 120.
240 – 120 = 120

Question 14.
994 – 679
Answer:

Here the digit of the one’s place of the number 994 is 4 now round to the nearest hundred which is less than the number.
994 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 1000.

The digit in the one’s place of the number 679 is 9 which is greater than the number.
679 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 680.
1000 – 680 = 320

In 15-18, use compatible numbers to estimate.

Question 15.
760 – 265
Answer:

Compatible numbers are pair of numbers that are easy to add, subtract, multiply and division mentally.

The compatible numbers for 760 and 265 are 760 and 270.
Envision Grade 3 topic 8 Ex.8.6 Guided practice question.15 (1)

Question 16.
355 – 177
Answer:

Compatible numbers are the pair of numbers that are easy to add, subtract, multiply and division mentally

Compatible numbers for 355 and 177 is 360 and 180.
Envision Grade 3 topic 8 Ex.8.6 Guided practice question.16 (1)

Question 17.
481 – 105
Answer:

Compatible numbers are the pair of numbers that are easy to add, subtract, multiply and division mentally.

The compatible numbers for 481 and 105 is 480 and 110.

Envision Grade 3 topic 8 Ex.8.6 Guided practice question.17

Question 18.
794 – 556
Answer:

Compatible numbers are the pair of numbers that are easy to add, subtract, multiply and division mentally.

The compatible numbers for 794 and 556 are 800 and 560.
Envision Grade 3 topic 8 Ex.8.6 Guided practice question.18 (1)

Problem Solving

Question 19.
The Grand Concert Hall sold 100 more tickets on Sunday than on Friday. On what day did it sell about 150 tickets more than it sold on Sunday?

Use estimation strategies to help find your answers.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 3 Answers Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 85.2

Question 20.
Model with Math Find the total number of tickets sold on Thursday and Friday. Explain what math you used.
Answer:
Number of tickets sold on Thursday = 323
Number of tickets sold on Friday = 251
Total number of tickets sold on Thursday and Friday equal to
321 + 251
300 + 20 + 1 + 200 + 50 +1
500 + 70 + 2
500 + 72 = 572

Question 21.
Algebra Anna and Joe write reports for their science class. Anna’s report is 827 words long. Joe’s report is 679 words long. Round each report length to the nearest ten and estimate how many more words Anna’s report is. Then write an equation that shows exactly how many more words Anna’s report is.
Answer:
Anna report is 827 long words.
Joe’s report is 679 long words.
827 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 830
679 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 680
830 – 680 = 150
Anna report is 150  long words more than Joe’s long report

Question 22.
Higher Order Thinking One week Mrs. Runyan earned $486, and the next week she earned $254. If Mrs. Runyan’s goal was to earn $545, by about how much did she exceed her goal? Show how you used estimation to find your answer.
Answers:
Mrs Runyan earned in one week = $486
Mrs Runyan earned in next week = $254
Total she earned in two weeks = $ 486 + $255
=$740
But she goal to earn is $545
She exceed her goal = $740 – $545
She exceed her goal is $ 195

Question 23.
About how many inches longer was a Brachiosaurus than a Tyrannosaurus rex?
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 85.11
Answer:
Brachiosaurus length = 972 inches.
Tyrannosaurus length = 468 inches.
972 – 468 = 504
Brachiosaurus length is 504 longer than Tyrannosaurus length.

Assessment Practice

Question 24.
Estimate 753 – 221 by rounding each number to the nearest ten.
A. 540
B. 530
C. 520
D. 510
Answer:
753 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 750.
221 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 220
750 – 220 = 530
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 25.
Estimate 812 – 369 by rounding each number to the nearest hundred.
A. 500
B. 400
C. 300
D. 200
Answer:
812 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 810.
369 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 370.
810 – 370 = 440
440 to the nearest hundred is 400.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Lesson 8.8 Model with Math

Activity

Solve & Share

A pond has 458 rosy red minnows, 212 white cloud minnows, and 277 goldfish. How many more minnows than goldfish live in the pond?

Thinking Habits
Be a good thinker! These questions can help you.
• How can I use math I know to help solve this problem?
• How can I use pictures, objects, or an equation to represent the problem?
• How can I use numbers, words, and symbols to solve the problem?
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 89.1

Look Back! Model with Math Explain what math you used to solve this problem.

Essential Question How Can You Model With math?

A.
David has $583 to spend on soccer uniforms. He buys this soccer jersey and 2 soccer shorts. How much money does David spend?

What math do I need to use to solve the problem?
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 89.2
I need to show what I know and then choose the needed operations.

B. How can I model with math? I can

  • apply math I know to solve the problem.
  • use a bar diagram and equations to represent the problem.
  • use an unknown to represent the number I am trying to find.

Here’s my thinking…
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 89.3

C.
I will use a bar diagram and an equation.
The hidden question is: How much does David spend on shorts?
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 89.4
$35 + $35 = ?
$35 + $35 = $70. The shorts cost $70.
So I need to find the total including the jersey.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 89.5
$70+ $109 = ?
$70 + $109 = $179. David spends $179.

Convince Me! Model with Math How does the bar diagram help you model with math?

Guided Practice

Model with Math
Harris’s office building has 126 windows. Morgan’s bank has 146 windows. Devon’s bank has 110 windows. How many more windows do the banks have altogether than the office building?

One way you can model  math is by using bar diagrams to represent each step of a two-step problem.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 89.6

Question 1.
What is the hidden question you need to answer before you can solve the problem?
Answer:
How many windows do the banks have in all?

Question 2.
Solve the problem. Complete the bar diagrams. Show the equations you used.
Answer:
Morgan’s bank has 146 windows.
Devon’s bank has 110 windows.
Morgan’s and Devon’s office has 146 + 110 = 256 windows
Another office windows = 256 -126=130

Independent Practice

Model with Math
Regina’s bakery made 304 pies in January. Her bakery made 34 fewer pies in February. How many pies did her bakery make in both months?

Question 3.
What is the hidden question you need to answer before you can solve the problem?
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 89.8
Answer:
How many pies did the bakery make in February?

Question 4.
Solve the problem. Complete the bar diagrams. Show the equations you used.
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-8-Use-Strategies-and-Properties-to-Add-and-Subtract-89.8
304 – 34 = ?
304 – 34 = 270
304 + 270 = ?
304 + 270 = 574

Question 5.
How would your equations change if the bakery made 34 more pies in February than in January?
Answer:
I would add 304 + 34 = ? instead of subtracting 304 – 34 = ? to find the number of pies baked in February.

Problem Solving

Performance Task

Skyscraper Heights
The Empire State Building in New York is 159 meters taller than the Republic Plaza in Denver. The John Hancock Building in Chicago is 122 meters taller than the Republic Plaza. The Empire State Building is 712 miles away from the Hancock Building. The Hancock Building is 920 miles away from the Republic Plaza. Manuel wants to know how tall the Hancock Building is. Answer Exercises 6-9 to solve the problem.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 90.1
Answer:

Question 6.
Critique Reasoning Tom said to solve the problem, you should add 159 to the height of the Empire State Building. Do you agree? Explain why or why not.
Answer:

Question 7.
Model with Math What is the hidden question you need to solve in this problem? How can you represent the hidden question?
Answer:

Question 8.
Model with Math Solve the problem. Show the equations you used.
Answer:

Question 9.
Use Appropriate Tools Which tool would you use to represent and explain how to solve the problem: counters, cubes, or place-value blocks? Explain.

Model with math means you apply math you have learned to solve problems.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 90.2
Answer:

Topic 8 Fluency Practice

Activity

Find a Match
Work with a partner. Point to a clue. Read the clue. Look below the clues to find a match. Write the clue letter in the box next to the match. Find a match for every clue. Once you find the matches, write the fact families for each of the facts.

Clues
A The missing number is 9.

B The missing number is 10.

C The missing number is 3.

D The missing number is 6.

E The missing number is 7.

F The missing number is 4.

G The missing number is 8.

H The missing number is 5.

Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 90.5

Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-3rd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-8-Use-Strategies-and-Properties-to-Add-and-Subtract-90.5

Topic 8 Vocabulary Review

Glossary

Understand Vocabulary

Circle the property of addition shown in the following examples.

Word List
• Associative Property of Addition
• Commutative Property of Addition
• compatible numbers
• estimate
• Identity Property of Addition
• inverse operations
• mental math
• place value
• round

Question 1.
17 + 14 = 14 + 17
Associative Property Commutative Property Identity Property
Answer: Associative property.

Question 2.
93 + 0 = 93
Associative Property Commutative Property Identity Property
Answer: Identity property.

Question 3.
8 + (5 + 9) = (8 + 5) + 9
Associative Property Commutative Property Identity Property
Answer: Commutative property.

Question 4.
65 + 0 = 0 + 65
Associative Property Commutative Property Identity Property
Answer: Identity property.

Choose the best term from the box. Write it in the blank.

Question 5.
You ___ when you use the nearest multiple of ten or a hundred.
Answer: You Estimate sum and differences in the number when you use the nearest multiple of ten or a hundred.

Question 6.
Addition and subtraction are ___
Answer:
Addition and subtraction are the arithmetic operations.

Question 7.
___ is the value given to the place a digit has in a number.
Answer: Place value is the value given to the place a digit has in a number.

Question 8.
Numbers that are easy to compute mentally are ___
Answer: Numbers that are easy to compute mentally are mental math.

Question 9.
You do not need pencil and paper when using ___
Answer: You do not need pencil and paper when using mental math.

Use Vocabulary in Writing

Question 10.
Jim found that 123 + 284 is about 400. Explain what Jim did. Use at least 3 terms from the Word List in your answer.
Answer: Jim used rounding numbers to add the given numbers.

Topic 8 Vocabulary Reteaching

Set A
pages 289-292
You can use properties of addition to help solve addition problems.
The Commutative Property of Addition
12 + Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 92 = 15 + 12
You can order addends in any way, and the sum will be the same.
12 + 15 = 15 + 12

The Associative Property of Addition
3 + (7 + 8) = (3 + Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 92) + 8
You can group addends in any way, and the sum will be the same.
3 + (7 + 8) = (3 + 7) + 8
The Identity Property of Addition
30 + Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 92 = 30
The sum of any number and zero is that same number.
30 + 0 = 30

Remember that both sides of the equal sign must have the same value.

In 1-6, write each missing number.

Question 1.
18 + __ = 18
Answer:
18 + 0 = 18

Question 2.
14 + (16 + 15) = (___ +16) + 15
Answer:
14 + ( 16 + 15) = ( 14 + 16) + 15

Question 3.
___ + 13 = 13 + 17
Answer:
17 + 13 = 13 + 17

Question 4.
28 + (__ + 22) = 28 + (22 + 25)
Answer:
28 + (25 + 22) = 28 + ( 22 + 25 )

Question 5.
62 + 21 + 0 = 62 + ___
Answer:
62 + 21 + 0 = 62 + 21

Question 6.
___ + (26 + 78) = (31 + 26) + 78
Answer:
31 + (26 + 78) = (31 + 26) + 78

Question 7.
Use 78 and 34 to write an equation that shows the Commutative Property of Addition.

Answer:
78 + 34 = 34 + 78

Set B
pages 293-296
You can find patterns using an addition table.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 92.10
The green sums increase by 2 down the column and are even numbers.
The yellow sums increase by 2 down the column and are odd numbers.
Use examples to make generalizations!
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 92.11

Remember that properties can help you understand patterns.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 92.12

Question 1.
Find the doubles-plus-2 facts. What pattern do you notice about the sums?
Answer:

Question 2.
Explain why your pattern works.
Answer:

Set C
pages 297-300
Use mental math to find 374 + 238.
Break apart 238: 200 + 30+ 8.
Add hundreds, tens, and ones.
374 + 200 = 574
574 + 30 = 604
604 + 8 = 612
So, 374 + 238 = 612.

Remember that you can break apart addends when finding sums mentally.

Question 1.
302 + 56
Answer:
Using mental math
300 + 2 + 50 + 6
300 + 50 + 8
300 + 58 = 358

Question 2.
463 + 418
Answer:
Using mental math
463 + 418
400 + 60 + 3 + 400 + 10 + 8
800 + 70 + 11
800 + 81 = 881

Question 3.
222 + 725
Answer:
Using mental math
222 + 725
200 + 20 + 2 + 700 + 20 + 5
900 + 40 + 7
900 + 47 = 947

Question 4.
689 + 115
Answer:
Using mental math
689 + 115
600  + 80 + 9 + 100 + 10 + 5
700 + 90 + 14
700 + 104 = 804

Set D
pages 301-304
Think addition to find 400 – 168.
Count on.
168 + 2 = 170
170 + 30 = 200
200 + 200 = 400
2 +30 + 200 = 232
So, 400 – 168 = 232.

Remember that you can count on when subtracting mentally.

Question 1.
523 – 163
Answer:
Using mental math
523 – 163
500 + 20 + 3 – 100 + 60 + 3
400 – 40 = 360

Question 2.
847 – 372
Answer:
Using mental math
847 – 372
800 + 40 + 7 – 300 + 70 + 2
500 – 30 – 5
500 – 25 = 575

Question 3.
768 – 259
Answer:
Using mental math
768 – 259
700 + 60 + 8 – 200 + 50 + 9
500 + 10 – 1
500 + 9 = 509

Question 4.
282 – 125
Answer:
Using mental math
282 – 125
200 + 80 + 2 – 100 + 20 + 5
100 + 60 – 3
100 + 57 = 157

Set E
pages 305-308
You can use a number line to round.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 93.5
Nearest ten: 437 rounds to 440.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 93.6
Nearest hundred: 437 rounds to 400.
Think about place value when you round.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 93.7

Remember that if a number is halfway between, round to the greater number.

Question 1.
Round 374 to the nearest ten and the nearest hundred.
Answer:
374 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 370.
374 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 400.

Question 2.
Round 848 to the nearest ten and the nearest hundred.
Answer:
842 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 850.
842 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 800.

Question 3.
Mark’s family traveled 565 miles. Rounded to the nearest ten, about how many miles did they travel?
Answer:
Mark’s family traveled 565 miles
565 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 570.
Mark’s family traveled 570 miles.
Question 4.
Sara collected 345 shells. Rounded to the nearest hundred, about how many shells did she collect?
Answer:

Set F
pages 309-312

Estimate 478 + 112.
Round each addend to the nearest ten.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 93.8
Round each addend to the nearest hundred.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 93.9
Use compatible numbers.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 93.10

Remember that compatible numbers are numbers close to the actual numbers and are easier to add mentally.

Round to the nearest hundred.

Question 1.
367 + 319
Answer:

Compatible numbers are the pair of numbers that are easy to add, subtract, multiply and division mentally.

Compatible numbers for 367 and 319 is 400 and 300.

Question 2.
737 + 127
Answer:

Compatible numbers are the pair of numbers that are easy to add, subtract, multiply and division mentally,

The compatible numbers for 737 and 127 is 700 and 100

Round to the nearest ten.

Question 3.
298 + 542
Answer:

Compatible numbers are the pair of numbers that are easy to add, subtract, multiply and division mentally.

Compatible numbers for 298 and 542 is 300 and 540.

Question 4.
459 + 85
Answer:

Compatible numbers are the pair of numbers that are easy to add, subtract, multiply and division mentally.

The compatible numbers for 459 and 85 is 460 and 90

Use compatible numbers.

Question 5.
372 + 173
Answer:

Compatible numbers are the pair of numbers that are easy to add, subtract, multiply and division mentally.

The compatible numbers for 372 and 173 is 370 and 170

Question 6.
208 + 164
Answer:

Compatible numbers are the pair of numbers that are easy to add, subtract, multiply and division mentally.

The compatible numbers for 208 and 164 is 210 and 160

Question 7.
Will rounding to the nearest ten or the nearest hundred give a closer estimate of 314 + 247? Explain your answer.
Answer:
314 + 247 = 561
314 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 310
247 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 250
310  +250 = 560

Set G
pages 313-316
Estimate 486 – 177.
Round each number to the nearest hundred.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 94.1
Round to the nearest hundred.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 94.2
Use compatible numbers.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 94.3

Remember that an estimate is close to the actual answer.

Question 1.
527 – 341
Answer:

Question 2.
872 – 184
Answer:

Round to the nearest ten.

Question 3.
387 – 298
Answer:

Here the digit in the one’s place of the number 387 is 7 now round to the nearest ten which is greater than the number.

387 round to the nearest ten is 390

The digit in the one’s place of the number 298 is 8 now round to the nearest ten which is greater than the number.

287 round to the nearest ten is 290

390 – 290 = 100

Question 4.
659 – 271
Answer:

Here the digit in the one’s place of the number 659 is 9 now round to the nearest ten which is greater than the number.

659 round to the nearest ten is 660

The digit in the one’s place of the number 271 is 1 which is less than the number.

271 is round to the nearest ten to 270

660 – 270 = 390

Use compatible numbers.

Question 5.
472 – 228
Answer:

Compatible numbers are the pair of numbers that are easy to add, subtract, multiply and division mentally.

The compatible numbers for 472 and 228 is 470 and 230

Question 6.
911 – 347
Answer:

Compatible numbers are the pair of numbers that are easy to add, subtract, multiply and division mentally.

Compatible numbers for 911 and 347 is 910 and 350

Question 7.
Will rounding to the nearest ten or the nearest hundred give a closer estimate of 848 – 231? Explain your answer.
Answer:
848 -231 = 617
848 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 800
231 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 200
800 – 200 = 600

Set H
pages 317-320
Think about these questions to help you model with math.

Thinking Habits
• How can I use math I know to help solve this problem?
• How can I use pictures, objects, or an equation to represent the problem?
• How can I use numbers, words, and symbols to solve the problem?
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 95.1

Remember to apply the math you know to solve problems.
Elena has $265. She buys a jacket that costs $107 and a sweater that costs $69. How much money does Elena have left?

Question 1.
What is the hidden question you need to answer before you can solve the problem?
Answer:

Question 2.
Solve the problem. Draw bar diagrams to represent the problem. Show the equations you used.
Answer:

Toni read 131 pages on Monday, 56 pages on Tuesday, and some pages on Wednesday. She read 289 pages in all. How many pages did Toni read on Wednesday?

Ans:

Toni read pages on Monday = 131

Toni read pages on Tuesday = 56

Toni read pages on Wednesday = 289 – 131 + 56 = 102

Question 1.
What is the hidden question you need to answer before you can solve the problem?
Answer:

Question 2.
Solve the problem. Use equations to represent your work.
Answer:

Topic 8 Assessment Practice

Question 1.
What is the sum of 243, 132, and 157?
Answer:
243 + 132 + 157 = 532

Question 2.
Find a reasonable estimate for the sum of 171 and 69. Select all that apply.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 95 175 + 70 = 245
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 95 100 + 60 = 160
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 95 170 + 70 = 240
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 95 175 + 75 = 250
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 95 130 + 70 = 200
Answer:

For the sum of 171 and 69 is we will appy 175 + 70 = 245 in the equation we are using the  compatible numbers

170 + 70 = 240 in this equation we are using the nearest ten.

Question 3.
Subtract 382 – 148 mentally. Which of the following should you do first to find the difference?
A. Add 2 to 148 and add 2 to 382.
B. Add 2 to 148 and subtract 2 from to 382.
C. Subtract 8 from 148 and subtract 2 from 382.
D. Subtract 12 from 382 and add 12 to 148.
Answer:
To find the difference first to subtract 12 from 382 and add 12 to 148.

Question 4.
Estimate the difference of 765 and 333. Explain your estimate.
Answer:
The difference of 765 and 333 is
765 – 333 = 432
Our estimate is to Subtract the lowest value from the highest value.

Question 5.
Look at the sums in the shaded column. Look at the addends. What pattern do you see? Explain why this pattern is always true.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 95.3
Answer:

Question 6.
Use mental math to add 332 and 154. Which of these shows how to break apart the numbers into hundreds, tens, and ones?
A. Break 332 into 320 + 12. Break 154 into 125 + 29.
B. Break 332 into 100+ 230 + 2. Break 154 into 100 + 52 + 2.
C. Break 332 into 300 + 16 + 16. Break 154 into 100 + 27 + 27.
D. Break 332 into 300 + 30+ 2. Break 154 into 100 + 50 + 4.
Answer:
D is the correct answer .

Question 7.
Use mental math to find 634 – 528.
Answer:
634 – 528
600 + 30 + 4 – 500 + 20 + 8
100 +10 – 4
110 – 4 = 106

Question 8.
Select all the equations that are true.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 97 32 + 56 + 10 = 10 + 56 + 32
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 97 (49 + 28) + 5 = 49 + (28 + 5)
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 97 56 + 890 = 890 + 56
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 97 82 + 0 = 82
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 97 45+ 27 = 27 + 35
Answer:

Yes all the equations are true they are in the associative property, commutative property and identity property.

Question 9.
Look at the table.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 97.2
Write the letters A, B, C, and D above the number line to show each number rounded to the nearest ten.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 97.3
Answer:

Question 10.
Use the subtraction work shown.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 97.4
Which strategy shows a way to check the work using inverse operations?
A. Subtract 57 from 169.
B. Add 57 and 112.
C. Add 112 and 169.
D. Add 169 and 57.
Answer:
Inverse means reverse operation
Inverse operation is the Add 169 and 57

Question 11.
Estimate the sum of 405 and 385 by rounding to the nearest hundred. Explain your estimate.
Answer:
The sum of 405 + 385 = 790

When rounding to the nearest hundred look at the ten’s place of the number. The ten’s place of the 790 is 9 now round to the next hundred.
790 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 800.

Question 12.
What addition equation can be used to check the answer for 456 – 342 = 114? Draw a bar diagram to show how the numbers in this problem are related.
Answer:
Envision Grade 3 topic 8 Thinking habits question 12

Question 13.
Find the sum of 350, 62, and 199.
A. Draw a bar diagram that represents the problem.
B. What is the first step you would do to solve this problem using mental math?
Answer:
Envision Grade 3 topic 8 Thinking habits question 13
The sum of 350 + 62 + 199 = 611

Question 14.
Subtract 341 – 97 mentally. First add 3 to 97 to get 100. What should the next step be? What is the difference?
A. Add 6 to 341. The difference is 247.
B. Add 200 to 100. The difference is 100.
C. Subtract 3 from 341. The difference is 238.
D. Add 3 to 341. The difference is 244.
Answer: The next step is Subtract 3 from 341. The difference is 238.

Question 15.
Round each number on the left to the nearest hundred. Select the appropriate answer.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 97.10
Answer
668 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 700.
404 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 400.
649 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 600.
489 round to the nearest hundred to estimate is 500.

Question 16.
Explain how to use mental math to find 620 – 278.
Answer:
Using the mental math
620 – 278
600 + 20 – 200 + 70 + 8
600 + 20 – 200 + 78
600 + 20 – 278
620 – 278 = 332

Question 17.
How can you check the answer for 693 – 231 = 462?
A. Subtract 639 – 300 = 339.
B. Subtract 462 – 231 = 231.
C. Add 693 + 231 = 924.
D. Add 462 + 231 = 693.
Answer:
The correct answer is D.
693 – 231 = 462
462 + 231 = 693
Question 18.
Consider the sum of 123, 201, and 387.
A. Estimate the sum by rounding to the nearest ten. Explain your estimate.
B. What is the difference between the exact sum of 123, 201, and 387 and your estimate? Explain your answer.
Answer:
The sum of 123 + 201 + 387 = 711
A. 711 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 710
B. The difference between the exact sum and the estimate sum is 711 – 710 is 1.

Question 19.
Consider the equation 360 = __ + 84.
Use a bar diagram to represent the equation. Then solve for the unknown value.
Answer:
360 = 276 + 84
Envision Grade 3 topic 8 Thinking habits question 19

Topic 8 Performance Task

Vacation Trip
Mia is planning a vacation in Orlando, FL.
The Mia’s Route table shows her route and the miles she will drive.

Use the Mia’s Route table to answer Questions 1-3.

Question 1.
Round each distance to the nearest ten to show about how many miles Mia will drive on each part of her trip.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 98.1
Memphis, TN, to Birmingham, AL:

Birmingham, AL, to Gainesville, FL:

Gainesville, FL, to Orlando, FL:
Answer:
Mia’s drive from Memphis,TN, to Birmingham, AL is 237 miles.
237 is round to the nearest ten is to estimate is 240.
Mia’s drives from Memphis, TN, to Birmingham, AL is 240 miles.
Mia’s drive from Birmingham, AL to Gainesville, FL is 422
422 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 420
Mia’s drive from Birmingham, AL to Gainesville, FL is 420 miles.
Mia’s drive from Gainesville, FL to Orlando, FL is 183 miles.
183 round to the nearest ten to estimate is 180.
Mia’s drive from Gainesville, FL to Orlando, FL is 180 miles.

Question 2.
Use mental math to find the actual number of miles Mia will drive to reach Gainesville. Show your work.
Answer:
Mia’s started a drive from Memphis, TN to Birmingham, AL is 237 miles.
From Birmingham, AL to Gainesville, FL is 422 miles.
Mia’s drive to reach Gainesville is 237 + 422
By using mental math
237 +422
200 + 30 + 7 + 400 + 20 + 2
600 + 50 + 9
600 + 59 = 659

Question 3.
Mia says, “Birmingham is 185 miles closer to Memphis than to Gainesville.” Her brother says, “No, it is 175 miles closer.” Use mental math to decide who is correct. Show your work.
Answer:
Birmingham  to Memphis is 237 miles.
Birmingham to Gainesville is 422 miles.
Mia’s says the correct
422 – 237
400 + 20 + 2 – 200 + 30 + 7
200 – 10 – 5
200 – 15 = 185

Mia has to book a hotel and buy theme park tickets. The Hotel Prices and Theme Park Prices tables show the total prices for Mia’s stay. The Mia’s Options list shows two plans that Mia can choose from.

Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 98.6

Question 4.
Mia has $600 to spend on a hotel and tickets.
Part A
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 98.7
Which option does Mia have enough money for? Explain using estimation.
Part B
Create a new option for Mia. Fill out the table with a hotel and a theme park. Explain why Mia has enough money for this plan.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 98.8

Question 5.
One theme park has a special offer. For each ticket Mia buys, she gets another ticket free. Shade the squares in the table at the right to show this pattern. Explain why the pattern is true.
Envision Math Common Core 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Use Strategies and Properties to Add and Subtract 98.9
Answer:

Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem

enVision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem

Go through the enVision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem regularly and improve your accuracy in solving questions.

enVision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem

Topic Essential Question
How can you use the Pythagorean Theorem to solve problems?
Answer:
The Pythagorean Theorem is used to calculate the steepness of slopes of hills or mountains. A surveyor looks through a telescope toward a measuring stick a fixed distance away, so that the telescope’s line of sight and the measuring stick form a right angle.

3-ACT MATH OOO

Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 1
Go with the Flow
You may have noticed that when you double the base and the height of a triangle, the area is more than doubled. The same is true for doubling the sides of a square or the radius of a circle. So what is the relationship? Think about this during the 3-Act Mathematical Modeling lesson.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 2

Topic 7 enVision STEM Project

Did You Know?
Over two billion people will face water shortages by 2050 according to a 2015 United Nations Environment Program report.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 3
Rainwater can be collected and stored for use in irrigation, industrial uses, flushing toilets, washing clothes and cars, or it can be purified for use as everyday drinking water.
This alternative water source reduces the use of fresh water from reservoirs and wells.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 4
Using water wisely saves money on water and energy bills and extends the life of supply and wastewater facilities.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 5
Roofs of buildings or large tarps are used to collect rainwater.
A rainwater collection system for a building roof that measures 28 feet by 40 feet can provide 700 gallons of water-enough water to support two people for a year—from a rainfall of 1.0 inch.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 6
Even a 5 foot by 7-foot tarp can collect 2 gallons of water from a rainfall total of only 0.1 in.

The rainwater harvesting market is expected to grow 5% from 2016 to 2020.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 7

Your Task: Rainy Days
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 8
Rainwater collection is an inexpensive way to save water in areas where it is scarce. One inch of rain falling on a square roof with an area of 100 ft² collects 62 gallons of water that weighs over 500 pounds. You and your classmates will research the necessary components of a rainwater collection system. Then you will use what you know about right triangles to design a slanted roof system that will be used to collect rainwater.
Answer:
It is given that
Rainwater collection is an inexpensive way to save water in areas where it is scarce. One inch of rain falling on a square roof with an area of 100 ft² collects 62 gallons of water that weighs over 500 pounds
Now,
The necessary components of a rainwater collection system are:
A) Catchments B) Coarse mesh C) Gutters D) Conduits E) First-flushing F) Filter G) Storage facility H) Recharge Structures

Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 1

Topic 7 GET READY!

Review What You Know!

Vocabulary
Choose the best term from the box to complete each definition.
cube root
diagonal
isosceles triangle
perimeter
right triangle
square root

Question 1.
The __________ of a number is a factor that when multiplied by itself gives the number.
Answer:
We know that,
The “Square root” of a number is a factor that when multiplied by itself gives the number
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the best term to complete the given definition is a “Square root”

Question 2.
A _________ is a line segment that connects two vertices of a polygon and is not the side.
Answer:
We know that,
A “Diagonal” is a line segment that connects two vertices of a polygon and is not the side
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the best term to complete the given definition is a “Diagonal”

Question 3.
The _________ of a figure is the distance around it.
Answer:
We know that,
The “Perimeter” of a figure is the distance around it
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the best term to complete the given definition is the “Perimeter”

Question 4.
A ___________ is a triangle with one right angle.
Answer:
We know that,
A “Right triangle” is a triangle with one right angle
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the best term to complete the given definition is a “Right angle”

Simplify Expressions with Exponents

Simplify the expression.
Question 5.
32 + 42
Answer:
The given expression is: 32 + 42
So,
32 + 42
= (3 × 3) + (4 × 4)
= 9 + 16
= 25

Question 6.
22 + 52
Answer:
The given expression is: 22 + 52
So,
2² + 52
= (2 × 2) + (5 × 5)
= 4 + 25
= 29

Question 7.
102 – 82
Answer:
The given expression is: 102 – 82
So,
102 – 82
= (10 × 10) – (8 × 8)
= 100 – 64
= 36

Square Roots

Determine the square root.
Question 8.
\(\sqrt {81}\)
Answer:
The given expression is: \(\sqrt{81}\)
Hence,
\(\sqrt{81}\) = 9

Question 9.
\(\sqrt {144}\)
Answer:
The given expression is: \(\sqrt{144}\)
Hence,
\(\sqrt{144}\) = 12

Question 10.
\(\sqrt {225}\)
Answer:
The given expression is: \(\sqrt{225}\)
Hence,
\(\sqrt{225}\) = 15

Distance on a Coordinate Plane

Determine the distance between the two points.
Question 11.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 9
Answer:
The given graph is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 9
From the given graph,
The given points are: (2, 5), (7, 5)
Now,
Compare the given points with (x1, y1), (x2, y2)
We know that,
Distance between 2 points = √(x2 – x1)2 + (y2 – y1)2
= √(7 – 2)2 + (5 – 5)2
= \(\sqrt{5²}\)
= 5 units
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the distance between the given points is: 5 units

Question 12.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 10
Answer:
The given graph is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 10
From the given graph,
The given points are: (3, 2), (3, 9)
Now,
Compare the given points with (x1, y1), (x2, y2)
We know that,
Distance between 2 points =√(x2 – x1)2 + (y2 – y1)2
= √(3 – 3)2 + (9 – 2)2
= \(\sqrt{7²}\)
= 7 units
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the distance between the given points is: 7 units

Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 2

Language Development

Complete the word map using key terms, examples, or illustrations related to the Pythagorean Theorem and its Converse.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 11
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 12
Answer:

Topic 7 PICK A PROJECT

PROJECT 7A
Where would you like to bike ride in your neighborhood?
PROJECT: PLAN A METRIC CENTURY RIDE
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 13

PROJECT 7B
What designs have you seen on kites?
PROJECT: BUILD A KITE
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 14

PROJECT 7C
What buildings in your community have unusual shapes as part of their structure or design?
PROJECT: MAKE A SCRAPBOOK
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 15

PROJECT 7D
What geometric designs have you noticed on your clothes?
PROJECT: DESIGN A FABRIC TEMPLATE
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 16

3-ACT MATH

3-Act Mathematical Modeling: Go with the Flow

Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 17

АСТ 1
Question 1.
After watching the video, what is the first question that comes to mind?
Answer:

Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 3

Question 2.
Write the Main Question you will answer.
Answer:

Question 3.
Make a prediction to answer this Main Question.
_________ % will fit in the third square.
Answer:

Question 4.
Construct Arguments Explain how you arrived at your prediction.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 18
Answer:

ACT 2
Question 5.
What information in this situation would be helpful to know? How would you use that information?
Answer:

Question 6.
Use Appropriate Tools What tools can you use to solve the problem? Explain how you would use them strategically.
Answer:

Question 7.
Model With Math
Represent the situation using mathematics. Use your representation to answer the Main Question.
Answer:

Question 8.
What is your answer to the Main Question? Does it differ from your prediction? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 19
Answer:

АСТ 3
Question 9.
Write the answer you saw in the video.
Answer:

Question 10.
Reasoning Does your answer match the answer in the video? If not, what are some reasons that would explain the difference?
Answer:

Question 11.
Make Sense and Persevere Would you change your model now that you know the answer? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 20
Answer:

Act 3
Extension
Reflect
Question 12.
Model with Math
Explain how you used a mathematical model to represent the situation. How did the model help you answer the Main Question?
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 21
Answer:

Question 13.
Reason Abstractly How did you represent the situation using symbols? How did you use those symbols to solve the problem?
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 22
Answer:

SEQUEL
Question 14.
Construct Arguments Explain why you can use an area formula when the problem involves comparing volumes.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 23
Answer:

Lesson 7.1 Understand the Pythagorean Theorem

Explain It!
Kelly drew a right triangle on graph paper. Kelly says that the sum of the areas of squares with side lengths a and b is the same as the area of a square with side length c.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 24

I can… use the Pythagorean Theorem to find unknown sides of triangles.

A. Do you agree with Kelly? Explain.
Answer:
It is given that
Kelly drew a right triangle on graph paper. Kelly says that the sum of the areas of squares with side lengths a and b is the same as the area of a square with side length c.
We know that,
According to the Pythagorean theorem,
Hypotenuse² = Side length 1² + Side length 2²
So,
From the given graph,
We can observe that
Side length 1 is: a
Side length 2 is: b
The hypotenuse is: c
So,
c² = a² + b²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that we can agree with Kelly

B. Sam drew a different right triangle with side lengths a = 5, b = 12, and c = 13. Is the relationship Kelly described true for Sam’s right triangle? Explain.
Answer:
It is given that
Sam drew a different right triangle with side lengths a = 5, b = 12, and c = 13
Now,
From part (a),
The relation according to Kelly is:
c² = a² + b²
So,
13² = 12² + 5²
169 = 144 + 25
169 = 169
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the relationship Kelly described is true for Sam’s right-angled triangle

Focus on math practices
Generalize Kelly draws another right triangle. What would you expect to be the relationship between the areas of the squares drawn on each side of the triangle? Explain.
Answer:
It is given that Kelly draws another right triangle
Hence,
If in a triangle, the square on one of the sides equals the sum of the squares on the remaining two sides of the triangle, then the angle contained by the remaining two sides of the triangle is right.”

Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 4

Essential Question
How does the Pythagorean Theorem relate to the side lengths of a right triangle?
Answer:
The Pythagorean equation relates the sides of a right triangle in a simple way so that if the lengths of any two sides are known the length of the third side can be found. Another corollary of the theorem is that in any right triangle, the hypotenuse is greater than any one of the other sides but less than their sum.

Try It!

A right triangle has side lengths 15 centimeters, 25 centimeters, and 20 centimeters. How can you use the Pythagorean Theorem to write an equation that describes how the side lengths are related?
a2 + b2 = c2
_______2 + ________2 = _________2
_________ + _________ = ________
Answer:
It is given that
A right triangle has side lengths 15 centimeters, 25 centimeters, and 20 centimeters.
We know that,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
The hypotenuse has the greatest length in the right triangle
Now,
Let the hypotenuse be c
Let the other two sides be a and b
So,
From the given information,
c = 25 centimeters, a = 15 centimeters,and b = 20 centimeters
So,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
25² = 15² + 20²
625 = 225 + 400
625 = 625
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that we proved how the Pythagorean Theorem relates to the lengths of the right triangle

Convince Me!
How do you know that the geometric proof of the Pythagorean Theorem shown above can be applied to all right triangles?
Answer:
It can be proven using the law of cosines or as follows: Let ABC be a triangle with side lengths a, b, and c, with a2 + b2 = c2.  Therefore, the angle between the side of lengths a and b in the original triangle is a right angle. This proof of the converse makes use of the Pythagorean theorem itself.

Try It!

A right triangle has a hypotenuse length of 32 meters. It has one leg with a length of 18 meters. What is the length of the other leg? Express your answer as a square root.
Answer:
It is given that
A right triangle has a hypotenuse length of 32 meters. It has one leg with a length of 18 meters.
We know that,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
c² = a² + b²
Where,
c is the hypotenuse
a and b are the legs
Now,
Let the other leg be x
So,
32² = 18² + x²
x² = 32² – 18²
x² = 1024 – 324
x² = 700
x = \(\sqrt{700}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of the other leg is: \(\sqrt{700}\)

KEY CONCEPT

The Pythagorean Theorem is an equation that relates the side lengths of a right triangle, a2 + b2 = c2, where a and b are the legs of a right triangle and c is the hypotenuse.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 25

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
Essential Question How does the Pythagorean Theorem relate to the side lengths of a right triangle?
Answer:
The Pythagorean equation relates the sides of a right triangle in a simple way so that if the lengths of any two sides are known the length of the third side can be found. Another corollary of the theorem is that in any right triangle, the hypotenuse is greater than any one of the other sides but less than their sum.

Question 2.
Use Structure A side of each of the three squares forms a side of a right triangle.
Would any three squares form the sides of a right triangle? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 26
Answer:
It is given that
A side of each of the three squares forms a side of a right triangle.
Now,
We know that,
The length of all the sides in a square is equal
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
Each side of a square from the three squares form a right triangle
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the three squares form the sides of a right triangle

Question 3.
Construct Arguments Xavier said the missing length is about 18.5 units. Without calculating, how can you tell that Xavier solved incorrectly?
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 27
Answer:
It is given that
Xavier said the missing length is about 18.5 units
Now,
We know that,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
The length of the hypotenuse is the greatest
Now,
The given right triangle is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 27
So,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
The length of the missing side should be greater than 21 and 26
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Xavier calculated incorrectly

Do You Know How?
Question 4.
A right triangle has leg lengths of 4 inches and 5 inches. What is the length of the hypotenuse? Write the answer as a square root and round to the nearest tenth of an inch.
Answer:
It is given that
A right triangle has leg lengths of 4 inches and 5 inches
Now,
We know that,
According to the Pythagorean theorem,
c² = a²+ b²
Where,
c is the length of the hypotenuse
a and b are the lengths of the legs
So,
c² = 4² + 5²
c² = 16 + 25
c² = 41
c = \(\sqrt{41}\)
c = 6.4 inches
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of the hypotenuse is: 6.4 inches

Question 5.
Find the missing side length to the nearest tenth of afoot.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 28
Answer:
The given right triangle is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 28
Now,
We know that,
According to the Pythagorean theorem,
c² = a²+ b²
Where,
c is the length of the hypotenuse
a and b are the lengths of the legs
So,
14² = 8² + b²
b²= 14² – 8²
b² = 196 – 64
b² = 132
b = \(\sqrt{132}\)
b = 11.5 feet
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of the missing side is: 11.5 feet

Question 6.
Find the missing side length to the nearest tenth of a millimeter.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 29
Answer:
The given right triangle is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 29
Now,
We know that,
According to the Pythagorean theorem,
c² = a²+ b²
Where,
c is the length of the hypotenuse
a and b are the lengths of the legs
So,
c² = (3.7)² + (7.5)²
c² = 13.69 + 56.25
c² = 69.94
c = \(\sqrt{69.94}\)
c = 8.4 mm
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of the missing side is: 8.4 mm

Practice & Problem Solving

Leveled Practice In 7 and 8, find the missing side length of each triangle.
Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 30
The length of the hypotenuse is ________ units.
Answer:

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 31
The length of leg b is about ________ inches.
Answer:

Question 9.
What is the length of the hypotenuse of the triangle when x = 15? Round your answer to the nearest tenth of a unit.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 32
Answer:
The given right angle is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 32
Now,
We know that,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
c² = a² + b²
Where,
c is the length of the hypotenuse
a and b are the lengths of the legs
So,
c² = (3x)² + (4x + 4)²
Now,
When x = 15,
c² = (3 × 15)² + (4 × 15 + 4)²
c² = 45² + 64²
c² = 2,025 + 4,096
c² = 6,121
c = \(\sqrt{6,121}\)
c = 78.2 units
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of the hypotenuse when x= 15 is: 78.2 units

Question 10.
What is the length of the missing side rounded to the nearest tenth of a centimeter?
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 33
Answer:
The given right triangle is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 33
Now,
We know that,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
c² = a²+ b²
Where,
c is the length of the hypotenuse
a and b are the lengths of the legs
So,
a² = (12.9)² + (15.3)²
a² = 166.41 + 234.09
a² = 400.5
a = \(\sqrt{400.5}\)
a = 20 cm
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of the side a is: 20 cm

Question 11.
Use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the unknown side length of the right triangle.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 34
Answer:
The given right triangle is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 34
Now,
We know that,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
c² = a²+ b²
Where,
c is the length of the hypotenuse
a and b are the lengths of the legs
So,
c² = (10)² + (24)²
c² = 100 + 576
c² = 676
c = \(\sqrt{676}\)
c = 26 m
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of the side a is: 26 m

Question 12.
What is the length of the unknown leg of the right triangle rounded to the nearest tenth of afoot?
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 35
Answer:
The given right triangle is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 35
Now,
We know that,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
c² = a² + b²
Where,
c is the length of the hypotenuse
a and b are the lengths of the legs
So,
9² = 2² + b²
b² = 9² – 2²
b² = 81 – 4
b² = 77
b = \(\sqrt{77}\)
b = 8.8 foot
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of the unknown leg is: 8.8 foot

Question 13.
A student is asked to find the length of the hypotenuse of a right triangle. The length of one leg is 32 centimeters, and the length of the other leg is 26 centimeters. The student incorrectly says that the length of the hypotenuse is 7.6 centimeters.
a. Find the length of the hypotenuse of the right triangle to the nearest tenth of a centimeter.
Answer:
It is given that
A student is asked to find the length of the hypotenuse of a right triangle. The length of one leg is 32 centimeters, and the length of the other leg is 26 centimeters. The student incorrectly says that the length of the hypotenuse is 7.6 centimeters.
Now,
We know that,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
c² = a² + b²
Where,
c is the length of the hypotenuse
a and b are the lengths of the legs
So,
c² = 32² + 26²
c² = 1,024 + 676
c² = 1,700
c = \(\sqrt{1,700}\)
c = 41.2 centimeters
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of the hypotenuse of a right triangle is: 41.2 centimeters

b. What mistake might the student have made?
Answer:
It is given that
The student incorrectly says that the length of the hypotenuse is 7.6 centimeters.
But,
From part (a),
The length of the hypotenuse is: 41.2 centimeters
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the mistake the student might make is the misinterpretation of the length of the hypotenuse

Question 14.
Find the length of the unknown leg of the right triangle.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 36
Answer:
The given right triangle is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 36
Now,
We know that,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
c² = a² + b²
Where,
c is the length of the hypotenuse
a and b are the lengths of the legs
So,
(37.25)² = (12.25)² + b²
b² = (37.25)² – (12.25)²
b² = 1,387.56 – 150.06
b² = 1,237.5
b = \(\sqrt{1,237.5}\)
b = 35.17 units
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of the unknown leg is: 35.17 units

Question 15.
Higher-Order Thinking A right triangle has side lengths 12 centimeters and 14 centimeters. Name two possible side lengths for the third side, and explain how you solved for each.
Answer:
It is given that
A right triangle has side lengths of
12 centimeters and 14 centimeters.
Now,
We know that,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
c² = a² + b²
Where,
c is the length of the hypotenuse
a and b are the lengths of the legs
Now,
Let the length of the third side be x
So,
The possible lengths of the third side may be:
x < 12 centimeters and x > 14 centimeters
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the two possible side lengths for the third side are:
x < 12 centimeters and x > 14 centimeters

Assessment Practice
Question 16.
Which right triangle has a hypotenuse that is about 39 feet long?
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 37
Answer:
We know that,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
c² = a² + b²
Where,
c is the length of the hypotenuse
a and b are the lengths of the legs
So,
For Options A and D:
A) c² = 30² + 15²                     D) c² = 30² + 14²
= 33.54 ft                                 = 33.10 ft
For Options B and C:
B) c² = 36² + 12²                      C) c² = 36² + 15²
= 37.94 ft                                    = 39 ft
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Option C matches the given situation

Question 17.
Which right triangle does NOT have an unknown leg length of about 33 cm?
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 38
Answer:
We know that,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
c² = a² + b²
Where,
c is the length of the hypotenuse
a and b are the lengths of the legs
So,
For Options A and D:
A) b² = 35² – 11²                     D) b² = 34² – 9²
= 33.22 cm                              = 32.78 cm
For Options B and C:
B) b² = 30² – 10²                      C) b² = 35² – 12²
= 28.28 cm                              = 32.87 cm
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Option B matches the given situation

Lesson 7.2 Understand the Converse of the Pythagorean Theorem

Solve & Discuss It!
Kayla has some straws that she will use for an art project. She wants to glue three of the straws onto a sheet of paper, without overlapping, to make the outline of a right triangle. Which three straws could Kayla use to make a right triangle? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 39
I can… use the Converse of the Pythagorean Theorem to identify right triangles.
Answer:
It is given that
Kayla has some straws that she will use for an art project. She wants to glue three of the straws onto a sheet of paper, without overlapping, to make the outline of a right triangle.
Now,
We know that,
The converse of the Pythagorean Theorem states that if the square of the third side of a triangle is equivalent to the sum of its two shorter sides, then it must be a right triangle i.e.,
If c² = a²+ b², then the given triangle is a right triangle
So,
From the given straws,
we can observe that
The straws numbered 3, 4, and 5 can be glued to make the outline of a right triangle
The straws numbered 5, 12, and 13 can be glued to make the outline of a right triangle
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are 2 pairs of straws i.e., (3, 4, 5) and (12, 5, 13) to make the outline of a right triangle

Look for Relationships
How could you use the Pythagorean Theorem to determine whether the lengths form a right triangle?
Answer:
According to the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem,
If the square of the length of the longest side of a triangle is equal to the sum of the squares of the other two sides, then the triangle is a right triangle.

Focus on math practices
Use Structure Could Kayla use the straws that form a right triangle to make a triangle that is not a right triangle? Explain.
Answer:
From the given straws,
We can observe that the pair (6, 7, 4) can’t form a right triangle but (3, 4, 5) can form a right triangle
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Kayla can use the straws that form a right triangle to make a triangle that is not a right triangle

Essential Question
How can you determine whether a triangle is a right triangle?
Answer:
We can determine the triangle is a right triangle by using the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem
Hence,
According to the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem,
If the square of the length of the longest side of a triangle is equal to the sum of the squares of the other two sides, then the triangle is a right triangle.

Try It!

A triangle has side lengths 4 inches, 5 inches, and 7 inches. Is the triangle a right triangle?
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 40
Is a2 + b2 equal to c2? _______
Is the triangle a right triangle? _________
Answer:
It is given that
A triangle has side lengths 4 inches, 5 inches, and 7 inches.
Now,
We know that,
According to the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem,
If the square of the length of the longest side of a triangle is equal to the sum of the squares of the other two sides, then the triangle is a right triangle.
So,
c² = a² + b²
Where,
c is the hypotenuse that has the longest side length
a and b are the lengths of the legs
So,
7² = 4² + 5²
49 = 16 + 25
49 = 41
So,
49 ≠ 41
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
c² ≠ a²+ b²
The given triangle is not a right triangle

Convince Me!
Explain the proof of the Converse of the Pythagorean Theorem in your own words.
Answer:
The converse of the Pythagorean Theorem is:
If the square of the length of the longest side of a triangle is equal to the sum of the squares of the other two sides, then the triangle is a right triangle.

Try It!

A triangle has side lengths 10 feet, \(\sqrt {205}\) feet, and \(\sqrt {105}\) feet. Is this a right triangle? Explain.
Answer:
It is given that
A triangle has side lengths 10 feet, \(\sqrt {205}\) feet, and \(\sqrt {105}\) feet.
Now,
We know that,
According to the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem,
If
c² = a² + b², then
The given triangle is a right triangle
We know that,
c is the length of the hypotenuse that has the longest side in a right triangle
So,
(\(\sqrt{205}\))² =(\(\sqrt{105}\))² + 10²
205 = 105 + 100
205 = 205
So,
c² = a² + b²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the triangle with the given side lengths is a right triangle

Try It!

A triangle is inside a trapezoid. Is the triangle a right triangle? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 41
Answer:
It is given that a triangle is inside a trapezoid
Now,
The given trapezoid is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 41
From the given trapezoid,
The sides of the triangle are: 17 in., 15 in., \(\sqrt{514}\) in.
Now,
We know that,
According to the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem,
If
c² = a² + b²,
then, the given triangle is a right triangle
So,
(\(\sqrt{514}\))² = 17² + 15²
514 = 289 + 225
514 = 514
So,
c² = a² + b²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the triangle that is in the trapezoid is a right triangle

KEY CONCEPT

The Converse of the Pythagorean Theorem states that if the sum of the squares of the lengths of two sides of a triangle is equal to the square of the length of the third side, the triangle is a right triangle.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 42

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
Essential Question How can you determine whether a triangle is a right triangle?
Answer:
We can determine the triangle is a right triangle by using the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem
Hence,
According to the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem,
If the square of the length of the longest side of a triangle is equal to the sum of the squares of the other two sides, then the triangle is a right triangle.

Question 2.
Construct Arguments A triangle has side lengths of 3 centimeters, 5 centimeters, and 4 centimeters. Abe used the Converse of the Pythagorean Theorem to determine whether it is a right triangle.
32 + 52 \(\underline{\underline{?}}\) 42
9 + 25 \(\underline{\underline{?}}\) 16
34 ≠ 16
Abe concluded that it is not a right triangle. Is Abe correct? Explain.
Answer:
It is given that
A triangle has side lengths of 3 centimeters, 5 centimeters, and 4 centimeters
Now,
We know that,
According to the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem,
If
c² = a² + b²,
then, the triangle is  a right triangle
We know that,
The hypotenuse has the length of the longest side
So,
5²= 3² + 4²
25 = 9 + 16
25 = 25
So,
c² = a² + b²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given triangle is a right triangle and Abe is not correct

Question 3.
Use Structure When you are given three side lengths for a triangle, how do you know which length to substitute for a, b, or c in the Pythagorean Theorem?
Answer:
First, we will find the squares of all lengths, then we will check which two squares of sides are equal to the square of the third side as per Pythagoras theorem. Hence the two sides would according be a and b and the third side will become c

Do You Know How?
Question 4.
Is the triangle a right triangle? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 43
Answer:
The given triangle is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 43
We know that,
According to the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem,
If c² = a² + b²,
then, the triangle is a right triangle
So,
10² = 6² + 8²
100 = 36 + 64
100 = 100
So,
c² = a² + b²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given triangle is a right triangle

Question 5.
Is the triangle a right triangle? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 44
Answer:
The given triangle is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 44
We know that,
According to the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem,
If c² = a² + b²,
then, the triangle is a right triangle
So,
8² = (\(\sqrt{26}\))² + (\(\sqrt{28}\))²
64 = 26 + 28
64 = 54
So,
c² ≠ a² + b²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given triangle is not a right triangle

Question 6.
Is the purple triangle a right triangle? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 45
Answer:
The given triangle is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 45
We know that,
According to the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem,
If c² = a² + b²,
then, the triangle is a right triangle
So,
(20.8)² = 14² + (15.5)²
432.64 = 196 + 240.25
432.64 = 436.25
So,
c² ≠ a² + b²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the purple triangle is not a right triangle

Practice & Problem Solving

Leveled Practice In 7 and 8, determine whether each triangle is a right triangle.
Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 46
Is the triangle a right triangle? ________
Answer:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given triangle is not a right triangle

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 47
Is the triangle a right triangle? _________
Answer:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given triangle is a right triangle

Question 9.
Can the sides of a right triangle have lengths 5, 15, and \(\sqrt {250}\)? Explain.
Answer:
We know that,
According to the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem,
If
c² = a² + b²,
then, the triangle is a right triangle
The hypotenuse has the longest side length
So,
(\(\sqrt{250}\))² = 5² + 15²
250 = 25 + 225
250 = 250
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the sides of a right triangle have lengths 5, 15, and \(\sqrt {250}\)

Question 10.
Is ∆PQR a right triangle? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 48
Answer:
The given triangle is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 48
We know that,
According to the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem,
If c² = a² + b²,
then, the triangle is a right triangle
So,
(6.25)² = (3.75)² + 5²
39.0625 = 14.0625 + 25
39.0625 = 39.0625
So,
c² = a² + b²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that ΔPQR is a right triangle

Question 11.
The green triangle is set inside a rectangle. Is the green triangle a right triangle? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 49
Answer:
It is given that
The green triangle is set inside a rectangle
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 49
We know that,
According to the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem,
If c² = a² + b²,
then, the triangle is a right triangle
So,
21² = (\(\sqrt{282}\))² + (\(\sqrt{159}\))²
441 = 282 + 159
441 = 441
So,
c² = a² + b²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given green triangle is a right triangle

Question 12.
The side lengths of three triangles are shown. Which of the triangles are right triangles?
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 50
Answer:
It is given that
The side lengths of the three triangles are shown in the table
Now,
The given table is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 50
Now,
We know that,
According to the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem,
If c² = a² + b²,
then, the triangle is a right triangle
So
For Triangle 1,
(\(\frac{5}{7}\))² = (\(\frac{3}{7}\))² + (\(\frac{4}{7}\))²
25 = 16 + 9
25 = 25
For Triangle 2,
15² = 8² + 8²
225 = 64 + 64
225 = 128
For Triangle 3,
(\(\frac{13}{17}\))² = (\(\frac{12}{17}\))² + (\(\frac{5}{17}\))²
169 = 144 + 25
169 = 169
So,
The condition
c² = a² + b²
is true for the Triangles 1 and 3
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Triangle 1 and Triangle 3 is a right triangle

Question 13.
Construct Arguments Three students draw triangles with the side lengths shown. All three say that their triangle is a right triangle. Which students are incorrect? What mistake might they have made?
Student 1: 22, 33, 55
Student 2: 44, 33, 77
Student 3: 33, 44, 55
Answer:
It is given that
Three students draw triangles with the side lengths shown. All three say that their triangle is a right triangle.
Now,
We know that,
According to the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem,
If
c² = a² + b²,
then, the triangle is a right triangle
Now,
For student 1,
55² = 33² + 22²
3,025 = 1,089 + 484
3,025 = 1,573
For student 2,
77²= 44² + 33²
5,929 = 1,936 + 1,089
5,929 = 3,025
For student 3,
55² = 44² + 33²
3,025 = 1,936 + 1,089
3,025 = 3,025
So,
The condition
c² = a² + b²
is false for the side lengths of the triangles that are drawn by students 1 and 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that student 1 and student 2 are incorrect

Question 14.
Model with Math
∆JKL is an isosceles triangle. Is KM the height of ∆JKL? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 51
Answer:
It is given that
ΔJKL is an isosceles triangle
Now,
To find whether KM is the height of ΔJKL,
Find out whether ΔKLM is a right triangle or not
Now,
The given triangle is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 51
Now,
We know that,
According to the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem,
c² = a²+ b²
So,
From ΔKLM,
(\(\sqrt{340}\))² = 13² + 14²
340 = 169 + 196
340 = 365
So,
c² ≠ a² + b²
So,
ΔKLM is not a right triangle
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that KM is not the height of ΔJKL

Question 15.
Higher-Order Thinking The side lengths of three triangles are given.
Triangle 1: \(\sqrt{229}\) units, \(\sqrt{225}\) units, 22 units
Triangle 2: \(\sqrt{11 \frac{1}{3}}\) units, \(\sqrt{13 \frac{2}{3}}\) units, 5 units
Triangle 3: 16 units, 17 units, \(\sqrt{545}\) units
a. Which lengths represent the side lengths of a right triangle?
Answer:
We know that,
According to the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem,
If
c² = a² + b²
then, the triangle is a right triangle
Now,
For Triangle 1,
(\(\sqrt{229}\))² = (\(\sqrt{225}\))² + 22²
229 = 225 + 484
229 = 709
For Triangle 2,
(\(\sqrt{\frac{41}{3}}\))² + (\(\sqrt{\frac{34}{3}}\))² = 5²
\(\frac{41}{3}\) + \(\frac{34}{3}\) = 25
25 = 25
For Triangle 3,
(\(\sqrt{545}\))² = 16² + 17²
545 = 256 + 289
545 = 545
So,
The condition
c² = a²+ b²
is true for triangle 2 and triangle 3
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Triangle 2 and Triangle 3 represent the side lengths of a triangle

b. For any triangles that are not right triangles, use two of the sides to make a right triangle.
Answer:

Assessment Practice
Question 16.
Which shaded triangle is a right triangle? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 52
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 52
Now,
We know that,
According to the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem,
If
c² = a²+ b²,
then the triangle is a right triangle
Now,
For ΔABC,
144² = 63² + (\(\sqrt{9}\))²
20,736 = 3,969 + 9
20,736 = 3,978
For ΔXYZ,
(\(\sqrt{144}\))² = (\(\sqrt{63}\))² + 9²
144 = 63 + 81
144 = 144
So,
The condition c² = a²+ b² is true for the shaded triangle XYZ
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the shaded triangle ΔXYZ is a right triangle

Question 17.
Which triangle is a right triangle?
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 53
A. Triangle I only
B. Triangle II only
C. Triangle I and Triangle II
D. Neither Triangle I nor Triangle II
Answer:
The given triangles are:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 53
Now,
We know that,
According to the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem,
If
c² = a² + b²,
then the triangle is a right triangle
Now,
For Triangle I,
52² = 40² + 48²
2,704 = 1,600 + 2,304
2,704 = 3,904
For Triangle II,
65² = 60² + 25²
4,225 = 3,600 + 625
4,225 = 4,225
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Triangle II only is a right triangle

Topic 7 MID-TOPIC CHECKPOINT

Question 1.
Vocabulary How are the hypotenuse and the legs of a right triangle related? Lesson 7-1
Answer:
The relation between the sides and angles of a right triangle is the basis for trigonometry. The side opposite the right angle is called the hypotenuse. The sides adjacent to the right angle are called legs

Question 2.
Given that ∆QPR has side lengths of 12.5 centimeters, 30 centimeters, and 32.5 centimeters, proves ∆QPR is a right triangle. Lesson 7-2
Answer:
It is given that
∆QPR has side lengths of 12.5 centimeters, 30 centimeters, and 32.5 centimeters
Now,
We know that,
According to the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem,
If
c² = a² + b²,
then, the triangle is a right triangle
So,
(32.5)² = (12.5)² + 30²
1,056.25 = 156.25 + 900
1,056.25 = 1,056.25
So,
The condition
c² = a² + b²
is true for the given side lengths of a triangle
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that ΔQPR is a right triangle

Question 3.
Ella said that if she knows the lengths of just two sides of any triangle, then she can find the length of the third side by using the Pythagorean Theorem. Is Ella correct? Explain. Lesson 7-1
Answer:
Ella said that if she knows the lengths of just two sides of any triangle, then she can find the length of the third side by using the Pythagorean Theorem.
Now,
We know that,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
c² = a² + b²
Where,
c is the hypotenuse
a and b are the legs
Now,
If we know a and b, then we can find c
If we know b and c, then we can find a
If we know a and c, then we can find b
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Ella is correct

Question 4.
Find the unknown side length. Round to the nearest tenth. Lesson 7-1
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 54
Answer:
The given triangle is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 54
From the given triangle,
We can observe that it is a right triangle
So,
Now,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
c² = a² + b²
Where,
c is the hypotenuse
a and b are the legs
Now,
8² = 4² + b²
64 = 16 + b²
b² = 64 – 16
b² = 48
b = \(\sqrt{48}\)
b = 6.9 cm
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of the unknown side is: 6.9 cm

Question 5.
The height of a shed is 6 m. A ladder leans against the shed with its base 4.5 m away, and its top just reaching the roof. What is the length of the ladder? Lesson 7-1

Answer:
It is given that
The height of a shed is 6 m. A ladder leans against the shed with its base 4.5 m away, and its top just reaching the roof.
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that the ladder looks like the hypotenuse of a right triangle for the shed
Now,
We know that,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
c² = a² + b²
Where,
c is the hypotenuse
a and b are the legs
In this situation,
c is the length of the ladder
a is the height of the shed
b is the length of the base
So,
c² = 6² + (4.5)²
c² = 36 + 20.25
c² = 56.25
c = \(\sqrt{56.25}\)
c = 7.5 m
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of the ladder is: 7.5 m

Question 6.
Select all the sets of lengths that could represent the sides of a right triangle. Lesson 7-2
☐ 5 cm, 10 cm, 15 cm
☐ 7 in., 14 in., 25 in.
☐ 13 m, 84 m, 85 m
☐ 5 ft, 11 ft, 12 ft
☐ 6ft, 9 ft, \(\sqrt {117}\) ft
Answer:
Let the given options be named as A, B, C, D, and E
Now,
We know that,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
c² = a² + b²
Where,
c is the hypotenuse and has the longest length
a and b are the legs
So,
A)
15² = 5² + 10²
225 = 25 + 100
225 ≠ 125
B)
25² = 7² + 14²
625 = 49 + 196
625 ≠ 245
C)
85² = 84² + 13²
7,225 = 7,056 + 169
7,225 = 7,225
D)
12² = 11² + 5²
144 = 121 + 25
144 ≠ 146
E)
(\(\sqrt{117}\))² = 6² + 9²
117 = 36 + 81
17 = 117
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the side lengths present in options C and E represent the side lengths of a right triangle

Topic 7 MID-TOPIC PERFORMANCE TASK

Javier is standing near a palm tree. He holds an electronic tape measure near his eyes and finds the three distances shown.

PART A
Javier says that he can now use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the height of the tree. Explain. Use vocabulary terms in your explanation.
Answer:
It is given that
Javier says that he can now use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the height of the tree
Now,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
In a right-angled triangle, the square of the hypotenuse side is equal to the sum of squares of the other two sides“. The sides of this triangle have been named Perpendicular (The height of the tree), Base, and Hypotenuse.

PART B
Find the height of the tree. Round to the nearest tenth. Show your work.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 55
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can observe that
To find the height of the tree, we have to find the perpendicular distances of the two right triangles
Now,
Let x be the perpendicular height of the first right triangle
Let y be the perpendicular height of the second right triangle
So,
The height of the tree = x + y
Now,
The side lengths of the first right triangle are: 25 ft, 7 ft, x ft
Now,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
c² = a² + b²
Where,
c is the hypotenuse
a and b are the side lengths
So,
25² = 7² + x²
x² = 625 – 49
x² = 576
x = \(\sqrt{576}\)
x = 24 ft
Now,
The side lengths of the second right triangle are: 9 ft, 7ft, y ft
So,
9² = 7² + y²
y² = 81 – 49
y² = 32
y = \(\sqrt{32}\)
y = 5.6 ft
So,
The height of the tree = 24 + 5.6
= 29.6 ft
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the height of the tree to the nearest tenth is: 29.6 ft

PART C
Javier moves backward so that his horizontal distance from the palm tree is 3 feet greater. Will the distance from his eyes to the top of the tree also be 3 feet greater? Explain.
Answer:
Yes it will be greater, he is moving back 3 feet so what you are doing is taking the leg (a²) and multiplying it by 3. Once you do, you see triangle 1 has double and so did triangle 2. Triangle 2 was originally 5.6 (rounded to 6) then went up to 26.1. Triangle 1 was originally 24 and went up to 74.7 (or 75)
Step-by-step explanation:
For Triangle 1 (when multiplied by 3):
We know that,
a² + b² = c²
7² + b² = 27²
49 + b² = 729
b² = 680
b  = \(\sqrt{680}\)
b = 26.1 ft
For Triangle 2:
We know that,
a² + b² = c²
7² + b² =75²
b² = 5576
b = \(\sqrt{5,576}\)
b = 74.7 ft

PART D
Could Javier change his horizontal distance from the tree so that the distance from his eyes to the top of the tree is only 20 feet? Explain.
Answer:
Yes, Javier can change his horizontal distance from the tree so that the distance from his eyes to the top of the tree is only 20 feet by moving forward 5 ft

Lesson 7.3 Apply the Pythagorean Theorem to Solve Problems

Solve & Discuss It!
Carlos is giving his friend in another state a new umbrella as a gift. He wants to ship the umbrella in a box he already has. Which box can Carlos use to ship the umbrella? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 56
I can… use the Pythagorean Theorem to solve problems.
Answer:
It is given that
Carlos is giving his friend in another state a new umbrella as a gift. He wants to ship the umbrella in a box he already has.
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that the umbrella is 37.5 inches long.
Now,
If you observe, each box doesn’t have 37 inches wide, however, they are tridimensional figures, which means they have a certain height.
So,
The smaller box is too small to fit the umbrella.
But,
The medium box is perfect because it has 27 inches wide and 27 inches in height, which is enough to fit the umbrella. These are the best dimensions to send the umbrella.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the box that can be used by Carlos to ship the umbrella has the dimensions 27 in × 14 in × 27 in

Make Sense and Persevere
How will the umbrella fit inside any of the boxes?
Answer:
We know that,
The box is a 3-d figure
So,
To fit the whole umbrella in the box, we have to put it in a diagonal manner i.e., like the hypotenuse of a right triangle

Focus on math practices
Construct Arguments Tim says that the diagonal of any of the boxes will always be longer than the sides. Is Tim correct? Explain.
Answer:
We know that,
If we consider a square or any 2-d figure or any 3-d figure that consists of 1 right angle,
then, the diagonal will divide a figure into 2 right triangles
We know that,
We can apply the Pythagorean Theorem for any right triangle
We know that,
In a right triangle,
The hypotenuse is the longest side
We know that,
The hypotenuse in a right triangle is considered as a diagonal in a figure that consists of 1 right angle
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Tim is correct

Essential Question
What types of problems can be solved using the Pythagorean Theorem?
Answer:
The Pythagorean theorem is a way of relating the leg lengths of a right triangle to the length of the hypotenuse, which is the side opposite the right angle. Even though it is written in these terms, it can be used to find any of the sides as long as you know the lengths of the other two sides

Try It!

What is the length of the diagonal, d, of a rectangle with length 19 feet and width 17 feet?
leg2 + leg2 = hypotenuse2
______ 2 + _______2 = d2
______ + _______ = d2
_______ = d2
________ ≈ d
Answer:
It is given that a rectangle has a length of 19 feet and a width of 17 feet
Now,
We know that,
In a rectangle,
If a diagonal is drawn, then it divides the rectangle into 2 right angles
So,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
d² = a² + b²
Where,
d is the diagonal or hypotenuse
a and b are the lengths of the legs
So,
d²= 19² + 17²
d² = 361 + 289
d² = 650
d = \(\sqrt{650}\)
d = 25.4 ft
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of the diagonal is: 25.4 ft

Convince Me!
If the rectangle were a square, would the process of finding the length of the diagonal change? Explain.
Answer:
We know that,
For any figure i.e., either 2-d figure or 3-d figure with 1 right angle, the diagonal will divide that figure into 2 right angles
We know that,
We will use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the length of any unknown side in the right triangle
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that even if the rectangle were a square, the process of finding the length of the diagonal will not change

Try It!

A company wants to rent a tent that has a height of at least 10 feet for an outdoor show. Should they rent the tent shown at the right? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 57
Answer:
It is given that
A company wants to rent a tent that has a height of at least 10 feet for an outdoor show.
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 57
Now,
To find whether the tent should be rented or not,
We have to find the value of h
We can also observe that the triangle that contains the value of h is a right triangle
Now,
The base of the right triangle = \(\frac{24}{2}\)
= 12 ft
Now,
The side lengths of the right triangle are: h, 15 ft, 12 ft
We know that,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
c² = a² + b²
So,
15² = 12² + h²
h² = 225 – 144
h² = 81
h = \(\sqrt{81}\)
h = 9 ft
But,
The given height of the tent is: 10 ft
So,
9 ft < 10 ft
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the company should not rent the tent

KEY CONCEPT

You can use the Pythagorean Theorem and its converse to solve problems involving right triangles.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 58

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
Essential Question What types of problems can be solved using the Pythagorean Theorem?
Answer:
The Pythagorean theorem is a way of relating the leg lengths of a right triangle to the length of the hypotenuse, which is the side opposite the right angle. Even though it is written in these terms, it can be used to find any of the sides as long as you know the lengths of the other two sides

Question 2.
Look for Structure How is using the Pythagorean Theorem in a rectangular prism similar to using it in a rectangle?
Answer:
We know that,
The rectangular prism and the rectangle have at least 1 right angle
We know that,
If a 3-d or 2-d figure has 1 right angle, then the diagonal of that figure divides the figure into the right triangles
So,
If we have the right triangle, then we can use the Pythagorean Theorem irrespective of the overall shape of the figure

Question 3.
Construct Arguments Glen found the length of the hypotenuse of a right triangle using \(\sqrt{a^{2}+b^{2}}\). Gigi used \(\sqrt{(a+b)^{2}}\). Who is correct? Explain.
Answer:
It is given that
Glen found the length of the hypotenuse of a right triangle using \(\sqrt{a^{2}+b^{2}}\). Gigi used \(\sqrt{(a+b)^{2}}\).
Now,
We know that,
We can use the Pythagorean Theorem only for the right triangles
The condition for a triangle to become the right triangle is:
Hypotenuse² = Side² + Side²
c² = a² + b²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Glen is correct

Do You Know How?
Question 4.
You are painting the roof of a boathouse. You are going to place the base of a ladder 12 feet from the boathouse. How long does the ladder need to be to reach the roof of the boathouse?
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 59
Answer:
It is given that
You are painting the roof of a boathouse. You are going to place the base of a ladder 12 feet from the boathouse.
Now,
From the figure,
We can observe that the roof of a boathouse, ladder, and the base form a right triangle
So,
We know that,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
c² = a² + b²
Where,
c is the height of the boathouse
a is the length of the base
b is the length of the ladder
So,
35² = 12² + b²
b² = 1,225 – 144
b² = 1,081
b = \(\sqrt{1,081}\)
b = 32.9 ft
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of the ladder that is needed to reach the roof of the boathouse is: 32.9 ft

Question 5.
A box-shaped like a right rectangular prism measures 5 centimeters by 3 centimeters by 2 centimeters. What is the length of the interior diagonal of the prism to the nearest hundredth?
Answer:
It is given that
A box-shaped like a right rectangular prism measures 5 centimeters by 3 centimeters by 2 centimeters.
So,
The dimensions of a rectangular prism is: 5 cm × 3 cm × 2 cm
So,
The length of the rectangular prism is: 5 cm
The width of the rectangular prism is: 3 cm
The height of the rectangular prism is: 2 cm
Now,
We know that,
The length of the diagonal of the prism = \(\sqrt{Length^{2} + Width^{2} + Height^{2}}\)
So,
The length of the diagonal of the rectangular prism = \(\sqrt{5^{2} + 3^{2} + 2^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{25 + 9 + 4}\)
= \(\sqrt{38}\)
= 6.16 cm
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of the interior diagonal of the rectangular prism is: 6.16 cm

Question 6.
A wall 12 feet long makes a corner with a wall that is 14 feet long. The other ends of the walls are about 18.44 feet apart. Do the walls form a right angle? Explain.

Answer:
It is given that
A wall 12 feet long makes a corner with a wall that is 14 feet long. The other ends of the walls are about 18.44 feet apart
Now,
The given figure is:

From the given figure,
We can observe that the given situation forms the right triangle
Now,
We know that,
According to the Pythagorean Therem,
c² = a² + b²
So,
c² = 12² + 14²
c² = 144 + 196
c² = 340
c = \(\sqrt{340}\)
c = 18.44 feet
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the walls form a right angle

Practice & Problem Solving

Leveled Practice In 7 and 8, use the Pythagorean Theorem to solve.
Question 7.
You are going to use an inclined plane to lift a heavy object to the top of a shelving unit with a height of 6 feet. The base of the inclined plane is 16 feet from the shelving unit. What is the length of the inclined plane? Round to the nearest tenth of a foot.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 60
The length of the inclined plane is about ________ feet.
Answer:

Question 8.
Find the missing lengths in the rectangular prism.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 61
Answer:

Question 9.
A stainless steel patio heater is shaped like a square pyramid. The length of one side of the base is 19.8 inches. The slant height is 92.8 inches. What is the height of the heater? Round to the nearest tenth of an inch.
Answer:
It is given that
A stainless steel patio heater is shaped like a square pyramid. The length of one side of the base is 19.8 inches. The slant height is 92.8 inches
Now,
We know that,
The slant height is nothing but a length of the diagonal
Now,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
c² = a² + b²
Where,
c is the slant height
a is the length of the base of the steel patio heater
b is the height of the heater
So,
(92.8)² = (19.8)² + b²
b² = 8,611.84 – 392.04
c² = 8,219.8
c = \(\sqrt{8,219.8}\)
c = 90.6 inches
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the height of the heater is: 90.6 inches

Question 10.
Reasoning What is the measurement of the longest line segment in a right rectangular prism that is 16 centimeters long, 9 centimeters wide, and 7 centimeters tall? Round to the nearest tenth of a centimeter.
Answer:
It is given that
A right rectangular prism is 16 centimeters long, 9 centimeters wide, and 7 centimeters tall
So,
The dimensions of a right rectangular prism are: 16 cm × 9 cm × 7 cm
So,
The length of the right rectangular prism is: 16 cm
The width of the right rectangular prism is: 9 cm
The height of the right rectangular prism is: 7 cm
We know that,
The longest line segment in any 2-d or 3-d figure is a “Diagonal”
Now,
We know that,
The length of the diagonal of the right rectangular prism = \(\sqrt{Length^{2} + Width^{2} + Height^{2}}\)
So,
The length of the diagonal of the right rectangular prism = \(\sqrt{16^{2} + 9^{2} + 7^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{256 + 49 + 81}\)
= \(\sqrt{386}\)
= 19.64 cm
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of the longest line segment in the right rectangular prism is: 19.64 cm

Question 11.
Felipe is making triangles for a stained glass window. He made the design shown but wants to change it. Felipe wants to move the purple triangle to the corner. The purple piece has side lengths of 4.5 inches, 6 inches, and 7 inches. Can the purple piece be moved to the corner? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 62
Answer:
It is given that
Felipe is making triangles for a stained glass window. He made the design shown as above but wants to change it. Felipe wants to move the purple triangle to the corner. The purple piece has side lengths of 4.5 inches, 6 inches, and 7 inches.
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
If the purple figure is moving to the corner, then one side of the purple figure will become a right angle
So,
Now,
We have to find whether the purple figure will be a right triangle or not if it moves to a corner
Now,
We know that,
According to the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem,
If
c² = a² + b²,
then, the triangle is a right triangle
We know that,
The hypotenuse has the longest side length
So,
7² = 4.5² + 6²
49 = 20.25 + 36
49 = 56.25
So,
The condition
c² = a² + b²
is false
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the purple figure should not

Question 12.
a. What is the longest poster you could fit in the box? Express your answer to the nearest tenth of an inch.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 63
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 63
From the given figure,
We can observe that there will be two longest sides for two pairs of different side lengths
we know that,
The longest side is nothing but a diagonal
Now,
The two pairs of side lengths are: (20, 12, x), and (8, 12, y)
Where,
x and y are the lengths of the longest sides
Now,
We know that
Since the figure consists of the right triangles,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
c² = a² + b²
So,
x² = 20² + 12²
x² = 400 + 144
x² = 544
x = \(\sqrt{544}\)
x = 23.32 in.
So,
y² = 12² + 8²
y² = 144 + 64
y² = 208
y = \(\sqrt{208}\)
y = 14.42 in.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the longest poster that you can fit in the box is: 23.32 in.

b. Explain why you can fit only one maximum-length poster in the box, but you can fit multiple 21.5-inch posters in the same box.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 64
Answer:
It is given that
you can fit multiple 21.5-inch posters in the same box.
Now,
From part (a),
We can observe that the length of the longest poster that can fit into the box is: 23.32 in.
So,
21.5 in. < 23.32 in.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that since the given size of the posters is less than the maximum length of the poster,
We can fit multiple 21.5-inch posters in the same box instead of 1 poster that is of the maximum length

Question 13.

The corner of a room where two walls meet the floor should be at a right angle. Jeff makes a mark along each wall. One mark is 3 inches from the corner. The other is 4 inches from the corner. How can Jeff use the Pythagorean Theorem to see if the walls form a right angle?
Answer:
It is given that
The corner of a room where two walls meet the floor should be at a right angle. Jeff makes a mark along each wall. One mark is 3 inches from the corner. The other is 4 inches from the corner.
Now,
To see whether the walls form a right angle or not,
We have to see whether the length along the walls is greater than the lengths of the marks from the corners
Now,
We know that,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
c² = a² + b²
Where,
c is the length along the walls
a is the length of one mark from the corner
b is the length of another mark from the corner
So,
c² = 3² + 4²
c² = 9 + 16
c² = 25
c = \(\sqrt{25}\)
c = 5
So,
From the above value,
We can observe that
c > a and c > b
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the walls form a right angle

Question 14.
Higher-Order Thinking It is recommended that a ramp have at least 6 feet of horizontal distance for every 1 foot of vertical rise along an incline. The ramp shown has a vertical rise of 2 feet. Does the ramp show match the recommended specifications? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 65
Answer:
It is given that
It is recommended that a ramp have at least 6 feet of horizontal distance for every 1 foot of vertical rise along an incline. The ramp shown has a vertical rise of 2 feet
Now,
6 feet of horizontal distance for every 1 foot,
The ramp shown has a vertical rise of 5 feet.
So,
The rate of change (m)  ≤ \(\frac{1 foot}{6 feet}\)
Convert both to a single unit of inches
We know that,
1 foot = 12 inches
So,
m ≤ \(\frac{12 inches}{72 inches}\)
Divide by 4 into both sides
m ≤ \(\frac{4 inches}{18 inches}\)
Now,
For a ramp that has a vertical distance of 2 feet and the same horizontal distance
m = \(\frac{12 inches}{24 inches}\)
m = \(\frac{4 inches}{6 inches}\)
So,
The rate of change when the vertical distance is 6 feet > The rate of change when the vertical distance is 2 feet
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the ramp shown above matched the given specifications

Assessment Practice

Question 15.
A machine in a factory cuts out triangular sheets of metal. Which of the triangles are right triangles? Select all that apply.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 66
☐ Triangle 1
☐ Triangle 2
☐ Triangle 3
☐ Triangle 4
Answer:
It is given that
A machine in a factory cuts out triangular sheets of metal.
Now,
According to the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem,
If
c² = a² + b²
then, the triangle is a right triangle
Now,
For Triangle 1,
(\(\sqrt{505}\))² = 12² + 19²
505 = 505
For Triangle 2,
(\(\sqrt{467}\))² = 16² + 19²
467 ≠ 617
For Triangle 3,
(\(\sqrt{596}\))² = 14² + 20²
596 = 596
For Triangle 4,
(\(\sqrt{421}\))² = 11² + 23²
421 ≠ 650
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Triangle 1 and Triangle 3 are the right triangles

Question 16.
What is the length b, in feet, of the rectangular plot of land shown?
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 67
Answer:
It is given that the given figure is a rectangular plot of land
We know that,
In a rectangle,
The opposite sides are equal and the angles are all 90°
So,
A diagonal forms 2 right triangles in a rectangle
Now,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
c² = a² + b²
Where,
c is the length of the diagonal
a is the width
b is the length
Now,
325² = 300² + b²
b²= 1,05,625 – 90,000
b² = 15,625
b = \(\sqrt{15,625}\)
b = 125 ft
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of b is: 125 ft

Lesson 7.4 Find Distance in the Coordinate

Explore It!
Thomas and Jim are outside the haunted castle ride and want to get to the clown tent in time for the next show.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 68
I can… use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the distance between two points in the coordinate plane.

A. How can you represent the starred locations on a coordinate plane?
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 69
Answer:
It is given that
Thomas and Jim are outside the haunted castle ride and want to get to the clown tent in time for the next show.
Now,
The given route of the castle is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 68
Now,
From the given figure,
To represent the route in the coordinate plane,
The given scale is:
X-axis: 1 cm = 500 feet
Y-axis: 1 cm = 500 feet
Now,
From the given figure,
The coordinates of the starred locations can be:
The coordinates of the haunted house are: (500, 1,500),
The coordinates of the clown tent are: (2,000, 500)
Hence,
The representation of the starred locations in the coordinate plane is:

B. Jim says that the marked yellow paths show the shortest path to the tent. Write an expression to represent this and find the distance Jim walks from the haunted mansion to the clown tent.
Answer:
From part (a),
We know that,
The coordinates of the haunted house are: (500, 1,500),
The coordinates of the clown tent are: (2,000, 500)
Now,
We know that
The linear equation in the slope-intercept form is:
y = mx + b
Where,
m is the slope
b is the initial value (or) y-intercept
Now,
Compare the given points with (x1, y1), (x2, y2)
Now,
We know that,
Slope (m) = y2 – y1 / x2 – x1
So,
Slope (m) = \(\frac{500 – 1,500}{2,000 – 500}\)
Slope (m) = –\(\frac{1,000}{1,500}\)
Slope (m) = –\(\frac{2}{3}\)
So,
The equation in the slope-intercept form is:
y = –\(\frac{2}{3}\)x + b
So,
3y = -2x + 3b
Now,
Substitute (500, 1,500) or (2,000, 500) in the above equation
So,
1,500 = -4000 + 3b
3b = 5,500
So,
The equation that represents the shortest path to the tent is:
3y = -2x + 5,500
Now,
We know that,
The distance between two points = √(x2–  x1) + (y2 – y1
So,
The distance between the haunted mansion and the clown tent = \(\sqrt{(2,000 – 500)^{2} + (500 – 1,500)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{1,500^{2} + 1,000^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{2,250,000 + 1,000,000}\)
= 1,802.77 feet
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The equation that represents the shortest path to the clown tent is:
3y = -2x + 5,500
The distance between the haunted mansion and the clown tent is: 1,802.77 feet

Focus on math practices
Construct Arguments Why is the distance between two nonhorizontal and nonvertical points always greater than the horizontal or vertical distance?
Answer:
Let us consider a coordinate plane
Now,
When we draw either a horizontal line or the vertical line,
We can observe that the length will be constant
But,
When we draw non-vertical and non-horizontal lines,
We can observe that the lengths are unknown and not constant
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the distance between two nonhorizontal and nonvertical points always greater than the horizontal or vertical distance

Essential Question
How can you use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the distance between two points?
Answer:
We know that,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
c² = a² + b²
Where,
c is the hypotenuse
a and b are the side lengths or lengths of the legs
Now,
Graphically,
The terms of the Pythagorean Theorem can be expressed as:
c is the distance between two points
a and b are the points
So,
c = \(\sqrt{a^{2} + b^{2}}\)

Try It!

What is the distance between points A and B?
The distance between point A and point B is about ________ units.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 70
Answer:
The given graph is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 70
The representation of the graph in the coordinate plane is:

From the given graph,
The coordinates of A are: (2, 3)
The coordinates of B are: (4, 1)
Now,
Compare the given points with (x1, y1), (x2, y2)
Now,
We know that,
The distance between two points = √(x2–  x1) + (y2 – y1
So,
The distance between the points A and B = \(\sqrt{(4 – 2)^{2} + (1 – 3)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{2^{2} + 2^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{4 + 4}\)
= 2.83 units
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the distance between points A and B is about 2.83 units

Convince Me!
Why do you need to use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the distance between points A and B?
Answer:
The representation of points A and B in the coordinate plane are:

Now,
When we observe the graph,
We can see that A and B can form a right triangle
Now,
We know that,
The Pythagorean Theorem is only applicable to the right triangles
So,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
c² = a² + b²
c = \(\sqrt{a^{2} + b^{2}}\)
where,
c is the distance between points A and B
A and B are the given points

Try It!
Find the perimeter of ∆ABC with vertices (2, 5), (5, -1), and (2, -1).
Answer:
It is given that
∆ABC with vertices (2, 5), (5, -1), and (2, -1)
Now,
The names of the vertices are:
A (2, 5), B (5, -1), and C (2, -1)
We know that,
The perimeter of a triangle is the sum of all the side lengths of a triangle
Now,
Compare the given points with (x1, y1), (x2, y2)
Now,
We know that,
In ∆ABC,
AB and BC are the side lengths
Ac is the hypotenuse
Now,
We know that,
The distance between two points = √(x2–  x1) + (y2 – y1
So,
The distance between the points A and B = \(\sqrt{(5 – 2)^{2} + (-1 – 5)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{3^{2} + 6^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{9 + 36}\)
= 6.70 units
The distance between the points B and C (BC) = \(\sqrt{(2 – 5)^{2} + (-1 + 1)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{3^{2} + 0^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{9 + 0}\)
= 3 units
The distance between the points A and C (AC) = \(\sqrt{(2 – 2)^{2} + (-1 – 5)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{0^{2} + 6^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{0 + 36}\)
= 6 units
So,
The perimeter of ∆ABC = AB + BC + AC
= 6 + 3 + 6.70
= 15.7 units
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the perimeter of ∆ABC is about 15.7 units

Try It!

What are the coordinates, to the nearest tenth, of the third vertex in an isosceles triangle that has one side length of 2 and two side lengths of 5, with vertices at (1, 0) and (1, 2)? The third vertex is in the first quadrant.
Answer:
It is given that
An isosceles triangle that has one side length of 2 and two side lengths of 5, with vertices at (1, 0) and (1, 2)
Now,
Let the third vertex be (x, y)
Now,
The given vertices are:
A (1, 0), B (1, 2), and C (x, y)
It is also given that
BC = 2 units, and AC = 5 units
We know that,
An isosceles triangle has any 2 equal side lengths
Now,
Compare the given points with (x1, y1), (x2, y2)
Now,
We know that,
The distance between two points = √(x2–  x1) + (y2 – y1
So,
The distance between the points A and B = \(\sqrt{(2 – 0)^{2} + (1 – 1)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{2^{2} + 0^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{4 + 0}\)
= 4 units
The distance between the points B and C = \(\sqrt{(x – 1)^{2} + (y – 2)^{2}}\)
Squaring on both sides
So,
BC² = (x – 1)² + (y – 2)²
The distance between the points A and C = \(\sqrt{(x – 1)^{2} + (y – 0)^{2}}\)
Squaring on both sides
So,
BC² = (x – 1)² + y²
So,
(x – 1)² + (y – 2)² = 4 —– (1)
(x – 1)² + y² = 25 —— (2)
So,
From eq (1) and eq (2),
25 – y² + (y – 2)² = 4
-y² + y² – 4y + 4 = -21
-4y = -25
y = \(\frac{25}{4}\)
So,
(x – 1)² = |25 – (\(\frac{25}{4}\))²|
x = \(\frac{19}{4}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the third vertex is: (\(\frac{19}{4}\), \(\frac{25}{4}\))

KEY CONCEPT

You can use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the distance between any two points, P and Q, on the coordinate plane.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 71

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
Essential Question How can you use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the distance between two points?
Answer:
We know that,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
c² = a² + b²
Where,
c is the hypotenuse
a and b are the side lengths or lengths of the legs
Now,
Graphically,
The terms of the Pythagorean Theorem can be expressed as:
c is the distance between two points
a and b are the points
So,
c = \(\sqrt{a^{2} + b^{2}}\)

Question 2.
Model with Math
Can you use a right triangle to represent the distance between any two points on the coordinate plane? Explain.
Answer:
Derived from the Pythagorean Theorem, the distance formula is used to find the distance between two points in the plane. We know that,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
a²+b²=c²
where,
a and b are the lengths of the legs adjacent to the right angle
c is the length of the hypotenuse.

Question 3.
Generalize How does the fact that the points are on opposite sides of the y-axis affect the process of finding the distance between the two points?
Answer:
The fact that the points are on opposite sides of the y-axis affects the process of finding the distance between the two points because  We need to find the distance between the two points by adding the distances from each of them to the y-axis.

Do You Know How?
In 4-6, use the coordinate plane below.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 72
Answer:
The given coordinate plane is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 72
From the given coordinate plane,
The given points are:
C (1, 2), D (2, -1), and E (-2, 1)

Question 4.
Find the distance between points C and D. Round to the nearest hundredth.
Answer:
Compare the points C and D with (x1, y1), (x2, y2)
Now,
We know that,
The distance between two points = √(x2–  x1) + (y2 – y1
So,
The distance between the points C and D = \(\sqrt{(2 – 1)^{2} + (-1 – 2)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{1^{2} + 3^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{1 + 9}\)
= 3.16 units
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the distance between points C and D is: 3.16 units

Question 5.
Find the perimeter of ∆CDE.
Answer:
We know that,
The “Perimeter” is defined as the sum of all the side lengths
So,
The perimeter of ∆CDE = CD + DE + CE
So,
The distance between the points C and D = \(\sqrt{(2 – 1)^{2} + (-1 – 2)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{1^{2} + 3^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{1 + 9}\)
= 3.16 units
The distance between the points D and E = \(\sqrt{(-2 – 2)^{2} + (1 + 1)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{4^{2} + 2^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{16 + 4}\)
= 4.47 units
The distance between the points C and E = \(\sqrt{(-2 – 1)^{2} + (1 – 2)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{3^{2} + 1^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{1 + 9}\)
= 3.16 units
So,
The perimeter of ∆CDE = 3.16 + 4.47 + 3.16
= 10.79 units
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the perimeter of ∆CDE is: 10.79 units

Question 6.
Point B is plotted on the coordinate plane above the x-axis. ∆BDE is equilateral. What are the coordinates of point B to the nearest hundredth?
Answer:
It is given that
Point B is plotted on the coordinate plane above the x-axis. ∆BDE is equilateral.
Now,
Let the unknown vertex be B (x, y)
So,
The given points are:
B (x, y), D (2, -1), and E (-2, 1)
It is given that ΔBDE is equilateral
So,
BD = DE = EB
BD² = DE² = EB²
Now,
Compare the given points with (x1, y1), (x2, y2)
Now,
We know that,
The distance between two points = √(x2–  x1) + (y2 – y1
So,
The distance between the points B and D = \(\sqrt{(x – 2)^{2} + (y – 1)^{2}}\)
Squaring on both sides
So,
BD² = (x – 2)² + (y + 1)²
The distance between the points D and E = \(\sqrt{(1 + 1)^{2} + (-2 – 2)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{2^{2} + 4^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{4 + 16}\)
= 4.47 units
The distance between the points E and B = \(\sqrt{(x + 2)^{2} + (y – 1)^{2}}\)
Squaring on both sides
So,
EB² = (x + 2)² + (y – 1)²
Now,
(x – 2)² + (y + 1)² = 4.47 —- (1)
(x + 2)² + (y – 1)² = (x – 2)² + (y + 1)²
x² + 2x + 4 + y² + 1 – 2y = x² + 4 – 4x + y² + 1 + 2y
2x + 4 + 1 – 2y = 4 – 4x + 1 + 2y
6x + 5 = 4y + 5
6x = 4y
3x = 2y
x = \(\frac{2}{3}\)y
Now,
From eq (1),
x² + 4 – 4x + y² + 1 + 2y = 4.47
x² + y² -4x + 2y = -0.47
(\(\frac{2}{3}\)y)² + y² – 4 (\(\frac{2}{3}\))y + 2y = -0.47
4y² + 15y + 4.23 = 0
So,
y = -0.30 (or) y = -3.44
So,
x = \(\frac{2}{3}\) (-0.30) (or) x = \(\frac{2}{3}\) (-3.44)
x = -0.2 (or) x = -2.29
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the coordinates of point B are: (-0.2, -0.30) or (-2.29, -3.44)

Practice & Problem Solving

Question 7.
Leveled Practice Use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the distance between points P and Q.
Label the length, in units, of each leg of the right triangle.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 73
The distance between point P and point Q is __________ units.
Answer:
From the given coordinate plane,
There are only 2 vertices
Let the third vertex be R(x, y) and the coordinates of R can be found from the coordinate plane
Now,
From the given coordinate plane,
The vertices are:
P (3, 2), Q (9, 10), and R (9, 2)
Now,
Compare the given points with (x1, y1), (x2, y2)
Now,
We know that,
The distance between two points = √(x2–  x1) + (y2 – y1
So,
The distance between the points Q and R = \(\sqrt{(9 – 9)^{2} + (10 – 2)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{0^{2} + 8^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{0 + 64}\)
= 8 units
The distance between the points P and R = \(\sqrt{(9 – 3)^{2} + (2 – 2)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{0^{2} + 6^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{0 + 36}\)
= 6 units
Now,
From the given coordinate plane,
We can observe that P, Q, R form the right triangle
So,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
PQ² = QR² + PR²
PQ² = 8² + 6²
PQ² = 64 + 36
PQ² = 100
PQ = \(\sqrt{100}\)
PQ = 10 units
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of PQ is: 10 units

Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 74
Question 8.
Find the perimeter of triangle QPR. Round to the nearest hundredth.
Answer:
From the coordinate plane,
The vertices of ΔPQR are:
P (-5, -2), Q (2, -2), and R (-1, 3)
Now,
Compare the given points with (x1, y1), (x2, y2)
Now,
We know that,
The distance between two points = √(x2–  x1) + (y2 – y1
So,
The distance between the points P and Q = \(\sqrt{(2 + 5)^{2} + (2 – 2)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{0^{2} + 7^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{0 + 49}\)
= 7 units
The distance between the points Q and R = \(\sqrt{(-1 – 2)^{2} + (3 + 2)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{3^{2} + 5^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{9 + 25}\)
= 5.83 units
The distance between the points P and R = \(\sqrt{(1 – 5)^{2} + (-3 – 2)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{4^{2} + 5^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{16 + 25}\)
= 6.40 units
So,
The perimeter of ΔPQR = PQ + QR + PR
= 7 + 5.83 + 6.40
= 19.23 units
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the perimeter of ΔPQR is: 19.23 units

Question 9.
Determine whether the triangle is equilateral, isosceles, or scalene.
Answer:
We know that,
On the basis of the side lengths,
Scalene Triangle – All the side lengths are different
Equilateral Triangle – All the side lengths are the same
Isosceles Triangle – Any two of the side lengths are the same
So,
From Exercise 8,
We can observe that all the side lengths are different
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that ΔPQR is a scalene Triangle

Question 10.
You walk along the outside of a park starting at point P. Then you take a shortcut represented by \(\overline{P Q}\) on the graph.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 75
a. What is the length of the shortcut in meters? Round to the nearest tenth of a meter.
Answer:
It is given that
You walk along the outside of a park starting at point P. Then you take a shortcut represented by \(\overline{P Q}\) on the graph.
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The vertices are:
P (0, 0), Q (40, 85), and R (40, 0)
The shortest path is represented as PQ
Now,
Compare the points P and Q with (x1, y1), (x2, y2)
Now,
We know that,
The distance between two points = √(x2–  x1) + (y2 – y1
So,
The distance between the points P and Q = \(\sqrt{(40 – 0)^{2} + (85 – 0)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{40^{2} + 85^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{1,600 + 7,225}\)
= 93.9 m
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of the shortest path is: 93.9 meters

b. What is the total length of your walk in the park? Round to the nearest tenth of a meter.
Answer:
We know that,
The total length is nothing but the “Perimeter”
So,
The perimeter of the given triangle = PQ + QR + PR
Now,
The distance between the points P and Q = \(\sqrt{(40 – 0)^{2} + (85 – 0)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{40^{2} + 85^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{1,600 + 7,225}\)
= 93.9 m
The distance between the points Q and R = \(\sqrt{(40 – 40)^{2} + (85 – 0)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{0^{2} + 85^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{0 + 7,225}\)
= 85 m
The distance between the points P and R = \(\sqrt{(40 – 0)^{2} + (0 – 0)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{0^{2} + 40^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{0 + 1,600}\)
= 40 m
So,
The total length of your walk in the park = PQ + QR + PR
= 93.9 + 85 + 40
= 218.9 meters
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the total length of your walk in the park is: 218.9 meters

Question 11.
Suppose a park is located 3.6 miles east of your home. The library is 4.8 miles north of the park. What is the shortest distance between your home and the library?
Answer:
It is given that
A park is located 3.6 miles east of your home. The library is 4.8 miles north of the park
So,
The representation of the above situation is:

Now,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
(The shortest distance between home and library)² = (The distance from home to park)² + (he distance from park to library)²
(The shortest distance between home and library)² = 3.6² + 4.8²
(The shortest distance between home and library)² = 12.96 + 23.04
The shortest distance between home and library = 6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the shortest distance between home and library is: 6 miles

Question 12.
Use Structure Point B has coordinates (2, 1). The x-coordinate of point A is -10. The distance between point A and point B is 15 units. What are the possible coordinates of point A?
Answer:
It is given that
Point B has coordinates (2, 1). The x-coordinate of point A is -10. The distance between point A and point B is 15 units
Now,
Let the coordinates of A be:
(x, y) = (-10, y)
Now,
Compare the points A and B with (x1, y1), (x2, y2)
Now,
We know that,
The distance between two points = √(x2–  x1) + (y2 – y1
So,
The distance between the points A and B = \(\sqrt{(-10 – 2)^{2} + (y – 1)^{2}}\)
15 = \(\sqrt{12^{2} + (y – 1)^{2}}\)
15 = \(\sqrt{144 + (y – 1)^{2}}\)
Now,
Squaring on both sides
So,
144 + (y – 1)² = 225
(y  1)² = 225 – 144
(y – 1)² = 81
y – 1 = \(\sqrt{81}\)
y – 1 = 9 (or) y – 1 = -9
y = 9 + 1 (or) y = -9 + 1
y = 10 (or) y = -8
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the possible coordinates of A are: (-10, 10), and (-10, -8)

Question 13.
Higher-Order Thinking ∆EFG and ∆HIJ have the same perimeter and side lengths. The coordinates are E(6, 2), F(9, 2), G(8, 7), H(0, 0), and I(0, 3). What are the possible coordinates of point J?
Answer:
It is given that
∆EFG and ∆HIJ have the same perimeter and side lengths. The coordinates are E(6, 2), F(9, 2), G(8, 7), H(0, 0), and I(0, 3)
So,
According to the side lengths,
EF = HI, FG = IJ, and GE = JH
So,
EF² = HI², FG²= JI², and GE² = JH²
Now,
Let the unknown vertex be J (x, y)
Now,
Compare the given points with (x1, y1), (x2, y2)
Now,
We know that,
The distance between two points = √(x2–  x1) + (y2 – y1
So,
The distance between the points E and F = \(\sqrt{(9 – 6)^{2} + (2 – 2)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{3^{2} + 0^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{9 + 0}\)
= 3 units
The distance between the points F and G = \(\sqrt{(8 – 9)^{2} + (7 – 2)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{1^{2} + 5^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{1 + 25}\)
= 5.09 units
The distance between the points G and E = \(\sqrt{(8 – 6)^{2} + (7 – 2)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{2^{2} + 5^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{4 + 25}\)
= 5.38 units
Now,
The distance between the points H and I = \(\sqrt{(0 – 0)^{2} + (3 – 0)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{3^{2} + 0^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{9 + 0}\)
= 3 units
The distance between the points I and J = \(\sqrt{(x – 0)^{2} + (y – 3)^{2}}\)
5.09 = \(\sqrt{x^{2} + (y – 3)^{2}}\)
Squaring on both sides
So,
x² + (y – 3)² = 25.90 units
The distance between the points J and H = \(\sqrt{(x – 0)^{2} + (y – 0)^{2}}\)
5.38 = \(\sqrt{x^{2} + y^{2}}\)
Squaring on both sides
So,
x² + y² = 28.94 units
Now,
28.94 – y² + (y – 3)² = 25.90
y² + 9 – 6y – y² = 25.90 – 28.94
9 – 6y = -3.04
-6y = -3.04 – 9
6y = 12.04
y = 2
Now,
Substitute the value of y in eq 2
x² + 4 = 28.94
x² = 24.94
x = 4.99 (or) x = -4.99
Hence, from the baove,
We can conclude that the missing vertex is: J (4.99, 2) or J (-4.99, 2)

b. Explain why there can be different possibilities for the coordinates for point J.
Answer:

Assessment Practice
Question 14.
Find the distance, in units, between P and R. Round to the nearest tenth.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 76
Answer:
The given coordinate plane is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 76
From the given coordinate plane,
The points are:
P (5, 10), and R (12, 14)
Now,
Compare the points P and R with (x1, y1), (x2, y2)
Now,
We know that,
The distance between two points = √(x2–  x1) + (y2 – y1
So,
The distance between the points P and R = \(\sqrt{(14 – 10)^{2} + (12 – 5)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{4^{2} + 7^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{16 + 49}\)
= 8.1 units
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the distance between P and R is: 8.1 units

Question 15.
Find the distance, in units, between A(1, 5) and B(5.5, 9.25). Round to the nearest tenth.
Answer:
The given points are:
A (1, 5), and B (5.5, 9.25)
Now,
Compare the points A and B with (x1, y1), (x2, y2)
Now,
We know that,
The distance between two points = √(x2–  x1) + (y2 – y1
So,
The distance between the points A and B = \(\sqrt{(9.25 – 5)^{2} + (5.5 – 1)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{4.25^{2} + 4.5^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{18.06 + 20.25}\)
= 6.2 units
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the distance between points A and B is: 6.2 units

Topic 7 REVIEW

Topic Essential Question
How can you use the Pythagorean Theorem to solve problems?
Answer:
Step 1:
Draw a right triangle and then read through the problems again to determine the length of the legs and the hypotenuse. Step 2:
Use the Pythagorean Theorem (a2 + b2 = c2) to write an equation to be solved.
Step 3:
Simplify the equation by distributing and combining like terms as needed.

Vocabulary Review

Complete each definition and then provide an example of each vocabulary word.
Vocabulary
The converse of the Pythagorean Theorem
hypotenuse
leg
proof
Pythagorean Theorem

Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 77
Answer:

Use Vocabulary in Writing
All faces of the figure are rectangles. Explain how to find the length of d. Use vocabulary terms in your description.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 78
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 78
From the given figure,
We can observe that there are 2 right triangles
Now,
For the first right triangle,
The given side lengths are:
a = 3, b = 4, and c = x
Now,
We know that,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
c² = a² + b²
So,
x² = 3² + 4²
x² = 9 + 16
x² = 25
x = \(\sqrt{25}\)
x = 5
Now,
For the second right triangle,
a = 5, b = 12, and c = d
So,
d² = 5² + 12²
d² = 25 + 144
d² = 169
d = \(\sqrt{169}\)
d = 13
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of d is: 13 units

Concepts and Skills Review

Lesson 7.1 Understand the Pythagorean Theorem

Quick Review
The Pythagorean Theorem states that, in a right triangle, the sum of the squares of the lengths of the legs, a and b, is equal to the square of the length of the hypotenuse, c. So, a2 + b2 = c2.

Example
Find the length of the hypotenuse of a triangle with legs of 7 meters and 24 meters.
Answer:
Substitute 7 for a and 24 for b. Then solve for c.
a2 + b2 = c2
49 + 576 = c2
\(\sqrt {625}\) = C
The length of the hypotenuse is 25 meters.

Practice
Question 1.
Find the length of the hypotenuse.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 79
Answer:
The given right triangle is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 79
Now,
We know that,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
c² = a² + b²
Where,
c is the hypotenuse
a and b are the side lengths
So,
c² = 12² + 5²
c² = 144 + 25
c² = 169
c = \(\sqrt{169}\)
c = 13
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of the hypotenuse is: 13 cm

Question 2.
Find the unknown side length. Round to the nearest tenth.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 80
Answer:
The given right triangle is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 80
Now,
We know that,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
c² = a² + b²
Where,
c is the hypotenuse
a and b are the side lengths
So,
9² = 7² + b²
b² = 81 – 49
b² = 32
b = \(\sqrt{32}\)
b = 5.65
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of the hypotenuse is: 5.65 in.

Lesson 7.2 Understand the Converse of the Pythagorean Theorem

Quick Review
For a triangle with side lengths a, b, and c, if a2 + b2 = c2, then the triangle is a right triangle by the Converse of the Pythagorean Theorem.

Example
Is a triangle with side lengths of 8 m, 15 m, and 17 m a right triangle? Explain.
Answer:
Substitute 8 for a, 15 for b, and 17 for c.
a2 + b2 \(\underline{\underline{?}}\) c2
82 + 152 \(\underline{\underline{?}}\) 172
289 = 289 ✓
Because a2 + b2 = c2, the triangle is a right triangle.

Practice
Question 1.
Is the triangle a right triangle? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 81
Answer:
The given triangle is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 81
Now,
We know that,
According to the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem,
If
c² = a² + b²
then, the given triangle is a right triangle
So,
Now,
37² = 35² + 12²
1,369 = 1,225 + 144
1,369 = 1,369
So,
The condition c² = a² + b² is true
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given triangle is a right triangle

Question 2.
A triangle has side lengths of 1.5 inches, 2 inches, and 3 inches. Is the triangle a right triangle? Explain.
Answer:
It is given that
A triangle has side lengths of 1.5 inches, 2 inches, and 3 inches
Now,
We know that,
According to the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem,
If
c² = a² + b²
then, the given triangle is a right triangle
We know that,
The longest side is the hypotenuse
So,
Now,
3² = (1.5)² + 2²
9 = 2.25 + 4
9 = 6.25
So,
The condition c² = a² + b² is false
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given triangle is not a right triangle

Question 3.
A triangle has side lengths of 9 feet, 40 feet, and 41 feet. Is the triangle a right triangle? Explain
Answer:
It is given that
A triangle has side lengths of 9 feet, 40 feet, and 41 feet
Now,
We know that,
According to the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem,
If
c² = a² + b²
then, the given triangle is a right triangle
We know that,
The longest side is the hypotenuse
So,
Now,
41² = 40² + 9²
1,681 = 1,600 + 81
1,681 = 1,681
So,
The condition c² = a² + b² is true
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given triangle is a right triangle

Lesson 7.3 Apply the Pythagorean Theorem to Solve Problems

Quick Review
The Pythagorean Theorem can be used to find unknown side lengths of an object that is shaped like a right triangle. It also can be used to find diagonal measures in certain two-dimensional and three-dimensional objects.

Example
A shipping box is 20 inches long along the diagonal of its base. Each diagonal of the box is 29 inches long. How tall is the box?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 82
Answer:
Substitute 20 for a and 29 for c. Then solve for b.
a2 + b2 = c2
202 + b2 = 292
400 + b2 = 841
b = \(\sqrt {441}\)
The height of the shipping box is 21 inches.

Practice
Question 1.
A basketball court is in the shape of a rectangle that is 94 feet long and 50 feet wide. What is the length of a diagonal of the court? Round to the nearest tenth.
Answer:
It is given that
A basketball court is in the shape of a rectangle that is 94 feet long and 50 feet wide
We know that,
By drawing a diagonal in the rectangle, it will become 2 right triangles
The diagonal will be the hypotenuse of the right triangle
Now,
We know that,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
c² = a²+ b²
Where,
c is the length of the diagonal
a and b are the side lengths
So,
c² = 94²+ 50²
c²= 8,836 + 2,500
c² = 11,336
c = \(\sqrt{11,336}\)
c = 106.4 feet
hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of the diagonal is: 106.4 feet

Question 2.
A packaging box for a metal rod is 7.5 inches along a diagonal of the base. The height of the box is 18 inches. What is the length of a diagonal of the box?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 83
Answer:
It is given that
A packaging box for a metal rod is 7.5 inches along a diagonal of the base. The height of the box is 18 inches.
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that it looks like a right triangle
Now,
We know that,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
c² = a²+ b²
Where,
c is the length of the diagonal
a and b are the side lengths
So,
c² = 18² + (7.5)²
c²= 324 + 56.25
c² = 380.25
c = \(\sqrt{380.25}\)
c = 19.5 inches
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of the diagonal of the box is: 19.5 inches

Lesson 7.4 Find Distance in the Coordinate Plane

Quick Review
The Pythagorean Theorem can be used to find the distance between any two points on the coordinate plane.

Example
Find the distance between the two points on the coordinate plane. Round to the nearest tenth.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 84
Answer:
Draw a right triangle. Determine the lengths of its legs.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 85
The length of the horizontal leg is 5 units.
The length of the vertical leg is 5 units.
Use the relationship a2 + b2 = c2. Substitute 5 for a and 5 for b. Then solve for C.
a2 + b2 = -2
52 + 52 = c2
25 + 25 = c2
50 = c2
\(\sqrt {50}\) = C
7.1 ≈ c
The distance between the two points is about 7.1 units.

Practice
Question 1.
Points C and D represent the location of two parks on a map. Find the distance between the parks if the length of each unit on the grid is equal to 25 miles. Round to the nearest mile.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 86
Answer:
It is given that
Points C and D represent the location of two parks on a map
Now,
The given coordinate plane is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 86
From the given coordinate plane,
The points are:
C (-2, 2), and D (4, -1)
Now,
Compare the points C and D with (x1, y1), (x2, y2)
Now,
We know that,
The distance between two points = √(x2–  x1) + (y2 – y1
So,
The distance between the points C and D = \(\sqrt{(-1 – 2)^{2} + (4 + 2)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{3^{2} + 6^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{9 + 36}\)
= 6.70 units
It is given that the length of each unit in the grid is: 25 miles
So,
The distance between the points C and D = 6.25 × 25
= 156.25 miles
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the distance between points C and D is: 156.25 miles

Question 2.
Find the perimeter of ∆ABC. Round to the nearest tenth.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 87
Answer:
The given coordinate plane is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 87
Now,
From the given coordinate plane,
The vertices of ΔABC are:
A (1, 2), B (7, 9), and C (7, 2)
We know that,
The perimeter of a triangle is the sum of all the side lengths of a triangle
Now,
Compare the given points with (x1, y1), (x2, y2)
Now,
From the given coordinate plane,
We know that,
In ∆ABC,
AC and BC are the side lengths
AB is the hypotenuse
Now,
We know that,
The distance between two points = √(x2–  x1) + (y2 – y1
So,
The distance between the points A and C = \(\sqrt{(2 – 2)^{2} + (7 – 1)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{0^{2} + 6^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{36 + 0}\)
= 6 units
The distance between the points B and C (BC) = \(\sqrt{(7 – 7)^{2} + (-2 + 9)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{0^{2} + 7^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{0 + 49}\)
= 7 units
The distance between the points A and B (AB) = \(\sqrt{(9 – 2)^{2} + (7 – 1)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{7^{2} + 6^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{49 + 36}\)
= 9.21 units
So,
The perimeter of ∆ABC = AB + BC + AC
= 6 + 7 + 9.21
= 22.2 units
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the perimeter of ∆ABC is about 22.2 units

Question 3.
Triangle JKL is an equilateral triangle with two of its vertices at points J and K. What are the coordinates of point L? Round to the nearest tenth as needed.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 88
Answer:
It is given that
Triangle JKL is an equilateral triangle with two of its vertices at points J and K
Now,
The given coordinate plane is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 88
Now,
From the given coordinate plane,
The two vertices of ΔJKL are:
J (3, 2), K (9, 2)
Now,
Let the third vertex be L (x, y)
We know that,
In an equilateral triangle, all the side lengths are the same
So,
JK = KL = JL
JK² = KL² = JL²
So,
Now,
Compare the given points with (x1, y1), (x2, y2)
Now,
We know that,
The distance between two points = √(x2–  x1) + (y2 – y1
So,
The distance between the points J and K = \(\sqrt{(9 – 3)^{2} + (2 – 2)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{0^{2} + 6^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{36 + 0}\)
= 6 units
The distance between the points K and L = \(\sqrt{(x – 9)^{2} + (y – 2)^{2}}\)
6= \(\sqrt{(x – 9)^{2} + (y – 2)^{2}}\)
Squaring on both sides
So,
(x – 9)² + (y – 2)² = 36
The distance between the points J and L = \(\sqrt{(x – 3)^{2} + (y – 2)^{2}}\)
6= \(\sqrt{(x – 3)^{2} + (y – 2)^{2}}\)
Squaring on both sides
So,
(x – 3)² + (y – 2)² = 36
Now,
(x – 9)² + 36 – (x – 3)² = 36
(x – 9)² = (x – 3)²
x² + 81 – 18x = x² + 9 – 6x
18x – 6x = 81 – 9
12x = 72
x = \(\frac{72}{12}\)
x = 6
So,
Substitute the value of x in eq (2)
(6 – 3)² + (y – 2)² = 36
(y – 2)² = 36 – 9
y – 2 = \(\sqrt{27}\)
y = 7.2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the third vertex is: L (6, 7.2)

Topic 7 Fluency Practice

Riddle Rearranging
Solve each equation. Then arrange the answers in order from least to greatest. The letters will spell out the answer to the riddle below.

I can… solve multistep equations.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 89

Why did the coffee shop server love the job? Because there were so
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 7 Understand And Apply The Pythagorean Theorem 90
Answer:
The Ascending order of the solutions of the equations is:
M < N < Y < P < A < E < R < K < S

Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry

enVision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry

Go through the enVision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry regularly and improve your accuracy in solving questions.

enVision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry

GET READY!
Review What You Know!

Vocabulary
Choose the best term from the box to complete each definition.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 1

Question 1.
The number of square units that a figure covers is its _________.
Answer:
We know that,
The number of square units that a figure covers is its “Area”
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the best term to complete the given definition is the “Area”

Question 2.
The _________ of a triangle is the length of the perpendicular line segment from a vertex to the opposite side.
Answer:
We know that,
The “Height” of a triangle is the length of the perpendicular line segment from a vertex to the opposite side.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the best term to complete the given definition is the “Height”

Question 3.
The _________ of a solid figure is the number of cubic units needed to fill it.
Answer:
We know that,
The “Volume” of a solid figure is the number of cubic units needed to fill it
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the best term to complete the given definition is the “Volume”

Question 4.
Any line segment that connects the center of a circle to a point on the circle is called a __________.
Answer:
We know that,
Any line segment that connects the center of a circle to a point on the circle is called a “Radius”
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the best term to complete the given definition is the “Radius”

Area and Volume
Find each measure.

Question 5.
Area of a triangle with a base 6 feet and height 9 feet
Answer:
It is given that
The base of the triangle is: 6 feet
The height of the triangle is: 9 feet
Now,
We know that,
The area of a triangle (A) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × Base of the triangle × Height of the triangle
So,
A = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 6 × 9
= \(\frac{54}{2}\)
= 27 feet²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the area of the given triangle is: 27 feet²

Question 6.
The volume of a rectangular prism with length 4 inches, width 2 inches, and height 2 inches
Answer:
It is given that
The length of a rectangular prism is: 4 inches
The width of a rectangular prism is: 2 inches
The height of a rectangular prism is: 2 inches
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a rectangular prism (V) = Length × Width × Height
So,
V = 4 × 2 × 2
= 16 inches³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given rectangular prism is: 16 inches³

Measure Angles
Use a protractor to find the measure of each angle.
Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 2
Answer:
To measure the angle, use “https://www.geogebra.org/calculator”
So,
The measured angle is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the measured angle using the protractor is: 54.5°

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 3
Answer:
To measure the angle, use “https://www.geogebra.org/calculator”
So,
The measured angle is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the measured angle using the protractor is: 104.3°

Describe Characteristics of Shapes
Describe this figure using as many geometry terms as you can.
Question 9.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 4
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 4
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
a. All the angles are 90°
b. The parallel sides are the same
c. The diagonals bisect each other
d. The lengths of the diagonals are equal
So,

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given figure is a “Rectangle”

Involving Geometry 1

Language Development
Fill in the word web to connect keywords you learn in this topic. A sample keyword and its connections are given.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 5
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 6
PICK A PROJECT

PROJECT 8A
If you built a sculpture, what materials would you use?
PROJECT: CONSTRUCT A THREE-DIMENSIONAL SCULPTURE

PROJECT 8B
If you made a pizza, what kind of pizza would it be?
PROJECT: ANALYZE A PEPPERONI PIZZA

PROJECT 8C
What places have you visited where being a tour guide would be fun?
PROJECT: PLAN A GUIDED TOUR

PROJECT 8D
How could you determine which is a larger-a tall building or a wide building?
PROJECT: BUILD A SCALE MODEL

Lesson 8.1 Solve Problems Involving Scale Drawings

Explore It!

Calvin made a scale model of the plane shown.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 7

I can… use the key in a scale drawing to find missing measures.

A. How can you represent the relationship between the model of the plane and the actual plane?
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 7
Now,
The representation of the relationship between the model of the plane and the actual plane is:
The actual diagram is an enlarged diagram of the scale diagram
So,
The scale factor = \(\frac{15 in.}{240 ft}\)
= \(\frac{1}{16}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the actual diagram is 16 times larger than the scale diagram

B. What do you notice about the relationship between the model of the plane and the actual plane?
Answer:
We know that,
The relationship between the model of the plane and the actual plane can be given by a “Scale factor”
So,
The scale factor = \(\frac{15 in.}{240 ft}\)
= \(\frac{1}{16}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the actual diagram is 16 times larger than the scale diagram

Focus on math practices
Look for Relationships If the model and the actual plane are to scale, what do you know about the relationship between all the other parts of the model and the actual plane, aside from the total length?
Answer:
If the model and the actual plane are to scale, then
All the other parts of the model and the actual plane, aside from the total length are also scaled

Essential Question
How do scale drawings and actual measurements represent proportional relationships?
Answer:
The “Scale factor” is the amount that an image is enlarged or shrunk. It is also called ‘k’ because k represents the multiplier between two proportional ratios and scale drawings represent proportional relationships

Try It!

What is the actual width, w, of the island if the width in the drawing is 2.5 inches?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 11
The actual width of the island is _______ feet.
Answer:
From Example 1,
It is given that,
Scale: 1 inch = 1.5 ft
Now,
\(\frac{1.5}{1}\) = \(\frac{w}{2.5}\)
w = \(\frac{1.5 × 2.5}{1}\)
w = 3.75 feet
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the actual width of the island is: 3.75 feet

Convince Me! How would the proportion for Example 1 change if the scale changed?
Answer:
For Example 1,
If the scale changed, then
The proportion would increase or decrease
Case 1:
If the scale changed to:
1 in = 2 ft
Then, the proportion will change like
\(\frac{2}{1}\) = \(\frac{x}{6}\)
x = \(\frac{6 × 2}{1}\)
x = 12 feet
So,
The actual width of the island is: 12 feet
Case 2:
If the scale changed to:
1 in = 1.25 ft
Then, the proportion will change like
\(\frac{1.25}{1}\) = \(\frac{x}{6}\)
x = \(\frac{6 × 1.25}{1}\)
x = 7.5 feet
So,
The actual width of the island is: 7.5 feet
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
If the scale increases, then the proportion also increases
If the scale decreases, then the proportion also decreases

Try It!

The scale drawing shown represents an existing barn. The shortest side of the barn measures 150 meters. If a new barn that is \(\frac{2}{3}\) its size replaces the existing barn, what will be the scale of this drawing to the new barn?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 15
Answer:
It is given that
The scale drawing shown represents an existing barn. The shortest side of the barn measures 150 meters and a new barn that is \(\frac{2}{3}\) its size replaces the existing barn
Now,
The representation of the existing barn is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 15
Now,
The length of the shortest side for a new barn = \(\frac{2}{3}\) × 150
= 100 in.
So,
The scale factor for the shortest side for a new barn = \(\frac{150}{100}\)
= 1.5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The scale of the drawing to the new barn is 1: 1.5

KEY CONCEPT
The scale factor of a scale drawing is the ratio of an actual length, y, to the corresponding length, x, in the drawing. The ratio is the constant of proportionality, k, that relates the actual figure to the scale drawing. You can use a proportion or use an equation of the form y = kx to solve problems involving scale drawings.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 16

Do You Understand?

Question 1.
Essential Question How do scale drawings and actual measurements represent proportional relationships?
Answer:
The “Scale factor” is the amount that an image is enlarged or shrunk. It is also called “k” because k represents the multiplier between two proportional ratios and scale drawings represent proportional relationships

Question 2.
Generalize Describe the ratio of corresponding measures in scale drawings and the actual measures they represent?
Answer:
A scale drawing is a drawing that is to scale an original image. When an object is “to scale,” that means it is the same shape, but not the same size. It is also called k because k represents the multiplier between two proportional ratios and scale drawings represent proportional relationships.

Question 3.
Reasoning Mikayla is determining the actual distance between Harrisville and Lake Town using a map. The scale on her map reads. 1 inch = 50 miles. She measures the distance to be 4.5 inches and writes the following proportion:
\(\frac{1 \mathrm{in.}}{4.5 \mathrm{in.}}=\frac{50 \mathrm{mi}}{x \mathrm{mi}}\)
Explain why her proportion is equivalent to
\(\frac{50 \mathrm{mi}}{1 \text { in. }}=\frac{x \mathrm{mi}}{4.5 \mathrm{in} .}\)
Answer:
It is given that
Reasoning Mikayla is determining the actual distance between Harrisville and Lake Town using a map. The scale on her map reads. 1 inch = 50 miles. She measures the distance to be 4.5 inches
So,
The scale for the distance between Harrisville and Lake Town using a map is: 50: 1
Now,
Let the value that is equivalent to 4.5 inches be x miles
Now,
To find the value in miles that is equivalent to 4.5 inches,
We have to write
\(\frac{1 in.}{4.5 in.}\) = \(\frac{50 mi}{x mi}\)
Now,
Cross-Multiply the given equation
So,
\(\frac{50 mi}{1 in.}\) = \(\frac{x miles}{4.5 in.}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the proportion is in the above form because of the cross-multiplication

Do You Know How?

Question 4.
What is the actual base length of the triangle depicted in the scale drawing?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 17
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 17
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The scale factor = \(\frac{2}{1}\)
So,
The actual base length of the given triangle = (The base length as depicted in the given triangle) × (Scale factor)
= 2.5 × \(\frac{2}{1}\)
= 2.5 × 2
= 5 m.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The actual base length of the triangle as depicted in the given scale drawing is: 5 m

Question 5.
What is the area of the actual square window shown in the scale drawing?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 18
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 18
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
Scale factor = \(\frac{2}{1}\)
So,
The actual side length of the given square window = (The side length of the given square window) × (Scale factor)
= 0.75 × 2
= 15 m
Now,
We know that,
The area of a square = Side²
So,
The area of the actual square window = (Actual Side length of the given square window)²
= 15 m × 15 m
= 225 m²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the area of the actual square window is: 225 m²

Question 6.
A distance of 30 miles on a map is represented by a 2-inch line. If the map is enlarged to 3 times its size, what will be the scale of the enlarged map?
Answer:
It is given that
A distance of 30 miles on a map is represented by a 2-inch line and the map is enlarged to 3 times its size
Now,
The scale distance on a map = \(\frac{Actual distance on a map}{Scale of a map}\)
= \(\frac{30}{2}\)
= 15 inches
Now,
The scale distance on the enlarged map = (The scale distance on a normal map) × 3
= 15 × 3
= 45 inches
So,
The scale of the enlarged map = \(\frac{45}{3}\)
= 15
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the scale of the enlarged map is: 1inch = 15 miles

Practice & Problem Solving

Leveled Practice For 7 and 8, fill in the boxes to find the actual measures.
Question 7.
On a map, 1 inch equals 5 miles. Two cities are 8 inches apart on the map.
What is the actual distance between the cities?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 19
Answer:
It is given that
On a map, 1 inch equals 5 miles. Two cities are 8 inches apart on the map.
Now,
The scale factor from the given information is:
1 inch = 5 miles
So,

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The actual distance between the cities is: 40 miles

Question 8.
Ryan makes a scale drawing of a banner for a school dance. He uses a scale of 1 inch = 3 feet, and the width of the drawing is 5 inches. What is the actual width, w, of the banner?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 20
Answer:
It is given that
Ryan makes a scale drawing of a banner for a school dance. He uses a scale of 1 inch = 3 feet, and the width of the drawing is 5 inches
Now,
From the given information,
We can observe that
The actual width of the banner (w) = (The width of the drawing) × (Scale factor)
So,

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The actual width (w) of the banner is: 15 feet

Question 9.
On a map, 1 inch equals 7.2 miles. Two houses are 1.5 inches apart on the map. What is the actual distance between the houses?
Answer:
It is given that
On a map, 1 inch equals 7.2 miles. Two houses are 1.5 inches apart on the map
So,
From the given information,
The scale factor = \(\frac{7.2}{1}\)
Now,
Let the actual distance between the houses be d
So,
\(\frac{7.2}{1}\) = \(\frac{d}{1.5}\)
d = 7.2 × 1.5
d = 10.80 miles
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The actual distance between the houses is: 10.8 miles

Question 10.
The original blueprint for the Morenos’ living room has a scale of 2 inches = 5 feet. The family wants to use a new blueprint that shows the length of the living room to be 15 inches. If the width of the living room on the original blueprint is 6 inches and the length is 9.6 inches, what are the scale and the width of the new blueprint?
Answer:
It is given that
The original blueprint for the Morenos’ living room has a scale of 2 inches = 5 feet. The family wants to use a new blueprint that shows the length of the living room to be 15 inches and the width of the living room on the original blueprint is 6 inches and the length is 9.6 inches
Now,
The length of the new blueprint = (Scale factor) × (The length of the original blueprint)
= \(\frac{5}{2}\) × 9.6
= 5 × 4.8
= 24.0 inches
= 24 inches
The width of the new blueprint = (Scale factor) × (The width of the original blueprint)
= \(\frac{5}{2}\) × 6
= 5 × 3
= 15 inches
Now,
\(\frac{24}{15}\) = \(\frac{x}{1}\)
x = \(\frac{8}{3}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The scale factor for the new blueprint is:
3 inches = 8 feet

Question 11.
The scale for a drawing of the tennis court is 1 centimeter = 2 meters. What is the area of the actual tennis court?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 21
Answer:
It is given that
The scale for a drawing of the tennis court is 1 centimeter = 2 meters.
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 21
So,
The length of the actual tennis court = (Scale factor) × (The length of the scaled tennis court)
= 2 × 10
= 20 meters
So,
The width of the actual tennis court = (Scale factor) × (The width of the scaled tennis court)
= 2 × 5.5
= 11 meters
Now,
We know that,
The area of a rectangle = Length × Width
So,
The area of the actual tennis court = (The length of the actual tennis court) × (The width of the actual tennis court)
= 20 × 11
= 220 meters²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the area of the actual tennis court is: 220 meters²

Question 12.
The scale for the drawing of a rectangular playing field is 2 inches = 5 feet.
a. Write an equation you can use to find the dimensions of the actual field, where x is a dimension of the scale drawing (in inches) and y is the corresponding dimension of the actual field (in feet).
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 22
Answer:
It is given that
The scale for the drawing of a rectangular playing field is 2 inches = 5 feet.
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 22
Now,
From the given information,
The scale factor = \(\frac{5}{2}\)
So,
The actual length of the rectangular playing field = (Scale factor) × (The length of the scaled rectangular playing field)
= \(\frac{5}{2}\) × 20
= 5 × 10
= 50 feet
The actual width of the rectangular playing field = (Scale factor) × (The width of the scaled rectangular playing field)
= \(\frac{5}{2}\) × 10
= 5 × 5
= 25 feet
So,
The scale factor for the actual rectangular playing field can be found out by:
\(\frac{50}{20}\) = \(\frac{x}{1}\)   (or)   \(\frac{25}{10}\) = \(\frac{x}{1}\)
x = \(\frac{5}{2}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The scale for the actual rectangular playing field is:
2 inches = 5 feet

b. What is the area of the field?
Answer:
From part (a),
We can observe that
The actual length of the rectangular playing field = (Scale factor) × (The length of the scaled rectangular playing field)
= \(\frac{5}{2}\) × 20
= 5 × 10
= 50 feet
The actual width of the rectangular playing field = (Scale factor) × (The width of the scaled rectangular playing field)
= \(\frac{5}{2}\) × 10
= 5 × 5
= 25 feet
So,
The area of the rectangular playing field = (Actual length) × (Actual width)
= 50 × 25
= 1,250 feet²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The area of the field is: 1,250 feet²

Involving Geometry 2

Question 13.
How many square feet of flooring are needed to cover the entire floor of Bedroom 1?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 23
Answer:

Question 14.
The actual distance between Point A and Point B is 200 meters. A length of 1.9 feet represents this distance on a certain wall map. Point C and Point D are 3.8 feet apart on this map. What is the actual distance between Point C and Point D?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 24
Answer:
It is given that
The actual distance between Point A and Point B is 200 meters. A length of 1.9 feet represents this distance on a certain wall map. Point C and Point D are 3.8 feet apart on this map
Now,
Let the actual distance between points C and D be x meters
So,
\(\frac{200}{x}\) = \(\frac{1.9}{3.8}\)
\(\frac{200}{x}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
x = 200 × 2
x = 400 meters
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The actual distance between points C and D is: 400 meters

Question 15.
Higher-Order Thinking A map of a highway has a scale of 2 inches equals 33 miles. The length of the highway on the map is 6 inches. There are 11 rest stops equally spaced on the highway, including one at each end. You are making a new map with a scale of 1 inch equals 30 miles. How far apart are the rest stops on the new map?
Answer:
It is given that
A map of a highway has a scale of 2 inches equals 33 miles. The length of the highway on the map is 6 inches. There are 11 rest stops equally spaced on the highway, including one at each end. You are making a new map with a scale of 1 inch equals 30 miles
So,
The actual length of the highway according to the scale of 2 in = 33 miles is:
The actual length of the highway = (Scale factor) × (The length of the highway on the map)
= \(\frac{33}{2}\) × 6
= 33 ×3
= 99 miles
The actual length of the highway according to the scale of 1 in = 30 miles is:
The actual length of the highway = (Scale factor) × (The length of the highway on the map)
= \(\frac{30}{1}\) × 6
= 30 ×6
= 180 miles
Now,
Let the number of stops on the highway with a scale of 1 in = 30 miles be x
So,
\(\frac{99}{11}\) = \(\frac{180}{x}\)
\(\frac{180}{x}\) = 9
x = \(\frac{180}{9}\)
x = 20 stops
Now,
The distance between the rest stops = \(\frac{30}{20}\)
= 1.5 feet
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The distance between the rest stops on the new map are 1.5 feet

Assessment Practice
Question 16.
The original blueprint of a concrete patio has a scale of 2 inches = 3 feet.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 25
Victoria wants to make a new blueprint of the patio with a length of 16.8 inches.
PART A
What is the scale for the new blueprint?
1 inch = _______ feet
Answer:
It is given that
The original blueprint of a concrete patio has a scale of 2 inches = 3 feet.
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 25
Now,
From the given information,
Scale factor = \(\frac{3}{2}\)
So,
The length of the new blueprint = (Scale factor) × (The length of the original blueprint)
= \(\frac{3}{2}\) × 14
= 3 × 7
= 21 inches
Now,
\(\frac{14}{16.8}\) = \(\frac{21}{x}\)
x = 8.4 × 3
x = 25.2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The scale factor for the new blueprint is:
1 inch = 25.2 feet

PART B
What is the width, in inches, of the blueprint with the new scale?
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 25
So,
The width of the new blueprint = (Scale factor) × (The length of the original blueprint)
= \(\frac{3}{2}\) × 12
= 3 × 6
= 18 inches
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The width (w) of the blueprint with the new scale is: 18 inches

Lesson 8.2 Draw Geometric Figures

Solve & Discuss It!

Students in the Art Club are designing a flag with the school’s mascot and emblem. The flag has four sides, with two sides that are twice as long as the other two sides. What shape could the flag be, and what dimensions could it have? Make and label a scale drawing as part of your answer.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 26
I can… draw figures with given conditions.
Answer:
It is given that
Students in the Art Club are designing a flag with the school’s mascot and emblem. The flag has four sides, with two sides that are twice as long as the other two sides.
Now,
We know that,
A “Quadrilateral” is only a geometrical figure which has 4 sides
Now,
Let the length of the two sides be x cm
Let the length of the other two sides be 2x cm
Where,
x = 1, 2, 3,……….., n
Now,
Let the value of x be 2
Hence,
The representations of the flag are:

Make Sense and Persevere: Is there more than one shape that could represent the flag?
Answer:
Yes, there is more than one shape that could represent the flag
Now,
The representations of the flag are:

Hence,
From the above representation,
The different shapes of the flags are: Rectangle, Parallelogram, and Trapezium, and a Quadrilateral

Focus on math practices
Reasoning How did you decide what lengths to use for the four sides of the flag you drew? What lengths could the actual flag be, based on your drawing?
Answer:
It is given that
The flag has four sides, with two sides that are twice as long as the other two sides
Now,
Let the length of the two sides be x cm
Let the length of the other two sides be 2x cm
Where,
x = 1, 2, 3,……….., n
Now,
Based on the drawing that is present in part (a),
The actual lengths of the drawing are: 2 inches, 2 inches, 4 inches, and 4 inches

Essential Question
How can a shape that meets given conditions be drawn?
Answer:
Use the conditions that are given to draw a shape and based on that shape, determine the name of the shape and its dimensions

Try It!
Use a ruler and protractor to draw a quadrilateral with two equal sides that meet at a right angle, and two nonadjacent angles of the same measure. What is the name of the quadrilateral you drew?
The quadrilateral I drew is a ___________
Answer:
It is given that
Use a ruler and protractor to draw a quadrilateral with two equal sides that meet at a right angle, and two nonadjacent angles of the same measure.
Now,
The steps to draw the quadrilateral are:
Step 1:
Draw the line segment AB with a certain length i.e., AB = 4 cm
Step 2:
From B, make an angle of 90° with the same length as AB and draw a line segment BC
Step 3:
From C, make another angle of 90° and draw a line segment CD
Hence, from the above steps,
We can conclude that the quadrilateral drawn is: Square

Convince Me! Could you have drawn more than one shape that fits the given conditions? Explain.
Answer:
No, we can’t draw any shape other than the square that fits the above conditions

Try It!
a. Make a sketch to show another way Mr. Miller can arrange the desks to seat 10 people for lunch.
Answer:
The representation of the arrangement of desks to seating 10 people for lunch is:

Hence, from the above arrangement,
We can conclude that Mr.Millercan arrange 6 desks in 2 rows to seat 10 people for lunch

b. Use geometry software to make a rhombus with a side length of 6 units and two angles that measure 45°.
Answer:
To draw a rhombus,
The geometry software we can use is: Geogebra
Now,
To draw a rhombus, the following steps have to be followed:
Step 1:
Draw a line segment AB with a length of 6 cm
Step 2:
From A, make an angle of 45° and join that segment and name it as AD
Step 3:
From D, draw a line segment DC = 6 cm
Step 4:
From C, make an angle of 45° and join A and C
Hence, from the above steps,
The representation of the rhombus is:

KEY CONCEPT
You can draw shapes that meet given conditions freehand, with a ruler and protractor, or with technology, The given conditions may include properties of geometric figures and relationships between parts of the figures.

Use Appropriate Tools Deciding how precise the drawing of the shape should be will help you choose the method you use to draw the shape.

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
Essential Question How can a shape that meets given conditions be drawn?
Answer:
Use the conditions that are given to draw a shape and based on that shape, determine the name of the shape and its dimensions

Question 2.
Use Appropriate Tools How can you decide whether to draw a shape freehand, with a ruler and protractor, or using technology?
Answer:
a. We will draw a shape freehand when there are not any measurements to draw a particular shape but only the name of the shape
b. We will draw a shape with a ruler when the measurements are specified for a particular shape
c. We will draw a shape with a protractor and a ruler when the measurements and an angle for a particular shape are specified

Question 3.
Construct Arguments Why can you draw more than one quadrilateral using four right angles?
Answer:
We know that,
A parallelogram is a quadrilateral with 2 pairs of opposite sides parallel. A rectangle is a special parallelogram that has 4 right angles. A square is a special rectangle that has all four sides congruent. The angle between these two sides could be a right angle
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that we can draw more than one quadrilateral using four right angles

Involving Geometry 3

Do You Know How?
Question 4.
Draw, freehand, a quadrilateral with exactly one pair of parallel sides and at least one angle measuring 45°.
Answer:
The steps to draw a freehand quadrilateral with exactly one pair of parallel sides and at least one angle measuring 45° are:
Step 1:
Draw a line segment AB with a certain length
Step 2:
Mark an angle of 45° from point A using the protractor and join the segment and name it as BC
Step 3:
From B, draw a line segment such that the length of AB must not be equal to the line segment that is drawn from B and name it BC
Step 4 :
From C, draw a line segment named CDand the length of CD must be equal to the length of AB since they are 2 parallel sides
Step 5:
Join D and A and so we will get the desired quadrilateral

Question 5.
Use a ruler and protractor to draw a quadrilateral with four right angles, two side lengths each measuring 3 inches, and two side lengths each measuring 4 inches. What is the most descriptive name of the figure you drew?
Answer:
It is given that
Use a ruler and protractor to draw a quadrilateral with four right angles, two side lengths each measuring 3 inches, and two side lengths each measuring 4 inches
So,
By using the Geometry software,
The representation of the quadrilateral with the given specifications is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the suitable name of the quadrilateral that was drawn using the given specifications is: Rectangle

Question 6.
Use geometry software to draw a quadrilateral with two angles measuring 80° and two angles measuring 100°. What is the name of the figure you drew?
Answer:
It is given that
Use geometry software to draw a quadrilateral with two angles measuring 80° and two angles measuring 100°.
So,
The representation of the quadrilateral with the given specifications is:

Now,
From the above figure,
We can observe that
a. All the angles are not equal to 90°
b. All the side lengths are equal
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the quadrilateral we were drawn using the given specifications is: Rhombus

Practice & Problem Solving

Question 7.
What quadrilaterals can you draw that have exactly four right angles?
Answer:
The quadrilaterals that we can draw that have exactly four right angles are:
a. Rectangle b. Square

Question 8.
A four-sided sandbox has more than two right angles, two side lengths of 2 feet, and two side lengths of 5 feet. What geometric shape best describes the shape of the sandbox?
Answer:
It is given that
A four-sided sandbox has more than two right angles, two side lengths of 2 feet, and two side lengths of 5 feet
So,
The representation of the sandbox with the given specifications is:

Now,
From the above figure,
We can observe that
a. All the angle measures are 90°
b. The parallel sides are of the same length
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the shape of the given sandbox is: Rectangle

Question 9.
What quadrilateral can you draw that has exactly one pair of parallel sides?
Answer:
The quadrilateral you can draw that has exactly one pair of parallel sides is: Trapezoid

Question 10.
A friend is building a 4-sided garden with two side lengths of 19 feet and exactly one right angle. What quadrilaterals could describe the garden?
Answer:
It is given that
A friend is building a 4-sided garden with two side lengths of 19 feet and exactly one right angle.
So,
From the above specifications,
The shape of the garden must be a rectangle
So,
The representation of the 4-sided garden with the given specifications is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the quadrilateral that could describe the garden is: Rectangle

Question 11.
What quadrilaterals can you draw that have two side lengths of 9 centimeters and two side lengths of 4 centimeters?
Answer:
The quadrilaterals that you can draw that have two side lengths of 9 cm and two side lengths of 4 cm are:
a. Rectangle (With all the angle measures 90°)
b. Parallelogram ( WIth all the angle measures not equal to 90°)
Hence,
The representation of the two quadrilateral with the given specifications is:

Question 12.
A park has a pond shaped like a quadrilateral with side lengths of 17 feet and no right angles. What other geometric shapes could describe the shape of the pond?
Answer:
It is given that
A park has a pond shaped like a quadrilateral with side lengths of 17 feet and no right angles
Now,
We know that,
A quadrilateral that has all the side lengths equal and no right angles is: Rhombus
So,
The shape of the pond is: Rhombus
Now,
We know that,
Any other geometric shape does not have all the equal side lengths other than the square but in the square, all the angle measures are 90°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the shape of the pond is: Rhombus
  Scale: 1 cm = 2 feet

Question 13.
Draw a quadrilateral that has one angle measure of 20° and exactly one side length of 4 units.
Answer:
It is given that to draw a quadrilateral that has one angle measure of 20° and exactly one side length of 4 units.
Hence,
The representation of the quadrilateral with the given specifications by using the geometry software is:

Question 14.
Which of the following shapes are trapezoids that have side lengths of 7 inches and 5 inches and a right angle? Select all that apply.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 27
Answer:
We know that,
A right-angled Trapezoid has 2 adjacent right angles and a pair of parallel sides
Hence,
The Trapezoids that have represented by the given specifications are:

Question 15.
Using computer software, draw a quadrilateral with two sets of parallel sides and two angles measuring 135 degrees.
Answer:
It is given that
Draw a quadrilateral with two sets of parallel sides and two angles measuring 135 degrees.
Hence,
The representation of the quadrilateral with the given specifications by using the geometry software is:

Question 16.
Higher-Order Thinking Draw a rhombus with side lengths of 6 units and angle measures of 100°, 80°, 100°, and 80°.
Answer:
It is given that
Draw a rhombus with side lengths of 6 units and angle measures of 100°, 80°, 100°, and 80°.
Hence,
The representation of a rhombus with the given specifications by using the geometry software is:

Assessment Practice
Question 17.
Thomas is painting a geometry mural. He is painting quadrilaterals that have at least 1 line of symmetry.
PART A
Which could be a quadrilateral that Thomas painted? Select all that apply.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 28
Answer:
It is given that
Thomas is painting a geometry mural. He is painting quadrilaterals that have at least 1 line of symmetry.
Now,
We know that,
The “Symmetry lines” are the lines that have equal side lengths
Hence, from the above,
The quadrilaterals that Thomas painted are:

PART B
Which of the following figures can he also include in his painting?
A. quadrilateral with no equal sides
B. A quadrilateral with only 2 equal sides that are perpendicular to each other
C. A quadrilateral with 2 pairs of equal sides and 1 right angle
D. A quadrilateral with 2 pairs of parallel equal sides, with no right angles
Answer:
From part (a),
We can observe that the quadrilaterals that are included in Thomas painting have:
a. The equal sides and 1 right angle (or) more than one right angle
b. The equal pair of sides and no right angles
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the nature of figures that are included in Thomas paintings are: Option C and Option  D

Lesson 8.3 Draw Triangles with Given Conditions

Solve & Discuss It!

Kane has 4 pieces of wood available to build a triangle-shaped garden. Which pieces of wood can he use?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 29
I can… draw triangles when given information about their side lengths and angle measures.
Answer:
It is given that
Kane has 4 pieces of wood available to build a triangle-shaped garden.
Now,
We know that,
To build a Triangle,
The sum of the lengths of the two shortest sides must be greater than the length of the third side
Now,
The given pieces of wood are:
a. 2 feet b, 3 feet c. 4 feet d. 5 feet
So,
The possible combination of pieces of wood is:
a. (2, 3, 5) b. (2, 3, 4) c. (3, 4, 5) d. (2, 4, 5)
Now,
The possible combination of pieces of wood that allow to form a triangle-shaped garden is:
a. 2 + 3 !>[Not greater thhan] 5
b. 2 + 3 > 4
c. 3 + 4 > 5
d. 2 + 4 > 5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the possible combinations of the pieces of wood that form a Triangle-shaped garden are:
a. (2 feet, 3 feet, 4 feet)
b. (3 feet, 4 feet, 5 feet)
c. (2 feet, 4 feet, 5 feet)

Make Sense and Persevere Try all possible combinations of three pieces of wood.
Answer:
We know that,
To build a Triangle,
The sum of the lengths of the two shortest sides must be greater than the length of the third side
Now,
The given pieces of wood from part (a) are:
a. 2 feet b, 3 feet c. 4 feet d. 5 feet
So,
The possible combination of pieces of wood to form a triangle-shaped garden is:
a. (2, 3, 5) b. (2, 3, 4) c. (3, 4, 5) d. (2, 4, 5)
Now,
The possible combination of pieces of wood that allow to form a triangle-shaped garden is:
a. 2 + 3 !>[Not greater thhan] 5
b. 2 + 3 > 4
c. 3 + 4 > 5
d. 2 + 4 > 5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the possible combinations of the pieces of wood that form a Triangle-shaped garden are:
a. (2 feet, 3 feet, 4 feet)
b. (3 feet, 4 feet, 5 feet)
c. (2 feet, 4 feet, 5 feet)

Focus on math practices
Use Structure Are there any combinations of three pieces of wood that will not create a triangle? Explain.
Answer:
Yes, there is a combination of three pieces of wood that will not create a triangle
Now,
From part (b),
We can observe that the combination of three pieces of wood that will not create a triangle is: (2, 3, 5)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The combination of three pieces of wood that will not create a triangle is: (2 feet, 3 feet, 5 feet)

Involving Geometry 4

Essential Question
How can you determine when it is possible to draw a triangle given certain conditions?
Answer:
The condition to draw a Triangle under the given conditions is:
The sum of the lengths of the two shortest sides must be greater than the length of the third side

Try It!
How many unique triangles can be drawn with given side lengths of 8 inches, 10.3 inches, and 13 inches?
_________ unique triangle(s) can be drawn with the given side lengths.
Answer:
The given side lengths are: 8 inches, 10.3 inches, and 13 inches
Now,
The representations of the given side lengths of the triangle in different positions are:

So,
From the above,
We can observe that the triangles with the same side lengths have the same shape and the same size, no matter how they are positioned
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that “1 unique Triangle” can be drawn with the given side lengths

Convince Me! When two sides of a triangle are switched, why is it still considered the same triangle?
Answer:
When two sides of a triangle are switched, we are only switching their positions with their original side lengths.
So,
It is still considered the same triangle

Try It!
a. Write three side lengths that will form a triangle. Write three side lengths that will NOT form a triangle.
Answer:
We know that,
In order to construct a Triangle,
The sum of the lengths of the two shortest sides must be greater than the length of the third side
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The three side lengths that form a triangle are: 3 units, 4 units, and 5 units
The three side lengths that will not form a triangle are: 2 units, 3 units, and 5 units

b. Can a triangle be drawn with a side length of 3 inches and angles at each end measuring 90° and 89°? Explain.
Answer:
It is given that
The side length of a triangle is: 3 inches
The angle measures of a triangle are 90° and 89°
Now,
We know that,
A triangle can only have 1 right angle
But,
The given triangle has 1 right angle and another almost right angle with a third angle measure 1°
Now,
The representation of the triangle with the given specifications will be like:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
It is not possible to draw a triangle with a side length of 3 inches and angles at each end measuring 90° and 89°

Try It!
Can more than one triangle be drawn with two side lengths of 6 inches and a non-included angle of 60°? Explain.
Answer:
It is given that
The two side lengths of the triangle are: 6 inches and 6 inches
The non-included angle is: 60°
Now,
We know that,
As the two side lengths are the same, the triangle will be an “Isosceles Triangle”
So,
Besides the given angle measure, the other two angle measures must be the same
So,
The other two angle measures will be: 60° and 60° [ Since the first angle measure is 60° and the remaining angle measure is 120°]
So,
The representation of the triangle with the given specifications is:

Now,
From the above triangles,
We can observe that there is no change in shape irrespective of the same side lengths and the same non-included angle
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that more than one triangle can not be drawn with two side lengths of 6 inches and a non-included angle of 60°

KEY CONCEPT
You can analyze given conditions of side lengths and angle measures to determine whether one unique triangle, more than one unique triangle, or no triangle can be drawn.
There is more than one possible triangle given these cases: all three angles, or two sides and a nonincluded angle.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 30
There is one unique triangle given these cases: all three sides, two sides and an included angle, or two angles and an included side.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 31

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
Essential Question How can you determine when it is possible to draw a triangle given certain conditions?
Answer:
The condition to draw a Triangle under the given conditions is:
The sum of the lengths of the two shortest sides must be greater than the length of the third side

Question 2.
Look for Relationships What is the relationship between all triangles that can be drawn given the same three angle measures?
Answer:
If we have all the same three angle measures, then that triangle is known as an “Equilateral triangle”
So,
Whatever the turns, reflection, etc., we did, the shape of the equilateral triangle will not change
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that a “Unique Triangle” can be formed if we draw a triangle will the same three angle measures

Question 3.
Why can there be only one way to draw a triangle if two sides and an included angle are given?
Answer:
It is possible to draw more than one triangle has the side lengths and angle measure as given. It depends on which line you start with, which end of the line you draw the angles, and whether they are above or below the line or not.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that because of the above, there is only one way to draw a triangle if two sides and an included angle are given

Do You Know How?
Question 4.
How many triangles can be drawn with side lengths 4 centimeters, 4.5 centimeters, and 9 centimeters? Explain.
Answer:
The given side lengths of a triangle are: 4 cm, 4.5 cm, and 9 cm
Now,
We know that,
In order to construct a triangle,
The sum of the length of the two shortest sides must be greater than the length of the third side
So,
4 + 4.5 > 9
8.5 >! 9
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the triangles can not be drawn for the given side lengths since the condition to form a triangle is not true for the given side lengths

Question 5.
Can more than one triangle be drawn with side lengths of 5 inches and 7 inches and an included angle with a measure of 50°? Explain.
Answer:
The given side lengths of a triangle are: 5 inches and 7 inches
The included angle of a triangle is: 50°
Now,
The representations of the triangles with the given specifications are:

Now,
From the above,
We can observe that the triangle with the given specifications is the same even we turn the triangle to any degree
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
We can not draw more than one triangle with side lengths of 5 inches and 7 inches and an included angle with a measure of 50°

Question 6.
Sketch two different triangles that have angle measures of 45°, 45°, and 90°.
Answer:
The representation of the different triangles that have angle measures of 45°, 45°, and 90° are:

Practice & Problem Solving

Question 7.
Draw two different triangles with angle measurements of 90°, 35°, and 55°.
Answer:
The representation of the two different triangles with angle measurements of 90°, 35°, and 55° is:

Question 8.
If you form a triangle from three given side lengths, will you always get one triangle or more than one triangle?
Answer:
If you form a triangle from three given side lengths, then you will not always get only one triangle
Ex:
The given side lengths of a triangle are: 3 cm, 4 cm, and 5 cm
Now,
We know that,
In order to construct a triangle,
The sum of the lengths of the two short sides must be greater than the length of the third side
So,
The possible combinations for forming a triangle are: (3, 4, 5), (3, 5, 4), (4, 3, 5), (5, 3, 4)

Question 9.
How can you make different-looking triangles given two of the angle measures and the included side lengths?
Answer:
Since the two angles are already given, therefore the value of the third angle is already fixed. That is, the third angle is the difference between 180° and the sum of the two angles. If the angles and the side lengths are given, then we can form any number of angles as long as the ratio of angles are consistent

Question 10.
If you form a triangle from two given angle measures and the length of the included side, will you always get one triangle or will you get more than one triangle?
Answer:
It is not always possible to construct a triangle from a given side length and two angles. If the two given angles add to more than 180°, then the sides of the triangle will diverge and never meet.

Question 11.
How can you make different triangles with the same angle measures?
Answer:
We can make different triangles with the same angle measures by making the sum of the angles consistent
Example:
The given angle measures are: 30°, 70°, 80°
Now,
The combination of different angle measures to make different triangles are:
a. 30°, 60° 90°
b. 40°, 50°, 90°
c. 40°, 60°, 80°

Question 12.
Given two side lengths of 15 units and 9.5 units, with a nonincluded angle of 75°, can you draw no triangles, only one triangle, or more than one triangle?
Answer:
The given side lengths are: 15 units and 9.5 units
The non-included angle is: 75°
Now,
The representation of the triangle with the given specifications are:

Now,
From the above,
We can observe that there is more than one triangle with the given specifications
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that we can draw more than one triangle with the given specifications

Question 13.
A student was asked to form different triangles with angle measures of 90°, 30°, and 60°. She incorrectly said this triangle is the only triangle with angle measures of 90°, 30°, and 60°. What mistake might she have made?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 32
Answer:
It is given that
A student was asked to form different triangles with angle measures of 90°, 30°, and 60°. She incorrectly said this triangle is the only triangle with angle measures of 90°, 30°, and 60°
Now,
We know that,
We can form any number of triangles as long as the sum of the angles is 180°
So,
The other combinations of the given angle measures are:
a. 30°, 60°, 90°
b. 40°, 60°, 80°
c. 30°, 50°, 100°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the mistake done by her is:
She did not consider the other shapes of the triangles by adjusting the given angle measures

Question 14.
In triangle QRS, m∠QSR = 100°, m∠SQR = 45°, and QR = 4 units. In triangle XYZ, m∠XYZ = 100°, m∠ZXY = 45°, and XY = 4 units. Are triangles QRS and XYZ the same? Explain.
Answer:

Question 15.
You are asked to make a triangular sign using the given information about triangle WXY. In triangle WXY, m∠WXY = 45°, m∠YWX = 90°, and WX = 5 feet.
a. Which triangle is correct? Each square on the grid is equal to 1 square foot.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 33
Answer:
It is given that
You are asked to make a triangular sign using the given information about triangle WXY. In triangle WXY, m∠WXY = 45°, m∠YWX = 90°, and WX = 5 feet.
So,
The representation of the triangle with the given specifications is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Option B matches the given above figure

b. Explain why only one triangle can be formed with these three pieces of information.
Answer:
We know that,
It is not always possible to construct a triangle from a given side length and two angles. If the two given angles add to more than 180°, then the sides of the triangle will diverge and never meet.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that only one triangle can be formed by the given information in part (a)

Question 16.
Look for Relationships Two different triangles have side lengths of 13 and 16 units and a non-included angle of 50°. Explain how the triangles are different.
Answer:
It is given that
Two different triangles have side lengths of 13 and 16 units and a non-included angle of 50°
Now,
The representations of the triangle with the given specifications are: (Scale: 1 cm = 2 units)

Now,
From the above,
We can observe that the angles are different for the two representations
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the representations of the triangles are different due to the remaining angle measures other than the non-included angle measure

Question 17.
Higher-Order Thinking Two triangles have side lengths of 12 units and 15 units and a non-included angle of 45°. Draw two different triangles with these conditions.
Answer:
It is given that
Two triangles have side lengths of 12 units and 15 units and a non-included angle of 45°
Hence,
The representation of the triangle with the given specifications are:

Question 18.
For triangle RST, RS is 12 centimeters, ST is 16 centimeters, and RT is 19 centimeters. How many triangles can be drawn with the given side lengths?
Answer:
It is given that
For triangle RST, RS is 12 centimeters, ST is 16 centimeters, and RT is 19 centimeters.
So,
The representation of the triangle with the given specifications is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that only one triangle can be drawn with the given side lengths

Question 19.
A triangle has two side lengths of 8.5 centimeters and 9.5 centimeters. What is a possible length for the third side? Explain why this is a possible length.
Answer:
It is given that
A triangle has two side lengths of 8.5 centimeters and 9.5 centimeters.
Now,
We know that,
In order to construct a triangle,
The sum of the lengths of the two shortest sides must be greater than the length of the longer side
Now,
Let the third side be x
Case 1:
8.5 + 9.5 > x
18 > x
x < 18
Case 2:
8.5 + x > 9.5
x > 9.5 – 8.5
x > 1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the possible length of the third side must be: 1 < x < 18

Question 20.
Can a triangle be formed with side lengths of 4, 5, and 7 units?
Answer:
The given side lengths are: 4 units, 5 units, and 7 units
Now,
We know that,
In order to construct a triangle,
The sum of the lengths of the two shortest sides must be greater than the length of the longer side
So,
4 + 5 > 7
9 > 7
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the triangle can be formed wit the given side lengths 4, 5, and 7 units

Assessment Practice
Question 21.
Which of the following combinations of side lengths would form a triangle? Select all that apply.
☐ 7 in., 10 in., 2.5 in.
☐ 4.5 ft, 8 ft, 5 ft
☐ 5 yd, 11 yds, 5 yd
☐ 12 in., 5 in., 9.5 in.
☐ 7 m, 7 m, 9 m
☐ 6 ft, 16 ft, 9 ft
Answer:
We know that,
In order to construct a triangle,
The sum of the lengths of the two shortest sides must be greater than the length of the longer side
Hence,
The combinations of side lengths that would form a triangle are:

Question 22.
Which of the following combinations of side lengths would NOT form a triangle?
A. 7 cm, 10 cm, 13 cm
B. 10 ft, 13 ft, 15 ft
C. 10 yd, 11 yd, 13 yd
D. 10 in., 13 in., 23 in.
Answer:
We know that,
In order to construct a triangle,
The sum of the lengths of the two shortest sides must be greater than the length of the longer side
Hence,
The combinations of side lengths that would not form a triangle are:

Question 23.
Draw a triangle that has exactly one line of symmetry.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 34
Answer:
We know that,
The triangle, which has two equal sides, two equal angles and exactly one line of symmetry is known as the Isosceles Triangle. So, ΔABC is an Isosceles Triangle. Therefore, the triangle which has only one line of symmetry has been known as the Isosceles Triangle.
Hence,
The representation of the triangle that has exactly on the line of symmetry is:

Lesson 8.4 Solve Problems Using Angle Relationships

Explore It!

The intersecting skis form four angles.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 35

I can… solve problems involving angle relationships.

A. List all the pairs of angles that share a ray.
Answer:
It is given that the intersecting skis form four angles.
Now,
The representation of the intersecting skies and the angles made by intersection are:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 35
Hence, from the above figure,
We can conclude that the angles that share a ray are:
∠1, ∠2, ∠3, and ∠4

B. Suppose the measure of Z1 increases. What happens to the size of ∠2? ∠3?
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can observe that ∠1 and ∠2 are on the same side and they are known as “Adjacent angles”
We can observe that ∠1 and ∠3 are on the opposite sides of the ray and they are known as “Vertical angles”
Now,
We know that,
The sum of the adjacent angles is 180°
The angle measures of the vertical angles are the same
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
When the value of ∠1 increases, the value of ∠2 automatically decreases
When the value of ∠1 increases, the value of ∠3 also increases

C. How does the sum of the measures of ∠1 and ∠2 change when one ski moves? Explain.
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can observe that ∠1 and ∠2 lies on the same side of the ski and they are known as “Adjacent angles” (or) “Supplementary angles”
Now,
We know that,
The sum of the angle measures of adjacent angles is 180°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the sum of the measures of ∠1 and ∠2 always remains constant even when one ski moves

Focus on math practices
Construct Arguments Why does the sum of all four angle measures stay the same when one of the skis moves?
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can observe that the intersecting skies form 4 angles
Now,
We know that,
The sum of the adjacent angles’ angle measures is 180°
The angle measures of the vertical angles are the same
So,
∠1 + ∠2 = 180° and ∠3 + ∠4 = 180°
∠1 = ∠3 and ∠2 = ∠4
So,
∠1 + ∠2 + ∠3 + ∠4 = 360°
So,
Even when we change one angle measure, the remaining angle measures will adjust their angle measures accordingly so that the sum of all the four angles remain the same i.e, 360°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the sum of all four angle measures stay the same even when one of the skis moves

Essential Question
How are angles formed by intersecting lines related?
Answer:
When two lines intersect, the angles that are opposite each other are vertical angles. Recall that a linear pair is a pair of adjacent angles whose non-common sides are opposite rays. So, when two lines intersect, the angles that are on the same side of a line form a linear pair.

Try It!
∠MNQ and ∠PNR are vertical angles. What is the value of x?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 36
Vertical angles are __________, so the equation ___________ can be used to find x. The value of x is __________.
Answer:
It is given that ∠MNQ and ∠PNR are vertical angles
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 36
Now,
We know that,
The angle measures of the vertical angles are the same
So,
(3x – 6)° = 114°
3x° = 114° + 6°
3x° = 120°
x° = \(\frac{120°}{3}\)
x° = 40°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
Since the vertical angles are congruent, the equation (3x – 6)° = 114° can be used to find the value of x
Hence,
The value of x is: 40°

Convince Me! Why can you use an equation when solving for x in the diagram?
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 36
Now,
We know that,
The vertical angles are always congruent
So,
The angle measures of the vertical angles are also congruent
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that ∠MNQ and ∠PNR are vertical angles
So,
∠MNQ = ∠PNR
So,
(3x – 6)° = 114°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that we will use the equation to solve for x since the given angles are the vertical angles

Try It!
m∠1 is 4 times m∠2. ∠1 and ∠2 are complementary. ∠1 and ∠3 are vertical angles. ∠3 and ∠4 are supplementary. What are the measures of the four angles?
Answer:
It is given that
m∠1 is 4 times m∠2. ∠1 and ∠2 are complementary. ∠1 and ∠3 are vertical angles. ∠3 and ∠4 are supplementary
Now,
The given relation between ∠1 and ∠2 is:
∠2 = 4∠1
Now,
From the given information,
∠1 + ∠2 = 90°
∠1 + 4∠1 = 90°
5∠1 = 90°
∠1 = \(\frac{90°}{5}\)
∠1 = 18°
So,
∠2 = 4 ∠1
∠2 = 4 (18°)
∠2 = 72°
Now,
From the given information,
∠1 and ∠3 are vertical angles. ∠3 and ∠4 are supplementary
So,
∠1 = ∠3 = 18°
Now,
∠3 + ∠4 = 180°
∠4 = 180° – 18°
∠4 = 162°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the measures of the four angles are:
∠1 = 18°, ∠2 = 72°, ∠3 = 18°, and ∠4 = 162°

KEY CONCEPT
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 37

Do You Understand?

Question 1.
Essential Question How are angles formed by intersecting lines related?
Answer:
When two lines intersect, the angles that are opposite each other are vertical angles. Recall that a linear pair is a pair of adjacent angles whose non-common sides are opposite rays. So, when two lines intersect, the angles that are on the same side of a line form a linear pair.

Question 2.
Use Structure Can vertical angles also be adjacent angles? Explain.
Answer:
No, vertical angles can never be adjacent. Adjacent angles are the ones next to each other while vertical angles are opposite from each other.

Question 3.
Reasoning Do complementary and supplementary angles also have to be adjacent angles? Explain.
Answer:
Supplementary and complementary angles do not have to be adjacent, but they can be possible. Supplementary angles are two angles whose measures sum to 180 ° and complementary are the sum have to add up to 90 °

Do You Know How?

Use the diagram below for 4-6.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 38
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 38

Question 4.
List two pairs of adjacent angles.
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The two pairs of adjacent angles are:
a. ∠1 and ∠2      b. ∠3 and ∠4

Question 5.
List all pairs of vertical angles.
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The pairs of vertical angles are:
∠1 and ∠3

Question 6.
If ∠1 and ∠3 are the same measure, what is the value of x?
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can observe that
∠1 = 9x° and ∠3 = 90°
Now,
It is given that ∠1 and ∠3 are the same measure
So,
∠1 = ∠3
So,
9x° = 90°
x = \(\frac{90°}{9}\)
x = 10°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 10°

Practice & Problem Solving

Question 7.
List each angle adjacent to ∠w.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 39
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 39
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The angles adjacent to ∠w are: ∠x and ∠z
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the angles adjacent to ∠w are: ∠x and ∠z

Question 8.
List two pairs of adjacent angles.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 40
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 40
Now,
We know that,
The “Adjacent angles” are the angles that share the common vertex and common side
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The adjacent angles are: ∠KOL and ∠NOM
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the two pairs of adjacent angles are: ∠KOL and ∠NOM

Question 9.
Find the value of x.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 41
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 41
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that 9x° and 18° are the complementary angles
Now,
We know that,
The sum of the complementary angles is always 90°
So,
9x° + 18° = 90°
9x°= 90° – 18°
9x° = 72°
x = \(\frac{72°}{9}\)
x = 8°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 8°

Question 10.
Find the value of x.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 42
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 42
Now,
Fro the given figure,
We can observe that 125° and (5x + 30)° are vertical angles
Now,
We know that,
The vertical angles are always congruent
So,
(5x + 30)° = 125°
5x° = 125° – 30°
5x° = 95°
x = \(\frac{95°}{5}\)
x° = 19°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 19°

Question 11.
∠1 and ∠2 are complementary angles. The measure of ∠1 is 42°. The measure of ∠2 is (3x)°. Find the value of x.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 43
Answer:
It is given that
∠1 and ∠2 are complementary angles. The measure of ∠1 is 42°. The measure of ∠2 is (3x)°.
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 43
Now,
We know that,
The sum of the complementary angles is always 90°
So,
∠1 + ∠2 = 90°
42°+ 3x° = 90°
3x° = 90° – 42°
3x° = 48°
x° = \(\frac{48°}{3}\)
x°= 16°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 16°

Question 12.
Two streets form an intersection. ∠C and ∠D are supplementary angles. If the measure of ∠C is 128° and the measure of ∠D is two times the value of x, what is the value of x?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 44
Answer:
It is given that
Two streets form an intersection. ∠C and ∠D are supplementary angles. The measure of ∠C is 128° and the measure of ∠D is two times the value of x
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 44
Now,
We know that,
The sum of the supplemenatry angles is always 180°
So,
∠C + ∠D = 180°
128° + 2x° = 180°
2x° = 180° – 128°
2x° = 52°
x° = \(\frac{52°}{2}\)
x° = 26°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 26°

Question 13.
If A and B are supplementary angles and ∠A is three times as large as ∠B, find the measures of ∠A and ∠B.
Answer:
It is given that
A and B are supplementary angles and ∠A is three times as large as ∠B
Now,
Let the value of ∠B be x°
So,
The value of ∠A will be: 3x°
Now,
We know that,
The sum of the supplementary angles is always 180°
So,
∠A + ∠B = 180°
So,
3x° + x° = 180°
4x° = 180°
x° = \(\frac{180°}{4}\)
x°= 45°
So,
∠B = 45°
∠A = 3x° = 3 (45°) = 135°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the angle measures of ∠A and ∠B are 135° and 45° respectively

Question 14.
Higher-Order Thinking The measure of ∠DBE is (0.1x – 22)° and the measure of ∠CBE is (0.3x – 54)°. Find the value of x.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 45
Answer:
It is given that
The measure of ∠DBE is (0.1x – 22)° and the measure of ∠CBE is (0.3x – 54)°
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 45
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that ∠DBE and ∠CBE are the complementary angles
Now,
We know that,
The sum of the complementary angles is always 90°
So,
∠DBE + ∠CBE = 90°
(0.1x – 22)° + (0.3x – 54)° = 90°
0.4x° – 76° = 90°
0.4x°= 90° + 76°
0.4x° = 166°
4x° = 1,660°
x° = \(\frac{1,660°}{4}\)
x° = 415°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 415°

Question 15.
Reasoning ∠1 and an angle that measures 50° are supplementary. Another angle that measures 50° and ∠3 is supplementary. Show that m∠1 and m∠3 are equal.
Answer:
It is give that
∠1 and an angle that measures 50° are supplementary. Another angle that measures 50° and ∠3 is supplementary
Now,
We know that,
The sum of the supplementary angles is always 180°
Now,
Let the unkown angle be ∠x
Now,
∠1 + ∠x = 180°
∠1 + 50° = 180°
∠1 = 180° – 50°
∠1 = 130°
Now,
∠x + ∠3 = 180°
∠3 + 50° = 180°
∠3 = 180° – 50°
∠3 = 130°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
∠1 = ∠3

Assessment Practice
Question 16.
Using the diagram at the right, Martin incorrectly writes m∠b = 125° What mistake did Martin likely make? Find the correct measure of ∠b.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 46
Answer:
It is given that
Martin incorrectly writes
m∠b = 125°
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 46
Now,
From the give figure,
We can observe that ∠b and 55° are complementary angles
Now,
We know that,
The sum of complementary angles is always 90°
So,
Both the angles in the complementary angles must be acute angles i.e., the angle must be less than 90°
Now,
∠b + 55° = 90°
∠b = 90° – 55°
∠b = 35°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The mistake made by Martin is: Consideration of the angles as supplementary angles even though they are complementary angles
The correct measure of ∠b is: 35°

Question 17.
What is the measure, in degrees, of angle x?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 47
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 47
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
x° and 107° are adjacent angles
Now,
We know that,
The sum of the adjacent angles is always 180°
So,
x° + 107° = 180°
x° = 180° – 107°
x°= 73°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 73°

Question 18.
What is the measure, in degrees, of the highlighted angle?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 48
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 48
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
x° and 2x° are the supplementary angles
Now,
We know that,
The sum of the supplementary angles is always 180°
So,
x° + 2x° = 180°
3x° = 180°
x° = \(\frac{180°}{3}\)
x°= 60°
So,
2x° = 2 (60°) = 120°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of the highlighted angle is: 120°

Lesson 8.5 Solve Problems Involving Circumference of a Circle

Explore It!

The distance around a circle and the distance across a circle are related.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 49
I can… solve problems involving radius, diameter, and circumference of circles.

A. Use string to measure the distance across each circle. How many of these lengths does it take to go completely around the circle?
Answer:
We know that,
The distance around the circle is: Circumference
The distance across the circle is: Diameter
Now,
The complete length to go completely around the circle is given as:
Circumference = πd
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The total length does it take to go completely around the circle = πd
Where
d is the diameter

B. Use the string and a ruler to measure the distance across the circle and the distance around the circle. Complete the table. Round each measurement to the nearest quarter inch.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 50
Answer:

C. What do you notice about the ratio of the distance around the circle to the distance across the circle for each circle?
Answer:
From the given table,
We can observe that the ratio of the circumference and the diameter is constant for all the circles
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the ratio of the distance around the circle to the distance across the circle for each circle is constant

Focus on math practices
Look for Relationships How can you estimate the distance around any circle when given the distance across the circle?
Answer:
We know that,
The distance around the circle is: Circumference
The distance across the circle is: Diameter
Now,
We know that,
The relationship between the distance around the circle and the distance across the circle is:
Distance around the circle = π × Distance across the circle
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
Circumference (C) = πd
Where,
d is the diameter

Essential Question
How is the circumference of a circle related to the length of its diameter?
Answer:
The relationship between the circumference of a circle and the diameter of the circle is:
Circumference (C) = πd
Where,
d is the diameter

Try It!
What is the circumference of the rim of a basketball hoop with a radius of 9 inches?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 51
First, multiply the radius by __________ to get the diameter, __________ inches. Then, multiply the diameter by 3.14 (an approximation for π) to get a circumference of about __________ inches.
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 51
Now,
We know that,
The diameter of the rim (d) = 2 × Radius of the rim (r)
So,
d = 2 × 9
d = 18 in.
Now,
We know that,
Circumference (C) = πd
So,
C = 3.14 × 18
= 56.52 in.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the circumference of the rim of a basketball hoop is about 56.52 in.

Convince Me! If the diameter is doubled, what happens to the circumference? Explain.
Answer:
We know that,
Circumference (C) = πd
So,
When the diameter is doubled,
Circumference (C) = π × 2d
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
If the diameter is doubled, then the circumference will also be doubled

Try It!
The circle has a circumference of 9.42 units. What is the area of the square? Use 3.14 for π. Explain how you found the answer.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 52
Answer:
It is given that the circle has a circumference of 9.42 units
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 52
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The radius of the circle = The side of the square
Now,
We know that,
The circumference of a circle (C) = 2πr
So,
2πr = 9.42
r = \(\frac{9.42}{2π}\)
r = 1.5 units
So,
The side of the square is: 1.5 units
Now,
We know that,
The area of the square = Side²
So,
The area of the square = (1.5)²
= 2.25 units²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the area of the square is: 2.25 units²

KEY CONCEPT
The parts of a circle and their relationships are summarized in the diagram below.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 53

Do You Understand?

Question 1.
Essential Question How is the circumference of a circle related to the length of its diameter?
Answer:
The relationship between the circumference of a circle and the diameter of the circle is:
Circumference (C) = πd
Where,
d is the diameter

Question 2.
Construct Arguments Are there any circles for which the relationship between the diameter and circumference cannot be represented by π? Explain.
Answer:
We know that,
The circumference of a circle (C) = πd
Where,
d is the diameter
Now,
We will find the circumference of any circle (Semi circle, Quarter circle, etc.) from the above formula only with some modifications
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are not any circles for which the relationship between the diameter and circumference cannot be represented by π

Question 3.
Be Precise Can you find the exact circumference of a circle when you multiply the diameter by \(\frac{22}{7}\)? Explain.
Answer:
No, we can not find the exact circumference of a circle when you multiply the diameter by \(\frac{22}{7}\) because the diameter will not always be the multiple of 7 so that the circumference will be an integer

Do You Know How?

Question 4.
What is the circumference of a circle with a radius of 5 inches?
Answer:
The given data is:
The radius of a circle (r) = 5 inches
Now,
We know that,
The circumference of a circle (C) = 2πr
So,
C = 2 × 3.14 × 5
= 31.4 inches
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the circumference of the circle with the given radius is: 31.4 inches

Question 5.
What is the diameter of a circle with a circumference of 10.99 feet?
Answer:
The given data is:
The circumference of a circle (C) = 10.99 feet
Now,
We know that,
The circumference of a circle (C) = πd
So,
10.99 = 3.14 × d
d = \(\frac{10.99}{3.14}\)
d = 3.5 feet
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the diameter of the circle with the given circumference is: 3.5 feet

Question 6.
How many full revolutions does a car tire with a diameter of 25 inches make when the car travels one mile?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 54
Answer:
It is given that
A car tire has a diameter of 25 inches
Now,,
We have to find the circumference of the tire and the speed of the car to find the number of revolutions
Now,
We know that,
The circumference of a circle (C) = πd
So,
C = 3.14 × 25
= 78.5 inches
So,
The circumference of the given car tire is: 78.5 inches
Now,
We know that,
1 mile = 5,280 feet
1 feet = 12 inches
So,
1 mile = 5,280 × 12
= 63,360 inches
Now,
We know that,
The number of revolutions the car tire can make = \(\frac{Speed of a car}{The circumference of a car tire}\)
= \(\frac{63,360}{78.5}\)
≅ 807 revolutions
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The number of revolutions the given car tire can make with the given diameter is about 807 revolutions

Practice & Problem Solving

Question 7.
Find the circumference of the circle. Use π as part of the answer.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 55
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 55
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The diameter of a circle (d) = 7 cm
Now,
We know that,
The circumference of a circle (C) = πd
So,
C = 7π cm
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the circumference of the circle with the given diameter in terms of π is: 7π cm

Question 8.
Find the circumference of the circle. Use 3.14 for π. Round to the nearest hundredth.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 56
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 56
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The diameter of a circle (d) = 20 ft
Now,
We know that,
The circumference of a circle (C) = πd
So,
C = 3.14 × 20
= 62.80 ft
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the circumference of the circle with the given diameter is: 62.80 ft

Question 9.
Find the circumference of the circle. Use π as part of the answer.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 57
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 57
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The radius of a circle (r) = 12 mi
Now,
We know that,
The circumference of a circle (C) = 2πr
So,
C = 2π × 12
= 24π mi
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The circumference of the circle with the given radius in terms of π is: 24π mi

Question 10.
Find the circumference of the circle. Use 3.14 for π. Round to the nearest hundredth.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 58
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 58
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The radius of a circle (r) = 9.5 cm
Now,
We know that,
The circumference of a circle (C) = 2πr
So,
C = 2 × 3.14 × 9.5
= 59.66 cm
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the circumference of the circle with the given radius is: 59.66 cm

Question 11.
Find the diameter of a circle with a circumference of 27 centimeters. Use 3.14 for π. Round to the nearest tenth.
Answer:
The given data is:
The circumference of a circle (C) = 27 cm
Now,
We know that,
The circumference of a circle (C) = πd
So,
27 = 3.14 × d
d = \(\frac{27}{3.14}\)
d = 8.59
d ≅ 9 cm
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the diameter of the circle with the given circumference is about 9 cm

Question 12.
The distance around a meteor crater is 9,687 feet. Find the diameter of the crater. Use \(\frac{22}{7}\) for π. Round to the nearest tenth.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 59
Answer:
It is given that
The distance around a meteor crater is 9,687 feet
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 59
Now,
From the above,
We can observe that the crater is in the form of a circle
Now,
We know that,
The distance around the circle is: Circumference
Now,
We know that,
The circumference of a circle (C) = πd
So,
9,687 = \(\frac{22}{7}\) × d
d = \(\frac{9,687 × 7}{22}\)
d = 3,082.2 feet
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the diameter of the crater for the given circumference of a crater is: 3,082.2 feet

Question 13.
Make Sense and Persevere The circumference of the inner circle is 44 feet. The distance between the inner circle and the outer circle is 3 feet. By how many feet is the circumference of the outer circle greater than the circumference of the inner circle? Use \(\frac{22}{7}\) for π. Round to the nearest hundredth of a foot.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 60
Answer:
It is given that
The circumference of the inner circle is 44 feet. The distance between the inner circle and the outer circle is 3 feet
Now,
We know that,
The circumference of inner circle (c) = 2πr
So,
For inner circle:
44 = 2 × \(\frac{22}{7}\) × r
r = \(\frac{44 × 7}{22 × 2}\)
r = 7 feet
For outer circle:
The circumference of the outer circle (C) = 2π(R – r)
Where,
R is the radius of the outer circle
r is the radius of the inner circle
So,
C = 2 × \(\frac{22}{7}\) × (7 + 3)
C = 62.85 feet
So,
C – c = 62.85 – 44
= 18.85 feet
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the circumference of the outer circle is 18.85 feet greater than the circumference of the inner circle

Question 14.
Generalize What is the ratio of the radius to the circumference of any circle, using 3.14 for π?
Answer:
We know that,
The circumference of a circle (C) = 2πr
So,
\(\frac{C}{r}\) = 2π
\(\frac{C}{r}\) = 6.28
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the ratio of the radius to the circumference of any circle is: 6.28

Question 15.
What is the radius of a circle with a circumference of 26.69 centimeters?
Answer:
The given data is:
The circumference of a circle (C) = 26.69 cm
Now,
We know that,
The circumference of a circle (C) = 2πr
So,
26.69 = 2 × 3.14 × r
r = \(\frac{26.69}{6.28}\)
r = 4.25 cm
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the radius of the circle with the given circumference is: 4.25 cm

Question 16.
Higher Order Thinking A unicycle wheel makes five rotations. The unicycle travels 37.94 feet. Find the diameter of the wheel in inches. Use 3.14 for π. Round to the nearest tenth of an inch.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 61
Answer:
It is given that
A unicycle wheel makes five rotations. The unicycle travels 37.94 feet
Now,
We know that,
The number of revolutions (or) rotations = \(\frac{The speed of the unicycle}{The circumference of the unicycle wheel}\)
So,
The circumference of the unicycle wheel = \(\frac{The speed of the unicycle}{The number of rotations}\)
3.14 × d = \(\frac{37.94}{5}\)
3.14 × d = 7.58
d = \(\frac{7.58}{3.14}\)
d = 2.41 feet
d = 2.41 × 12
d = 29 inches
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the diameter of the wheel in inches is: 29 inches

Assessment Practice
Question 17.
Camille drew the figure shown at the right. Which of the following is the best estimate of the perimeter of the figure?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 62
A. 36 feet
B. 81 feet
C. 45 feet
D. 50 feet
Answer:

Question 18.
A cabin on a Ferris wheel has traveled one-fourth of the circumference of the wheel, a distance of 117.75 feet. What is the radius, in feet, of the Ferris wheel? Use 3.14 for π.
Answer:
It is given that
A cabin on a Ferris wheel has traveled one-fourth of the circumference of the wheel, a distance of 117.75 feet
Now,
The circumference of the wheel (C) = 4 × 117.75
= 471 feet
Now,
We know that,
The circumference of a circle (C) = 2πr
So,
471 = 2 × 3.14 × r
r = \(\frac{471}{6.28}\)
r = 75 feet
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the radius of the Ferris wheel is: 75 feet

Question 19.
The diagram shows a track composed of a rectangle with a semicircle on each end. The area of the rectangle is 7,200 square meters. What is the perimeter, in meters, of the track? Use 3.14 for π.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 63
Answer:
It is given that
The diagram shows a track composed of a rectangle with a semicircle on each end. The area of the rectangle is 7,200 square meters.
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 63
Now,
We know that,
The area of the rectangle (A) = Length × Width
So,
7,200 = 120 × Width
Width = \(\frac{7,200}{120}\)
Width = 60 m
So,
The radius of the semicircle (r) = \(\frac{Width of the rectangle}{2}\)
r = \(\frac{60}{2}\)
r = 30 m
Now,
We know that,
The perimeter of a rectangle = 2 (Length + Width)
The perimeter of a semicircle = r (π + 2)
Now,
The perimeter of a rectangle = 2 (120 + 60)
= 2 (180)
= 360 m
The perimeter of a semicircle = 30 (3.14 + 2)
= 154.2 m
So,
The perimeter of the track = The perimeter of a rectangle + 2 (The perimeter of a semicircle)
= 360 + 2 (154.2)
= 668.4 m
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the perimeter of the given track is: 668.4 m

Topic 8 MID-TOPIC CHECKPOINT

Question 1.
Vocabulary How are adjacent angles and vertical angles alike? How are they different? Lesson 8-4
Answer:
We know that,
The adjacent angles and the vertical angles have the same vertex
We know that,
The sum of the adjacent angles is 180° (or) 90°

Question 2.
On a map, 1 inch equals 150 miles. The border between the two states is 5.5 inches long on the map. What is the actual length of the border? Lesson 8-1
Answer:
It is given that
On a map, 1 inch equals 150 miles. The border between the two states is 5.5 inches long on the map.
So,
The actual length of the border – (Scale factor) × (The border between the two states on the amp)
= 150 × 5.5
= 825 miles
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the actual length of the border is: 825 miles

In 3 and 4, use the figure to the right.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 64
Question 3.
What is the measure of ∠BZD? Lesson 8-4
A. 58°
B. 148°
C. 32°
D. 90°
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 64
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
∠BZD = ∠BZC + ∠CZD
So,
∠BZD = 58° + 90°
∠BZD = 148°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The angle measure of ∠BZD is:

Question 4.
Find the value of x. Lesson 8-4
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 64
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
(2x)° + 58° = 180°
(2x)° = 180° – 58°
(2x)° = 122°
x = \(\frac{122°}{2}\)
x = 61°
Hence,f rom the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 61°

Question 5.
Pierce draws a circle with a radius of 3 centimeters. Gianna draws a circle with a radius that is twice as long as the radius of Pierce’s circle. How will the circumference of Gianna’s circle compare with the circumference of Pierce’s circle? Lesson 8-5
The circumference of Gianna’s circle is ___________ times the circumference of Pierce’s circle.
Answer:
It is given that
Pierce draws a circle with a radius of 3 centimeters. Gianna draws a circle with a radius that is twice as long as the radius of Pierce’s circle
So,
The radius of Pierce’s circle is: 3 cm
So,
The radius of Gianna’s circle = 2 × (Radius of Pierce’s circle)
= 2 × 3
= 6 cm
Now,
The circumference of Pierce’s circle (C) = 2πr
= 2 × π × 3
= 6π cm
Now,
The circumference of Gianna’s circle (C) = 2πr
= 2 × π × 6
= 12π cm
Now,
Let the number of times Gianna’s circumference is a number of times as Pierce’s circumference be x
So,
x × 6π = 12π
x = \(\frac{12π}{6π}\)
x = 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The circumference of Gianna’s circle is 2 times the circumference of Pierce’s circle.

Question 6.
Draw a triangle with one side length of 5 units and another side length of 7 units. What additional piece of information will guarantee that only one triangle can be drawn? Lessons 8-2 and 8-3
Answer:
The representation of the triangle with the given side lengths is:

Now,
The additional information that will guarantee that only one triangle can be drawn is:
The angle between the two given side lengths i.e., an included angle

Topic 8 MID-TOPIC PERFORMANCE TASK

Mrs. Thomas has two rolls of garden edging that are each 96 inches long. She wants to make two new flower beds in her backyard. Each flower bed will be bordered by one roll of edging. One flower bed will be in the shape of a quadrilateral. The other will be in the shape of a triangle.

PART A
Mrs. Thomas decides to make a scale drawing of each flower bed using a scale of 1 centimeter = 5 inches. What will be the total length of each roll of edging in her scale drawings?
Answer:
It is given that
Mrs. Thomas has two rolls of garden edging that are each 96 inches long. She wants to make two new flower beds in her backyard. Each flower bed will be bordered by one roll of edging. One flower bed will be in the shape of a quadrilateral. The other will be in the shape of a triangle.
Mrs. Thomas decides to make a scale drawing of each flower bed using a scale of 1 centimeter = 5 inches.
Now,
From the given information,
Scale factor = \(\frac{5}{1}\)
So,
The total length of each roll of edging in her scale drawings = \(\frac{The total length of each roll of edging}{Scale factor}\)
= \(\frac{96 × 2}{5}\)
= 19.2 × 2
= 38.4 inches
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The total length of each roll of edging in her scale drawings is: 38.4 inches

PART B
Mrs. Thomas wants the quadrilateral flower bed to have at least two 90° angles. Draw a possible plan for this flower bed using the scale from Part A. Make sure to use a complete roll of edging in the border. Label your drawing with all the angle measures and with the scaled length of each side. Name the shape of the flower bed you drew. What will be its actual dimensions?
Answer:
It is given that
Mrs. Thomas wants the quadrilateral flower bed to have at least two 90° angles
Now,
From part (a),
The scale is: 1 cm = 5 inches
So,
The representation of the quadrilateral flower bed with the scaled measurements is:

Now,
The actual dimensions of the given quadrilateral flower bed are:
The length of the quadrilateral flower bed = (Scaled length) × (Scale factor)
= 4 × 5
= 20 inches
Since the quadrilateral bed is a square bed, all the side lengths are equal
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The shape of the flower bed is: Square
The actual dimensions of the flower bed are: 20 inches, 20 inches, 20 inches, 20 inches

PART C
Mrs. Thomas began to make a drawing for the triangular flower bed. In her drawing, the length of one side of the triangle is 4.8 centimeters, the length of the second side is 6.4 centimeters, and the included angle is a right angle. Use these measures and the scale from Part A to make a completed scale drawing. Label your drawing with all the angle measures to the nearest whole degree and with the scale length of each side. What will be the actual dimensions of this flower bed?
Answer:
It is given that
Mrs. Thomas began to make a drawing for the triangular flower bed. In her drawing, the length of one side of the triangle is 4.8 centimeters, the length of the second side is 6.4 centimeters, and the included angle is a right angle
Now,
From part (a),
The scale is: 1 cm = 5 inches
Now,
The representation of the triangular flower bed with the given specifications is:

Now,
The actual dimensions of the triangular flower garden are:
The actual base length of the flower garden = (The scaled base length of the flower garden) × (Scale factor)
= 6.4 × 5
= 32.0
= 32 inches
The actual height of the flower garden = (The scaled height of the flower garden) × (scale factor)
= 4.8 × 5
= 24.0
= 24 inches
The actual hypotenuse length of the flower garden = (The scaled hypotenuse length of the flower garden) × (Scale factor)
= 8 × 5
= 40 inches
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The actual dimensions of the flower garden are:
Base length: 32 inches
Height: 24 inches
Hypotenuse: 40 inches

Lesson 8.6 Solve Problems Involving Area of a Circle

Explore It!

Latoya cut a circle into 8 equal sections and arranged the pieces to form a shape resembling a parallelogram.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 65
I can… solve problems involving the area of a circle.

A. How is the base length of the new shape related to the circumference of the circle?
Answer:
It is given that
Latoya cut a circle into 8 equal sections and arranged the pieces to form a shape resembling a parallelogram.
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 65
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The base of the new figure is equal to half of the value of the circumference of the circle
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The base of the new figure = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × Circumference of the circle

B. How is the height of the new shape related to the radius of the circle?
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 65
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that the height of the new figure is equal to the radius of the circle
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The height of the new figure = Radius of the circle

C. Since this new shape was made from a circle, use the information from the diagram and the formula for the area of the parallelogram, A= bh, to discover the formula for the area of a circle.
Answer:
It is given that
The area of the parallelogram (A) = bh
Where,
b is the Base of the parallelogram
h is the height of the parallelogram
But,
It is given that
The parallelogram is made from a circle
Now,
From part (a) and (b),
A = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × The circumference of a circle × Radius of a circle
A = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 2πr × r
A = πr × r
A = πr²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that teh area of the circle that is derived fro the area of the parallelogram is: πr²

Focus on math practices
Look for Relationships The formula A = bh can be used to find a good estimate for the area of the cut-out diagram. What would happen to this estimate if the circle was cut into 100 sections? 1,000 sections?
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 65
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The 8 parts of the circle made 4 parallelograms
So,
The relationship between the circles and parallelograms is:
The number of parallelograms = \(\frac{The number of parts of the circle}{2}\)
So,
For 100 pieces of the circle,
The number of parallelograms = \(\frac{100}{2}\)
= 50
For 1,000 pieces of the circle,
The number of parallelograms = \(\frac{1,000}{2}\)
= 500
Hence,
For 100 pieces of the circle,
The area of the parallelogram (A) = Base × Height [Since base = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × Circumference]
= 50r units²
For 1,000 pieces of the circle,
The area of the parallelogram (A) = Base × Height
= 500r units²

Essential Question
How can the area formula for a circle be used to solve problems?
Answer:
Area of a circle can be calculated by using the formulas:
a. Area = π × r2
where,
‘r’ is the radius.
b. Area = (π/4) × d2
where,
‘d’ is the diameter.
c. Area = C2/4π
where,
‘C’ is the circumference

Try It!
At a school play, there is a spotlight above the center of the floor that covers a lighted area with a radius of 7 feet. What is the area covered by the spotlight?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 66
The area covered by the spotlight is about _________ square feet.
Answer:
It is given that
At a school play, there is a spotlight above the center of the floor that covers a lighted area with a radius of 7 feet
Now,
We know that,
The area of a circle (A) = πr²
So,
The area covered by the spotlight (A) = \(\frac{22}{7}\) × 7²
A = 154 feet²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the area covered by the spotlight is: 154 square feet

Convince Me! If the diameter of a circle is given, how would you find the area?
Answer:
If the diameter of a circle is given, then
The area of a circle = (π/4) × d2
where,
‘d’ is the diameter.

Try It!
a. How far away can a person live from a radio station and hear its broadcast if the signal covers a circular area of 40,000 square miles? Write your answer as a whole number.
Answer:
It is given that
A person live from a radio station and hear its broadcast if the signal covers a circular area of 40,000 square miles
Now,
We have to find the diameter of a circle to find how far a person lives from a radio station
Now,
We know that,
The area of a circle (A) = πr²
So,
40,000 = 3.14 × r²
r² = \(\frac{40,000}{3.14}\)
r² = 12,738.85
r = 112.8
r ≈ 113 miles
So,
The diameter of a circle = 2 × The radius of a circle
= 2 × 113
= 226 miles
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the distance a person can live from a radio station and hear its broadcast is: 226 miles

b. What circular area is covered by the signal if the circumference is 754 miles?
Answer:
It is given that
The circumference of the circular signal is 754 miles
Now,
We know that,
The circumference of a circle (C) = 2πr
So,
754 = 2 × 3.14 × r
r = \(\frac{754}{6.28}\)
r = 120 miles
Now,
The area of the circular signal (A) = πr²
So,
A = 3.14 × (120)²
A = 45,216 miles²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that teh circular area of the given signal is: 45,216 miles²

KEY CONCEPT

You can find the area, A, of a circle using the formula A = πr2, where r is the radius.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 67

Do You Understand?

Question 1.
Essential Question How can the area formula for a circle be used to solve problems?
Answer:
Area of a circle can be calculated by using the formulas:
a. Area = π × r2
where,
‘r’ is the radius.
b. Area = (π/4) × d2
where,
‘d’ is the diameter.
c. Area = C2/4π
where,
‘C’ is the circumference

Question 2.
Be Precise
Is an area calculation exact when you use 3.14 or \(\frac{22}{7}\) as a value for π? Explain.
Answer:
The constant (pi) is not equal to either 22/7 or 3.14; these are only approximations to . The actual value of is the ratio of the circumference of a circle to its diameter, and is a transcendental number with infinitely many non-repeating decimal places

Question 3.
Use Structure if you know the diameter of a circle, how can you find the area?
Answer:
If you know the diameter of a circle, then
The area of a circle = (π/4) × d2
where,
‘d’ is the diameter.

Do You Know How?

For 4-7, use 3.14 for π.
Question 4.
What is the area of a circle with a radius of 8 inches?
Answer:
The given data is:
The radius of a circle is 8 inches
Now,
We know that,
The area of a circle (A) = πr²
So,
A = 3.14 × 8²
= 200.96 inches²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the area of the circle with the given radius is: 200.96 inches²

Question 5.
What is the radius of a circle with an area of 28.26 square feet?
Answer:
The given data is:
The area of a circle is: 28.26 square feet
Now,
We know that,
The area of a circl (A) = πr²
So,
28.26 = 3.14 × r²
r² = \(\frac{28.26}{3.14}\)
r² = 9
r = 3 feet
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the radius of the circle with the given area is: 3 feet

Question 6.
What is the area of a circle with a circumference of 25.12 meters?
Answer:
The given data is:
The circumference of a circle is: 25.12 meters
Now,
We know that,
The circumference of a circle (C) = 2πr
So,
25.12 = 2 × 3.14 × r
r = \(\frac{25.12}{6.28}\)
r = 4 meters
Now,
We know that,
The area of a circle (A) = πr²
So,
A = 3.14 × 4²
= 50.24 sq. meters
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the area of the circle with the given circmference is: 50.24 sq.meters

Question 7.
The diameter of a pizza is 12 inches. What is its area?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 68
Answer:
It is given that
The diameter of a pizza is 12 inches.
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 68
Now,
We know that,
Radius of a circle (r) = \(\frac{Diameter of a circle}{2}\)
r = \(\frac{12}{2}\)
r = 6 in.
Now,
We know that,
The area of a circle (A) = πr²
So,
A = 3.14 × 6²
= 113.04 in.²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the area of the circle with the given diameter is: 113.04 in.²

Practice & Problem Solving

Question 8.
Find the area of the circle. Use 3.14 for π.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 69
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 69
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The radius of a circle (r) = 9 ft
Now,
We know that,
The arae of a circle (A) = πr²
So,
A = 3.14 × 9²
= 254.34 ft²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that teh arae of the circle with the given radius is: 254.34 feet²

Question 9.
Find the area of the circle. Use 3.14 for π.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 70
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 70
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The diameter of a circle is: 106 yd
Now,
We know that,
The radius of a circle (r) = \(\frac{The diameter of a circle}{2}\)
r = \(\frac{106}{2}\)
r = 53 yd
Now,
We know that,
The area of a circle (A) = πr²
So,
A = 3.14 × 53²
= 8,820.26 yd²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the area of the circle with the given diameter is: 8,820.26 yd²

Question 10.
Jaylon created this stained-glass window. The upper two corners are quarter circles, each with a radius of 4 inches. Find the area of the window. Use 3.14 for π.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 71
Answer:
It is given that
Jaylon created this stained-glass window. The upper two corners are quarter circles, each with a radius of 4 inches.
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 71
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The stained glass window is made up of 2 quarter circles, 1 rectangle, and 1 square
Now,
We know that,
The area of a rectangle = Length × Width
The arae of a quarter circle = \(\frac{1}{4}\)πr²
The area of a square = Side × Side
Now,
The area of 2 quarter circles (A) = 2 × \(\frac{1}{4}\) × 3.14 × 4²
= 25.12 in.²
The area of the recatngle (A) = 12 × (26 – 4)
= 264 in.²
The area of the square that lies between the two quareter circles (A) = (12 – 8) × 4
= 16 in.²
So,
The area of the stained glass window = 25.12 + 264 + 16
= 305.12 in.²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the area of the stained glass window is: 305.12 in.²

Question 11.
The circumference of a circle is 50.24 meters. What is the area of the circle? Use 3.14 for π.
Answer:
It is given that
The circumference of a circle is 50.24 meters
Now,
We know that,
The circumference of a circle (C) = 2πr
So,
50.24 = 2 × 3.14 × r
r = \(\frac{50.24}{6.28}\)
r = 8 meters
Now,
We know that,
The area of a circle (A) = πr²
So,
A = 3.14 × 8²
= 200.96 meters²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the area of the circle for the given circumference is: 200.96 meters²

Question 12.
Higher-Order Thinking A circular flower bed is 20 meters in diameter and has a circular sidewalk around it that is 3 meters wide. Find the area of the sidewalk in square meters. Use 3.14 for π. Round to the nearest whole number.
Answer:
It is given that
A circular flower bed is 20 meters in diameter and has a circular sidewalk around it that is 3 meters wide.
Now,
The area of the sidewalk is given as:
A = The area of a flower bed – The area of a sidewalk including the flower bed
Now,
We know that,
Radius (r) = \(\frac{Diameter}{2}\)
r = \(\frac{20}{2}\)
r = 10 meters
Now,
The area of a flower bed (A) = πr²
So,
A = 3.14 × 10²
= 314 meters²
Now,
The area of a sidewalk including the flower bed (A) = 3.14 × (10 + 3)²
= 530.66 meters²
So,
The area of the sidewalk = 530.66 – 314
= 216.66 meters²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the area of the sidewalk is: 216.66 meters²

Question 13.
A circular plate has a circumference of 16.3 inches. What is the area of this plate? Use 3.14 for π. Round to the nearest whole number.
Answer:
It is given that
A circular plate has a circumference of 16.3 inches
Now,
We know that,
The circumference of a circle (C) = 2πr
So,
16.3 = 2 × 3.14 × r
r = \(\frac{16.3}{6.28}\)
r = 2.59 inches
Now,
We know that,
The area of the circular plate (A) = πr²
So,
A = 3.14 × (2.59)²
= 21.06
≈21 inches²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the area of the circular plate for the given circumference is: 21 inches²

Question 14.
A water sprinkler sends water out in a circular pattern. How many feet away from the sprinkler can it spread water if the area formed by the watering pattern is 379.94 square feet?
Answer:
It is given that
A water sprinkler sends water out in a circular pattern and the area formed by the watering pattern is 379.94 square feet
Now,
We have to find the diameter to find how many feet away from the sprinkler can spread the water
Now,
We know that,
The area of a circle (A) = πr²
So,
379.94 = 3.14 × r²
r² = \(\frac{379.94}{3.14}\)
r² = 121
r = 11 feet
So,
Diameter (d) = 2 × Radius
d = 2 × 11
d = 22 feet
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the sprinkler can spread the water 22 feet away

Question 15.
The circumference of a circular rug is 24.8 meters. What is the area of the rug? Use 3.14 for π. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 72
Answer:
It is given that
The circumference of a circular rug is 24.8 meters
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 72
Now,
We know that,
The circumference of a circle (C) = 2πr
So,
24.8 = 2 × 3.14 × r
r = \(\frac{24.8}{6.28}\)
r = 3.94 m
Now,
The area of the circular rug (A) = πr²
So,
A = 3.14 × (3.94)²
= 48.7 m²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the area of the circular rug for the given circumference to the nearest tenth is: 48.7 m²

Question 16.
Frank wants to find the area enclosed by the figure at the right. The figure has semicircles on each side of a 40-meter-by-40-meter square. Find the area enclosed by the figure. Use 3.14 for π.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 73
Answer:
It is given that
Frank wants to find the area enclosed by the figure at the right. The figure has semicircles on each side of a 40-meter-by-40-meter square.
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 73
Now,
The area enclosed by the given figure = The area of the square + The area of the 4 semicircles
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The side of the square = 40 m
The diameter of the semi circle = 40 m
Now,
We know that,
The area of a square (A) = Side²
So,
A = 40²
= 1,600 m²
Now,
We know that,
The area of a semicircle (A) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)πr²
So,
A = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 3.14 × \(\frac{1,600}{4}\)
= 628 m²
So,
The area enclosed bythe given figure (A) = 1,600 + 628
= 2,228 m²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the area enclosed by the given figure is: 2,228 m²

Assessment Practice
Question 17.
Julia’s bedroom is 10 feet by 10 feet. She wants to place a circular rug in the corner of her room.
PART A
She places a rug with a radius of 2 feet in her room. How much of her bedroom floor, in square feet, is not covered by the rug? Use 3.14 for π. Round to the nearest tenth.
Answer:
It is given that
Julia’s bedroom is 10 feet by 10 feet. She wants to place a circular rug in the corner of her room.
So,
The diameter of the circular rug placed by Julia is: 10 feet
Now,
We know that,
Radius (r) = \(\frac{Diameter}{2}\)
r = \(\frac{10}{2}\)
r = 5 feet
So,
The space of bedroom floor that is not covered by the rug (C) = The space of the bedroom floor that is covered by the rug when the radius is 5 meters – The space of the bedroom floor that is covered by the rug when the radius is 2 meters
So,
C = 2π (5 – 2)
= 2 × 3.14 × 3
= 18.84 feet
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the space of bedroom floor that is not covered by the rug to the neares tenth is: 18.8 feet

PART B
Julia decides she wants a rug that covers about 50% of her floor. Which rug should she buy?
A. A rug with a radius of 5 feet
B. A rug with a diameter of 5 feet
C. A rug with a radius of 4 feet
D. A rug with a diameter of 4 feet
Answer:
It is given that Julia’s bedroom is 10 feet by 10 feet
So,
The diameter of the circular rug is: 10 feet
Now,
The rug covers the whole bedroom floor when the diameter is 10 feet
So,
When Julia decides to cover the bedroom floor only 50% with the rug,
Then, we have to find only the radius of the circular rug i.e., \(\frac{10}{2}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that option A matches the given situation

Question 18.
The circumference of a hubcap of a tire is 81.58 centimeters. Find the area, in square centimeters, of this hubcap. Use 3.14 as an approximation for π. Round your answer to the nearest whole centimeter.
Answer:
It is given that
The circumference of a hubcap of a tire is 81.58 centimeters.
Now,
We know that,
The circumference of a circle (C) = 2πr
So,
81.58 = 2 × 3.14 × r
r = \(\frac{81.58}{6.28}\)
r = 12.99 cm
Now,
The area of a circle (A) = πr²
So,
A = 3.14 × (12.99)²
= 529.8 cm²
≈ 530 cm²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the area of the circular hubcap is about 530 cm²

3-Act Mathematical Modeling: Whole Lotta Dough

АСТ 1
Question 1.
After watching the video, what is the first question that comes to mind?
Answer:

Question 2.
Write the Main Question you will answer.
Answer:

Question 3.
Construct Arguments Predict an answer to this Main Question. Explain your prediction.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 74
Answer:

Question 4.
On the number line below, write a number that is too small to be the answer. Write a number that is too large.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 75
Answer:

Question 5.
Plot your prediction on the same number line.
Answer:

ACT 2
Question 6.
What information in this situation would be helpful to know? How would you use that information?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 76
Answer:

Question 7.
Use Appropriate Tools What tools can you use to solve the problem? Explain how you would use them strategically.
Answer:

Question 8.
Model with Math Represent the situation using mathematics. Use your representation to answer the Main Question.
Answer:

Question 9.
What is your answer to the Main Question? Is it higher or lower than your prediction? Explain why.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 77
Answer:

ACT 3
Question 10.
Write the answer you saw in the video.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 78
Answer:

Question 11.
Reasoning Does your answer match the answer in the video? If not, what are some reasons that would explain the difference?
Answer:

Question 12.
Make Sense and Persevere Would you change your model now that you know the answer? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 79
Answer:

ACT 3 Extension
Question 13.
Model with Math Explain how you used a mathematical model to represent the situation. How did the model help you answer the Main Question?
Answer:

Question 14.
Reasoning Explain why your answer to the Main Question does not involve the symbol π.
Answer:

SEQUEL
Question 15.
Use Structure If the regular pizza costs $8.99, how much do you think the big pizza costs?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 80
Answer:

Lesson 8.7 Describe Cross Sections

Solve & Discuss It!

How could Mrs. Mendoza divide the ream of paper equally between two art classes? She has a paper cutter to slice the paper if needed. What will the dimensions for each sheet of paper be once she has divided the ream? How many sheets will each class receive?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 81

I can… determine what the cross-section looks like when a 3D figure is sliced.
Answer:
It is given that
Mrs. Mendoza has a paper cutter to slice the paper.
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 81
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that,
A ream consists of 500 sheets
We can also observe that
The dimensions of the ream are:
Length of the ream: 8\(\frac{1}{2}\) inches
Width of the ream: 11 inches
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The shape of the ream is: Rectangle
Now,
We know that,
Even we cut a ream of paper, each sheet of paper has the same dimensions as a ream of paper
So,
The dimensions of each sheet of paper after Mrs. Mendoza divided the ream into 2 equal parts are:
Length: 8\(\frac{1}{2}\) inches
Width: 11 inches
Now,
The number of sheets of paper each class will get after dividing the ream = \(\frac{500}{2}\)
= 250 sheets
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The number of sheets each class will receive is: 250
The dimensions of each sheet of paper once Mrs. Mendoza divided the ream is:
Length: 8\(\frac{1}{2}\) inches
Width: 11 inches

Focus on math practices
Use Structure How would the number of sheets of paper each class receives change if Mrs. Mendoza started with 300 sheets?
Answer:
It is given that
Mrs. Mendoza has 500 sheets of paper and she divided the sheets equally between the two classes
Now,
If Mrs. Mendoza started with 300 sheets of paper, then
The number of sheets divided by Mrs. Mendoza equally between the two classes = \(\frac{300}{2}\)
= 150
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the number of sheets each class receives when Mrs. Mendoza started with 300 sheets is: 150

Essential Question
How do the faces of a three-dimensional figure determine the two-dimensional shapes created by slicing the figure?
Answer:
A cross-section is a new face you see when you slice through a three-dimensional figure.
Example:
If you slice a rectangular pyramid parallel to the base, you get a smaller rectangle as the cross-section.
If you slice a rectangular pyramid parallel to the apex, you get a smaller triangle as the cross-section.

Try It!
Zachary made a vertical slice that was parallel to the left and right faces of a bread roll. What shape is the cross-section, and what are its dimensions?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 82
The shape of the cross section is a __________ that is __________ inches by ________ inches.
Answer:
It is given that
Zachary made a vertical slice that was parallel to the left and right faces of a bread roll
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 82
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
When Zachary made a vertical slice that was parallel to the left and right faces of a bread roll,
The shape of the cross-section Zachary can get is: Rectangle
Now,
The dimensions of the rectangle that we obtained by slicing is:
Length: 3 in.
Width: 2 in.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The shape of the cross-section is a “Rectangle” that is 3 inches × 2 inches.

Convince Me! What are the shapes of horizontal and vertical cross-sections of a rectangular prism, and how can you determine the dimensions of the cross-sections?
Answer:
The horizontal cross-section of a rectangular prism is: Rectangle
The vertical cross-section of a rectangular prism is: Rectangle
Now,
The dimensions of the cross-sections are:
a. One dimension of the cross-section will be the height of the prism.
b. Another dimension of the cross-section will be the length of the rectangle.

Try It!
Draw the cross-section that is created when a vertical plane intersects the top vertex and the shorter edge of the base of the pyramid shown. What is the area of the cross section?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 83
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 83
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The cross-section that is created when a vertical plane intersects the top vertex and the shorter edge of the base of the pyramid is: Triangle
Now,
We know that,
The area of a triangle (A) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × Base × Height
So,
A = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 7 × 4
= 14 in.²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the area of the cross-section is: 14 in.²

KEY CONCEPT

A cross section is the two-dimensional shape exposed when a three-dimensional figure is sliced. The shape and dimensions of a cross section in a rectangular prism are the same as the faces that are parallel to the slice.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 84

Do You Understand?

Question 1.
Essential Question How do the faces of a three-dimensional figure determine the two-dimensional shapes created by slicing the figure?
Answer:
A cross-section is a new face you see when you slice through a three-dimensional figure.
Example:
If you slice a rectangular pyramid parallel to the base, you get a smaller rectangle as the cross-section.
If you slice a rectangular pyramid parallel to the apex, you get a smaller triangle as the cross-section.

Question 2.
Generalize What are the shapes of the cross-sections that are parallel or perpendicular to the bases of a right rectangular prism?
Answer:
The shape of the cross-section that is parallel to the base of a right rectangular prism is: Rectangle
The shape of the cross-section that is perpendicular to the base of a right rectangular prism is: Triangle

Question 3.
Generalize What are the shapes of the horizontal cross-sections of a right rectangular pyramid? What are the shapes of vertical cross-sections through the vertex opposite the base?
Answer:
The shape of the horizontal cross-section of a right rectangular pyramid is: Rectangle
The shape of the vertical cross-section through the vertex that is opposite to the base is: Triangle

Do You Know How?

Question 4.
The divider in a desk drawer is a cross-section that is parallel to the front of the drawer. What is its shape, and what are its dimensions?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 85
Answer:
It is given that
The divider in a desk drawer is a cross-section that is parallel to the front of the drawer
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 85
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The shape of the cross-section of the divider that is parallel in front of the door is: Rectangle
Now,
The dimensions of the cross-section of the divider are:
Length: 8 cm
Width: 5 cm
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The shape of the cross-section of the divider is: Rectangle
The dimensions of the cross-section of the divider is:
Length: 8 cm
Width: 5 cm

Question 5.
Use the diagram to answer the questions.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 86
a. Draw the cross-section that is formed when the pyramid is sliced vertically through its vertex and its right face, perpendicular to its base.
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 86
Hence,
The cross-section that is formed when the pyramid is sliced vertically through its vertex and its right face that is perpendicular to its base is:

b. What is the area of this cross section?
Answer:
From part (a),
We can observe hat
The cross-section that is formed when the pyramid is sliced vertically through its vertex and its right face that is perpendicular to its base is:

Now,
We know that,
The area of a triangle (A) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × Base × Height
So,
The area of the given cross-section (A) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 9 × 10
= 45 mm²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the area of the given cross-section is: 45 mm²

Question 6.
What are the dimensions of the vertical cross section shown on this right rectangular prism?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 87
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 87
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that,
The vertical cross-section of the given right rectangular prism is: Rectangle
Now,
The dimensions of the vertical cross-section of the given right rectangular prism is:
Length: 5 in.
Width: 4 in.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The dimensions of the vertical cross-section shown on the given right rectangular prism is:
Length: 5 in.
Width: 4 in.

Question 7.
Be Precise Describe the cross section that is formed by a vertical plane, perpendicular to the base of the pyramid, that intersects the 9-in. edge and the top vertex of the pyramid shown.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 88
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 88
Hence,
The cross-section that is formed by a vertical plane, perpendicular to the base of the pyramid, that intersects the 9-in. edge and the top vertex of the given pyramid is:

Question 8.
Mason is slicing butter for the meal he is preparing. Describe the vertical cross section when the knife slices through the butter, parallel to its sides.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 89
Answer:
It is given that
Mason is slicing butter for the meal he is preparing
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 89
Hence,
The vertical cross-section when the knife slices through the butter, parallel to its sides is:

Question 9.
a. Look for Relationships What are the dimensions of the vertical cross section?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 90
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 90
Hence,
The dimensions of the vertical cross-section of the given figure is:

b. What would be the dimensions of a horizontal cross section?
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 90
Hence,
The horizontal cross-section of the given figure is:

Question 10.
Use the figure to the right.
a. Describe the cross section shown.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 91
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 91
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The horizontal cross-section of the given figure is: Rectangle
The vertical cross-section of the given figure is: Rectangle
Hence,
The dimensions of the horizontal cross-section of the given figure is:
Length: 4 ft
Width: 6 ft
The dimensions of the vertical cross-section of the given figure is:
Length: 11 ft
Width: 6 ft

b. Is it possible to have a horizontal cross section with different dimensions if you had the plane intersect the prism at another height? Explain.
Answer:
Yes, it is possible to have a horizontal cross section with different dimensions if you had the plane intersect the prism at another height
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 91
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
If we make a horizontal cross-section when another plane intersects the prism at another height, then
The dimensions of the new horizontal cross-section is:
Length: 11 ft
Width: 6 ft

Question 11.
Make Sense and Persevere The base of a right rectangular pyramid has a length of 12 centimeters, a width of 6 centimeters, and a height of 14 centimeters. Describe the cross-section formed by a horizontal plane that intersects the faces of the pyramid above the base.
Answer:
It is given that
The base of a right rectangular pyramid has a length of 12 centimeters, a width of 6 centimeters, and a height of 14 centimeters
Now,
We know that,
The horizontal cross-section of a right rectangular pyramid is: Rectangle
The vertical cross-section of a right rectangular pyramid is: Triangle
So,
The dimensions of the horizontal cross-section of the given right rectangular pyramid is:
Length: 12 cm
Width: 6 cm
Hence,
The representation of the horizontal cross-section of the given right rectangular pyramid is:

Question 12.
Higher Order Thinking Luis makes blocks from a painted piece of wood with dimensions of 27 inches × 24 inches × 1.5 inches. To make 72 blocks, the wood is cut into 3-inch squares. Draw two pictures showing the horizontal cross section and the vertical cross section of each block.
Answer:
It is given that
Luis makes blocks from a painted piece of wood with dimensions of 27 inches × 24 inches × 1.5 inches. To make 72 blocks, the wood is cut into 3-inch squares.
So,
The dimensions of each block is:
Length: \(\frac{27}{3}\) = 9 inches
Width: \(\frac{24}{3}\) = 8 inches
Height: \(\frac{1.5}{3}\) = 0.5 inches
Now,
It is given that the 72 blocks are cut into 3-inch squares
So,
The figure made by the given dimensions is: Cuboid
Now,
The vertical cross-section of the given cuboid is: Rectangle
The horizontal cross-section of the given cuboid is: Rectangle
Hence,
The representation of the vertical and horizontal cross-sections of the cuboid are:

Question 13.
Make Sense and Persevere The area of the cross section shown is 52 square yards. What is the length of the unknown side of the base of the pyramid?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 92
Answer:
It is given that
The area of the cross-section shown is 52 square yards.
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 92
Now,
From the above,
We can observe that the given figure is: Right Rectangular pyramid
Now,
We know that,
The vertical cross-section of the right rectangular pyramid is: Triangle
Now,
We know that,
The area of a triangle (A) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × Base × Height
So,
52 = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × x × 13
x = \(\frac{52 × 2}{13}\)
x = 8 yd
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of the unknown side of the base of the given pyramid is: 8 yd

Question 14.
A waiter slices a cake shaped like a square pyramid vertically through the top point.
a. Make Sense and Persevere Draw the cross section that is made by slicing the cake in this way.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 93
Answer:
It is given that
A waiter slices a cake shaped like a square pyramid vertically through the top point.
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 93
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
If we made the vertical cross-section of the given square pyramid, then
We will get the vertical cross-section as a Right triangle
Hence,
The representation of the vertical cross-section of the given square pyramid is:

b. What is the area of this cross section?
Answer:
From part (a),
We can observe that
The representation of the vertical cross-section of the given square pyramid is:

Now,
We know that,
In a right triangle,
(Hypotenuse)² = (Base)² + (Side)²
So,
In the given triangle,
18² = 14² + h²
h² = 18² – 14²
h = 11.3 inches
Now,
We know that,
The area of a triangle (A) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × Base × Height
So,
A = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 14 × 11.3
= 79.19 yd²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the area of the given cross-section is: 79.19 yd²

Question 15.
Miranda says that the triangle below represents the cross section of the rectangular pyramid shown.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 94
What mistake might Miranda have made?
Answer:
It is given that
Miranda says that the triangle below represents the cross-section of the rectangular pyramid shown.
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 94
Now,
We know that,
In a rectangular pyramid,
The vertical cross-section is: Triangle
The horizontal cross-section is: Rectangle
So,
According to the given information,
Miranda did not mention what type of cross-section she had drawn
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the mistake made by Miranda is:
She did not mention what type of cross-section she made

Assessment Practice
Question 16.
Estimate, to the nearest whole number, the number of vertical cross sections needed to equal the area of the base of the figure to the right. Explain how you made your estimate, and decide whether your estimate is higher or lower than the actual number.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 95
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 95

Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that the given 3-d shape is: Cuboid
Now,
We know that,
The vertical cross-section of a cuboid is: Rectangle
The horizontal cross-section of a cuboid is: Rectangle
Now,
From the given figure,
The dimensions of a horizontal cross-section of the given figure is:
Length: 8 cm
Width: 6 cm
The dimensions of a vertical cross-section of the given figure is:
Length: 6 cm
Width: 3 cm
Now,
We know that,
The area of a rectangle = Length × Width
So,
The area of a horizontal cross-section of the given figure is:
A = 8 × 6 = 48 cm²
The area of a vertical cross-section of the given figure is:
A = 6 × 3 = 18 cm²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The number of vertical cross-sections < The area of the base of the given figure

Lesson 8.8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area

Solve & Discuss It!

Alaya will paint the outside of a box in three different colors. Decide how she could paint the box. What is the total area that each color will cover?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 96
I can… find the area and surface area of 2-dimensional composite shapes and 3-dimensional prisms.
Answer:
It is given that
Alaya will paint the outside of a box in three different colors
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 96
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that the given figure is a “Cuboid” which has 6 faces
Now,
The different ways that Alaya can paint are:
a. She can paint all the faces of the box with the same color
b. She can paint the faces of the box with alternative colors i.e., 1 face is colored with 1 color, 2nd face is colored with 1 color, etc.
Now,
We know that,
The total surface area of a cuboid (A) = 2 (lw + wh + lh)
Where,
‘l’ is the length of the cuboid
‘w’ is the width of the cuboid
‘h’ is the height of the cuboid
Now,
From the given figure,
The length of the cuboid (l) is 32 in.
The width of the cuboid (w) is 16 in.
The height of the cuboid (h) is 14 in.
So,
A = 2 (32 × 16 + 16 × 14 + 32 × 14)
= 2 (512 + 224 + 448)
= 2,368 in.²
So,
The total surface area that each color will cover = \(\frac{2,368}{6}\)
= 394.66 in.²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The different ways that Alaya can paint are:
a. She can paint all the faces of the box with the same color
b. She can paint the faces of the box with alternative colors i.e., 1 face is colored with 1 color, 2nd face is colored with 1 color, etc.
The total area covered by each color is: 394.66 in.²

Make Sense and Persevere
What do you know about the faces of a rectangular prism?
Answer:
The facts about the rectangular prism are:
a. A rectangular prism is a polyhedron with two congruent and parallel bases.
b. Because of its cross-section along the length, it is said to be a prism.
c. A rectangular prism has 6 faces, 8 vertices, and 12 edges. Its base and top are always rectangles.
d. It has 3 dimensions They are length, width, and height.

Focus on math practices
Reasoning Trista paints each pair of opposite sides of the box with the same color. How many different areas does she need to find to determine the total area covered by each color? Explain.
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 96
Now,
It is given that
Trista paints each pair of opposite sides of the box with the same color
So,
Each color covers two opposite pairs of rectangles.
So,
With the help of each color,
We can determine the total area of the two opposite sides of the box
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
she needs to find 3 different areas to determine the total area covered by each color

Essential Question
How is finding the area of composite two-dimensional figures similar to finding the surface area of three-dimensional figures?
Answer:
To find the area of something, you start by multiplying the two dimensions together. To find the area of a rectangle, you multiply the length by the width. Although the area is a two-dimensional measurement, it can also be used with three-dimensional objects.

Try It!

This diagram shows the area of a room to be carpeted. What will be the area of the new carpet?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 97
A = ________ = ________ ft2 B = _______ = _______ ft2
Total area = ______ + ______
The area of the new carpet is ________ square feet
Answer:
It is given that
The below diagram shows the area of a room to be carpeted.
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 97
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The total area of a room that is carpeted = The area of a rectangle + The area of a triangle
Now,
From the given figure,
The dimensions of the rectangle are:
Length: 6 feet
Width: 5 feet
The dimensions of the triangle are:
Height: 6 feet
Base: 4 feet
Now,
We know that,
The area of a rectangle = Length × Width
= 6 × 5
= 30 feet²
Now,
We know that,
The area of a triangle = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × Base × height
= \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 6 × 4
= 12 feet²
So,
The area of the new carpet = 30 + 12
= 42 feet²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the area of the new carpet is: 42 feet²

Convince Me! How does knowing the area of familiar shapes help find the total area of a composite shape?
Answer:
A composite figure is made up of simple geometric shapes. To find the area of a composite figure or other irregular-shaped figures, divide it into simple, non-overlapping figures. Find the area of each simpler figure, and then add the areas together to find the total area of the composite figure

Try It!

Hiromi is painting the front and back of a barn. Each can of paint covers 32 square feet. How many cans of paint does Hiromi need to cover the entire front and back of the barn?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 98
Answer:
It is given that
Hiromi is painting the front and back of a barn. Each can of paint covers 32 square feet.
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 98
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The total area of the barn (A) = The area of the front + The area of the back
= 2 (The area of the front) (or) 2 (The area of the back)
Now,
The front side of the barn is made up of a rectangle and a triangle
Now,
The area of the front side of the barn = The area of the rectangle + The area of the triangle
= Length × Width + \(\frac{1}{2}\) × Base × Height
= 11 × 12 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 12 × (15 – 11)
= 132 + 24
= 156 ft²
So,
The total area of the barn (A) = 2 × 156
= 312 ft²
Now,
The number of cans of paint does Hiromi need to cover the entire front and back of the barn = \(\frac{The total area of the barn}{The number of square feet each can covers}\)
= \(\frac{312}{32}\)
= 9.75
≅ 10 cans of paint
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Hiromi needs to cover 10 cans of paint to cover the entire front and back of the barn

KEY CONCEPT

The area of a two-dimensional composite figure is the sum of the areas of all the shapes that compose it. The surface area of a three-dimensional composite figure is the sum of the areas of all its faces.
Two-dimensional composite figure
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 99

Three-dimensional composite figure
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 100
Surface area of shape A + Surface area of shape B = Surface area of composite shape

Do You Understand?

Question 1.
Essential Question How is finding the area of composite two-dimensional figures similar to finding the surface area of three-dimensional figures?
Answer:
To find the area of something, you start by multiplying the two dimensions together. To find the area of a rectangle, you multiply the length by the width. Although the area is a two-dimensional measurement, it can also be used with three-dimensional objects.

Question 2.
Make Sense and Persevere Laine wants to determine the amount of fabric needed to cover a triangular prism-shaped box. She begins by measuring the dimensions of the box. Explain her next steps.
Answer:
It is given that
Laine wants to determine the amount of fabric needed to cover a triangular prism-shaped box. She begins by measuring the dimensions of the box
Now,
The next steps she has to follow are:
Step 1:
Divide the given triangular prism into the number of parts that have many faces as the given triangular prism has.
We know that,
The triangular prism has: 5 faces
So,
The number of smaller triangles are: 5
Step 2:
Find the area of each triangle
We know that,
The area of a triangle (A) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × Base × Height
Step 3:
Add the areas of the 5 triangles to find the area of the given triangular prism
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the amount of fabric needed to cover a triangular prism is its total area

Question 3.
Use Structure Explain how you would find the surface area of the figure below.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 101
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 101
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that the given figure is made up of:
a. Rectangle b. Pentagon
So,
The total surface area of the given figure = Total area of the rectangle + Total area of the pentagon
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
There are:
a. 5 Rectangles b. 2 Pentagons
Hence,
The total surface area of the given figure (A) = The area of 5 Rectangles + The area of 2 Pentagons

Do You Know How?

Question 4.
Paula is painting a henhouse. If a can of paint will cover 24 square feet, how many cans of paint does she need to buy? Explain the steps she might take to solve this problem.
Answer:
It is given that Paula is painting a henhouse
Now,
The representation of a henhouse is:

Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The henhouse is made up of:
a. 5 Rectangles b. 4 Triangles
Now,
The steps that Paula might take to find the number of cans she needed to buy are:
Step 1:
Divide the henhouse into simple 2-d figures i.e, into rectangles and triangles
Step 2:
Find the areas of the 2-d figures
Step 3:
Find the total area of the henhouse by adding all the areas of 2-d figures
Step 4:
To find the number of cans Paula needed to buy,
The number of cans Paula needed to buy = \(\frac{The total area of the henhouse}{The area covered by 1 can of paint}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
By following the above steps, Paula can solve her problem

Question 5.
Find the area of the composite figure. The two triangles have the same dimensions.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 102
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 102
Now,
From the above figure,
We can observe that
The area of the composite figure (A) = The area of the 2 rectangles + The area of the 2 triangles
Now,
We know that,
The area of a rectangle (A) = Length × Width
The area of a triangle (A) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × Base × Height
So,
A = (7.5 × 13) + (7.5 × 6) + 2 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 2.5 × 6
= 97.5 + 45 + 15
= 157.5 cm²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the area of the composite figure is: 157.5 cm²

Question 6.
A stage block is being covered in carpet. The dimensions of the block are 2 feet by 3 feet by 6 feet. Every surface will need covering except for the surface touching the floor, which is 3 feet by 6 feet. How would you calculate the surface area that needs covering?
Answer:
It is given that
A stage block is being covered in carpet. The dimensions of the block are 2 feet by 3 feet by 6 feet. Every surface will need covering except for the surface touching the floor, which is 3 feet by 6 feet.
Now,
The surface area that needs covering = The total surface area – The surface area of the floor
Now,
From the given information,
We can say that the carpet is in the form of a rectangular prism
Now,
We know that,
The surface area of a rectangular prism (A) = 2 (lw + wh + lh)
Where,
‘l’ is the length
‘w’ is the width
‘h’ is the height
So,
The total surface area (A) = 2 (2 × 3 + 3 × 6 + 2 × 6)
= 2 (6 + 18 + 12)
= 72 feet²
Now,
From the given information,
We can observe that the floor is in the form of a rectangle
So,
The surface area of the floor (A) = 3 × 6
= 18 ft²
So,
The surface area that needs covering = The total surface area – The surface area of the floor
= 72 – 18
= 54 feet²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the surface area that needs covering is: 54 feet²

Practice & Problem Solving

Leveled Practice In 7, fill in the boxes to solve.

Question 7.
Jacob is putting tiles on the sections of his yard labeled A, B, and C. What is the area of the parts that need tiles?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 103
Answer:
It is given that
Jacob is putting tiles on the sections of his yard labeled A, B, and C.
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that the tiles are made up of parts named as:
A: Rectangle B: Rectangle C: Triangle
Now,
We know that,
The area of a rectangle (A) = Length × Width
The area of  triangle A) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × Base × Height
So,
The area of Part A:
A = 6 × 3 = 18 m²
The area of Part B:
A = 3 × 4.5 = 13.5 m²
The area of Part C:
A = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 3 × 3 = 4.5 m²
So,
The total area of the tiles = The area of Part A + The area of Part B + The area of Part C
= 18 + 13.5 + 4.5
= 36 m²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the area of the parts that need tiles is: 36 m²

Question 8.
What is the total area of the figure?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 104
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 104
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The area of the given figure (A) = The area of the rectangles + The area of a triangle
Now,
We know that,
The area of a rectangle (A) = Length × Width
The area of a triangle (A) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) ×Base × Height
So,
The area of the given figure (A) = 4 (4 × 9) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 9 × \(\sqrt{9² – 5²}\)
= 144 + 18.70
= 162.70 ft²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the area of the given figure is: 162.70 ft²

Question 9.
Find the surface area of the prism.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 105
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 105
Now,
We know that,
The surface area of a rectangular prism = 2 (lw + wh + lh)
Where,
‘l’ is the length
‘w’ is the width
‘h’ is the height
So,
The area of the given prism (A) = 2 (15 × 4 + 4 × 8 + 15 × 8)
= 2 (60 + 32 + 120)
= 424 in.²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the surface area of the given prism is: 424 in.²

Question 10.
Find the surface area of the triangular prism. The base of the prism is an isosceles triangle.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 106
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 106
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
For the given Triangular prism,
There are:
a. 2 Triangles b. 3 Paralleleograms
So,
The area of the triangular prism = The total area of the triangles + The total area of the parallelograms
Now,
We know that,
The area of a triangle (A) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × Base × height
The area of a parallelogram (A) = Base × Height
So,
The total area of the triangular prism (A) = 2 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 14 × 24 + 3 × 25 × 48
= 336 + 3,600
= 3,936 cm²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the area of the given triangular prism is: 3,936 cm²

Question 11.
A block of wood has the shape of a triangular prism. The bases are right triangles. Find its surface area.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 107
Answer:
It is given that
A block of wood has the shape of a triangular prism. The bases are right triangles
Now,
The given triangular prism is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 107
Now,
From the given triangular prism,
We can observe that
The triangular prism has:
a. 2 Right triangles b. 3 Parallelograms
Now,
We know that,
The area of a triangle (A) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × Base × height
The area of a parallelogram (A) = Base × Height
So,
The total area of the triangular prism (A) = 2 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 1.5 × 2.5 + 3 × 2.5 × 15
= 3.75 + 112.5
= 116.25 in.²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the area of the given triangular prism is: 116.25 in.²

Question 12.
A box has the shape of a rectangular prism. How much wrapping paper do you need to cover the box?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 108
Answer:
It is given that A box has the shape of a rectangular prism
Now,
The given rectangular prism is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 108
Now,
To find the amount of wrapping paper you needed to cover the box,
We have to find the total area of the iven rectangular prism
Now,
We know that,
The surface area of a rectangular prism (A) = Length × Width × Height
So,
A = 16 × 3 × 15
= 720 in.²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The amount of wrapping paper you needed to cover the box is: 720 in.²

Question 13.
Higher-OrderThinking Find the surface area of the Rectangular Hexagonal prism. Show your work.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 109
Answer:
The given rectangular hexagonal prism is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 109
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The total area of the rectangular hexagonal prism (A) = The area of the 2 cicles + The area of the 6 rectangles
Now,
We know that,
The area of a circle (A) = πr²
The area of a rectangle (A) = Length × Width
So,
A = 2 × 3.14 × (4.3)² + 6 × 14 × 5
= 116.11 + 420
= 536.11 cm²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the area of the given rectangular hexagonal prism is: 536.11 cm²

Question 14.
A box has the shape of a rectangular prism with a height of 29 centimeters. If the height is increased by 0.7 centimeter, by how much does the surface area of the box increase?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 110
Answer:
It is given that
A box has the shape of a rectangular prism with a height of 29 centimeters and the height is increased by 0.7 centimeters
Now,
The given rectangular prism is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 110
Now,
We know that,
The surface area of a rectangular prism (A) = Length × Width × Height
So,
A = 29 × 6.3 × 12
= 2,192.4 cm²
Now,
If the height of the given rectangular prism is increased by 0.7 cm, then
A = (29 + 0.7) × 6.3 × 12
= 2,245.32 cm²
So,
The amount of the surface area increased = 2,245.32 – 2,192.4
= 52.92 cm²
Hence, from the above,
We acn conclude that  the amount of surface area increased when the height of the box increased by 0.7 cm is: 52.92 cm²

Question 15.
The base of a prism is an equilateral triangle with an area of 73.2 square centimeters. The area of each lateral face is 104 square centimeters. Riley incorrectly claims that the surface area is 250.4 square centimeters.
a. What is the correct surface area?
Answer:
It is given that
The base of a prism is an equilateral triangle with an area of 73.2 square centimeters. The area of each lateral face is 104 square centimeters. Riley incorrectly claims that the surface area is 250.4 square centimeters.
Now,
The total surface area (A) = The area of the base of the prism + The area of each lateral face
= 73.2 + 104
= 177.2 square cm
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the correct surface area is: 177.2 square cm

b. What could have been Riley’s error?
Answer:
The error done by Riley is:
a. She considered the bases of a prism to be 2 and the lateral face as 1
So,
The area she got is 250.4 square cm instead of 177.2 square cm

Assessment Practice
Question 16.
The bottom part of this block is a rectangular prism. The top part is a square pyramid. How much paper, in square centimeters, is needed to cover the block completely?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 111
Answer:
It is given that
The bottom part of this block is a rectangular prism. The top part is a square pyramid
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 111
Now,
From the above,
We can observe that
The area of the given block (A) = The area of the bottom part of the block + The area of the top part of the block
= Length × Width × Height + 5 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) × Base × Height
So,
A = 3 × 4 × 4 + 5 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 6 × 4
= 48 + 60
= 108 cm²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The amount of paper, in square centimeters, is needed to cover the block completely is: 108 cm²

Lesson 8.9 Solve Problems Involving Volume

Solve & Discuss It!

Volunteers at a food pantry pack boxes of soup into crates. How many boxes of soup will fill each crate? Show your work.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 112
I can… use the area of the base of a three-dimensional figure to find its volume.
Answer:
It is given that
Volunteers at a food pantry pack boxes of soup into crates
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 112
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that the boxes and crates are in the form of a cuboid
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cuboid = Length × Width × Height
So,
The volume of the box = 4 × 2 × 6
= 48 in.³
The volume of the crate = 12 × 18 × 12
= 2,592 in.³
So,
The number of boxes of soup that will fill each crate = \(\frac{The volume of a crate}{The volume of a box}\)
= \(\frac{2,592}{48}\)
= 54 boxes
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the number of boxes of soup that will fill each crate is: 54 boxes

Look for Relationships How can you layer the soup boxes to cover the bottom of the crate?
Answer:
The given figure in part (a) is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 112
Now,
From the given figure in part (a),
We can observe that
We have to layer the soup boxes in the horizontal position to cover the bottom of the crate

Focus on math practices
Reasoning A supplier donated crates to the food pantry that are 15 inches long, instead of 18 inches long. All other dimensions are the same. What is the greatest number of boxes of soup that will fit in the donated crates? How will the volume of the soup vary from the total volume of the crate?
Answer:
It is given that
A supplier donated crates to the food pantry that are 15 inches long, instead of 18 inches long. All other dimensions are the same
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 112

Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that the boxes and crates are in the form of a cuboid
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cuboid = Length × Width × Height
So,
The volume of the box = 4 × 2 × 6
= 48 in.³
The volume of the crate = 12 × 15 × 12
= 2,160 in.³
So,
The number of boxes of soup that will fill each crate = \(\frac{The volume of a crate}{The volume of a box}\)
= \(\frac{2,160}{48}\)
= 45 boxes
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the greatest number of boxes of soup that will fit in the donated crates is: 45 boxes

Essential Question
How does the formula for the volume of a prism help you understand what volume of a prism means?
Answer:
The formula for the volume of a prism is:
V=Bh
where,
B is the base area
h is the height.
Now,
The base of the prism is a rectangle
So,
The area of a rectangle = Length × Width
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The formula for the volume of a prism is:
V = Length× Width × Height

Try It!
What is the volume of the triangular prism?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 113
The volume of the prism is __________ cubic centimeters.
Answer:
The given figure is:

Now,
We know that,
The volume of a triangular prism (V) = Area of a triangle × Height
Now,
We know that,
The area of a triangle (A) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × Base of the triangle × Height of the triangle
So,
The volume of a triangular prism (V) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 8 × 6 × 14
= 336 cm³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given triangular prism is: 336 cm³

Convince Me! What is the shape of the base of the figure? What are its dimensions? Explain.
Answer:
The given figure is:

Now,
From the given triangular prism,
We can observe that the shape of the base of the figure is: Triangle
Now,
From the given figure,
The dimensions of the base of the figure are:
The base of the triangle: 8 cm
The height of the triangle: 6 cm
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the dimensions of the base of the given figure is:
Base: 8 cm
Height: 6 cm

Try It!
Amber built a custom terrarium for her plants. What is the volume of the terrarium?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 114
Answer:
It is given that
Amber built a custom terrarium for her plants.
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 114
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The terrarium is made up of two rectangular prisms
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a rectangular prism (V) = Length × Width × Height
Now,
The volume of the first rectangular prism (V) = 30 × 10 × 10
= 3,000 in.³
The volume of the second rectangular prism (V) = 40 × 10 × 12
= 4,800 in.³
So,
The volume of the custom terrarium (V) = The volume of the first rectangular prism + The volume of the second rectangular prism
= 3,000 + 4,800
= 7,800 in.³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the custom terrarium that was built by Amber is: 7,800 in.³

KEY CONCEPT

You can use formulas to solve problems involving the volume of three-dimensional figures.
Find the volume of a composite figure by finding the sum of the volumes of each solid figure.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 115
You can use the formula V = Bh to find the volume or unknown dimension of a solid figure.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 116

Do You Understand?

Question 1.
Essential Question How does the formula for volume of a prism help you understand what volume of a prism means?
Answer:
The formula for the volume of a prism is:
V=Bh
where,
B is the base area
h is the height.
Now,
The base of the prism is a rectangle
So,
The area of a rectangle = Length × Width
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The formula for the volume of a prism is:
V = Length× Width × Height

Question 2.
Look for Relationships If you know the volume of a three-dimensional figure, how can you find a missing dimension of the figure?
Answer:
We know that,
The volume of any three-dimensional figure is:
V = Length × Width × Height
Now,
If we have any missing dimension in the figure that is related to the volume, then we will first multiply the known dimensions that are present with the unknown dimension and then divide the product of the known dimensions with the volume of the three-dimensional figure

Question 3.
Make Sense and Persevere How do you find the volume of a three-dimensional figure that can be decomposed into prisms?
Answer:
We know that,
A prism is a three-dimensional figure
We know that,
The volume of a prism (V) = Length × Width × Height
So,
If we have to find the volume of a three-dimensional figure that can be decomposed into prisms, then add all the volumes of the decomposed prisms

Do You Know How?

Question 4.
An aquarium has a regular hexagonal base with side lengths of 15 centimeters. When the hexagon is divided into six equal triangles, the height of each triangle is about 13 centimeters. If the aquarium is 50 centimeters tall, what is its volume?
Answer:
It is given that
An aquarium has a regular hexagonal base with side lengths of 15 centimeters. When the hexagon is divided into six equal triangles, the height of each triangle is about 13 centimeters and the aquarium is 50 centimeters tall
Now,
From the given information,
We can observe that the aquarium is in the form of a regular hexagonal prism
Now,
We know that,
The volume of any three-dimensional figure = Base area × Height
Where,
The base area for this is the area of the hexagon
Now,
We know that,
The area of the hexagon (B) = 6 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) × base × Height
= 6 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 15 × 13
= 585 cm²
So,
The volume of the given aquarium (V) = 585 × 50
= 29,250 cm³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given aquarium is: 29,250 cm³

Question 5.
A cheese box is shaped like a right triangular prism. The box is 6 inches long, 4 inches tall, and has a volume of 24 cubic inches. Can a cube of cheese that is 2.5 inches on each side fit inside the box? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 117
Answer:
It is given that
A cheese box is shaped like a right triangular prism. The box is 6 inches long, 4 inches tall, and has a volume of 24 cubic inches.
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a right triangular prism (V) = Base area of a right triangle × Height
Now,
We know that,
Area of a triangle (A) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × Base × Height
So,
24 = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 6 × 4 × h
24 = 12 × h
h = \(\frac{24}{12}\)
h = 2 inches
Now,
From the above,
We can observe that
2 inches < 2.5 inches
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that a cube of cheese that is 2.5 inches on each side does not fit inside the box

Question 6.
Ray made a toolbox with the dimensions shown to store garden tools. What is the volume of the toolbox?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 118
Answer:
It is given that
Ray made a toolbox with the dimensions shown to store garden tools.
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 118
So,
The volume of the toolbox = (The volume of a cuboid) + (The volume of a trapezoidal prism)
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cuboid (V) = Length × Width × Height
The volume of a trapezoidal prism (V) = (Area of a trapezoid) × (Height of the trapezoidal prism)
The area of a trapezoid (A) = [(b 1 + b 2 ) h] / 2
So,
The volume of the toolbox = (16 × 3 × 5) + [(7 + 7) × 5] ÷ 2 × 5
= (16 × 15) + \(\frac{70}{2}\) × 5
= 240 + 175
= 415 in.³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The volume of the toolbox is: 415 in.³

Practice & Problem Solving

Leveled Practice In 7-8, find the volume of each prism.

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 119
Answer:
The given figure is:

Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that the given prism is a Right-triangular prism
So,
The volume of a right-triangular prism (V) = (Area of the right triangle) × Height
So,
The volume of the given prism is given as:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The volume of the given prism is: 41.16 m³

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 120
Answer:
The given figure is:

Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The given figure is: Hexagonal prism
So,
The volume of the given prism (V) = (The area of a hexagon) × Height
Now,
We know that,
The area of a hexagon (A) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 6 × (Base of the triangle) × (Height of the triangle)
So,

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The volume of the given prism is: 1,793.4 cm³

Question 9.
A tunnel for an amusement park ride has the shape of a regular hexagonal prism with dimensions shown. The prism has a volume of 3,572.1 cubic meters. Can two 8-meter cars connected by a 3-meter connector pass through the tunnel at the same time? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 121
Answer:
It is given that
A tunnel for an amusement park ride has the shape of a regular hexagonal prism with dimensions shown. The prism has a volume of 3,572.1 cubic meters.
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 121
Now,
From the given information,
We can say that
The volume of a regular hexagonal prism (V) = (Area of a hexagon) × (Height of a prism)
Now,
We know that,
The area of a hexagon (A) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 6 × (Base of the triangle) × (Height of the triangle)
So,
3,572.1 = 6 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 7 × 8.1 × h
3,572.1 = 170.1 × h
h = \(\frac{3,572.1}{170.1}\)
h = 21 m
Now,
The area of the tunnel = 8 × 3
= 24 m²
So,
24 > 21
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the two 8-meter cars connected by a 3-meter connector can’t pass through the tunnel at the same time

Question 10.
A volume of 185.5 cubic feet of concrete was used to make the section of a skateboard ramp shown. How long is the ramp?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 122
Answer:
It is given that
A volume of 185.5 cubic feet of concrete was used to make the section of a skateboard ramp shown.
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 122
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a rectangular prism (V) = Length × Width × Height
Now,
Let the length of the skateboard ramp be x ft
So,
The volume of a skateboard ramp (V) = 4 × 7 × x
185.5 = 28 × x
x = \(\frac{185.5}{28}\)
x = 6.62
x ≈ 7 ft
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of the ramp is about 7 ft

Question 11.
Make Sense and Persevere A small cube has a volume of 64 cubic feet. A larger cube has sides that are three times as long as the small cube. How long are the sides of each cube?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 123
Answer:
It is given that
A small cube has a volume of 64 cubic feet. A larger cube has sides that are three times as long as the small cube
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cube (V) = Side³
So,
For a small cube,
Side³ = 64
Side = \(\sqrt[3]{64}\)
Side = 4 feet
Now,
According to the given information,
The side of a larger cube = 3 × (The side of a small cube)
= 3 × 4
= 12 feet
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The side length of a small cube is: 4 feet
The side length of a larger cube is: 12 feet

Question 12.
What is the volume of the regular hexagonal prism, to the nearest cubic centimeter?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 124
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 124
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a regular hexagonal prism (V) = (Area of a hexagon) × (Height of the prism)
Now,
We know that,
Area of a hexagon (A) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 6 × (Base of the triangle) × (Height of the triangle)
So,
The volume of the given prism (V) = 6 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 9 × 10.4 × 24
= 6,739.2
≈ 6,740 cm³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given regular hexagonal prism is: 6,740 cm³

Question 13.
A mailbox has the dimensions shown What is the volume of the mailbox?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 125
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 125
Now,
From the given mailbox,
We can observe that
The mailbox is the combination of a right triangular prism and a regular prism
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a right triangular prism (V) = (Area of a right triangle) × (The height of a prism)
The volume of a regular prism (V) = Length × Width × Height
Now,
We knwo that,
The area of a right triangle (A) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × (Base of a triangle) × (Height of a triangle)
So,
The volume of the given mailbox (V) = (\(\frac{1}{2}\) × 2 × 8 × 8) + (8 × 8 × 12)
= 64 + 768
= 832 in.³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given mailbox is: 832 in.³

Question 14.
Use Structure A glass bead has the shape of a prism with a rectangular prism removed. What is the volume of the glass that forms the bead?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 126
Answer:
It is given that
A glass bead has the shape of a prism with a rectangular prism removed.
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 126
Now,
The volume of the glass that forms the bead (V) = (The volume of the glass bead that has the shape of a prism) + (The volume of a rectangular pris that is removed)
= (2 × 2 × 5) + (3 × 3 × 5)
= 20 + 45
= 65 cm³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The volume of the glass that forms the bead is: 65 cm³

Question 15.
Higher Order Thinking A cake has two layers. Each layer is a regular hexagonal prism. A slice removes one face of each prism, as shown.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 127
a. What is the volume of the slice?
Answer:

b. What is the volume of the remaining cake?
Answer:

Assessment Practice
Question 16.
The area of the top of the box shown is 60 square centimeters. What is the volume, in cubic centimeters, of the box?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 128
Answer:
It is given that
The area of the top of the box shown is 60 square centimeters
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 128
So,
The volume of the given box (V) = 60 × 2 × 5
= 600 cm³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The volume of the given box is: 600 cm³

Question 17.
Which of the following freezers is the best buy in terms of dollars per cubic foot?
A. Freezer A has an interior of 1 foot by 1 foot by 5 feet and sells for $499.99.
B. Freezer B has two sections of 3 cubic feet each and sells for $629.99.
C. Freezer C has interior dimensions of 1.5 feet by 1.5 feet by 4 feet and sells for $849.99.
D. Freezer D has 3 sections of 1.5 cubic feet each and sells for $444.99.
Answer:
We now that,
To know which Freezer is best,
We have to find the volume of the given Freezer and see whether for the high volume of Freezer, the cost of the Freezer is low or not
Now,
For Freezer A,
Volume (V) = 1 × 1 × 5 = 5 ft³
The ratio in terms of dollars per cubic foot = \(\frac{499.99}{5}\)
= 100
For Freezer B,
Volume (V) = 3 + 3  = 6 ft³
The ratio in terms of dollars per cubic foot = \(\frac{629.99}{6}\)
= 105
For freezer C,
Volume (V) = 1.5 ×1.5 × 4
= 2.25×4
= 9.00
= 9 ft³
The ratio in terms of dollars per cubic foot = \(\frac{849.99}{9}\)
= 94
For Freezer D,
Volume (V) = 1.5 + 1.5 + 1.5 = 4.5 ft³
The ratio in terms of dollars per cubic foot = \(\frac{444.99}{4.5}\)
= 99
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The freezers that is the best buy in terms of dollars per cubic foot are:

Topic 8 Review

Topic Essential Question
How can geometry be used to solve problems?
Answer:
You can use this field of mathematics to help you solve problems by drawing your problem and separating it out into geometric shapes. To do this, you divide your shape into smaller, common geometric shapes such as squares, rectangles, triangles, and circles and use the appropriate formulas for each

Vocabulary Review
Complete each definition, and then provide an example of each vocabulary word.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 129
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 130
Answer:

Use Vocabulary in Writing
Shawna drew this picture of three intersecting lines. Use vocabulary terms to explain how she could determine the value of x.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 131
Answer:
Shawna drew this picture of three intersecting lines
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 131
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
47° and x° are the vertical angles
Now,
We know that,
The vertical angles have the same angle measures
So,
x° = 47°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 47°

Concepts and Skills Review

Lesson 8.1 Solve Problems involving Scale Drawings

Quick Review
In a scale drawing, the scale is a ratio that relates each drawing length to the actual length it represents. To find unknown lengths, you can use the scale to write a proportion.

Example
A blueprint of a room is drawn to a scale of 2 inches = 7 feet. The actual length of one wall is 56 feet. What is the length of this wall on the blueprint?
Answer:
Use the scale to write a proportion.
\(\frac{2 \text { in. }}{7 \mathrm{ft}}=\frac{x \text { in. }}{56 \mathrm{ft}}\)
56 feet = 7 feet x 8, so multiply 2 inches by 8
x = 2 inches x 8 = 16 inches
The length in the blueprint is 16 inches.

Practice
Use the scale drawing to answer the questions.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 132

Question 1.
What is the actual area of the meeting room in square yards?
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 132
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
Scale factor = \(\frac{3}{1}\)
So,
The actual length of the meeting room = (Scale factor) × (The length of the scale drawing)
= 3 × 4
= 12 yd
So,
The actual width of the meeting room = (Scale factor) × (The width of the scale drawing)
= 3 × 1.5
= 4.5 yd
So,
The actual area of the meeting room = (The actual length of the meeting room) × (The actual width of the meeting room)
= 12 × 4.5
= 54.0
= 54 yd²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The actual area of the meeting room is: 54 yd²

Question 2.
John decides to make a new scale drawing of the meeting room. He wants the length of the room in the new drawing to be 8 inches. What is the new scale for the drawing?
Answer:
It is given that
John decides to make a new scale drawing of the meeting room. He wants the length of the room in the new drawing to be 8 inches
Now,
From Question 1,
The actual length of the meeting room = (Scale factor) × (The length of the scale drawing)
= 3 × 4
= 12 yd
So,
\(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{12}{x}\)
x = 96
So,
The new scale for the drawing is:
8 inches = 96 yd
Divide by 8 on both sides
1 inch = 12 yd
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The new scale for the drawing is:
1 inch = 12 yd

Lesson 8.2 Draw Geometric Figures

Quick Review
You can classify a quadrilateral as a trapezoid, a rectangle, a square, or a parallelogram based on its side lengths, side relationships, and angle measures.

Example
Draw a quadrilateral with exactly two perpendicular sides and one angle measuring 120°. What is the name of the figure you drew?
Answer:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 133
The figure has exactly one pair of parallel sides, so it is a trapezoid.

Practice
Question 1.
Draw a quadrilateral with two pairs of parallel sides, with one side measuring 5 centimeters, one side measuring 3 centimeters, and one angle measuring 45°. What is the name of the figure you drew?
Answer:
The representation of the quadrilateral with two pairs of parallel sides, with one side measuring 5 centimeters, one side measuring 3 centimeters, and one angle measuring 45° is:

Now,
From the figure,
We can observe that
a. The side lengths of the parallel sides are the same
b. The angle measures are not 90°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The quadrilateral with the given specifications is called: parallelogram

Question 2.
What quadrilaterals can you draw that have two angles measuring 115° and two angles measuring 65°?
Answer:
It is given that the two angles measuring 115° and two angles measuring 65°
So,
The representation of the quadrilateral that has two angles measuring 115° and two angles measuring 65° is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The quadrilateral that you can draw with the same opposite angle measures is: Parallelogram

Lesson 8.3 Draw Triangles with Given Conditions

Quick Review
When you are given certain conditions for a triangle, it may be possible to draw one triangle, more than one triangle, or no triangle.

Example
How many triangles can be drawn with side lengths of 3 inches, 5 inches, and 6 inches?
Answer:
No matter how you position the sides, the triangle has the same shape and size. There is only one way to draw a triangle with these side lengths.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 134

Practice
Question 1.
Can more than one triangle be drawn with side lengths of 4 centimeters and 2 centimeters and an included angle of 50°? Explain.
Answer:
It is given that
one triangle is drawn with side lengths of 4 centimeters and 2 centimeters and an included angle of 50°
So,
The representations of the triangles with the given specifications are:

Now,
From the above triangles,
We can observe that both the representations of the triangles are the same
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that more than one triangle can not be drawn from the given specifications

Question 2.
When given angle measures of 25°, 65°, and 90°, is it impossible to draw a triangle, possible to draw only one triangle, or possible to draw more than one triangle? Explain.
Answer:
We know that,
There is more than one triangle possible for the below cases:
a. Three different angle measures
b. Two sides and an included triangle
Now,
In this question,
Three different angle measures are given
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that  it is impossible to draw more than one triangle

Lesson 8-4 Solve Problems Using Angle Relationships

Quick Review
Angles that have a common vertex and a common side but no common interior points are adjacent angles. Supplementary angles are angles with a sum of 180°. Complementary angles are angles with a sum of 90°. When two lines intersect, the angles that have no side in common are called vertical angles. Vertical angles are equal.

Example
List all pairs of vertical angles in this figure.
Answer:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 135
There are two pairs of vertical angles:
• ∠SZR and ∠XZY
• ∠SZX and ∠RZY

Practice

Use the figure from the example.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 135
Question 1.
Name a pair of complementary angles.
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 135
Now,
We know that,
The complementary angles are the angles that have the angle measure of 90°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The pair of Complementary angles are: ∠QZX and ∠XZY

Question 2.
The measure of ∠XZY is 55°. Which other angle has a measure of 55°? Explain.
Answer:
It is given that the angle measure of ∠XZY is: 55°
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 135
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
There are two pairs of vertical angles:
a. ∠SZR and ∠XZY
b. ∠SZX and ∠RZY
Now,
We know that,
The vertical angles are the angles that have the same angle measures
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The other angles that have a measure of 55° are: ∠SZR, ∠SZX, and ∠RZY

Question 3.
Use the information from Problem 2. Find the value of n.
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 135
Now,
From problem 2,
We can observe that
∠SZR and ∠RZY are the adjacent angles
So,
According to the given information,
(3n + 5)° + 55° = 180°
3n° = 180° – 60°
3n° = 120°
n = \(\frac{120°}{3}\)
n = 40°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of n is: 40°

Lesson 8.5 Solve Problems Involving Circumference of a Circle

Quick Review
The distance around a circle is called its circumference. The number a (pi) is the ratio of the circumference of any circle to its diameter. So when you know the diameter, d, of a circle, or its radius, r, you can determine its circumference, C, with the formula C = πd or C = 2πr.

Example
What is the circumference of a circle with a radius of 6 meters? Use 3.14 for π.
Answer:
C = 2πr
C = 2π(6)
C ≈ 2(3.14)(6)
C = 37.68
The circumference is about 37.68 meters.

Practice

Question 1.
The length of the minute hand of a clock is 14 inches. What is the length of the path traced by the outer tip of the minute hand in one hour? Use \(\frac{22}{7}\) for π.
Answer:
It is given that
The length of the minute hand of a clock is 14 inches
So,
The length of the path traced by the outer tip of the minute hand in one hour = 2π × (The length of the minute hand of a clock)
= 2 × \(\frac{22}{7}\) × 14
= 88 inches
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The length of the path traced by the outer tip of the minute hand in one hour is: 88 inches

Question 2.
The circumference of a bicycle tire is 126.5 centimeters. What is the diameter of the tire? Use 3.14 for a. Round to the nearest tenth as needed.
Answer:
It is given that
The circumference of a bicycle tire is 126.5 centimeters
Now,
We know that,
The circumference of a bicycle tire (C) = πd
Where,
d is the diameter of the bicycle tire
So,
According to the given information,
126.5 = 3.14 × d
d = \(\frac{126.5}{3.14}\)
d = 40.28
d ≈ 40.3 centimeters
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The diameter of the tire is: 40.3 centimeters

Lesson 8.6 Solve Problems involving Area of a Circle

Quick Review
The area, A, of a circle can be found using the formula A = πr2, where r is the radius. You can use 3.14 or \(\frac{22}{7}\) as an approximation for π.

Example
The diameter of the logo at the center of a basketball court is 10 feet. What is the area of the logo? Use 3.14 for π.
Answer:
The radius of a circle is half the diameter. So the radius of the logo is half of 10 feet, or 5 feet. Substitute the radius into the circle area formula.
A = πr2
A = π(5)2
A ≈ 3.14(25)
A = 78.5
The area of the logo is about 78.5 square feet.

Practice

Question 1.
Jessie wants to paint the top of the table shown. What is the approximate area that she will paint? Use 3.14 for it. Round to the nearest whole number of inches.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 136
Answer:
It is given that
Jessie wants to paint the top of the table shown.
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 136
Now,
We know that,
Radius (r) = \(\frac{Diameter}{2}\)
So,
r = \(\frac{78}{2}\)
r = 39 in
Now,
We know that,
The area of a circle (A) = πr²
So,
The area of the top of table (A) = 3.14 × 39²
= 4,775.94 in²
≈ 4,776 in²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the approximate area that she will paint is: 4,776 in.²

Question 2.
What is the diameter of a circle with an area of 113.04 square centimeters? Use 3.14 for π.
Answer:
It is given that
The area of a circle is: 113.04 square centimeters
Now,
We know that,
The area of a circle (A) = πr²
So,
113.04 = 3.14 × r²
r² = \(\frac{113.04}{3.14}\)
r² = 36
r = 6 cm
Now,
We know that,
Diameter (d) = 2 × Radius (r)
So,
d = 2 × 6
d = 12 cm
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The diameter of the given circle is: 12 cm

Question 3.
The distance around a circular park is 88 yards. What is the area of the park? Use \(\frac{22}{7}\) for π.
Answer:
It is given that
The distance around a circular park is 88 yards
Now,
We know that,
Circumference (C) = 2πr
So,
88 = 2 × \(\frac{22}{7}\) × r
r = \(\frac{7 × 88}{2 × 22}\)
r = 14 yards
Now,
We know that,
Area of a circle (A) = πr²
So,
The area of the circular park (A) = \(\frac{22}{7}\) × 14²
= 616 yards²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the area of the given circular park is: 616 yards²

Lesson 8.7 Describe Cross Sections

Quick Review
A cross section is the two-dimensional shape exposed when a three-dimensional figure is sliced. Recognizing the shape of a cross section can help in solving some problems.

Example
Muffins are packed in two layers in a box with a piece of cardboard placed between. What shape is the cardboard and what are its dimensions?
Answer:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 137
The cardboard lies on a cross section shaped like a rectangle that is 15 inches long and 10 inches wide.

Practice

Question 1.
The figure shows a vertical cross-section of a right rectangular pyramid. What shape is the cross-section and what is its area?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 138
Answer:
It is given that
The figure shows a vertical cross-section of a right rectangular pyramid
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 138
Now,
From the above figure,
We can observe that
The vertical cross-section of the given pyramid is: Right triangle
Now,
We know that,
The area of a right triangle (A) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × (Base of the triangle) × (Height of the triangle)
So,
The area of the vertical cross-section (A) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 7 × 5
= 17.5 cm²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The shape of the cross-section is: Right triangle
The area of the cross-section is: 17.5 cm²

Question 2.
Zach wants to slice the pyramid along a horizontal plane that intersects the pyramid above its base. Describe the cross section that would be formed.
Answer:
It is given that
Zach wants to slice the pyramid along a horizontal plane that intersects the pyramid above its base
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 138
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The shape of the horizontal plane when the pyramid is intersected is: Rectangle

Lesson 8.8 Solve Problems involving Surface Area

Quick Review
A composite figure is the combination of two or more geometric shapes. The surface area of a two- and a three-dimensional composite figure will be the sum of the areas of all the shapes, or faces.

Example
The figure shows the plan for a kitchen countertop. What is the area of the countertop?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 139
Answer:
(3 • 8) + (3 • 2) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)(3 • 3) = 24 + 6 + 4.5 = 34.5
The area of the countertop is 34.5 ft2.

Practice

Question 1.
Kara wants to paint the four outside walls of her dog’s house. She will not paint the roof or the door on the front of the house. What is the area of the surface that Kara needs to paint?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 140
Answer:
It is given that
Kara wants to paint the four outside walls of her dog’s house. She will not paint the roof or the door on the front of the house.
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 140
Now,
The area of the dog’s house that Kara needed to paint (A) = (The total area of the dog’s house) – (The area of the front of the house)
= ([\(\frac{1}{2}\) × 4 × 4] + [7 × 3]) – (\(\frac{1}{2}\) × 4 × 4)
= 29 – 8
= 21 ft²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The area of the surface that Kara needs to paint is: 21 ft²

Lesson 8.9 Solve Problems involving Volume

Quick Review
You can find the volume, V, of a prism using the formula V = Bh. In this formula, B represents the area of the base of the prism and h represents the height of the prism. Volume is measured in cubic units.

If the volume of a prism is known, you may be able to use this formula to find an unknown dimension of the prism. You also can use this formula to solve problems involving volumes of composite figures that are made up of two or more prisms.

Example
Rhonda received a package in a box shaped like a rectangular prism. What is the volume of the box?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 141
Answer:
Find the area of the rectangular base.
A = 9(18) = 162 in.2
Find the volume of the prism.
V = Bh
V= 162(9)
V= 1,458 in.3

Practice

Question 1.
Holly has a gift box that is shaped like a regular hexagonal prism. What is the volume of the box?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 142
Answer:
It is given that
Holly has a gift box that is shaped like a regular hexagonal prism
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 142
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a regular hexagonal prism (V) = (Area of a hexagon) × (Height of the regular hexagonal prism)
The area of a hexagon (A) = 6 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) × (Base of a triangle}{Height of a triangle}
So,
V = 6 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 7.8 × 12 × 9
= 2,527.2 in.³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The volume of the given regular hexagonal prism is: 2,527.2 in.³

Question 2.
A designer is planning a trail mix box that is shaped like a rectangular prism. The front of the box must have the width and height shown. The volume of the box must be 162 cubic inches. What must be the depth, d, of the box?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 143
Answer:
It is given that
A designer is planning a trail mix box that is shaped like a rectangular prism. The front of the box must have the width and height shown. The volume of the box must be 162 cubic inches.
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 143
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a rectangular prism (V) = Length × Width × Height
So,
162 = 9 × 7.5 × d
162 = 67.5 × d
d = \(\frac{162}{67.5}\)
d = 2.4 in.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The depth of the box is 2.4 in.

Question 3.
A building that is used for storage has the dimensions shown. What is the volume of the building?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 144
Answer:
It is given that
A building that is used for storage has the dimensions shown
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 144
So,
The volume of the building (V) = (8 × 28 ×14) + (12 × 16 × 14)
= 3,136 + 2,688
= 5,824 ft³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The volume of the building is: 5,824 ft³

Topic 8 Fluency Practice

Pathfinder
Shade a path from START to FINISH. Follow the answers to the problems so that each answer is greater than the one before. You can only move up, down, right, or left.
I can… use the percent equation to solve problems.

START
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Geometry 145

Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume

enVision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume

Go through the enVision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume regularly and improve your accuracy in solving questions.

enVision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume

Topic 8 Essential Question
How can you find volumes and surface areas of three-dimensional figures?
Answer:
The “Surface area” is the sum of the areas of all faces (or surfaces) on a 3D shape.
Ex:
A cuboid has 6 rectangular faces. To find the surface area of a cuboid, add the areas of all 6 faces
We know that,
The volume of a three-dimensional figure = Cross-sectional area × length

3-ACT MATH

Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 1
Measure Up
Have you ever heard of the terms griffin beaker, Erlenmeyer flask, or graduated cylinder? Maybe you’ve used them in your science class. Each piece of equipment in a chemistry lab has a specific purpose, so containers come in many shapes. It’s sometimes necessary to pour a solution from one container to another. Think about this during the 3-Act Mathematical Modeling lesson.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 2

Topic 8 ënVision STEM Project

Did You Know?
The production of packaging is a huge industry employing over five million people with annual sales of more than 400 billion dollars.
Packaging materials protect and deliver food and products to consumers.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 3

A plastic bottle takes 450–1,000 years to biodegrade.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 4
Seabirds are dying of starvation with stomachs full of plastic and Styrofoam.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 5

Polystyrene foam lasts forever!
Eco-friendly packaging materials are being made from mushrooms and bamboo.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 6
There is even a drink bottle made from recyclable paper.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 7
New technology results in packaging materials that are both affordable and biodegradable.
Environmentally friendly companies are producing sustainable packaging. In addition to using recyclable materials, they reduce the water, natural resources, and energy needed for production. They minimize waste when designing products.

Your Task: Wrap it Up!
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 8
Engineers consider several factors when designing product packaging. These factors include cost efficiency and eco-friendly design so that materials are disposable, recyclable, biodegradable, and not wasted. Suppose you are an engineer working for Liquid Assets, an environmentally friendly company that designs, builds, and packages water purifiers. You and your classmates will use your knowledge of volume and surface area to determine an environmentally sound way to package the purifiers.

Topic 8 GET READY!

Review What You Know!

Vocabulary
Choose the best term from the box to complete each definition.
base
diameter
radius
three-dimensional
two-dimensional

Question 1.
The __________ is the distance from the center to the edge of a circle.
Answer:
We know that,
The “Radius” is the distance from the center to the edge of a circle
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the best term to complete the given definition is: Radius

Math Grade 8 Answer Key Involving Surface Area And Volume 1

Question 2.
A shape that has length, width, and height is ___________.
Answer:
We know that,
A shape that has a length, width, and height is known as “Three-dimensional”
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the best term to complete the given definition is: Three dimensional

Question 3.
Any side of a cube can be considered a __________.
Answer:
We know that,
Any side of a cube can be considered a “Base”
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the best term to complete the given definition is: Base

Question 4.
A shape that has length and width, but not height, is ___________.
Answer:
We know that,
A shape that has length and width, but not height is known as “Two-dimensional”
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the best term to complete the given definition is: Two-dimensional

Question 5.
The _____________ of a circle is a line segment that passes through its center and has endpoints on the circle.
Answer:
We know that,
The “Diameter” of a circle is a line segment that passed through its center and has endpoints on the circle
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the best term to complete the given definition is: Diameter

Multiplying with Decimals

Find the product.
Question 6.
14 ∙ 3.5 = _______
Answer:
The given expression is:
14 × 3.5
So,
14 × 3.5 = 49.0
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value for the given expression is: 49

Question 7.
9 ∙ 3.14 = _________
Answer:
The given expression is:
9 × 3.14
So,
9 × 3.14 = 28.26
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value for the given expression is: 28.26

Question 8.
4.2 ∙ 10.5 = _________
Answer:
The given expression is:
4.2 × 10.5
So,
4.2 × 10.5 = 44.1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value for the given expression is: 44.1

Areas of Circles

Find the area of each circle. Use 3.14 for π.

Math Grade 8 Answer Key Involving Surface Area And Volume 2
Question 9.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 9
A = ________
Answer:
The given circle is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 9
From the given circle,
The radius is: 8 cm
Now,
We know that,
The area of the circle = πr²
So,
The area of the given circle = 3.14 × 8²
= 200.96 cm²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the area for the given circle is: 200.96 cm²

Question 10.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 10
A = _________
Answer:
The given circle is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 10
From the given circle,
The diameter is: 12 cm
Now,
We know that,
Radius = \(\frac{Diameter}{2}\)
Radius = \(\frac{12}{2}\)
Radius = 6 cm
Now,
We know that,
The area of the circle = πr²
So,
The area of the given circle = 3.14 × 6²
= 113.04 cm²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the area of the given circle is: 113.04 cm²

Use the Pythagorean Theorem

Find the missing side length of the triangle.
Question 11.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 11
x = _________
Answer:
The given triangle is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 11
Now,
Fro the given figure,
We can observe that the triangle is a right triangle
Now,
We know that,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
c² = a² + b²
Where,
c is the length of the hypotenuse
a and b are the side lengths
So,
13² = 12²+ x²
x²= 169 – 144
x² = 25
x = \(\sqrt{25}\)
x = 5 in.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the missing side length of the given triangle is: 5 in.

Question 12.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 12
x = __________
Answer:
The given triangle is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 12
Now,
Fro the given figure,
We can observe that the triangle is a right triangle
Now,
We know that,
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
c² = a² + b²
Where,
c is the length of the hypotenuse
a and b are the side lengths
So,
30² = 24²+ x²
x²= 900 – 576
x² = 324
x = \(\sqrt{324}\)
x = 18 in.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the missing side length of the given triangle is: 18 in.

Language Development

Complete the word web. Write keywords, ideas, examples, or illustrations that connect to each new vocabulary term.

Topic 8 Pick A Project

PROJECT 8A
What makes a concert rock?
PROJECT: DESIGN PROPS OR STAGE STRUCTURES
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 15

PROJECT 8B
What is the most interesting museum you have visited?
PROJECT: MAKE A MODEL OF A MUSEUM
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 16

PROJECT 8C
Where around the United States can you find quarries?
PROJECT: POUR AND MEASURE SAND
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 17

PROJECT 8D
If you were cast in a play, would it be a comedy or a drama? Why?
PROJECT: WRITE A SKIT
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 18

Lesson 8.1 Find Surface Area of Three-Dimensional Figures

Explore It!
Andrea is designing the packaging for a tube-shaped container.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 19
I can… find the surface areas of cylinders, cones, and spheres.

A. Model with Math What two-dimensional shape represents the top and bottom of the container? What two-dimensional shape represents the tube? Draw a net of the tube-shaped container.
Answer:
It is given that Andrea is designing the packaging for a tube-shaped container.
Now,
The given arrangement for tube shaped container is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 19
Now,
From the given arrangement,
We can observe that
The two-dimensional shape that represents the top and bottom of the container is: Circle
The two-dimensional shape that represents the tube is: Rectangle
Hence,
The representation of the tube-shaped container is:

B. Look for Relationships The circular top and bottom fit perfectly on the ends of the container. How are the measures of the circles and the rectangle related?
Answer:
The representation of the tube-shaped container is:

Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that the tube-shaped container is made up of 2 circles and 1 rectangle
So,
The total surface area of the tube-shaped container is the sum of the areas of 2 circles and 1 rectangle
Now,
We know that,
The area of a circle = πr²
The area of a rectangle = Height× Base
Where,
The base of the rectangle is a circle
So,
The circumference of the circle = 2πr
Hence,
The surface area of the tube-shaped container = 2πr² + 2πrh

Focus on math practices
Model with Math
How can you check whether the net that you drew accurately represents the tube-shaped container?
Answer:
The representation of the tube-shaped container is:

Now,
When the top and bottom of the container correctly fit the tube,
That is the representation that the net you drew accurately represents the tube-shaped container

Essential Question
How are the areas of polygons used to find the surface area formulas for three-dimensional figures?
Answer:
We know that,
A three-dimensional figure is a combination of some two-dimensional figures
Ex:
We can make a “Cuboid” from the combination of “Rectangles”
We can make a “Sphere” from the combination of ‘Circles”
So,
The total surface area of a three-dimensional figure can be given as the sum of all the areas of the two-dimensional figures that are used to make the three-dimensional figure

Try it

What is the surface area of a cylinder with a height of 9.5 inches and a radius of 2.5 inches?
The surface area of the cylinder is __________ square inches.
Answer:
It is given that
The height of a cylinder is: 9.5 inches
The radius of a cylinder is: 2.5 inches
Now,
We know that,
The surface area of the cylinder (S.A) = 2πr² + 2πrh
= 2 × 3.14 × (2.5)² + 2 × 3.14 × 9.5 × 2.5
= 39.25 + 149.15
= 188.4 square inches
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the surface area of the given cylinder is: 188.4 square inches

Convince Me! How can you find the surface area of a cylinder if you only know its height and the circumference of its base?
S.A. = 2(πr2) + (2πr)h
= 2π(________2) + 2π(_______)(________)
= _______π + _______π
= _______π
Answer:
It is given that
We know only the height of the cylinder and the circumference of its base
Now,
We know that,
The surface area of a cylinder (S.A) = 2πr² + 2πrh
So,
S.A = 2π (r²) + 2π (r) (h)
S.A = 2π + π
S.A = 3π
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the surface area of a cylinder with only its height and the circumference of its base is: 3π

Math Grade 8 Answer Key Involving Surface Area And Volume 3

Try It!

a. What is the surface area of a cone with a radius of 7 feet and a slant height of 9 feet? Use \(\frac{22}{7}\) for π.
Answer:
It is given that
The radius of the cone is (r): 7 feet
The slant height of the cone is (l): 9 feet
Now,
We know that,
The surface area of the cone (S.A) = πr² + πrl
So,
S.A = \(\frac{22}{7}\) × 7² + \(\frac{22}{7}\) × 7 × 9
= 154 + 198
= 352 square feet
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the surface area of the given cone is: 352 square feet

b. What is the surface area of a sphere with a diameter of 2.7 inches? Use 3.14 for π.
Answer:
It is given that,
The diameter of a sphere is: 2.7 inches
Now,
We know that,
Radius = \(\frac{Diameter}{2}\)
So,
Radius of the sphere = \(\frac{2.7}{2}\)
So,
The radius of the sphere (r) = 1.35 inches
Now,
We know that,
The surface area of the sphere (S.A) = 4πr²
So,
S.A = 4 × 3.14 × (1.35)²
= 22.89 square inches
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the surface area of the given sphere is: 22.89 square inches

KEY CONCEPT

Formulas for finding the area of polygons can be used to find the surface areas of cylinders, cones, and spheres.

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
Essential Question How are the areas of polygons used to find the surface area formulas for three-dimensional figures?
Answer:
We know that,
A three-dimensional figure is a combination of some two-dimensional figures
Ex:
We can make a “Cuboid” from the combination of “Rectangles”
We can make a “Sphere” from the combination of ‘Circles”
So,
The total surface area of a three-dimensional figure can be given as the sum of all the areas of the two-dimensional figures that are used to make the three-dimensional figure

Question 2.
Reasoning Why is the length of the base of the rectangle the same as the circumference of the circles in the net of a cylinder?
Answer:
The representation of the cylinder is:

Now,
If you look at the net, the curved surface of the cylinder is rectangular in shape. The length of the rectangle is the same as the circumference of the circle. Since the length of the rectangle wraps around the circle rim, it is the same length as the circumference of the circle.

Question 3.
Construct Arguments Aaron says that all cones with a base circumference of 8 inches will have the same surface area. Is Aaron correct? Explain.
Answer:
It is given that
Aaron says that all cones with a base circumference of 8 inches will have the same surface area
Now,
We know that,
The surface area of a cone = πr² + πrl
Now,
From the above formula,
We can conclude that the surface area of the cone does not depend only on the circumference of the base but also we need the side length of the cone part as well
So,
All cones with a base circumference of 8 inches will not have the same surface area.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Aaron is not correct

Do You Know How?
Question 4.
What is the surface area of the cylinder? Use 3.14 for π, and round to the nearest tenth.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 20
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 20
From the given figure,
The diameter of the cylinder is: 2 mm
The height of the cylinder is: 10 mm
So,
Radius of the cylinder = \(\frac{Diameter of the cylinder}{2}\)
= \(\frac{2}{2}\)
= 1 mm
Now,
We know that,
The surface area of the cylinder (S.A) = 2πr² + 2πrh
So,
S.A = 2 × 3.14 × 1² + 2 × 3.14 × 1 × 10
= 6.28 + 62.8
= 69.08 mm²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the surface area of the given cylinder is: 69.08 mm²

Question 5.
What is the surface area of the cone to the nearest tenth? Use 3.14 for π.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 21
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 21
From the given figure,
The slant height of the cone is (l): 4 ft
The radius of the cone is: 3 ft
Now,
We know that,
The surface area of the cone (S.A) = πr² + πrl
So,
S.A = 3.14 × 3² + 3.14 × 3 × 4
= 28.26 + 37.68
= 65.94 ft²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the surface area of the given cone is: 65.94 ft²

Question 6.
What is the surface area of the sphere in terms of π?
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 22
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 22
From the given figure,
The diameter of the sphere is: 2 cm
Now,
We know that,
The radius of the sphere (r) = \(\frac{Diameter of the sphere}{2}\)
= \(\frac{2}{2}\)
= 1 cm
Now,
We know that,
The surface area of the sphere (S.A) = 4πr²
So,
S.A = 4 × 3.14 × 1²
= 12.56 cm²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the surface area of the given sphere is: 12.56 cm²

Math Grade 8 Answer Key Involving Surface Area And Volume 4

Practice & Problem Solving

Leveled Practice In 7-8, find the surface area.
Question 7.
What is the surface area of the cylinder? Use 3.14 for π, and round to the nearest tenth.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 23
S.A. = 2(πr2) + (2πr)h
= 2π(________2) + 2 π(_______)(________)
= 2 π(________) + 2 π(_________)
= _______π + _______π
= _______π
≈ ________ cm2
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 23
From the given figure,
The radius of the cylinder is: 3 cm
The height of the cylinder is: 5 cm
Now,
We know that,
The surface area of the cylinder (S.A) = 2πr² + 2πrh
So,
S.A = 2 × 3.14 × 3² + 2 × 3.14 × 3 × 5
= 56.52 + 94.2
= 150.72 cm²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the surface area of the given cylinder is: 150.72 cm²

Question 8.
What is the surface area of the cone? Use 3.14 for π.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 24
S.A. = πr2 + πlr
= π(________2) + π(_______)(________)
= ________ π + _________π
= _______π
≈ ________ cm2
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 24
From the given figure,
The radius of the cone (r) is: 7 cm
The slant height of the cone (l) is: 13 cm
Now,
We know that,
The surface area of the cone (S.A) = πr² + πrl
So,
S.A = 3.14 × 7² + 3.14 × 7 × 13
= 153.86 + 285.74
= 439.6 cm²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the surface area of the given cone is: 439.6 cm²

Question 9.
Construct Arguments Sasha incorrectly claimed that the surface area of the cylinder is about 76.9 square inches. Explain her likely error and find the correct surface area of the cylinder.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 25
Answer
The given figure is:
:Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 25
Now,
From the given figure,
The diameter of the cylinder is: 7 in.
The height of the cylinder is: 19 in.
Now,
We know that,
Radius = \(\frac{Diameter}{2}\)
So,
Radius of the circle = \(\frac{7}{2}\)
= 3.5 in.
Now,
We know that,
The surface area of the cylinder (S.A) = 2πr² + 2πrh
So,
S.A = 2 × 3.14 × (3.5)² + 2 × 3.14 × 3.5 × 19
= 76.93 + 417.62
= 494.55 in.²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The correct surface area of the given cylinder is: 494.55 in.²
The mistake made by Sasha is:
She adds only the area of the top and bottom but not the area of the rectangle and the area of the top and bottom of the cylinder

Question 10.
A theme park has a ride that is located in half a sphere. The ride goes around the widest part of the sphere, which has a circumference of 514.96 yards. What is the surface area of the sphere? Estimate to the nearest hundredth using 3.14 for π.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 26
Answer:
It is given that
A theme park has a ride that is located in half a sphere. The ride goes around the widest part of the sphere, which has a circumference of 514.96 yards
Now,
The given sphere is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 26
Now,
We know that,
Circumference = 2πr
So,
Circumference of the theme park = 514.96 yd
2πr = 514.96
r = \(\frac{514.96}{2 × 3.14}\)
= 2.38 yd
Now,
We know that,
The surface area of the sphere (S.A) = 4πr²
So,
S.A = 4 × 3.14 × (2.38)²
= 71.14 yd²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the surface area of the given sphere is: 71.14 yd²

Question 11.
Find the amount of wrapping paper you need to wrap a gift in the cylindrical box shown. You need to cover the top, the bottom, and all the way around the box. Use 3.14 for π, and round to the nearest tenth.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 27
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 27
Now,
From the given figure,
The radius of the cylinder is 9 in.
The height of the cylinder is: 8 in
Now,
We know that,
The surface area of the cylinder (S.A) = 2πr² + 2πrh
So,
S.A = 2 × 3.14 × 9² + 2 × 3.14 × 9 × 8
= 508.68 + 452.16
= 960.84 in.²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the amount of wrapping paper you need to wrap a gift in the cylindrical box is: 960.84 in.²

Question 12.
Donna paints ornaments for a school play. Each ornament is made up of two identical cones, as shown. How many bottles of paint does she need to paint 70 ornaments?
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 28
Answer:
It is given that
Donna paints ornaments for a school play. Each ornament is made up of two identical cones, as shown
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The radius of a cone is: 4.1 cm
The slant height of a cone is: 8.9 cm
Now,
We know that,
The surface area of a cone (S.A) = πr² + πrl
So,
S.A = 3.14 × (4.1)² + 3.14 × 4.1 × 8.9
= 52.78 + 114.57
= 167.35 cm²
So,
The surface area of the second cone (S.A) = 167.35 cm²
So,
The S.A of 70 ornaments = 70 × (167.35 × 2)
= 23,429 cm²
So,
The number of bottles of paint she needed to paint 70 ornaments = \(\frac{23,429}{2,000}\)
= 11.7
≅ 12 bottles
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that she need 12 bottles of paint to paint 70 ornaments

Question 13.
Higher-Order Thinking
a. What is the surface area of the cone? Use 3.14 for π, and round to the nearest whole number.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 29
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 29
Now,
From the given figure,
The diameter of the cone is: 6 cm
The slant height of the cone is: 12 cm
Now,
We know that,
Radius = \(\frac{Diameter}{2}\)
Radius = \(\frac{6}{2}\)
Radius = 3 cm
Now,
We know that,
The surface area of the cone (S.A) = πr² + πrl
So,
S.A = 3.14 × 3² + 3.14 × 3 × 12
= 28.26 + 113.04
= 141.3 cm²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the surface area of the given cone is: 141.3 cm²

b. Reasoning Suppose the diameter and the slant height of the cone are cut in half. How does this affect the surface area of the cone? Explain.
Answer:
It is given that the diameter and the slant height of the cone are cut in half
So,
S.A = π(\(\frac{d}{2}\))² + π (\(\frac{d}{2}\)) (\(\frac{l}{2}\))
= 3.14 × \(\frac{6²}{4}\) + 3.14 × 3 × 6
= 28.26 + 56.52
= 84.78 cm²
Now,
From part (a),
The S.A of the cone is: 141.3 cm²
So,
The ratio of S.A of the cones obtained from part (a) and part (b) respectively = \(\frac{141.3}{84.78}\)
= 1.666
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the S.A of the cone we obtained in part (b) is 1.666 times of the S.A of the cone we obtained in part (b)

Assessment Practice
Question 14.
What is the surface area of the sphere? Use 3.14 for π, and round to the nearest tenth.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 30
A 254.5 cm2
B. 56.55 cm2
C. 1,017.4 cm2
D. 4,071.5 cm2
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 30
From the given figure,
The radius of the sphere is: 9 cm
Now,
We know that,
The surface area of the sphere (S.A) = 4πr²
So,
S.A = 4 × 3.14 × 9²
= 1,017.36 cm²
≈ 1,017.4 cm²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the S.A of the given sphere is: 1,017.4 cm²

Question 15.
What is the approximate surface area of the cone, in square inches? Use 3.14 for π, and round to the nearest whole number.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 31
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 31
Now,
From the given figure,
The slant height of the cone (l) is 40 in.
The diameter of the cone (d) is 40 in.
Now,
We know that,
Radius (r) = \(\frac{Diameter}{2}\)
r = \(\frac{40}{2}\)
r = 20 in.
Now,
We know that,
The surface area of the cone (S.A) = πr² + πrl
So,
S.A = 3.14 × 20² + 3.14 × 20 × 40
= 1,256 + 2,512
= 3,768 in.²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the surface area of the given cone is: 3,768 in²

Lesson 8.2 Find Volume of Cylinders

Explain It!
Jenna and Ricardo are buying a new fish tank for the growing population of zebrafish in their science lab. Jenna says the tanks hold the same amount of water because they have the same dimensions. Ricardo says that he can fill the bottom of the rectangular tank with more cubes, so it can hold more water.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 32
I can… use what I know about finding volumes of rectangular prisms to find the volume of a cylinder.

A. Look for Relationships How are the shapes of the two fish tanks alike? How are they different?
Answer:
When we observe the fish tanks of Jenna and Ricardo,
We can observe that
a. The heights of the two fish tanks are the same
b. The number of cubes that can be filled at the bottom is different
c. The number of cubes filled in Jenna’s fish tank is less than that of the number of cubes filled in Ricardo’s fish tank
d. The amount of water that can hold in Jenna’s fish tank is less than the amount of water that can hold in Ricardo’s fish tank

B. Critique Arguments Who do you think is correct, Ricardo or Jenna? Explain.
Answer:
It is given that
Jenna and Ricardo are buying a new fish tank for the growing population of zebrafish in their science lab. Jenna says the tanks hold the same amount of water because they have the same dimensions. Ricardo says that he can fill the bottom of the rectangular tank with more cubes, so it can hold more water.
Now,
To find which fish tank holds more water, find the volume of the two fish tanks
Now,
For Jenna’s fish tank:
The fish tank is in the form of a cylinder
Now,
We know that,
The volume of the cylinder (V) = πr²h
= \(\frac{πd²h}{4}\)
So,
V = \(\frac{3.14 × 24 × 24 × 48}{4}\)
= \(\frac{86,814.72}{4}\)
= 21,073.68 in³
For Ricardo’s fish tank:
The fish tank is in the form of a rectangular prism
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a rectangular prism (V) = Length × Width × Height
So,
V = 24 × 24 × 48
= 27,648 in³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Ricardo is correct on the basis of volumes of their fish tanks

Focus on math practices
Use Structure How can you use what you know about areas of two-dimensional figures and volumes of prisms to compare the volumes of the fish tanks?
Answer:
We know that,
Volume = Area × Length (or) Height (or) Depth
Where,
“Area” is the area of two-dimensional figures like rectangles, circles, etc.

Essential Question
How is the volume of a cylinder related to the volume of a rectangular prism?
Answer:
Rectangular prisms and cylinders are somewhat similar because they both have two bases and a height.
The formula for the volume of a rectangular solid is
V=Bh
can also be used to find the volume of a cylinder
Where,
“B” in the rectangular prism is the area of the rectangle
“B” in the cylinder is the area of the circle

Try It!

The area of the base of the cylinder is 78.5 in.2. What is the volume of the cylinder?
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 33
V = Bh
= _______ ∙ _______
= _______
The volume of the cylinder is ________ cubic inches.
Answer:
It is given that
The area of the base of the cylinder is 78.5 in.2
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 33
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cylinder (V) = Bh
Where,
“B” is defined as the area of the circle
So,
V = 78.5 × 11
= 863.5 in.³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given cylinder is: 863.5 cubic inches

Convince Me!
Why can you use the formula V = Bh to find the volume of a cylinder?
Answer:
The representation of the cylinder is:

Now,
From the given figure,
We know that,
The two circles that are in the top and bottom positions are congruent
So,
The area for both the circles is also the same
Now,
We know that,
Volume = Area × Height
Now,
We know that,
Area of the circle = πr²
Hence,
The volume of the cylinder (V) = πr²h

Try It!

Lin is building a cylindrical planter with a base diameter of 15 inches. She has 5,000 cubic inches of soil to fill her planter. What is the height of the largest planter Lin can build? Use 3.14 for π, and round to the nearest inch.
Answer:
It is given that
Lin is building a cylindrical planter with a base diameter of 15 inches. She has 5,000 cubic inches of soil to fill her planter.
So,
From the given information,
The volume of the cylindrical planter = 5,000 cubic inches
The diameter of the cylindrical planter = 15 inches
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cylinder (V) = πr²h
= \(\frac{πd²h}{4}\)
So,
5,000 = \(\frac{3.14 × 15 × 15 × h}{4}\)
5,000 = 176.625h
h = \(\frac{5,000}{176.625}\)
h = 28.3 inches
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the height of the largest planter Lin can build is: 28.3 inches

KEY CONCEPT
The formula for the volume of a cylinder is the same as the formula for the volume of a prism. The formula for the volume of a cylinder is V= Bh, where B is the area of the circular base and h is the height of the cylinder.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 34

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
Essential Question How is the volume of a cylinder related to the volume of a rectangular prism?
Answer:
Rectangular prisms and cylinders are somewhat similar because they both have two bases and a height.
The formula for the volume of a rectangular solid is
V=Bh
can also be used to find the volume of a cylinder
Where,
“B” in the rectangular prism is the area of the rectangle
“B” in the cylinder is the area of the circle

Question 2.
Use Structure What two measurements do you need to know to find the volume of a cylinder?
Answer:
We know that,
The volume of a cylinder (V) = πr²h
Now,
From the given formula,
We can observe that
π is a constant
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the two measurements that needed to be known are:
a. Radius of the cylinder
b. The height of the cylinder

Question 3.
Reasoning Cylinder A has a greater radius than Cylinder B. Does Cylinder A necessarily have a greater volume than Cylinder B? Explain.
Answer:
It is given that
Cylinder A has a greater radius than Cylinder B
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cylinder (V) = πr²h
Now,
Fro the above,
We can observe that
Volume (V) ∝ Radius²
So,
When we increase the value of the radius, the value of the volume will automatically increase
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that cylinder A has a greater volume than Cylinder B

Do You Know How?
Question 4.
What is the volume of the cylinder? Express your answer in terms of π.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 35
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 35
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cylinder (V) = Bh
Where,
B = πr²
So,
V = 4π × 10
V = 40π mm³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given cylinder in terms of π is: 40π mm³

Question 5.
What is the approximate height of the cylinder? Use 3.14 for π, and if necessary, round to the nearest tenth.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 36
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 36
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The volume of a cylinder (V) = 314 ft³
The radius of a cylinder = 10 ft
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cylinder (V) = πr²h
So,
314 = 3.14 × 10 × 10 × h
h = \(\frac{314}{3.14 × 10 × 10}\)
h = 1 ft
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the height of the given cylinder is: 1 ft

Question 6.
What is the volume of the cylinder? Use 3.14 for π, and if necessary, round to the nearest tenth.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 37
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 37
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The height of a cylinder = 4 cm
The circumference of a circle = 22.4 cm
Now,
We know that,
The circumference of a circle = 2πr
So,
2πr = 22.4
r = \(\frac{22.4}{2 × 3.14}\)
r = 3.56 cm
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cylinder (V) = πr²h
So,
V = 3.14 × 3.56 × 3.56 × 4
= 159.2 cm³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given cylinder is: 159.2 cm³

Practice & Problem Solving

Question 7.
Leveled Practice What is the volume of a cylinder with a radius of 5 centimeters and height of 2.5 centimeters? Use 3.14 for π.
V = π ________ 2 ∙ ________
= π ______ ∙ ________
= _______ π
The volume of the cylinder is about _______ cubic centimeters.
Answer:
It is given that
The radius of a cylinder (r) = 5 cm
The height of a cylinder (h) = 2.5 cm
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cylinder (V) = πr²h
So,
V = 3.14 × 5 × 5 × 2.5
= 196.25 cm
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given cylinder is: 196.25 cm³ (or) 62.5π cm³

Question 8.
Find the volume of each cylinder in terms of. Which cylinder has the greater volume?
Cylinder A: Area of Base = 61 ft2, height = 10 ft
Cylinder B: Circumference = 6π ft, height = 6 ft
Answer:
The given data is:
Cylinder A: Area of Base = 61 ft2, height = 10 ft
Cylinder B: Circumference = 6π ft, height = 6 ft
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cylinder (V) = Bh
Where,
B is the area of the circle
Now,
For Cylinder A:
V = 61 × 10
= 610 ft³
For Cylinder B:
We know that,
Circumference = 2πr
So,
2πr = 6π
r = \(\frac{6π}{2π}\)
= 3 ft
So,
V = 3.14 × 3 × 3 × 6
= 169.56 ft³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Cylinder A has the greatest volume when we compare the volumes of Cylinder A and Cylinder B

Question 9.
The volume of a cylinder is 2251 cubic inches, and the height of the cylinder is 1 inch. What is the radius of the cylinder?
Answer:
It is given that
The volume of a cylinder is 2251 cubic inches, and the height of the cylinder is 1 inch
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cylinder (V) = πr²h
So,
2251 = 3.14 × r² × 1
r² = \(\frac{2251}{3.14}\)
r² = 716.87 in²
r = 26.77 in
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the radius of the given cylinder is: 26.77 in.

Question 10.
A company is designing a new cylindrical water bottle. The volume of the bottle is 103 cubic centimeters. What is the radius of the water bottle? Estimate using 3.14 for π, and round to the nearest hundredth.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 38
Answer:
It is given that
A company is designing a new cylindrical water bottle. The volume of the bottle is 103 cubic centimeters
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 38
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cylinder (V) = πr²h
So,
103 = 3.14 × r² × 8.1
r² = \(\frac{103}{3.14 × 8.1}\)
r² = 4.05cm²
r = 2.01 cm
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the radius of the given cylinder is: 2.01 cm

Question 11.
Use the figure at the right.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 39
a. Find the volume of the cylinder in terms of π.
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 39
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The radius of the cylinder (r) = 4 in.
The height of the cylinder (h) = 3 in
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cylinder (V) = πr²h
So,
V = π × 4 × 4 × 3
V = 48π in.³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given cylinder in terms of π is: 48π in.³

b. Is the volume of a cylinder, which has the same radius but twice the height, greater or less than the original cylinder? Explain.
Answer:
From part (a),
The radius of the cylinder (r) = 4 in.
The height of the cylinder (h) = 3 in
So,
Now,
For part (b),
The radius of the cylinder (r) = 4 in.
The height of the cylinder (h) = 6 in.
So,
V = π × 4 × 4 × 6
= 96π in.³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the cylinder we obtained in part (b) is greater than the volume of the cylinder we obtained in part (a)

Question 12.
Reasoning A rectangular piece of cardboard with dimensions 6 inches by 8 inches is used to make the curved side of a cylinder-shaped container. Using this cardboard, what is the greatest volume the cylinder can hold? Explain.
Answer:
It is given that
A rectangular piece of cardboard with dimensions 6 inches by 8 inches is used to make the curved side of a cylinder-shaped container.
Now,
Let the height of the cylinder be: 6 inches (or) 8 inches
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a rectangular prism (V) = Length × Width × Height
So,
For h = 6 inches:
V = 6 × 8 × 6
= 288 cubic inches
For h = 8 inches:
V = 6 × 8 × 8
= 384 cubic inches
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the greatest volume the given cylinder can hold is: 384 cubic inches

Question 13.
The cylinder shown has a volume of 885 cubic inches.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 40
a. What is the radius of the cylinder? Use 3.14 for π.
Answer:
It is given that
The cylinder shown has a volume of 885 cubic inches.
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 40
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The height of a cylinder (h) = 11.7 in.
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cylinder (V) = πr²h
So,
885 = 3.14 × r² × 11.7
r² = \(\frac{885}{3.14 × 11.7}\)
r² = 24.08
r = 4.9 in.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the radius of the given cylinder is: 4.9 in.

b. Reasoning If the height of the cylinder is changed, but the volume stays the same, then how will the radius change? Explain.
Answer:
We know that,
The volume of a cylinder (V) = πr²h
Now,
It is given that
Volume —–> Constant
Height —– > Changed
Now,
From the given formula,
If the volume is constant, then
h ∝ \(\frac{1}{r²}\)
Hence, from the above relation,
We can conclude that
If the value of height increases, then the value of radius decreases
If the value of height decreases, then the value of radius increases

Question 14.
Toy rubber balls are packaged in a cylinder that holds 3 balls. Find the volume of the cylinder. Use 3.14 for π, and round to the nearest tenth.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 41
Answer:
It is given that
Toy rubber balls are packaged in a cylinder that holds 3 balls
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 41
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The height of the cylinder (h) = 20.7 cm
The diameter of the cylinder (d) = 6.9 cm
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cylinder (V) = πr²h
= \(\frac{πd²h}{4}\)
So,
V = \(\frac{3.14 × 20.7 × 20.7 × 6.9}{4}\)
= 2,321 cm³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given cylinder is: 2,321 cm³

Question 15.
Higher-Order Thinking
An insulated collar is made to cover a pipe. Find the volume of the material used to make the collar. Let r = 3 inches, R= 5 inches, and h = 21 inches. Use 3.14 for π, and round to the nearest hundredth.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 42
Answer:
It is given that
An insulated collar is made to cover a pipe.
Now,
The given data is:
r = 3 inches, R= 5 inches, and h = 21 inches
Now,
The radius of insulated collar = R – r
= 5 – 3
= 2 inches
Now,
The volume of a cylinder (V) = πr²h
So,
The volume of the material that is used to make the collar (V) = 3.14 × 2 × 2 × 21
= 263.76 cubic inches
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the material that is used to make the collar is: 263.76 cubic inches

Assessment Practice
Question 16.
The volume of a cylinder is 1,029π cubic centimeters. The height of the cylinder is 21 centimeters. What is the radius, to the nearest centimeter, of the cylinder?
Answer:
It is given that
The volume of a cylinder is 1,0291 cubic centimeters. The height of the cylinder is 21 centimeters.
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cylinder (V) = πr²h
So,
1,029π = πr² × 21
r² = \(\frac{1,029}{21}\)
r² = 49
r = 7 cm
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the radius of the given cylinder is: 7 cm

Question 17.
The diameter of a cylinder is 7 yards. The height is 12 yards. What is the volume, in terms of π and to the nearest cubic yard, of the cylinder?
Answer:
It is given that
The diameter of a cylinder is 7 yards. The height is 12 yards
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cylinder (V) = πr²h
= \(\frac{πd²h}{4}\)
So,
V = \(\frac{3.14 × 7 × 12 × 7}{4}\)
= 1,846.32 yards³ (or) 588π yards³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given cylinder is: 1,846.32 cubic yards (or) 588π cubic yards

Question 18.
A cylinder is shown. What statements about the cylinder are true?
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 43
☐ The radius of the cylinder is 2 ft.
☐ The diameter of the cylinder is 4 yd.
☐ The height of the cylinder is 8 in.
☐ The volume of the cylinder is 32 in.2.
☐ The volume of the cylinder is 32π in.3.
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 43
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The diameter of the cylinder = 4 in.
The height of the cylinder = 8 in.
So,
The radius of the cylinder = \(\frac{Diameter}{2}\)
= 2 in.
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cylinder (V) = πr²h
So,
V = 3.14 × 2 × 2 × 8
= 32π in.³
= 100.48 in.³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the statements that are true about the given cylinder are:

Topic 8 MID-TOPIC CHECKPOINT

Question 1.
Vocabulary Select all the statements that describe surface area and volume. Lessons 8-1 and 8-2
☐ Surface area is the sum of the areas of all the surfaces of a figure.
☐ Volume is the distance around a figure.
☐ The surface area is a three-dimensional measure.
☐ Volume is the amount of space a figure occupies.
☐ Volume is a three-dimensional measure.
Answer:
The above statements that describe the surface area and volume are:

In 2-4, use the figure at the right. Sallie packed a cone-shaped cup inside of a cylindrical package.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 44
Question 2.
The cone-shaped cup is made out of paper. How much paper was used to make the cup, excluding the opening at the top of the cup? Use 3.14 for π, and round to the nearest tenth. Lesson 8-1
Answer:
It is given that
Sallie packed a cone-shaped cup inside of a cylindrical package and the cone-shaped cup is made out of paper
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 44
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The slant height of cone (l) is: 33 cm
The diameter of the cone (d) is: 20 cm
So,
The radius of cone (r) = \(\frac{Diameter}{2}\)
= 10 cm
Now,
We know that,
The surface area of a cone (S.A) = πr² + πrl
So,
S.A = 3.14 × 10 × 10 + 3.14 × 10 × 33
= 314 + 1,036.2
= 1,350.2 cm²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
We have to use 1,350.2 cm² of paper was used to make the cup, excluding the opening at the top of the cup

Question 3.
The cylindrical package is made out of cardboard. In terms of π, how much cardboard was used to make the package? Lesson 8-1
Answer:
It is given that the cylindrical package is made out of cardboard
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 44
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The height of the cylinder (h) is: 33 cm
The diameter of the cylinder (d) is: 20 cm
So,
Radius = \(\frac{Diameter}{2}\)
= \(\frac{20}{2}\)
= 10 cm
Now,
We know that,
The surface area of a cylinder (S.A) = 2πr² + 2πrh
So,
S.A = 2π × 10² + 2π × 10 × 33
= 200π + 660π
= 860π cm²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 860π cm² of cardboard was used to make the package

Question 4.
How much space does the package occupy in terms of π? Lesson 8-1
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 44
Now,
From the above,
We can observe that the given figure is a cylinder
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The height of the cylinder (h) is: 33 cm
The diameter of the cylinder (d) is: 20 cm
So,
Radius (r) = \(\frac{Diameter}{2}\)
r = \(\frac{20}{2}\)
r = 10 cm
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cylinder (V) = πr²h
So,
V = π × 10² × 33
= 3,300π cm³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 3,300π cm³ of space does the package occupy in terms of π

Question 5.
What is the surface area of the sphere in terms of π? Lesson 8-1
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 45
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 45
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The radius of the sphere (r) is: 3 ft
Now,
We know that,
The surface area of a sphere (S.A) = 4πr²
So,
S.A = 4π × 3²
= 36π ft²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the surface area of the given sphere is: 36π ft²

Question 6.
The volume of the cylinder is 400π cm3. What is the height of the cylinder? Lesson 8-2
A. 5 cm
B. 16 cm
C. 25 cm
D. 80 cm
Answer:
It is given that
The volume of the cylinder is 400π cm³
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 45
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The diameter of the cylinder (d) is: 10 cm
So,
Radius = \(\frac{Diameter}{2}\)
= \(\frac{10}{2}\)
= 5 cm
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cylinder (V) = πr²h
So,
400π = π × 5² × h
h = \(\frac{400}{25}\)
h = 16 cm
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given cylinder is: 16 cm

Topic 8 MID-TOPIC PERFORMANCE TASK

Melissa designed a sculpture in which a cylinder-shaped section was removed from a cube.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 46

PART A
Before painting the surface of the sculpture, Melissa wants to sand the surface where the cylinder section was removed. What is the surface area of the section she will sand? Use 3.14 for π. Explain how you found the surface area.
Answer:
It is given that
Melissa designed a sculpture in which a cylinder-shaped section was removed from a cube.
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 46Now,
From the given figure,
The diameter of the cylinder (d) is: 5 cm
The height of the cylinder (d) is: 10 cm
So,
The radius of the cylinder (r) = \(\frac{Diameter of the cylinder}{2}\)
r = 2.5 cm
Now,
We know that,
We know that,
The surface area of a cylinder (S.A) = 2πr² + 2πrh
So,
S.A = 2 × 3.14 × 2.5 × 2.5 + 2 × 3.14 × 2.5 × 10
= 39.25 + 157
= 196.25 cm²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 196.25 cm²  is the surface area of the section Melissa will sand

PART B
Melissa has a can of spray paint that covers about 6,500 square centimeters. Can Melissa apply two coats of paint to the entire sculpture? Explain. Use 3.14 for π.
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 46
Now,
From the above,
We can observe that
The scripture is the combination of the cube and the cylinder
Now,
We know that,
The surface area of a cube (S.A) = 6a²
Where,
a is the side of the cube
So,
S.A of the cube = 6 × 10²
= 600 cm²
Now,
From part (a),
The S.A of the cylinder = 196.25 cm²
So,
The S.A of the scripture = 600 + 196.25
= 796.25 cm²
So,
6,500 > 796.25 × 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Melissa can apply two coats of paint to the entire sculpture

PART C
What is the volume of the sculpture? Use 3.14 for π.
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 46
Now,
From the above,
We can observe that
The scripture is the combination of the cube and the cylinder
Now,
The diameter of the cylinder (d) is: 5 cm
The height of the cylinder (h) is: 10 cm
So,
The radius of the cylinder (r) is: 2.5 cm
Now,
We know that,
The volume of the cylinder (V) = πr²h
The volume of the cube (V) = a³
Where,
a is the side of the cube
So,
The volume of the scripture (V) = πr²h + a³
So,
V = 3.14 × 2.5 × 2.5 × 10 + 10³
= 196.25 + 1,000
= 1,196.25 cm³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the scripture is: 1,196.25 cm³

Lesson 8.3 Find Volume of Cones

Solve & Discuss It!
A landscape architect uses molds for casting rectangular pyramids and rectangular prisms to make garden statues. He plans to place each finished pyramid on top of a prism. If one batch of concrete mix makes one prism or three pyramids, how does the volume of one pyramid compare to the volume of one prism? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 47
I can… find the volume of cones.
Answer:
It is given that
A landscape architect uses molds for casting rectangular pyramids and rectangular prisms to make garden statues. He plans to place each finished pyramid on top of a prism and one batch of concrete mix makes one prism or three pyramids
Now,
We know that,
The prism is in the shape of the cylinder
The pyramid is in the shape of the cone
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a prism (V) = πr²h
The volume of a pyramid (V) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr²h
So,
The volume of a prism = 3 × The volume of a pyramid
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The volume of a prism is 3 times the volume of a pyramid

Look for Relationships
What do you notice about the dimensions of the bases of the pyramid and prism? How are the heights of the two solids related?
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 47
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
a. The dimensions of the bases of the prism and the pyramid are the same
b. The heights of the pyramid and the prism are the same

Focus on math practices
Make Sense and Persevere If the architect mixes 10 batches of concrete, how many sculptures combining 1 prism and 1 pyramid could he make? Explain.
Answer:
It is given that
one batch of concrete mix makes one prism or three pyramids
So,
The ratio of the mix of prism and pyramid in 1 batch is: 1 : 3
Hence,
For 10 batches of the mix of concrete,
We can make sculptures combining 1 prism and 1pyramid are: 10 prisms and 30 pyramids

Essential Question
How is the volume of a cone related to the volume of a cylinder?
Answer:
The volumes of a cone and a cylinder are related in the same way as the volumes of a pyramid and a prism is related. If the heights of a cone and a cylinder are equal, then the volume of the cylinder is 3 times as much as the volume of a cone

Try It!
Find the volume of the cone. Use 3.14 for π.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 48
The volume of the cone is about ________ cubic inches.
V = ____ πr²h
≈ _______(3.14) (______)2 (4)
= ________ (3.14) (______)(4)
= _________
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 48
From the above figure,
We can observe that
The radius of the cone (r) is 1.5 in.
The height of the cone (h) is 4 in.
Now,
We know that,
The volume of the cone (V) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr²h
So,
V = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × 3.14 × (1.5)² × 4
= 9.42 in.³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given cone is: 9.42 in.³

Convince Me!
If you know the volume of a cone, how can you find the volume of a cylinder that has the same height and radius as the cone?
Answer:
We know that,
If the cylinder and the cone has the same height and radius, then
The volume of cone = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × The volume of cylinder

Try It!

Find the volume of each cone.
a. Use \(\frac{22}{7}\) for π. Express the answer as a fraction.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 49
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 49
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The slant height (l) is: 5 mm
The height of the cone (h) is: 3 mm
Now,
We know that,
l² = r²+ h²
So,
5² = r² + 3²
r² = 25 – 9
r² = 16
r = 4 mm
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cone (V) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr²h
So,
V = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{22}{7}\) × 4² × 3
= \(\frac{1,056}{21}\) mm³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given cone in the fraction form is: \(\frac{1,056}{66}\) mm³

b. Express the volume in terms of π.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 50
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 50
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The height of the cone (h) is: 21 ft
The circumference of the circle (C) is: 16π ft
Now,
We know that,
The circumference of the circle (C) = 2πr
So,
2πr = 16π
r = 8 ft
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cone (V) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr²h
So,
V = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × π × 8² × 21
= 448π ft³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given cone in terms of π is: 448π ft³

KEY CONCEPT

The volume of a cone is \(\frac{1}{3}\) the volume of a cylinder with the same base and height. The formula for the volume of a cone is V = \(\frac{1}{3}\)Bh, where B is the area of the base and his the height of the cone.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 51

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
Essential Question How is the volume of a cone related to the volume of a cylinder?
Answer:
The volumes of a cone and a cylinder are related in the same way as the volumes of a pyramid and a prism is related. If the heights of a cone and a cylinder are equal, then the volume of the cylinder is 3 times as much as the volume of a cone

Question 2.
Use Structure What dimensions do you need to find the volume of a cone?
Answer:
To find the volume of a cone,
The dimensions we need are:
a. The radius of the cone
b. The height of the cone

Question 3.
Look for Relationships If you know a cone’s radius and slant height, what must you do before you can find its volume?
Answer:
If you know a cone’s radius (r) and slant height(l), then
The volume of a cone (V) is given as:
V = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr² × \(\sqrt{l² – r²}\)

Do You Know How?
Question 4.
Wanda found a cone-shaped seashell on the beach. The shell has a height of 63 millimeters and a base radius of 8 millimeters. What is the volume of the seashell? Estimate 63 mm using \(\frac{22}{7}\) for π.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 52
Answer:
It is given that
Wanda found a cone-shaped seashell on the beach. The shell has a height of 63 millimeters and a base radius of 8 millimeters
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 52
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cone (V) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr²h
So,
V = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{22}{7}\) × 8² × 63
= 4,224 mm³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the seashell is: 4,224 mm³

Question 5.
What is the volume of the cone? Estimate using 3.14 for π, and round to the nearest tenth.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 53
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 53
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The height of the cone (h) is: 40mm
The slant height of the cone (l) is: 41 mm
Now,
We know that,
l² = r² + h²
So,
41² = r²+ 40²
r² = 81
r = 9 mm
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cone (V) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr²h
So,
V = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × 3.14 × 9² × 40
= 3,391.2 mm³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given cone is: 3,391.2 mm³

Question 6.
What is the volume of the cone in terms of π if the circumference of the base is 1.4π feet?
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 54
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 54
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The height of the cone (h) is: 2.7 ft
Now,
We know that,
Circumference (C) = 2πr
So,
2πr = 1.4π
r = 0.7 ft
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cone (V) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr²h
So,
V = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × π × (0.7)² × 2.7
= 0.441π ft³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given cone is: 0.441π ft³

Practice & Problem Solving

Multimedia Leveled Practice In 7 and 8, find the volumes of the cones.
Question 7.
What is the volume of the cone? Write your answer in terms of π.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 55
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The radius of the cone (r) is: 3 cm
The height of the cone (h) is: 4 cm
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cone (V) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr²h
So,
V = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × π × 3² × 4
= 12π cm³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given cone is: 12π cm³

Question 8.
What is the volume of the cone to the nearest hundredth? Use 3.14 for π.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 56
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The radius of the cone (r) is: 16 units
The height of the cone (h) is: 36 units
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cone (V) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr²h
So,
V = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × 3.14 × 16² × 36
= 9,646.08 units³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given cone is: 9,646.08 units³

Question 9.
If a cone-shaped hole is 3 feet deep and the circumference of the base of the hole is 44 feet, what is the volume of the hole? Use \(\frac{22}{7}\) for π.
Answer:
It is given that
A cone-shaped hole is 3 feet deep and the circumference of the base of the hole is 44 feet
Now,
We know that,
Circumference (C) = 2πr
So,
2πr = 44
r = \(\frac{44}{2π}\)
r = 7 feet
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cone (V) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr²h
So,
V = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{22}{7}\) × 7² × 3
= 154 feet³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given cone-shaped hole is: 154 feet³

Question 10.
The volume of the cone is 462 cubic yards. What is the radius of the cone? Use \(\frac{22}{7}\) for π.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 57
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 57
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The height of the cone (h) is: 9 yd
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cone (V) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr²h
So,
462 = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{22}{7}\) × r² × 9
r² = \(\frac{462}{9.428}\)
r = 7 yd
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the radius of the given cone is: 7 yd

Question 11.
A city engineer determines that 5,500 cubic meters of sand will be needed to combat erosion at the city’s beach. Does the city have enough sand to combat erosion? Use \(\frac{22}{7}\) for π. Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 58
Answer:
It is given that
A city engineer determines that 5,500 cubic meters of sand will be needed to combat erosion at the city’s beach.
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 58
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The slant height of the cone(l) is: 37 m
The height of the cone (h) is: 35 m
Now,
We know that,
l² = r²+ h²
37² = r² + 35²
r² = 37² – 35²
r = 12 m
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cone (V) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr²h
So,
V = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{22}{7}\) × 12² × 35
= 5,280 m³
So,
5,500 > 5,280
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the city has enough sand to combat erosion

Question 12.
A water tank is shaped like the cone shown.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 59
a. How much water can the tank hold? Use 3.14 for π, and round to the nearest tenth.
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 59
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The slant height of the cone (l) is: 61 ft
The height of the cone (h) is: 60 ft
Now,
We know that,
l² = r²+ h²
61² = r² + 60²
r² = 61² – 60²
r = 11 ft
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cone (V) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr²h
So,
V = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × 3.14 × 11² × 60
= 7,598.8 ft³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the amount of water that the tank can hold is: 7,598.8 ft³

b. If water is drained from the tank to fill smaller tanks that each hold 500 cubic feet of water, how many smaller tanks can be filled?
Answer:
It is given that the water is drained from the tank to fill smaller tanks that each holds 500 cubic feet of water
Now,
From part (a),
We know that,
The amount of water that the tank can hold is: 7,598.8 ft³
Now,
The number of smaller tanks that can be filled = \(\frac{The amount of water that the tank can hold}{The amount of water that the smaller tank can hold}\)
= \(\frac{7,598.8}{500}\)
≅ 15
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the number of smaller tanks that can be filled is: 15

Question 13.
An ice cream cone is filled exactly level with the top of a cone. The cone has a 9-centimeter depth and a base with a circumference of 91 centimeters. How much ice cream is in the cone in terms of π?
Answer:
It is given that
An ice cream cone is filled exactly level with the top of a cone. The cone has a 9-centimeter depth and a base with a circumference of 91 centimeters
Now,
We know that,
Circumference (C) = 2πr
So,
2πr = 91
r = \(\frac{91}{2π}\)
r = 14.49 cm
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cone (V) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr²h
So,
V = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × π × (14.49)² × 9
= 629.88π cm³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the amount of ice cream that is in the cone in terms of π is: 629.88π cm³

Question 14.
In the scale model of a park, small green cones represent trees. What is the volume of one green cone? Use \(\frac{22}{7}\) for π.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 60
Answer:
The given green cone is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 60
Now,
From the given green cone,
We can observe that
The slant height of the cone (l) is: 65 mm
The height of the cone (h) is: 63 mm
Now,
We know that,
l² = r²+ h²
65² = r² + 603²
r² = 65² – 63²
r = 16 mm
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cone (V) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr²h
So,
V = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{22}{7}\) × 16² × 63
= 16,896 mm³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of one green cone is: 16,896 mm³

Question 15.
Reasoning Compare the volumes of two cones. One has a radius of 5 feet and a slant height of 13 feet. The other one has a height of 5 feet and a slant height of 13 feet.
a. Which cone has the greater volume?
Answer:
The given data is:
Cone 1: Radius: 5 feet       Slant height: 13 feet
Cone 2: Height: 5 feet       Slant height: 13 feet
Now,
We know that,
l² = r²+ h²
So,
For cone 1:
13² = h² + 5²
h² = 13² – 5²
h = 12 feet
For cone 2:
13² = r² + 5²
r² = 13² – 5²
r = 12 feet
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cone (V) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr²h
So,
For Cone 1:
V = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{22}{7}\) × 5² × 12
= 314.28 feet³
For Cone 2:
V = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{22}{7}\) × 12² × 5
= 754.28 feet³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Cone 2 has the greater volume

b. What is the volume of the larger cone in terms of π?
Answer:
From part (a),
We can observe that,
Cone 2 has a greater volume
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cone (V) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr²h
So,
V = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × π × 12² × 5
= 240π feet³

Question 16.
An artist makes a cone-shaped sculpture for an art exhibit. If the sculpture is 7 feet tall and has a base with a circumference of 24.492 feet, what is the volume of the sculpture? Use 3.14 for π, and round to the nearest hundredth.
Answer:
It is given that
An artist makes a cone-shaped sculpture for an art exhibit and the sculpture is 7 feet tall and has a base with a circumference of 24.492 feet
Now,
We know that,
Circumference (C) = 2πr
So,
2πr = 24.492
r = \(\frac{24.492}{2π}\)
r = 3.9 feet
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cone (V) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr²h
So,
V = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × 3.14 × 3.9² × 7
= 111.43 feet³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given cone-shaped sculpture is: 111.43 feet³

Question 17.
Higher-Order Thinking A cone has a radius of 3 and a height of 11.
a. Suppose the radius is increased by 4 times its original measure. How many times greater is the volume of the larger cone than the smaller cone?
Answer:
It is given that
A cone has a radius of 3 and a height of 11
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cone (V) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr²h
So,
V = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × 3.14 × 3² × 11
= 103.62 units³
Now,
If the radius is increased by 4 times of its original measure, then
V = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × 3.14 × (3 × 4)² × 11
= 1,657.92 units³
Now,
The number of times the volume of the larger cone than the smaller cone = \(\frac{1,657.92}{103.62}\)
= 16
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the larger cone is 16 times greater than the volume of the smaller cone

b. How would the volume of the cone change if the radius were divided by four?
Answer:
From part (a),
We know that,
The volume of the cone with a radius of 3 and a height of 11 units is: 103.62 units³
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cone (V) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr²h
So,
V = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × 3.14 × (3 ÷ 4)² × 11
= 6.476 units³
Now,
The ratio of the volume of the changed cone to the volume of the original cone = \(\frac{6.476}{103.62}\)
= 0.06
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the cone will be 0.06 times of the original cone

Assessment Practice
Question 18.
List the cones described below in order from least volume to greatest volume.
• Cone 1: radius 6 cm and height 12 cm
• Cone 2: radius 12 cm and height 6 cm
• Cone 3: radius 9 cm and height 8 cm
A. Cone 2, Cone 3, Cone 1
B. Cone 1, Cone 3, Cone 2
C. Cone 2, Cone 1, Cone 3
D. Cone 1, Cone 2, Cone 3
Answer:
The given data is:
a. Cone 1: radius 6 cm and height 12 cm
b. Cone 2: radius 12 cm and height 6 cm
c.  Cone 3: radius 9 cm and height 8 cm
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cone (V) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr²h
So,
For Cone 1:
V = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × 3.14 × 6² × 12
= 452.16 cm³
For Cone 2:
V = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × 3.14 × 12² × 6
= 904.32 cm³
For Cone 3:
V = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × 3.14 × 9² × 8
= 678.24 cm³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the order of the volumes from the least to the greatest is:
Cone 1 < Cone 3 < Cone 2

Question 19.
What is the volume, in cubic inches, of a cone that has a radius of 8 inches and a height of 12 inches? Use 3.14 for π, and round to the nearest hundredth.
Answer:
It is given that
A cone has a radius of 8 inches and a height of 12 inches
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cone (V) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr²h
So,
V = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × 3.14 × 8² × 12
= 803.84 inches³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given cone is: 803.84 inches³

Lesson 8.4 Find Volume of Spheres

Explore It!
Marshall uses the beaker to fill the bowl with water.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 61
I can… find the volume of a sphere and use it to solve problems.

A. Draw and label three-dimensional figures to represent the beaker and the bowl.
Answer:
The representation of the three-dimensional figures that represent the beaker and bowl are:

B. Marshall has to fill the beaker twice to completely fill the bowl with water. How can you use an equation to represent the volume of the bowl?
Answer:
The given figures are:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 61
Now,
It is given that
Marshall has to fill the beaker twice to completely fill the bowl with water
Now,
From part (a),
We can observe that the beaker is in the form of a cone
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cone = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr²h
Now,
According to the given situation,
The volume of the bowl(V’) = 2 × The volume of the beaker(V)
V’ = 2 × \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr²h
Now,
From the given figures,
We can observe that
The height of a bowl is 2 times its radius
So,
V’ = \(\frac{2}{3}\)πr² (2r)
V’ = \(\frac{4}{3}\)πr³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the bowl is: \(\frac{4}{3}\)πr³

Focus on math practices
Reasoning How is the volume of a sphere and the volume of a cone related? What must be true about the radius and height measurements for these relationships to be valid?
Answer:
We know that,
The relationship between the volume of the sphere and the volume of the cone is:
The volume of the sphere = 2 × The volume of the cone
Now,
For the above relationship to be valid,
a. The heights of the sphere and the cone must be the same
b. The radius of the sphere and the cone must be the same

Essential Question
How is the volume of a sphere related to the volume of a cone?
Answer:
The volume of a sphere is twice the volume of a cone that has the same circular base and height. i.e.,
The volume of the sphere = 2 × The volume of the cone

Try It!

What is the volume of a ball with a diameter of 6 centimeters? Use 3.14 for π.
V = \(\frac{4}{3}\) πr3
= \(\frac{4}{3}\) π _______3
≈ ________ ∙ ________
= __________
The volume of the ball is about _______ cm3
Answer:
It is given that
The diameter of a ball is: 6 cm
Now,
We know that,
The ball is in the form of a sphere
Now,
We know that,
Radius (r) = \(\frac{Diameter}{2}\)
r = \(\frac{6}{2}\)
r = 3 cm
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a sphere (V) = \(\frac{4}{3}\)πr³
So,
V = \(\frac{4}{3}\) × 3.14 × 3³
= 113.04 cm³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given ball is about 113.04 cm³

Convince Me!
How is the volume of a sphere related to the volume of a cone that has the same circular base and height?
Answer:
The relationship between the volume of a cone and the volume of a sphere that has the same circular base and height is:
The volume of the sphere = 2 × The volume of the cone

Try It!

What is the volume of the composite figure shown? Use 3.14 for π.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 62
Answer:
The given composite figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 62
Now,
We know that,
A composite figure is made up of 2 or more two-dimensional figures
Now,
The given composite figure is made up of Hemisphere and Cone
Now,
We know that,
The volume of the given composite figure = The volume of the Hemisphere + The volume of the cone
Now,
From the given composite figure,
We can observe that
Radius (r) = 2 in.
Height (h) = 6 in.
Now,
We know that,
The volume of the Hemisphere (V) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)πr³
So,
V = \(\frac{2}{3}\) × 3.14 × 2³
= 16.74 in.³
Now,
We know that,
The volume of the cone (V’) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr²h
So,
V’ = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × 3.14 × 2² × 6
= 25.12 in.³
So,
The volume of the given composite figure = 16.74 + 25.12
= 41.84 in.³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given composite figure is: 41.84 in.³

KEY CONCEPT

The volume of a sphere is twice the volume of a cone that has the same circular base and height. The formula for the volume of a sphere with radius r is V = \(\frac{4}{3}\) πr3.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 63

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
Essential Question How is the volume of a sphere related to the volume of a cone?
Answer:
The volume of a sphere is twice the volume of a cone that has the same circular base and height. i.e.,
The volume of the sphere = 2 × The volume of the cone

Question 2.
Critique Reasoning Kristy incorrectly says that the volume of the sphere below is 144π cubic units. What mistake might Kristy have made?
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 64
Answer:
The given sphere is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 64
Now,
It is given that
Kristy incorrectly says that the volume of the sphere below is 144π cubic units
Now,
From the given sphere,
We can observe that
Radius (r) = 6 units
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a spher (V) = \(\frac{4}{3}\)πr³
So,
V = \(\frac{4}{3}\) × π × 6³
= 288π units³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the mistake done by Kristy is:
Considering the sphere as the hemisphere and calculated the volume of the hemisphere instead of the sphere

Question 3.
Generalize Mehnaj has a set of blocks that are all the same height. The cone-shaped block has a volume of 125 cubic inches. The sphere-shaped block has a volume of 250 cubic inches. What do you know about the radius of the base of the cone-shaped block? Explain.
Answer:
It is given that
Mehnaj has a set of blocks that are all the same height. The cone-shaped block has a volume of 125 cubic inches. The sphere-shaped block has a volume of 250 cubic inches
So,
From the given situation,
We can observe that
a. The heights of the two cone-shaped blocks are the same
b. The volumes of the two cone-shaped blocks are different
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cone = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr²h
So,
V1 = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr1²h1
V2 = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr2²h2
So,
V1/V2 = r1²/ r2²
r1²/ r2² = \(\frac{125}{250}\)
r1² / r2² = 0.5
r1 / r2 = 0.707
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the radius of the first cone-based block is 0.707 times the radius of the second cone-shaped block

Do You Know How?
Question 4.
Clarissa has a decorative bulb in the shape of a sphere. If it has a radius of 3 inches, what is its volume? Use 3.14 for π.
Answer:
It is given that
Clarissa has a decorative bulb in the shape of a sphere and it has a radius of 3 inches
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a sphere (V) = \(\frac{4}{3}\)πr³
So,
V = \(\frac{4}{3}\) × 3.14 × 3³
= 113.04 inches³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given decorative bulb is: 113.04 inches³

Question 5.
A sphere has a surface area of about 803.84 square centimeters. What is the volume of the sphere? Use 3.14 for π and round to the nearest whole number.
Answer:
It is given that
A sphere has a surface area of about 803.84 square centimeters
Now,
We know that,
The surface area of a sphere (S.A) = 4πr²
So,
4πr² = 803.84
r² = \(\frac{803.84}{4π}\)
r² = 64
r = 8 cm
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a sphere (V) = \(\frac{4}{3}\)πr³
So,
V = \(\frac{4}{3}\) × 3.14 × 8³
= 2,143.57 cm³
≈2,144 cm³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given sphere is about 2,144 cm³

Question 6.
A water pipe is a cylinder 30 inches long, with a radius of 1 inch. At one end of the cylinder, there is a hemisphere. What is the volume of the water pipe? Explain.
Answer:
It is given that
A water pipe is a cylinder 30 inches long, with a radius of 1 inch. At one end of the cylinder, there is a hemisphere.
So,
The volume of the water pipe = The volume of the cylinder + The volume of the hemisphere
Now,
From the given water pipe,
We can observe that
Radius (r) = 1 in.
Height (h) = 30 in.
Now,
We know that,
The volume of the Hemisphere (V) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)πr³
So,
V = \(\frac{2}{3}\) × 3.14 × 1³
= 2.09 in.³
Now,
We know that,
The volume of the cylinder (V’) = πr²h
So,
V’ = 3.14 × 1² × 30
= 94.2 in.³
So,
The volume of the given water pipe = 2.09 + 94.2
= 96.29 in.³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given water pipe is: 96.29 in.³

Practice & Problem Solving

Question 7.
Leveled Practice What is the amount of air, in cubic centimeters, needed to fill the stability ball? Use 3.14 for π, and round to the nearest whole number. Use the formula
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 65
The volume of the stability ball is approximately __________ cubic centimeters.
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The stability ball is in the form of a sphere
Now,
The diameter of the stability ball (d) is: 55 cm
Now,
We know that,
Radius (r) = \(\frac{Diameter}{2}\)
r = \(\frac{55}{2}\)
r = 27.5 cm
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a sphere (V) = \(\frac{4}{3}\)πr³
So,
V = \(\frac{4}{3}\) × 3.14 × (27.5)³
= 87,069.53 cm³
≈87,070 cm³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the stability ball is approximately 87,070 cm³

Question 8.
The spherical balloon has a 22-inch. diameter when it is fully inflated. Half of the air is let out of the balloon. Assume that the balloon remains a sphere. Keep all answers in terms of π.
a. Find the volume of the fully-inflated balloon.
Answer:
It is given that
The spherical balloon has a 22-inch. diameter when it is fully inflated. Half of the air is let out of the balloon.
Now,
From the given situation,
The diameter of the fully inflated balloon (d) is: 22 inches
Now,
We know that,
Radius (r) = \(\frac{Diameter}{2}\)
r = \(\frac{22}{2}\)
r = 11 cm
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a sphere (V) = \(\frac{4}{3}\)πr³
So,
V = \(\frac{4}{3}\) × π × 11³
= 1,774.6π cm³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the fully inflated balloon is: 1,774.6π cm³

b. Find the volume of the half-inflated balloon.
Answer:
It is given that
The spherical balloon has a 22-inch. diameter when it is fully inflated. Half of the air is let out of the balloon.
So,
The diameter of half-inflated balloon (d) = \(\frac{The diameter of fully inflated balloon}{2}\)
d = \(\frac{22}{2}\)
d = 11 cm
Now,
We know that,
Radius (r) = \(\frac{Diameter}{2}\)
r = \(\frac{11}{2}\)
r = 5.5 cm
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a sphere (V) = \(\frac{4}{3}\)πr³
So,
V = \(\frac{4}{3}\) × π × (5.5)³
= 221.8π cm³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the half-inflated balloon is: 221.8π cm³

c. What is the radius of the half-inflated balloon? Round to the nearest tenth.
Answer:
From part (b),
We can observe that
The diameter of half-inflated balloon (d) = \(\frac{The diameter of fully inflated balloon}{2}\)
d = \(\frac{22}{2}\)
d = 11 cm
Now,
We know that,
Radius (r) = \(\frac{Diameter}{2}\)
r = \(\frac{11}{2}\)
r = 5.5 cm
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the radius of the half-inflated balloon is: 5.5 cm

Question 9.
Find the volume of the figure. Use 3.14 for π, and round to the nearest whole number.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 66
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 66
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The figure is a combination of a hemisphere and a cone
So,
From the given figure,
Diameter (d) =14 cm
Height (h) = 17 cm
Now,
We know that,
Radius (r) = \(\frac{Diameter}{2}\)
r = \(\frac{14}{2}\)
r = 7 cm
Now,
We know that,
The volume of the figure (V) = The volume of a hemisphere + The volume of a cone
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cone (V) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr²h
So,
V = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × 3.14 × 7² × 17
= 871.87 cm³
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a hemisphere (V’) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)πr³
So,
V’ = \(\frac{2}{3}\) × 3.14 × 7³
= 718.01 cm³
So,
The volume of the given figure = 871.87 + 718.01
= 1,589.88 cm³
≈1,590 cm³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given figure is: 1,590 cm³

Question 10.
The surface area of a sphere is about 2,826 square millimeters. What is the volume of the sphere? Use 3.14 for π, and round to the nearest whole number.
Answer:
It is given that
The surface area of a sphere is about 2,826 square millimeters
Now,
We know that,
The surface area of a sphere (S.A) = 4πr²
So,
4πr² = 2,826
r² = \(\frac{2,826}{4π}\)
r² = 225
r = 15 mm
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a sphere (V) = \(\frac{4}{3}\)πr³
So,
V = \(\frac{4}{3}\) × 3.14 × 15³
= 14,130 mm³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given sphere is: 14,130 mm³

Question 11.
A sphere has a volume of 1,837.35 cubic centimeters. What is the radius of the sphere? Use 3.14 for π, and round to the nearest tenth.
Answer:
It is given that
A sphere has a volume of 1,837.35 cubic centimeters
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a sphere (V) = \(\frac{4}{3}\)πr³
So,
1,837.35 = \(\frac{4}{3}\)πr³
πr³ = \(\frac{1,837.35 × 3}{4}\)
πr³ = 1,378.01
r³ = \(\frac{1,378.01}{π}\)
r³ = 438.85
r = 0.333 cm
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the radius of the given sphere is: 0.333 cm

Question 12.
Find the volume of the solid. Use 3.14 for π, and round to the nearest whole number.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 67
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 67
From the above,
We can observe that the given figure is a composite figure
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
Radius (r) = 4 m
Height (h) = 17 m
Now,
We know that,
The volume of the given figure = The volume of a hemisphere + The volume of a cylinder
Now,
We know that,
The volume of the Hemisphere (V) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)πr³
So,
V = \(\frac{2}{3}\) × 3.14 × 4³
= 133.97 m³
Now,
We know that,
The volume of the cylinder (V’) = πr²h
So,
V’ = 3.14 × 4² × 17
= 854.08 m³
So,
The volume of the given figure = 133.9 + 854.08
= 987.98 m³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given figure is: 987.98 m³

Question 13.
Your friend says that the volume of a sphere with a diameter of 3.4 meters is 164.55 cubic meters. What mistake might your friend have made? Find the correct volume. Use 3.14 for π and round to the nearest hundredth.
Answer:
It is given that
Your friend says that the volume of a sphere with a diameter of 3.4 meters is 164.55 cubic meters
Now,
From the given information,
Diameter (d) = 3.4 m
Now,
We know that,
Radius (r) = \(\frac{Diameter}{2}\)
r = \(\frac{3.4}{2}\)
r = 1.7 m
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a sphere (V) = \(\frac{4}{3}\)πr³
So,
V = \(\frac{4}{3}\) × 3.14 × (1.7)³
= 20.56 m³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The mistake made by your friend is:
Consideration of diameter as radius and find the volume of the given sphere

Question 14.
A solid figure has a cone and hemisphere hollowed out of it. What is the volume of the remaining part of the solid? Use 3.14 for π, and round to the nearest whole number.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 68
Answer:
It is given that
A solid figure has a cone and hemisphere hollowed out of it
So,
The volume of the remaining part of the solid = | The volume of a hemisphere – The volume of a cone |
Now,
From the given solid,
We can observe that
Radius (r) = 6 in.
Height = 23 in.
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a hemisphere (V) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)πr³
So,
V = \(\frac{2}{3}\)π × 6³
= 144π in.³
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cone (V’) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr²h
So,
V’ = \(\frac{1}{3}\)π × 6² × 23
= 276π in.³
So,
The volume of the remaining part of the solid = |144π – 276π|
= 132π
= 132 × 3.14
= 414.48 in.³
≈415 in.³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the remaining part of the given solid is about 415 in.³

Question 15.
Higher-Order Thinking A student was asked to find the volume of a solid where the inner cylinder is hollow. She incorrectly said the volume is 2,034.72 cubic inches.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 69
Answer:
It is given that
A student was asked to find the volume of a solid where the inner cylinder is hollow. She incorrectly said the volume is 2,034.72 cubic inches.

a. Find the volume of the solid. Use 3.14 for π. Round to the nearest whole number.
Answer:
The given solid is:
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 69
Now,
From the given solid,
We can observe that it is a combination of a cone and a cylinder
So,
The volume of the given solid = The volume of a cylinder + The volume of a cone
Now,
From the given solid,
We can observe that
The radius of the cylinder is 3 in.
The height of the cylinder is 15 in.
The diameter of the cone is 12 in.
The slant height of the cone is 9 in.
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cylinder (V) = πr²h
So,
V = 3.14 × 3² × 15
= 423.9 in.³
Now,
The volume of a cone:
We know that,
Radius (r) = \(\frac{Diameter}{2}\)
r = \(\frac{12}{2}\)
r = 6 in.
Now,
We know that,
l² = r² + h²
So,
9² = 6² + h²
h² = 9² – 6²
h² = 45
h = 6.70 in.
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cone (V’) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr²h
So,
V’ = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × 3.14 × 6² × 6.70
= 252.45 in.³
So,
The volume of the given solid = 423.9 + 252.45
= 676.3 in.³
≈676 in.³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given solid is about 676 in.³

b. What mistake might the student have made?
Answer:

Assessment Practice
Question 16.
The spherical boulder is 20 feet in diameter and weighs almost 8 tons. Find its volume. Use 3.14 for π. Round to the nearest cubic foot.
Answer:
It is given that
The spherical boulder is 20 feet in diameter and weighs almost 8 tons.
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a sphere (V) = \(\frac{4}{3}\)πr³
Now,
We know that,
Radius (r) = \(\frac{Diameter}{2}\)
r = \(\frac{20}{2}\)
r = 10 feet
So,
V = \(\frac{4}{3}\) × 3.14 × 10³
= 4,186.6 feet³
≈ 4,187 feet³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given spherical boulder is: 4,187 feet³

Question 17.
A bowl is in the shape of a hemisphere (half a sphere) with a diameter of 13 inches. Find the volume of the bowl. Use 3.14 for π, and round to the nearest cubic inch.
Answer:
It is given that
A bowl is in the shape of a hemisphere (half a sphere) with a diameter of 13 inches. Find the volume of the bowl
Now,
We know that,
Radius (r) = \(\frac{Diameter}{2}\)
r = \(\frac{13}{2}\)
r = 6.5 inches
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a hemisphere (V) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)πr³
So,
V = \(\frac{2}{3}\) × 3.14 × (6.5)³
= 574.88 inches³
≈ 575 inches³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given bowl is about 575 inches³

3-ACT MATH

3-Act Mathematical Modeling:
Measure Up
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 70

ACT 1
1. After watching the video, what is the first question that comes to mind?
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 71
Answer:

Question 2.
Write the Main Question you will answer.
Answer:

Question 3.
Construct Arguments Predict an answer to this Main Question. Explain your prediction.
Answer:

Question 4.
On the number line below, write a number that is too small to be the answer. Write a number that is too large.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 72
Answer:

Question 5.
Plot your prediction on the same number line.
Answer:

ACT 2
Question 6.
What information in this situation would be helpful to know? How would you use that information?
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 73
Answer:

Question 7.
Use Appropriate Tools What tools can you use to solve the problem? Explain how you would use them strategically.
Answer:

Question 8.
Model with Math
Represent the situation using mathematics. Use your representation to answer the Main Question.
Answer:

Question 9.
What is your answer to the Main Question? Is it higher or lower than your prediction? Explain why.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 74
Answer:

ACT 3
Question 10.
Write the answer you saw in the video.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 75
Answer:

Question 11.
Reasoning Does your answer match the answer in the video? If not, what are some reasons that would explain the difference?
Answer:

Question 12.
Make Sense and Persevere Would you change your model now that you know the answer? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 76
Answer:

ACT 3 Extension
Reflect
Question 13.
Model with Math
Explain how you used a mathematical model to represent the situation. How did the model help you answer the Main Question?
Answer:

Question 14.
Make Sense and Persevere When did you struggle most while solving the problem? How did you overcome that obstacle?
Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 77
Answer:

SEQUEL
Question 15.
Generalize Suppose you have a graduated cylinder half the height of the one in the video. How wide does the cylinder need to be to hold the liquid in the flask?
Answer:

Topic 8 REVIEW

Topic Essential Question
How can you find volumes and surface areas of three-dimensional figures?
Answer:
The “Surface area” is the sum of the areas of all faces (or surfaces) on a 3D shape.
Ex:
A cuboid has 6 rectangular faces. To find the surface area of a cuboid, add the areas of all 6 faces
We know that,
The volume of a three-dimensional figure = Cross-sectional area × length

Vocabulary Review
Complete each definition and then provide an example of each vocabulary word.
Vocabulary
composite figure
cone
cylinder
sphere

Envision Math Common Core 8th Grade Answers Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 78
Answer:

Use Vocabulary in Writing
Draw a composite figure that includes any two of the following: a cylinder, a cone, a sphere, and a hemisphere. Label each part of your drawing. Then describe each part of your composite figure. Use vocabulary terms in your description.

Concepts and Skills Review

Lesson 8.1 Find Surface Area of Three-Dimensional Figures

Quick Review
Surface area is the total area of the surfaces of a three-dimensional figure. The chart gives formulas for finding the surface area of a cylinder, a cone, and a sphere.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 79

Example
What is the surface area of the cylinder? Use 3.14 for π.
Answer:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 80

Practice
Question 1.
What is the surface area of the cone? Use 3.14 for π.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 81
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 81
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The slant height of the cone (l) is: 13 m
The radius of the cone (r) is: 5 m
Now,
We know that,
The surface area of a cone (S.A) = πr² + πrl
So,
S.A = 3.14 × 5² + 3.14 × 5 × 13
= 78.5 + 204.1
= 282.6 m²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the surface area of the given cone is: 282.6 m²

Question 2.
What is the surface area of the sphere in terms of π?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 82
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 82
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The diameter of the sphere (d) is: 10 cm
Now,
We know that,
Radius (r) = \(\frac{Diameter}{2}\)
r = \(\frac{10}{2}\)
r = 5 cm
Now,
We know that,
The surface area of a sphere (S.A) = 4πr²
So,
S.A = 4 × 3.14 × 5²
= 314 cm²
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the surface area of the given sphere is: 314 cm²

Question 3.
What is the surface area of the cylinder in terms of π?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 83
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 83
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that,
The diameter of the cylinder (d) is 12 in.
The height of the cylinder (h) is 15 in.
Now,
We know that,
Radius (r) = \(\frac{Diameter}{2}\)
r = \(\frac{12}{2}\)
r = 6 in.
Now,
We know that,
The surface area of a cylinder (S.A) = 2πr² + 2πrh
So,
S.A = 2 × 3.14 × 6² + 2 × 3.14 × 6 × 15
= 226.08 + 565.2
= 791.28 in.³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the surface area of the given cylinder is: 791.28 in.³

Lesson 8.2 Find Volume of Cylinders

Quick Review
The volume of a cylinder is equal to the area of its base times its height.
V = area of base · height, or V = πr²h
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 84

Example
What is the volume of the cylinder? Use 3.14 for π.
Answer:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 85

Practice
Question 1.
What is the volume of the cylinder in terms of π?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 86
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 86
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The diameter of the cylinder (d) is: 2 m
The height of the cylinder (h) is: 6 m
Now,
We know that,
Radius (r) = \(\frac{Diameter}{2}\)
r = \(\frac{2}{2}\)
r = 1 m
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cylinder (V) = πr²h
So,
V = 3.14 × 1² × 6
= 18.84 m³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given cylinder is: 18.84 m³

Question 2.
The volume of the cylinder is 141.3 cubic centimeters. What is the radius of the cylinder? Use 3.14 for π.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 87
Answer:
It is given that
The volume of the cylinder is 141.3 cubic centimeters
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 87
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The height of the cylinder (h) is: 5 cm
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cylinder (V) = πr²h
So,
141.3 = 3.14 × r² × 5
r² = \(\frac{141.3}{3.14 × 5}\)
r²= 9
r = 3 cm
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the radius of the given cylinder is: 3 cm

Lesson 8.3 Find Volume of Cones

Quick Review
To find the volume of a cone, use the formula V = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr2h.

Example
What is the volume of the cone? Use 3.14 for π.
Answer:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 88

Practice
Question 1.
What is the volume of the cone in terms of π?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 89
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 89
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The radius of the cone (r) is 3 in.
The height of the cone (h) is 8 in.
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cone (V) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr²h
So,
V = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × 3.14 × 3² × 8
= 75.36 in.³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given cone is: 75.36 in.³

Question 2.
What is the volume of the cone? Use 3.14 for π.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 90
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 90
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The radius of the cone (r) is: 4 cm
The slant height of the cone (h) is: 5 cm
Now,
We know that,
l² = r² + h²
5² = 4² + h²
h² = 5² – 4²
h² = 9
h = 3 cm
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cone (V) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr²h
So,
V = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × 3.14 × 4² × 3
= 50.24 cm³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given cone is: 50.24 cm³

Lesson 8.4 Find Volume of Spheres

Quick Review
To find the volume of a sphere, use the formula V = \(\frac{4}{3}\)πr3
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 91

Example
Find the volume of the composite figure. Use 3.14 for π.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 92
Answer:
First, find the volume of the sphere. Use 3.14 for π.
V = \(\frac{4}{3}\)πr3
= \(\frac{4}{3}\)π(3.5)3 → Substitute 3.5 for r.
= 57.17π ≈ 179.5 cm3
Divide by 2 to find the volume of the hemisphere: 179.5 ÷ 2 ≈ 89.75 cubic centimeters.
Then, find the volume of the cone. Use 3.14 for π.
V = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr2 h
= \(\frac{1}{3}\)π(3.5)2(14) → Substitute 3.5 for r and 14 for h.
= 57.171 ≈ 179.5 cm3
The volume of the composite figure is approximately 89.75 + 179.5 ≈ 269.25 cubic centimeters.

Practice
Question 1.
What is the volume of the sphere? Use \(\frac{22}{7}\) for π.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 93
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 93
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The radius of the sphere (r) is: 14 cm
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a sphere (V) = \(\frac{4}{3}\)πr³
So,
V = \(\frac{4}{3}\) × \(\frac{22}{7}\) × 14³
= 11,498.6 cm³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given sphere is: 11,498.6 cm³

Question 2.
The surface area of a sphere is 1,017.36 square inches. What is the volume of the sphere? Use \(\frac{22}{7}\) for π.
Answer:
It is given that
The surface area of a sphere is 1,017.36 square inches.
Now,
We know that,
The surface area of a sphere (S.A) = 4πr²
So,
4πr² = 1,017.36
r² = \(\frac{1,017.36}{4π}\)
r² = 80.92
r = 8.99 inches
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a sphere (V) = \(\frac{4}{3}\)πr³
So,
V = \(\frac{4}{3}\) × \(\frac{22}{7}\) × (8.99)³
= 3,044.68 inches³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given sphere is: 3,044.68 inches³

Question 3.
What is the volume of the composite figure? Use \(\frac{22}{7}\) for π.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 94
Answer:
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 94
Now,
From the above,
We can observe that the given figure is a combination of a hemisphere and a cone
So,
The volume of the given figure = The volume of a hemisphere + The volume of a cone
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
Diameter (d) = 4 cm
Height (h) = 10 cm
Now,
We know that,
Radius (r) = \(\frac{Diameter}{2}\)
r = \(\frac{4}{2}\)
r = 2 cm
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a hemisphere (V) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)πr³
So,
V = \(\frac{2}{3}\) × \(\frac{22}{7}\) × 2³
= 16.76 cm³
Now,
We know that,
The volume of a cone (V’) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)πr²h
So,
V’ = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{22}{7}\) × 2² × 10
= 41.90 cm³
So,
The volume of the given figure = 41.90 + 16.76
= 58.66 cm³
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the volume of the given figure is: 58.66 cm³

Topic 8 Fluency Practice

Hidden Clue
For each ordered pair, solve the equation to find the unknown coordinate. Then locate and label the corresponding point on the graph. Draw line segments to connect the points in alphabetical order. Use the completed picture to help answer the riddle below.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 95

What do squares, triangles, pentagons, and octagons have in common?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 96

Envision Math Common Core Grade 8 Answer Key Topic 8 Solve Problems Involving Surface Area And Volume 97
Answer:
Step 1:
For each ordered pair, solve the equation to find the unknown coordinate.

Step 2:
Then locate and label the corresponding point on the graph.
Step 3:
Draw line segments to connect the points in alphabetical order.

Step 4:
Use the completed picture to help answer the riddle below.
All the squares, triangles, pentagons, and octagons have in common the sum of all the total angles i.e., 360°

enVision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 9 Apply Understanding of Division to Divide Fractions

enVision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000

Go through the enVision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 regularly and improve your accuracy in solving questions.

enVision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000

Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 1
enVision STEM Project: Breaking Apart and Putting Together

Find Out Collect sets of building blocks. Take turns and work together. Use the blocks to build a model. Then take that model apart and use the same blocks to build a different model.

Journal: Make a Book Show your models in a book.
In your book, also:

  • Tell how many pieces you used to build your models.
  • Show how to use place-value blocks to model different names for the same number.

Answer:
Building the Blocks:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-99.2

  • Tell how many pieces you used to build your models.
  1. I have used 20 blocks to create the above model.
  2. I have used 13 plain blocks and 7 wheel blocks.
  • Show how to use place-value blocks to model different names for the same number.

 

Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-10.2

Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-91

Review What You Know

Vocabulary

Question 1.
Circle the coin with the least value. Put a square around the coin with the greatest value.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 100
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-100

Question 2.
Circle the number that has 5 ones and 4 tens.
54
45
40
5
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-100

Numbers to 1,000 1

Question 3.
Tom is having breakfast. The minute hand on the clock shows half past 7 o’clock. Circle the time on the clock.
7:15 a.m.
7:30 a.m.
7:15 p.m.
7:30 p.m.
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-100

Counting Money

Question 4.
Circle coins that total 37¢.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 4.6
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-4.6

Breaking Apart Numbers

Question 5.
Break apart each number into tens and ones.
23 = ___ + ___
47 = ___ + ___
96 = ___ + ___
Answer:
23 = 2 tens + 3 ones
47 = 4 tens + 7 ones
96 = 9 tens + 6 ones

Math Story

Question 6.
Howie has $13. A. backpack costs $30. How much more money does Howie need to buy the backpack?
$ ____
Answer:
Howie has $13. A. backpack costs $30. He already has $13 so we have to subtract $30 – $13 = $17. Howie needs $17 more to buy a backpack.

Pick a Project

PROJECT 9A
Which are the hottest planets in our solar system?
Project: Make a Planets Poster
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 9.1
Answer:
Sun is the Hottest planet in out solar system but sun doesn’t be called as Planet it is called as Star. When according to planets the hottest planet in our solar system is Venus with 464 temperature
Drawing a Poster for Planets:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-99.2

PROJECT 9B
What is the height of the tallest waterfall in the world?
Project: Design a Waterfall Guide
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 9.2
Answer:-
The height of the tallest waterfall in the world is Denmark Strait cataract with 3,505 m of height.

Designing a Natural Waterfall
  1. Use large rocks. In nature, a river or stream will clear out small pebbles and stones over time, leaving behind the larger stones and boulders.
  2. Blend the waterfall into the landscape.
  3. Use a waterfall filter to make your life easier.

Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-99.2

 

PROJECT 9C
How much do large animals weigh?
Project: Create an Animal Riddle Booklet
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 9.3
Answer:
The Antarctic blue whale (Balaenoptera musculus ssp. Intermedia) is the biggest animal on the planet, weighing up to 400,000 pounds (approximately 33 elephants) and reaching up to 98 feet in length.
Task
Kids love jokes and riddles! Your class will create a series of riddles that other students can use to learn about animals.
Engage
In this lesson, students will complete research about an animal and demonstrate their knowledge about the animal by creating a riddle they present to challenge other student’s knowledge.

Introduce your students to animal riddles by reading ABC Animal Riddles (rhyming verse) by Susan Joyce or If Not for the Cat (haiku) by Jack Prelutsky. These books will engage your students in the process and demonstrate various ways that riddles can be written.

Discuss the riddles you have read with your students. You might ask:

  • What was your favorite riddle? Why?
  • What clues helped you figure out the answer?
  • What types of words did the author use?
  • What makes a good riddle?

Let your students know that they will be creating their own animal riddles. Each student will choose an animal and create two pages in Wixxie for the riddle.

Page 1 will be the riddle. An example might look like this:

  • I have beautiful black spots. I am a carnivore. I live on the savanna. I am the fastest land animal on the planet.

Page 2 will be an illustration of the animal.

Brainstorm a list of different animals with the entire class. Depending on your current science focus, you may want to narrow your brainstorm to types of animals, such as mammals, or animals that live in a particular habitat like the desert.

Students should choose one animal from the list and write down what they already know about the animal using a cluster, character trait map, or other graphic organizer.

Student-created sample for the traits of an Emperor Penguin

In order to formulate the riddle, students will write clues based on the following questions:

  • What does this animal look like?
  • Where does it live?
  • What does it eat?
  • What makes it unique?

Give students time in the library or online to research the answers to these questions. Students should add their research notes to their existing cluster organizer.
Create
When their research is complete, students should write a draft of the riddle. Students can write their riddle a number of ways. For example, the riddle could contain four sentences that explain:

  • Sentence 1: how the animal looks
  • Sentence 2: what the animal eats
  • Sentence 3: where the animal can be found
  • Sentence 4: a unique fact or distinguishing characteristic

The riddle could also take the form of a haiku!

Students can use a tool like Wixie to create their riddle pages. Use the Text tool to add the text of the riddle to page 1. Use the paint tools or image button to illustrate the animal.

Numbers to 1,000 2
3-ACT MATH PREVIEW

Math Modeling

Makes Cents

Before watching the video, think: How can you save money you earn or find? What are some good places to put your money? What are some good ways to sort your money?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 9.4

Lesson 9.1 Understand Hundreds

Activity

Solve & Share

What is another way to show 100? Draw a picture and explain.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 9.5
Answer:-
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-9.5

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 9.6

Convince Me!
10 ones make ten. 10 tens make I hundred. 10 hundreds make I thousand. Do you see a pattern? Explain.

Guided Practice
Complete each sentence. Use place-value blocks and your workmat to help.

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 9.7
Answer:

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 9.8
Answer:

Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-9.8

Independent Practice

Complete each sentence. Use models if needed.

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 9.9
___ equals ___ hundreds, ___ tens, and __ ones.
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-9.9

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 9.10
___ equals ___ hundreds, ___ tens, and __ ones.
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-9.10

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 9.11
___ equals ___ hundreds, ___ tens, and __ ones.
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-9.11

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 9.12
___ equals ___ hundreds, ___ tens, and __ ones.
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-9.12

Numbers to 1,000 3

Question 7.
Number Sense Complete the pattern.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 9.13
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-9.13

Problem Solving

Solve each problem. Use models if needed.

Question 8.
Use Tools Lucy picked a number. She says her number has 8 hundreds, 0 tens, and o ones.
What is Lucy’s number?
____
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-9.8

Question 9.
Vocabulary Complete the sentences using the words below.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 9.14
There are 100 ___ in one hundred.
There are 10 ___ in one ___.
Answer:
There are 100  ones  in one hundred.
There are 10 tens in one hundred.

Higher Order Thinking
Farrah and Cory are playing beanbag toss. Circle the two other numbers they each must get to score 1,000 points.

Question 10.
Farrah has 300 points.
200 500 600 300
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-4.6
Explanation: Farrah and Cory need 1000 points and Farrah already have 300 points and Cory needs 700 points to make 1000 points.

Question 11.
Cory has 500 points.
100 200 400 700
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-4.6
Explanation: Farrah and Cory need 1000 points and Cory already have 500 points and Farrah needs 500 points to make 1000 points.

Question 12.
Assessment Practice Each box has 100 pencils. Count by hundreds to find the total. Which number tells how many pencils are in the boxes?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 9.15
A. 170
B. 700
C. 800
D. 900
Answer:
700
Explanation: Each box has 100 pencils. We have 7 boxes of crayons so 100 + 100 + 100 + 100 + 100 + 100 + 100 = 700

Lesson 9.2 Models and 3-Digit Numbers

Activity

Solve & Share

How can you use place-value blocks to show 125? Explain.
Draw your blocks to show what you did.

;

Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 9.16
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-9.16

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 10.2

Convince Me!
How many hundreds are in 395? How many tens? How many ones?
Answer: There are 3  hundreds, 9 tens, and 5 ones in 395
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-9.16

Guided Practice

Write the numbers shown. Use place-value blocks and your workmat if needed.

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 10.3
Answer:

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 10.4
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-10.4

Independent Practice

Write the numbers shown. Use models and your workmat if needed.

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 10.5
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-10.5

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 10.6
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-10.6

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 10.7
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-10.7

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 10.8
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-10.8

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 10.9
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-10.9

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 10.10
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-10.10

Question 9.
Higher Order Thinking Find the number. It has 5 hundreds. The digit in the tens place is between 5 and 7. The number of ones is 2 less than 4. ___
Answer: The number is 562 because there are  5 hundreds and the tens is between 5 and 7 and that is 6 and the one 2 less than 4

Problem Solving

Solve the problems below.

Question 10.
Make Sense Complete the chart. A number has an 8 in the hundreds place. It does not have any tens. It has a 3 in the ones place. Check that your answer makes sense.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 10.11
What is the number?
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-10.11

Question 11.
Draw models to show hundred, 4 tens, and 3 ones. Then write the number in the chart.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 10.12
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-10.12

Question 12.
Higher Order Thinking Choose a three digit number. Draw models to show the hundreds, tens, and ones for your number. Write the number below.
___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-10.9

Question 13.
Assessment Practice Katie used these models to show a number. Which number is shown?
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 10.13
A. 759
B. 768
C. 858
D. 859
Answer: A. 759
Explanation: We have 100 cube box 7 and 10 cube boxes 5 and 9 cube boxes so the answer is 759

Lesson 9.3 Name Place Values

Solve & Share

Jake says the 3 in 738 has a value of 3. He shows this with 3 ones blocks. Do you agree with Jake? Explain. Use the chart to help.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 11.1
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-11.1

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 11.2

Convince Me!
How can you find the value of a digit using a place-value chart?
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-11.3

Guided Practice
Use place-value blocks to show the number. Next, complete the place-value chart. Then write the value of each digit.

Question 1.
348
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 11.3

Independent Practice

Circle the correct values for the underlined digit in each number.

Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 11.4
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-11.4

Question 7.
Use the number to answer each question.
902
What is the value of the 9?
What is the value of the 0?
What is the value of the 2?
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-11.3

Question 8.
Higher Order Thinking Write the number that has the following values.
– The tens digit has a value of 70.
– The ones digit has a value of 5 ones.
– The hundreds digit has a value of 8 hundreds.
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-11.3

Problem Solving

Use place value to solve each problem.

Question 9.
Complete the chart to find the number.
The number has 9 hundreds. It has 5 tens. It has 8 ones.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 13.1
What is the number? ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-13.1
The Number is 958.

Question 10.
Model Courtney drew a picture of place value blocks to show the number 793. Draw the blocks to show what Courtney’s picture may have looked like.
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-10.13

Question 11.
Higher Order Thinking A class needs to build the number 123 with place-value blocks but does NOT have any hundreds blocks. How can they build 123 using other place-value blocks?
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-9.16

Question 12.
Assessment Practice What is the value of the 6 in the number 862?
A. 6
B. 10
C. 60
D. 600
Answer:  C. 60

Lesson 9.4 Read and Write 3-Digit Numbers

Solve & Share

What is another way to write the number 231? Explain.

Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 16.1
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-16.1

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 16.2

Convince Me!
How many hundreds, tens, and ones does the number six hundred forty have?
Answer:-
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-16.1

Guided Practice
Use the models to solve each problem.

Question 1.
Write the number in expanded form. Then write it in standard form.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 16.3
Answer:

Question 2.
Write the number in expanded form. Then write it in word form.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 16.4
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-16.4

Independent Practice

Write the number in word form and standard form.

Question 3.
300 + 80 + 2
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 16.5
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-16.5

Question 4.
200 + 6
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 16.6
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-16.6

Question 5.
600 + 90 + 5
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 16.7
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-16.7

Question 6.
500 + 30 + 3
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 16.8
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-16.8

Question 7.
Write eight hundred seventy-four in expanded form and standard form.
Answer: 874
800 + 70 + 4
Eight hundred and seventy four.

Question 8.
Write 478 in expanded form and word form.
Answer: 478
400 + 70 + 8
Four hundred and seventy eight.

Question 9.
Higher Order Thinking Write the number in two different ways. It has 5 hundreds. The tens digit is 1 less than the hundreds digit. The ones digit is 2 more than the hundreds digit.
Standard form: ____ Expanded form: ____
Answer:
Standard form: 547
Expanded form: 500 + 40 + 7

Problem Solving

Use place-value models to help you solve the problems below.

Question 10.
Vocabulary There are 493 pages in a book.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 23.1
Write the number 493 in c expanded form.
___ + ___ + ____
Write the number 493 in word form.
______________
Answer:
Expanded form: 400 + 90 + 3
Word form:  Four Hundred and Ninety Three

Question 11.
Higher Order Thinking Draw hundreds, tens, and ones to show a three-digit number. Next, write the number in expanded form. Then use the word form of the number in a sentence.
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-10.6

Question 12.
Assessment Practice The model shows a three-digit number. Which is the standard form of the number?
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 25.1
A. 300 + 80 + 6
B. 386
C. 300 + 90 +7
D. 397
Answer:
B. 386

Lesson 9.5 Different Ways to Name the Same Number

Activity

Solve & Share

Use place-value blocks. Show two ways to make 213. Then draw each way. Tell how your ways are alike and different.

Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 30.1
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-30.1

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 30.2

Convince Me!
How can you show that 5 hundreds and 4 tens has the same value as 4 hundreds and 14 tens?
Answer:- 5 hundreds are 500 and 4 tens are 40 Therefore, 500 + 40 = 540
Likewise, 4 hundreds are 400 and 14 tens are 140 Therefore, 400 + 140 = 540
In second equation we have 14 tens and in 1st equation we have only 4 tens.

Guided practice
Use place-value blocks to count the Practice hundreds, tens, and ones. Show two other ways to make the number.

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 32.1
132 = ______________
132 = ______________
Answer:
132 = 100 + 30 + 2
132 = One Hundred and Thirty Two
132 = (100 x 1) + (30 x 1) + (2 x 1)

Independent Practice

Use place-value blocks to count the hundreds, tens, and ones.
Then show two other ways to make the number.

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 40.1
418 = _______
418 = _______
418 = _______
Answer:
418 = 400 + 10 + 8
418 = Four Hundred and eighteen
418 = (400 x 1) + (10 x 1) + (8 x 1)

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 40.2
163 = ______
163 = ______
163 = ______
Answer:
163 = 100 + 60 + 3
163 = One Hundred and Sixty Three
163 = (100 x 1) + (60 x 1) + (3 x 1)

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 40.3
225 = ______________
225 = ______________
225 = ______________
Answer:
225 =  200 + 20 + 5
225 = Two Hundred and Twenty Five
225 = (200 x 1) + (20 x 1) + (5 x 1)

Algebra Write the missing number.

Question 5.
698 = 500 + ____ + 8
Answer:
698 = 500 + 190 + 8

Question 6.
939 = 900 + 20 + ____
Answer:
939 = 900 + 20 + 19

Solve the problems below.

Question 7.
Carl made this model to show a number.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 60.1

What number is shown?
Draw models to show another way Carl could make this number.
Answer:
The Number is 475
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-60.1

Question 8.
Explain Neha wants to make the same number in different ways. She says 300 + 130 + 9 equals the same number as 500 + 30 + 9. Do you agree with Neha? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 60.2
Answer:
No!, I don’t agree with Neha because 300 + 130 + 9 = 439; and 500 + 30 + 9 = 539
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-60.1

Question 9.
Higher Order Thinking Make 572 as hundreds, tens, and ones. Write as many ways as you can.
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-10.8
500 + 70 + 2 = 572
400 + 170 + 2 = 572
300 + 270 + 2 = 572
200 + 370 + 2 = 572
100 + 470 + 2 = 572

Question 10.
Assessment Practice which is a way to show 687? Choose all that apply.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 61 600 + 70 + 17
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 61 600 + 80 + 7
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 61 600 + 180 + 7
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 61 500 + 180 + 7
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-61

Lesson 9.6 Place-Value Patterns with Numbers

Activity

Solve & Share

Write the missing numbers in the chart. Be ready to explain how you found the missing numbers.

Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 62
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-62

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 63

Convince Me!
Use mental math and place-value patterns to write each missing number.
538, 539, ____ ,541, 542
481, 491, ____,511, 521
Answer:
538, 539, 540 ,541, 542
481, 491, 501,511, 521

Guided Practice
Use place-value patterns and mental Practice math to find the missing numbers.

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 64

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 65
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-65

Independent Practice

Use place-value patterns and mental math to find the missing numbers.

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 66
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-66

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 67
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-67

Question 5.
456, 457, 458, ___, ___,
461, 462, ___, ___, ____
Answer:
456, 457, 458, 459, 460
461, 462, 463, 464, 465

Question 6.
620, 630, 640, ___, 660, ___
680, 690, ___, 710, ___
Answer:
620, 630, 640, 650, 660, 670
680, 690, 700, 710, 720

Question 7.
232, 242, ___, 262, ___,
___, 292, 302, __, ___
Answer:
232, 242, 252, 262, 272,
282, 292, 302, 312, 322

Question 8.
991, 992, ___, ___, 995,
__, 997, ___, 999, ___
Answer:
991, 992, 993, 994, 995,
996, 997, 998, 999, 1000

Number Sense
Describe each number pattern.

Question 9.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 69.1
Answer:
The sequence of number is added up by 100.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-69.1

Question 10.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 69.2
Answer:
The sequence of number is added up by 10.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-69.2

Problem Solving

Solve each problem.

Question 11.
Look for Patterns Sally sees a pattern in these numbers. Describe the pattern.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 69.3
Answer: These are the sequence of the Natural numbers.

Question 12.
Look for Patterns Yoshi sees a pattern in these numbers. Describe the pattern.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 69.4
Answer:
The sequence of number is added up by 10.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-69.4

Question 13.
Higher Order Thinking Write your own three-digit numbers. Describe the number pattern for your numbers.
Answer:
The sequence of number is added up by 10.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-69.4

Question 14.
Assessment Practice Use the numbers on the cards. Write the missing numbers in the number chart.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 69.5
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-69.5

Lesson 9.7 Skip Count by 5s, 10s, and 100s to 1,000

Activity

Solve & Share

Use the number line to skip count by 5s, starting at 0. Write the two missing numbers. Describe any patterns you see.

Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 70.1
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-70.1

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 70.2

Convince Me!
How could you use the number line in the first box above to skip count by 10s starting at 400?
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-70.2

Guided Practice
Skip count on the number line. Write the missing numbers.

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 70.3

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 70.4
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-70.4

Independent Practice
Skip count on the number line. Write the missing numbers.

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 70.5
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-70.5

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 70.6
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 70.7
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-70.6

Look at the skip counting pattern. Write the missing numbers.

Question 5.
100, 200, 300, 400, __, ___
Answer:
100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600

Question 6.
950, 960, ___, 980, 990, ___
Answer:
950, 960, 970, 980, 990, 1000

Question 7.
480, 490, 500, ___, ___, 530
Answer:
480, 490, 500, 510, 520, 530

Question 8.
745, 750, __, __, 765, ___
Answer:
745, 750, 755, 760, 765, 770

Question 9.
Algebra Write the missing numbers.
300 + ___ = 400
85 + ___ = 50
990 + __ = 1,000
Answer:
300 + 100 = 400
85 – 35 = 50
990 + 10 = 1,000

Problem Solving

Solve the problems below.

Question 10.
Reasoning Greg is skip counting. He writes 430, 435, 440 on paper. Greg wants to write 3 more numbers after 440. What should they be?
Answer:
430, 435, 440, 445, 450, 455.

Question 11.
Reasoning Zoe is skip counting. She writes 500, 600, 700 on paper. Zoe wants to write 3 more numbers after 700. What should they be?
Answer:
500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000.

Question 12.
Higher Order Thinking What number is used to skip count on this number line? How do you know? What numbers did the arrows land on at the jumps?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 72.3
Answer:
The sequence of number is added up by 10. Because 300 is added up by 10 so it became 310.
The sequence of number is added up by 10.

Question 13.
Assessment Practice Roy played 4 video games. He scored 110, 115, 120, and 125 points.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 72.4
Skip counting by what number from 110 to 125 is shown on the number line?
A. 2
B. 5
C. 10
D. 100
Answer:
B. 5

Lesson 9.8 Compare Numbers Using Place Value

Activity

Solve & Share

Joy and Zach flipped three number cards. Then they each made a number. Joy made 501 and Zach made 510. Who made the greater number? How do you know? Use place-value blocks to help you solve.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 73.1
Answer:-
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-73.1

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 73.2

Convince Me!
How would you compare 995 and 890? Explain.
Answer:-
995 is greater than 890;  995 > 890 because 995 is greater value with 105 numbers

Guided Practice
Use place-value blocks to show each number. Practice Compare. Write greater than, less than, or equal to. Then write >, <, or =.

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 73.4
Answer:

Question 2.
816 is ____ 819.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 73.5
Answer:
816 is Less than 819.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-73.5

Independent Practice

Use place-value blocks to show each number. Compare Write greater than, less than, or equal to. Then write >, <, or =.

Question 3.
572 is ___ 577.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 74.1
Answer:
572 is Less than 577.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-74.1

Question 4.
256 is ___ 243.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 74.2
Answer:
256 is Greater than 243.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-74.2

Question 5.
837 is ___ 837
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 74.3
Answer:
837 is Equal to  837
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-74.3

Question 6.
486 is __ 468.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 74.4
Answer:
486 is Greater than 468.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-74.4

Question 7.
208 is __ 208.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 74.5
Answer:
208 is Equal to 208.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-74.5

Question 8.
936 is ___ 836.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 74.55
Answer:
936 is Greater than 836.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-74.55

Question 9.
821 is ____ 821.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 74.6
Answer:
821 is Equal to 821.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-74.6

Question 10.
347 is ___ 437.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 74.7
Answer:
347 is Less than 437.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-74.7

Question 11.
286 is ___ 189.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 74.8
Answer:
286 is Greater than 189.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-74.8

Question 12.
Higher Order Thinking Find one number that will make all three comparisons true.
____ < 111 ___ > 109 ___ = 110
Answer:
110 < 111;  110 > 109;  110 = 110

Problem Solving

Compare. Write >, <, or =. Then answer the question.

Question 13.
Reasoning Ming sells 319 tickets. Josie sells 315 tickets.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 74.9
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-74.9

Question 14.
Reasoning Jared earned 189 pennies doing chores. Tara earned 200 pennies doing chores. Who earned more pennies?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 74.10
___ earned more pennies.
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-74.10
Tara earned more pennies.

Question 15.
Higher Order Thinking Compare the numbers 298 and 289. Write the comparison two ways. Then explain your thinking.
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-74.8
200 + 90 + 8 = 298 greater than 200 + 80 + 9
The number 298 is greater than 289 with 10 numbers. 289 is having 10 numbers less than 298.

Question 16.
Assessment Practice Solve the riddle to find the number of coins in the second chest. Then compare the numbers. The two numbers have the same digits. The hundreds digits are the same. The tens and ones digits are in different orders.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 74.11
A. 556 < 665
B. 556 > 565
C. 556 = 565
D. 556 < 565
Answer:
D. 556 < 565

Lesson 9.9 Compare Numbers on the Number Line

Activity

Solve & Share

This number line shows only one number. Name a number that is greater than 256. Then, name a number that is less than 256. Show your numbers on the number line and explain why you are correct.

Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 74.12
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-74.12
260 is greater than 256.
250 is less than 256.

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 74.13

Convince Me!
Can you write a number that is less than 325, and that is not shown on the number line above? Explain.
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-74.12
Explanation: The number 125 is less then 325 because the number 125 is having less value than the number 325
with 200 numbers less.

Guided Practice
Write a number to make each comparison correct. Practice Draw a number line to help if needed.

Question 1.
461 < 467
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-74.12

Question 2.
___ < 470
Answer:
466 < 470
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-74.12

Question 3.
132 < ___
Answer:
132 < 150
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-74.12

Question 4.
263 < ___
Answer:
263 < 270
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-74.12

Question 5.
675 > ___
Answer:
675 > 670
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-74.12

Question 6.
684 = ___
Answer:
684 = 684
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-74.12

Independent Practice

Write a number to make each comparison correct. Draw a number line to help if needed.

Question 7.
421 > ___
Answer:
421 > 420
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-74.12

Question 8.
___ < 884
Answer:
880 < 884
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-74.12

Question 9.
959 < ___
Answer:
959 < 960
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-74.12

Question 10.
__ < 619
Answer:
615 < 619
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-74.12

Question 11.
103 = ___
Answer:
103 = 103
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-74.12 Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-74.12

Question 12.
566 > ___
Answer:
566 > 560
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-74.12

Question 13.
394 < ___
Answer:
394 < 400
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-74.12

Question 14.
___ < 417
Answer:
415 < 417
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-74.12

Question 15.
___ > 789
Answer:
790 > 789
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-74.12

Write <, >, or = to make each comparison correct.

Question 16.
107 Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 80 106
Answer:
107 Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-80 106

Question 17.
630 Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 80 629
Answer:
630  Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-80 629

Question 18.
832 Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 80 832
Answer:
832 Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-80 832

Question 19.
Higher Order Thinking Write a number to make each comparison correct. Place the numbers on the number lines.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 80.1
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-80.1

Problem Solving

Solve the problems below.

Question 20.
Reasoning Kim is thinking of a number. It is greater than 447. It is less than 635. What could the number be?
Answer: Kim is thinking of the number is 555 because it is greater than 447 and it is less than 635. So, the number could be 555.

Question 21.
Reasoning Don is thinking of a number. It is less than 982. It is greater than 950. What could the number be?
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 80.2
Answer: Don is thinking of a number. The number is 970 because it is increasing by 2 so they relate by 2.

Question 22.
Higher Order Thinking Monty picked a number card. The number is greater than 282. It is less than 284. What is the number? ___
Explain how you know.
Answer:
Monty picked a number card. The number is greater than 282. It is less than 284. The number is 283 because it is less then  284 and it is greater than 282 and the between number is 283.

Question 23.
Assessment Practice Which number is neither greater than nor less than the number shown?
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 80.3
A. 157
B. 158
C. 159
D. 168
Answer:
B. 158

Lesson 9.10 Look For and Use Structure

Problem Solving

Activity

Solve & Share

Sort the numbers 500, 800, 600, 400, and 700 from least to greatest. Describe any number patterns that you see. Are there any other numbers that fit the pattern?
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 80.5
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-80.5

Thinking Habits
Are there things in common that help me? Is there a pattern? How does it help?
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 80.6

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 80.7

Convince Me!
How can you use the pattern to find the next three red jersey numbers?
Answer:  224, 324, 424, 524, 624, 724, 824, 924, 1024. I have found the other jersey numbers by increasing hundredths digit by adding 100 so in this way jersey number.

Guided Practice
Look for a pattern to solve each problem.

Question 1.
The yellow team is sorting their uniforms.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 80.8
Sort the first four jersey numbers from least to greatest.
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-80.8

Question 2.
Look for a pattern in the sorted jersey numbers. What is the pattern rule?
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-80.8
This is the pattern where the number was increased by 10. The tenths were increased by 10.

Question 3.
What is the next greatest yellow jersey number?
Answer: The next greatest yellow jersey number is 460.

Independent Practice

Break the problem into simpler parts to solve. Use a hundreds chart, a number line, or place value chart if you need to.

Question 4.
The blue team wants to sort their jersey numbers from greatest to least. After they sort the numbers, what number would come next?
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 80.8
List the jersey numbers from greatest to least.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 80.9
Look for a pattern in the sorted jersey numbers. What is the pattern rule?
What jersey number is next in the pattern?
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-80.8
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-80.9
The next number in the jersey pattern is 450.

Question 5.
A librarian sorted these books. Find the missing book number. Describe one pattern you notice.
?
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 80.103
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-80.103
The number was increased my 10 in its tenth value so every number was increased by 10.

Problem Solving

Performance Task

Mail Delivery
Sam delivered mail to four houses numbered 115, 120, 110, and 105. He started at the house with the least number and continued to the house with the greatest number. If the number pattern continues, what are the next three house numbers?
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 80.10

Question 6.
Reasoning Sort the numbers of the first four houses from least to greatest. Then write the sorted numbers on the houses in the top row above.
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-80.10

Question 7.
Look for Patterns What is the pattern rule for the four house numbers you sorted?
What are the next three house numbers?
Write the numbers of the houses in the bottom row of houses above.
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-80.10

Question 8.
Explain Why do you sort the numbers before looking for a pattern? Explain.
Answer: We naturally sort objects and information into different groupings so that we can more easily identify their similarities and differences.

Topic 9 Fluency Practice

Activity

Color a path from Start to Finish. Follow the sums and differences that are even numbers. You can only move up, down, right, or left.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 90.1
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-90.1

Topic 9 Vocabulary Review

Understand Vocabulary

Write standard form, expanded form, or word form.

Word List
• compare
• decrease
• digits
• equals (=)
• expanded form
• greater than (>)
• hundred
• increase
• less than (<)
• ones
• place-value chart
• standard form
• tens
• thousand
• word form

Understand Vocabulary
write standard form, expanded form, or word form

Question 1.
400 + 30 + 7
Answer:
Four hundred thirty-seven

Question 2.
four hundred
thirty-seven
___
Answer:
437

Question 3.
437
___
Answer:
400 + 30 + 7

Label each picture. Use terms from the Word List.

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 81.1
Answer:
Hundred

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 81.2
Answer:
Standard Form

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 81.3
Answer:
Hundred

Compare. Complete each sentence.

Question 7.
901 is ___910.
Answer:
901 is Equal to 910.

Question 8.
429 ____ 400 + 20 + 9.
Answer:
429 Equal to 400 + 20 + 9.

Use Vocabulary in Writing

Question 9.
What is the next number in the pattern?
911, 921, 931, 941, _____
Explain how you solved the problem. Use terms from the Word List.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 81.5
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-81.5

Topic 9 Reteaching

Set A

10 tens make 1 hundred. You can count by hundreds.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 81.6

Complete the sentence. Use models if needed.

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 81.7
___equals___hundreds,
___tens, and ___ones.
Answer:
900 equals 900 hundreds,
0 tens, and 0 ones.

Set B
You can use place value to help you write numbers.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 81.8
There are 3 hundreds, 2 tens, and 4 ones in 324.

Write the numbers. Use models and your workmat if needed.

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 81.9
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-81.9

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 81.10
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-81.10

Set C
You can write a number using the standard form, expanded form, and word form.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 81.11

Write the number in standard form, expanded form, and word form.

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 82.1
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-82.1

Set D
You can show different ways to make numbers.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 82.2

Look at the models in the chart. Show three different ways to make the number.

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 82.3
153 = ___ + ___ + ___
153 = ___ + ___ + ___
153 = ___ + ___ + ___
Answer:
153 = 100 + 50 + 3
153 = 100 + 40 + 13
153 = 150 + 3

Topic 9 Reteaching

Set E

You can look for patterns with numbers on a hundreds chart.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 85.1
From left to right, the Ones digit goes up by 1.

From top to bottom, the tens digit goes up by 1.

Use place-value patterns to find the missing numbers.

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 85.2
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-85.2

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 85.3
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-85.3

Set F
You can skip count by 5s, 10s, and 100s on a number line.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 85.4

Skip count on the number line. Write the missing numbers.

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 85.5
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-85.5

Set G
You can use place value to compare numbers.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 85.6

Compare each pair of numbers. Write >, <, or =.

Question 9.
785 Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 86 793
Answer:
785 Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-86  793

Question 10.
199 Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 86 198
Answer:
199 Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-80 198

Question 11.
452 Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 86 452
Answer:
452 Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-80 452

Question 12.
805 Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 86 810
Answer:
805 Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-86 810

Question 13.
902 Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 86 897
Answer:
902 Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-80 897

Question 14.
451 Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 86 516
Answer:
451 Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-86 516

Question 15.
636 Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 86 629
Answer:
636 Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-80 629

Question 16.
754 Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 86 754
Answer:
754 Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-80 754

Set H
Thinking Habits
Look for a pattern to solve the problem.
Are there things in common that help me? Is there a pattern? How does it help?
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 87
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-81.5

Look For and Use Structure

Question 17.
These tags are in a drawer.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 88
Describe a pattern you notice.
What is the missing number? ___
Answer:
The Missing number is 475
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-88

Topic 9 Assessment Practice

Question 1.
Each box has 100 crayons. Count by hundreds to find the total. How many crayons are in all of the boxes? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 89
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-89

Question 2.
Danny made this model. Write the number in three different forms.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 90
Standard form ____
Expanded form ____
Word form _____
Answer:
Standard form: 624
Expanded form: 600 + 20 + 4
Word form: Six Hundred and Twenty Four

Question 3.
Write the number the model shows. Use the chart.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 91
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-91

Question 4.
What is the value of the 8 in the number 789? What is the expanded form of 789?
Answer:
The value of the 8 in the number 789 is tens that means it has 8 tens i.e., 80
The expanded form of 789 is 700 + 80 + 9

Question 5.
Which is the word form of the number shown by the blocks?
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 91.1
A. four hundred fifty-six
B. four hundred forty-six
C. 400 + 40 + 6
D. 446
Answer:
B. four hundred forty-six

Question 6.
Which is the standard form of the number shown by the blocks?
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 91.2
A. 315
B. three hundred fifteen
C. 300 + 10 + 5
D. 351
Answer:
A. 315

Question 7.
Draw a line from each number form to its example.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 92
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-92

Question 8.
Kate made this model. What number does it show? Write the number and complete the sentence.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 93
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-93

Question 9.
Lee and Maria collect pennies. Lee has 248 pennies. Maria has 253 pennies. Who has more pennies?
Write <, =, or > to compare the number of pennies.
248 Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 95 253
Answer:
248 Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-80 253

Question 10.
Jeff is thinking of a number. The number has 2 hundreds. It has more ones than tens. It has 7 tens. Which could be the number? Choose all that apply.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 97 276
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 97 279
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 97 267
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 97 278
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 97 289
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-97

Question 11.
Compare. Write <, =, or >.
429 Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 98 294 849 Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 98 984
Answer:
429 Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-80 294 849 Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-86 984

Question 12.
Write a number that will make each comparison correct.
327 < ___ 716 > ___
Answer:
327 < 720 > 716 > 715

Question 13.
There are 326 boys at a school. Which is the expanded form for the number of boys?
A. 200 + 30 + 6
B. 300 + 20 + 6
C. 300 + 60 + 2
D. 300 + 60 + 7
Answer:
B. 300 + 20 + 6

Question 14.
Which is a way to show 576? Choose all that apply.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 96.1 500 + 60 + 16
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 96.1 500 + 70 + 6
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 96.1 400 + 170 + 6
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 96.1 500 + 60 + 7
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-97

Question 15.
Use the numbers on the cards. Write the missing numbers in the number chart.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 97.1
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-97.1

Question 16.
Candy counts 405, 410, 415, 420, 425, 430 By what number does Candy skip count?
A. 2
B. 5
C. 10
D. 100
Answer:
B. 5

Question 17.
Skip count on the number line. Write the missing numbers.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 98.1
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-98.1

Question 18.
Choose all the comparisons that are correct.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 98.2 576 < 675
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 98.2 899 < 799 Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 98.2 435 > 354
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 98.2 698 < 896 Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 98.2 856 > 859
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-97

Topic 9 Performance Task

Reading Record
These students love to read! These books show the number of pages each student has read so far this year.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 98.5

Question 1.
Write the number of pages Tim read in expanded form.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 98.6
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-98.6
Write the number in word form.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 98.7
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-98.7

Question 2.
Complete the place-value chart to show the number of pages Ruth read.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 98.8
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-98.8
Show two other ways to write the number.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 98.9
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-98.9

Question 3.
Show two ways to compare the number of pages that Luisa read with the number of pages that Ruth read. Use > and <.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 98.10
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-98.10

Question 4.
This number line shows the total number of minutes Diane read each week for 3 weeks.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 98.11
How many minutes did she read after the first week? ___ minutes
After the second week? ___ minutes
After the third week? ___ minutes
How many minutes did she read each week? Explain how you know.
Answer:
How many minutes did she read after the first week?
Answer: 600 minutes
After the second week?
Answer: 1200 minutes
After the third week?
Answer: 1800 minutes
How many minutes did she read each week? Explain how you know.
Answer: Each week she read 600 minutes and every week she reads 600 minutes for 3 week. So, 600 + 600 + 600

Question 5.
Diane reads the same number of minutes each week. How many minutes does she read after 4 weeks? After 5 weeks? Skip count on the number line above to find the answers.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 99.1
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-99.1

Question 6.
The table shows how many pages Jim read in three different months. If he follows the pattern, how many pages will Jim read in April and May?
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Numbers to 1,000 99.2
Part A
What pattern do you see in the table?
Answer:
The pattern which is increased by tens in its tenths place.
Part B
How many pages will Jim read in April and May?
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-9-Numbers-to-1000-99.2

Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability

enVision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability

Go through the enVision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability regularly and improve your accuracy in solving questions.

enVision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Key Topic 7 Probability

GET READY!
Review What You Know!

Vocabulary
Choose the best term from the box to complete each definition.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 1

Question 1.
A(n) _________ is a drawing that can be used to visually represent information.

Answer:
A(n) diagram is a drawing that can be used to visually represent information.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
A(n) diagram is a drawing that can be used to visually represent information.
for example:
a diagram is a visual representation of information.
diagrams can be both two-dimensional and three-dimensional.
some of the most common types of diagrams are flowcharts.

Question 2.
The number of times a specific value occurs is referred to as _________.

Answer:
The number of times a specific value occurs is referred to as frequency.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number of times a specific value occurs is referred to as frequency.
for example:
3, 3, 5, 5, 5, 6, 7, 7, 7, 7, and 7.
from the above data set – 3 occurs 2 times, then 2 is the frequency of 3.
5 occurs 3 times, then 3 is the frequency of 5.
6 occurs 1 time, then 1 is the frequency of 6.

Question 3.
A(n) _________ is a relationship between one quantity and another quantity.

Answer:
A(n) ratio is a relationship between one quantity and another quantity.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
A(n) ratio is a relationship between one quantity and another quantity.
for example:
there are 3 boys and 6 girls in a class.
therefore the ratio is 1: 2.

Question 4.
Quantities that have the same value are

Answer:
Quantities that have the same value are equivalent ratios.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Quantities that have the same value are equivalent ratios.
for example:
the cost of the order is 8.
pizzas ordered is 1.
8/1 = 16/2 = 24/3 = 32/4 = 40/5 = 8.
so $8 per pizza.

Operations with Fractions
Solve for x.

Math Grade 7 Probability 1

Question 5.
\(\frac{2}{5}\) + x = 1

Answer:
2/5 + x = 1 is 0.6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
\(\frac{2}{5}\) + x = 1.
2/5 + x = 1.
0.4 + x = 1.
x = 1 – 0.4.
x = 0.6.
so the value of x is 0.6.

Question 6.
225 • \(\frac{1}{3}\)= x

Answer:
225 (1/3) = x is 75.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
225 • \(\frac{1}{3}\)= x
225(1/3) = x.
75 = x.
so the value of x is 75.

Question 7.
1 = \(\frac{1}{8}\) + x + \(\frac{2}{8}\)

Answer:
1 = 1/8 + x + 2/8 is 0.625.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
1 = \(\frac{1}{8}\) + x + \(\frac{2}{8}\).
1 = 0.125 + x + 0.25.
1 – 0.125 = x + 0.25.
0.875 – 0.25 = x.
x = 0.625.
so the value of x is 0.625.

Ratios
Write each ratio in fraction form. Then write the percent equivalent.

Question 8.
72 out of 96

Answer:
72/96 = 0.75.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
72 out of 96.
72/96.
0.75.

Question 9.
88 out of 132

Answer:
88/132 = 0.66.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
88 out of 132.
88/132.
0.66.

Math Grade 7 Probability 2

Question 10.
39 out of 104

Answer:
39/104 = 0.375.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
39 out of 104.
39/104.
0.375.

Question 11.
23 out of 69

Answer:
23/69 = 0.33.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
23 out of 69.
23/69.
0.33.

Question 12.
52 out of 208

Answer:
52/208 = 0.25.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
52 out of 208.
52/208.
0.25.

Question 13.
25 out of 200

Answer:
25/200 = 0.125.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
25 out of 200.
25/200.
0.125.

Order Fractions and Decimals
Plot the following fractions and decimals on the number line.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 2

Answer:
The fractions and decimals are 0.7, 1/3, 7/8, 0.4, 0.125, and 5/6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the fractions and decimals are 0.7, 1/3, 7/8, 0.4, 0.125, and 5/6.
1/3 = 0.3.
7/8 = 0.875.
5/6 = 0.83.
1/4 = 0.25.
1/2 = 0.5.
3/4 = 0.75.
0.7 lies in between 3/4 and 1.
0.3 lies in between 1/4 and 1/2.
7/8 lies in between 3/4 and 1.
0.4 lies in between 1/4 and 1/2.
5/6 lies in between 3/4 and 1.
0.125 lies in between 0 and 1/4.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-7th-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Probability-1

Language Development
Sort the vocabulary words into categories. Explain your categories.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 3

Category: Probability.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
probability of a given event is an expression of the likelihood of occurrence of an event.
a probability is a number that ranges from 0 to 1.
there are so many types of probabilities are there.
they are theoretical probability and experimental probability.
for example:
0 for an event that cannot occur.
1 for an event that can occur.

Category: Event.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
an event is a subject of the sample space.
that is any collection of outcomes from an event.
events will be denoted b capital letters.

Category: Frequency.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
frequency is the rate at which something occurs over a particular period of time or in a given sample.
sample space and relative frequency come under this.
for example:
3, 3, 5, 5, 5, 6, 7, 7, 7, 7, and 7.
from the above data set – 3 occurs 2 times, then 2 is the frequency of 3.
5 occurs 3 times, then 3 is the frequency of 5.
6 occurs 1 time, then 1 is the frequency of 6.

Category: Simulation.

Pick A Project

PROJECT 7A
What makes a carnival game fun and successful?

PROJECT: DEVELOP A GAME OF CHANCE

PROJECT 7B
If you could invent a character for an adventure, what would that character be like?
Project: Design An Adventure

PROJECT 7C
What is the silliest sentence you can think of? Why is it silly?
Project: Generate A Funny Sentence

PROJECT 7D
How could you teach a math concept through a performance?
Project: Perform Your Knowledge

Lesson 7.1 Understand Likelihood and Probability

Solve & Discuss It!
For a game show, Jared has to choose 1 of 8 boxes to win a prize. One of the boxes has a big prize, 3 boxes have a medium prize, 3 boxes have smaller prizes, and 1 box is empty. How confident should Jared be that whatever box he chooses, he will win a prize? Support your response with a mathematical argument.
I can… describe the likelihood that an event will occur.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 4

Make Sense and Persevere
What are the chances that Jared will choose a box with a prize?

Answer:
The three chances are 3/8, 1/8, and 3/8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Jared has to choose 1 of 8 boxes to win a prize.
One of the boxes has a big prize, 3 boxes have a medium prize, 3 boxes have smaller prizes, and 1 box is empty.
1 out of 8 boxes is 1/8.
3 out of 8 is 3/8 medium prize.
3/8 smaller prize.
1 box is empty is 1/8.
there are 3 chances.
they are 3/8, 1/8, and 3/8.

Math Grade 7 Probability 3

Focus on math practices
Construct Arguments Suppose the empty box is taken out of the game.
How confident should Jared be that he will win a prize? Explain.

Essential Question what is probability?

Try It!
How might the probability of the pointer landing on a given color change for the spinner shown at the right?

Convince Me! How would the probability of the pointer landing on a given color change if the spinner had six equal-sized sections with each section a different color?

Try It!
The game piece shown has 12 sides, labeled 1 to 12.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 5

a. What is the probability of rolling an 11?

Answer:
The probability of rolling an 11 is 11/12.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The game piece shown has 12 sides, labeled 1 to 12.
the probability of rolling an 11 is 11/12.
so the event is on 11/12.

b. What is the probability of rolling a number greater than 5?

Answer:
The probability of rolling a number greater than 5 is 7/12.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The game piece shown has 12 sides, labeled 1 to 12.
the probability of rolling a number greater than 5 in 12 – 7.
12 – 7 = 5.
so the probability of rolling a number greater than 5 is 7/12.

c. What is the probability of rolling a number greater than 12?

Answer:
The probability of rolling a number greater than 12 is 1.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The game piece shown has 12 sides, labeled 1 to 12.
12/12 = 1.
so the probability of rolling a number greater than 12 is 1.

Try It!
Is the spinner shown a fair spinner? If yes, explain why. If not, describe a change that could make the spinner fair.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 6

Answer:
Yes, the spinner is not a fair spinner.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the fair spinner is on the 12 hands.
12/6 = 2.
so the spinner is not a fair spinner.

KEY CONCEPT
The probability that something will occur is a value from 0 to 1, which describes its likelihood. You can write probability as a ratio, such as 1 out of 2, or 3, or as a percent, such as 50%.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 7

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
Essential Question What is probability?

Answer:
The probability of a given event is an expression of the likelihood of occurrence of an event.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
probability of a given event is an expression of the likelihood of occurrence of an event.
a probability is a number that ranges from 0 to 1.
there are so many types of probabilities are there.
they are theoretical probability and experimental probability.
for example:
0 for an event that cannot occur.
1 for an event that can occur.

Question 2.
Construct Arguments How can you use probability to draw conclusions about the likelihood that something will occur?

Answer:
0 for an event that cannot occur.
1 for an event that can occur.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
probability of a given event is an expression of the likelihood of occurrence of an event.
a probability is a number that ranges from 0 to 1.
there are so many types of probabilities are there.
they are theoretical probability and experimental probability.
for example:
0 for an event that cannot occur.
1 for an event that can occur.

Question 3.
Reasoning Why is probability limited to numbers between 0 and 1?

Answer:
The probability limited to numbers between 0 and 1 is 0.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
probability of a given event is an expression of the likelihood of occurrence of an event.
a probability is a number that ranges from 0 to 1.
there are so many types of probabilities are there.
they are theoretical probability and experimental probability.
for example:
0 for an event that cannot occur.
1 for an event that can occur.

Math Grade 7 Probability 4

Do You Know How?
Allie is going to select a card from the group of cards shown. Complete each statement.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 8

Question 4.
The probability that Allie will select a card labeled 3 is _________ out of 10, or _________%.

Answer:
The probability that Allie will select a card labeled 3 is 2 out of 10, or 0.002.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Allie is going to select a card from the group of cards shown.
3 is 2 out of 10.
3 is 2/10.
3 is 1/5 = 0.2.

Question 5.
Because the probability that each number will be selected is not _________, the group of cards is not fair.

Answer:
Because the probability that each number will be selected is not fair, the group of cards is not fair.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Allie is going to select a card from the group of cards shown.
5 out of 10 is 5/10 = 1/2.
so the probability that each number will be selected is not fair.

Question 6.
It is _________ that Allie will select a card labeled with a number less than 6.

Answer:
5/10 = 1/2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Allie is going to select a card from the group of cards shown.
It is 5 that Allie will select a card labeled with a number less than 6.
5/10 = 1/2.

Question 7.
It is _________ that Allie will select a card labeled 4.

Answer:
It is 4/10 that Allie will select a card labeled 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Allie is going to select a card from the group of cards shown
it is 4/10 that Allie will select a card labeled 4.
4/10 = 2/5.
2/5 = 0.4.

Practice & Problem Solving

Leveled Practice In 8-10, fill in the boxes to complete each statement.

Question 8.
A spinner has 8 equal-sized sections. Six of the sections are green.

Answer:
6 out of 8 sections are green.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
A spinner has 8 equal-sized sections. Six of the sections are green.
6/8 = 3/4.
6 out of 8 sections are green.
3/4 = 0.75.

a. What is the probability that the spinner will land on green?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 9

Answer:
The missing numbers are 6, 3, and 75%.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
6 out of 8.
6/8 = 3/4.
3/4 = 0.75.
0.75/100 = 75.
so the missing numbers are 6, 3, and 75%.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-7th-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Probability-2

b. Use words to describe the probability.
It is _________ that the spinner will land on green.

Answer:
It is 6 out of 8 that the spinner will land on the green.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
6 out of 8.
6/8 = 3/4.
3/4 = 0.75.

Question 9.
Marcus is rolling a number cube with sides labeled 1 to 6.
a. The probability that the number cube will _________ show 10 is _________.

Answer:

b. It is _________ that the number cube will show 10.
Answer:

Question 10.
Of the marbles in a bag, 3 are yellow, 2 are red, and 2 are blue. Sandra will randomly choose one marble from the bag.
a. The probability that Sandra will choose a blue marble from the bag is _________ out of _________, or _________.

Answer:
The probability that Sandra will choose a blue marble from the bag is 1 out of 7 marbles or 1/7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Of the marbles in a bag, 3 are yellow, 2 are red, and 2 are blue.
Sandra will randomly choose one marble from the bag.
3 + 2 + 2 = 7.
1 out of 7.
1/7 is 0.142.

b. It is _________ that sandra will choose a blue marble from the bag.

Answer:
It is 1/7 that Sandra will choose a blue marble from the bag.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Of the marbles in a bag, 3 are yellow, 2 are red, and 2 are blue.
Sandra will randomly choose one marble from the bag.
3 + 2 + 2 = 7.
1 out of 7.
1/7.

Question 11.
Suppose you have a bag with 20 letter tiles in it, and 3 of the tiles are labeled Y. Suppose a second bag has 500 letter tiles in it, and 170 of the tiles are labeled Y. From which bag are you more likely to pick a tile that is labeled Y? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 10

Answer:
We will choose the bag with 20 letter tiles.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
you have a bag with 20 letter tiles in it, and 3 of the tiles are labeled Y.
20/3 = 6.6.
Suppose a second bag has 500 letter tiles in it, and 170 of the tiles are labeled Y.
500/170 = 2.9.
so we will choose the bag with 20 letter tiles.

Math Grade 7 Probability 5.jpg

Question 12.
Make Sense and Persevere Suppose you have a bag of 40 marbles, and 20 of them are white. If you choose a marble without looking, the probability that you choose a white marble is \(\frac{20}{40}\). Describe the probability.

Answer:
The probability is 20/40 is 0.5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
you have a bag of 40 marbles, and 20 of them are white.
If you choose a marble without looking, the probability that you choose a white marble is \(\frac{20}{40}\).
20/40 = 1/2.
1/2 = 0.5.

Question 13.
Suppose Nigel has a bag of colored wristbands, and he chooses one without looking. The bag contains a total of 25 wristbands and 6 of the wristbands are blue.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 11

Answer:
1 out of 25 = 0.04.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Nigel has a bag of colored wristbands, and he chooses one without looking.
The bag contains a total of 25 wristbands and 6 of the wristbands are blue.
1 out of 25.
1/25.

a. What is the probability that Nigel will choose a blue wristband?

Answer:
The probability is 6/25.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Nigel has a bag of colored wristbands, and he chooses one without looking.
The bag contains a total of 25 wristbands and 6 of the wristbands are blue.
6 out of 25.
6/25.
so the probability that Nigel will choose a blue wristband.

b. Is it likely, unlikely, or neither likely nor unlikely that Nigel will choose a blue wristband?

Answer:
It is neither likely nor unlikely that Nigel will choose a blue wristband.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Nigel has a bag of colored wristbands, and he chooses one without looking.
The bag contains a total of 25 wristbands and 6 of the wristbands are blue.
6 out of 25.
6/25.

Question 14.
A box contains four equal-sized cards labeled 1, 3, 5, and 7. Tim will select one card from the box.
a. What is the probability that Tim will select a card labeled 4?

Answer:
The probability that Tim will select a card labeled 4 is 1/4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
A box contains four equal-sized cards labeled 1, 3, 5, and 7.
1, 3, 5, and 7.
4 out of 16.
4/16 = 1/4.

b. What is the probability that Tim will select a card labeled with a number less than 6?

Answer:
The probability that Tim will select a card labeled with a number less than 6 is 5/16.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The probability that Tim will select a card labeled with a number less than 6.
5 out of 16.
5/16.
0.3125.

c. What is the probability that Tim will select a card labeled with an odd number?

Answer:
The probability that Tim will select a card labeled with an odd number is 5/16.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The probability that Tim will select a card labeled with an odd number.
5 out of 16.
5/16.
0.3125.

Question 15.
Model with Math Henry is going to color a spinner with 10 equal-sized sections. Three of the sections will be orange and 7 of the sections will be purple. Is this spinner fair? If so, explain why. If not, explain how to make it a fair spinner.

Answer:
Yes, It is fair.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Henry is going to color a spinner with 10 equal-sized sections.
Three of the sections will be orange and 7 of the sections will be purple.
3/10 and 7/10.
3 out of 10.
7 out of 10.
7 + 3 = 10.
so it is fair.

Question 16.
Higher Order Thinking Without being able to calculate probability, describe the likelihood that the following event will occur.
All 21 students in a class share the same birthday.

Answer:
The probability is 1.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Without being able to calculate probability,
describe the likelihood that the following event will occur.
All 21 students in a class share the same birthday.
21/ 21 = 1.
it is the like event.

Assessment Practice
Question 17.
After many studies, a researcher finds that the probability that a word recognition app correctly interprets a handwritten word is \(\frac{9}{10}\). Which statement is true?
A It is impossible that the handwritten word will be correctly interpreted.
B It is unlikely that the handwritten word will be correctly interpreted.
C It is likely that the handwritten word will be correctly interpreted.
D It is certain that the handwritten word will be correctly interpreted.

Answer:
Option A is correct.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
After many studies, a researcher finds that the probability that a word recognition app correctly interprets a handwritten word is 9/10.
9 out of 10 words.
9/10.
it is impossible that the handwritten word will be correctly interpreted.
so option A is correct.

Question 18.
A bag contains 8 letter tiles of the same size. The tiles are labeled either A, B, C, D, E, or F. Three of the tiles are labeled C. If Corey selects 1 tile from the bag without looking, is the selection of letters fair? Explain.

Answer:
Yes, the selection of letters is fair.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
A bag contains 8 letter tiles of the same size.
The tiles are labeled either A, B, C, D, E, or F.
Three of the tiles are labeled C.
1 out of 8.
1/8.
so the selection of letters is fair.

Lesson 7.2 Understand Theoretical Probability

Solve & Discuss It!

Betty and Carl will conduct an experiment. They will flip a coin 100 times and record the result of each flip. What should they expect the results of their experiment to be? Justify your answer.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 12
I can… determine the theoretical probability of an event.

Answer:
The theoretical probability of an event is 1/100, 2/100, ….. 100/100.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Betty and Carl will conduct an experiment.
They will flip a coin 100 times and record the result of each flip.
so the theoretical probability of an event is,
1/100, 2/100, .. 50/100, …. 100/100.

Focus on math practices
Look for Relationships How would their expected results change if Betty and Carl flipped a coin 500 times?

Essential Question
How can the probability of an event help make predictions?

Try It!
If Talia and Yoshi redesign their spinner to have 14 sections instead of 16 sections, would they likely have more or fewer winners? Explain why.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 13

Answer:
They have fewer winners.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
If Talia and Yoshi redesign their spinner to have 14 sections instead of 16 sections.
14/2 = 7.
16/2 = 8.
so they have fewer winners.

Convince Me! If there are always 2 red sections, how does the number of total sections in the spinner relate to the theoretical probability of winning this game?

Answer:
The probability of winning this game is 2 out of 14.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
If there are always 2 red sections, how does the number of total sections in the spinner relate to the theoretical probability of winning this game?
2/14 = 1/7.
so the probability of the game is 2/14.

Try It!
Joaquin wants to reduce the number of winners so he does not have to prepare as many prizes. Choose another sum he could use as a winning sum, and predict the number of winners if 500 people play his game.

Answer:
The number of winners is 10.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Joaquin wants to reduce the number of winners so he does not have to prepare as many prizes.
500/50 = 10.
so the number of winners is 10.

KEY CONCEPT
You can determine the theoretical probability of an event, Plevent), if you know all the possible outcomes and they are equally likely.
+ number of favorable outcomes
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 14

You can use theoretical probability and proportional reasoning to make predictions, such as in a game situation.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 15

Do You Understand?

Question 1.
Essential Question How can the probability of an event help make predictions?

Answer:
The number of favorable outcomes/ total number of possible outcomes is equal to the number of winning outcomes/ total number of possible outcomes.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the probability of an event help make predictions are:
the number of favorable outcomes/ total number of possible outcomes is equal to the number of winning outcomes/ total number of possible outcomes.

Question 2.
Construct Arguments A game board has a spinner with 10 equal-sized sections, of which 4 are green, 3 are blue, 2 are yellow, and 1 is red. What is the sum of the probabilities of the pointer landing in the green, blue, yellow, and red sections? Explain.

Answer:
p(event) = 1/5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
A game board has a spinner with 10 equal-sized sections, of which 4 are green, 3 are blue, 2 are yellow, and 1 is red.
the sum of the probabilities of the pointer landing in the green, blue, yellow, and red.
p(event) = number of favorable outcomes/total number of possible outcomes.
p(event) = 4 / 10 + 4 + 3 + 2 + 1.
p(event) = 4/20.
p(event) = 1/5.

Question 3.
Reasoning What does it mean that there is an equal theoretical probability of each outcome? Explain.

Answer:
The theoretical probability of each outcome = number of favorable outcomes/ total number of possible outcomes.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the probability of an event help make predictions are:
the number of favorable outcomes/ total number of possible outcomes is equal to the number of winning outcomes/ total number of possible outcomes.

Do You Know How?
In 4-6, Monique rolls a six-sided number cube labeled 1 to 6.

Question 4.
Find P(rolling a 4).

Answer:
p(rolling a 4) = 4/6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Monique rolls a six-sided number cube labeled 1 to 6.
p(rolling a 4) = number of favorable outcomes/ total number of possible outcomes.
p(rolling a 4) = 4/6.

Question 5.
Find P(rolling an odd number).

Answer:
p(rolling an odd number) = 3/6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Monique rolls a six-sided number cube labeled 1 to 6.
p(rolling an odd number) = number of favorable outcomes/ total number of possible outcomes.
p(rolling an odd number) = 3/6.

Question 6.
If Monique rolls the number cube 12 times, how many times would she expect a number greater than 4 to be rolled?

Answer:
The number of times would she expect a number greater than 4 to be rolled = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
If Monique rolls the number cube 12 times.
p(event) = 4/12.
p(event) = 1/3.
so the number of times would she expect a number greater than 4 to be rolled = 3.

Practice & Problem Solving
Leveled Practice In 7-9, complete each statement.

Question 7.
A spinner has 8 equal-sized sections. To win the game, the pointer must land on a yellow section.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 16

Answer:
P(yellow) = 2/8 = 1/4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
A spinner has 8 equal-sized sections.
2/8 = 1/4.
so to win the game the pointer must land on a yellow section is 1/4.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-7th-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Probability-3

Question 8.
Natalie is playing a game using a fair coin. Contestants win the game if the fair coin lands tails up.
The theoretical probability that the coin will land tails up is _________.
If 250 contestants play the game, about of them are expected to win.

Answer:
250/250 = 1.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Natalie is playing a game using a fair coin.
Contestants win the game if the fair coin lands tail up.
If 250 contestants play the game, about of them are expected to win.
so the theoretical probability = 1.

Question 9.
In a different game, the probability of correctly guessing which of 5 boxes contains a tennis ball is \(\frac{1}{5}\). About how many winners would be expected if 60 contestants play the game?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 17
X = _________ winners

Answer:
The number of winners would be expected if 60 contestants play the game = 12.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the probability of correctly guessing which of 5 boxes contains a tennis ball is 1/5.
1/5 = x/60.
x = 1/5 x 60.
x = 12.
so the number of winners would be expected if 60 contestants play the game = 12.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-7th-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Probability-4

Question 10.
Make Sense and Persevere A 12-sided solid has equal-sized faces numbered 1 to 12.
a. Find P(number greater than 10).
b. Find P(number less than 5).
c. If the 12-sided solid is rolled 200 times, how many times would you expect either a 4, 6, or 9 to be rolled?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 18

Answer:
a. p (number gteater than 10) = 10/12.
b. p(number less than 5) = 5/12.
c. 12-sided solid is rolled 200 times = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
A 12-sided solid has equal-sized faces numbered 1 to 12.
a. p (number gteater than 10) = 10/12.
b. p(number less than 5) = 5/12.
c. 12-sided solid is rolled 200 times = 6.

Question 11.
Tamara finds the sum of two number cubes rolled at the same time. The chart below shows all possible sums from the 36 possible combinations when rolling two number cubes. How many times should Tamara expect the sum of the two cubes to be equal to 5 if she rolls the two number cubes 180 times?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 19

Answer:
The number of times should Tamara expect the sum of the two cubes to be equal to 5 is 36 times.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Tamara finds the sum of two number cubes rolled at the same time.
The chart below shows all possible sums from the 36 possible combinations when rolling two number cubes.
180/5 = 36.
so the number of times should Tamara expect the sum of the two cubes to be equal to 5 is 36 times.

Question 12.
Higher Order Thinking A store is giving every customer who enters the store a scratch-off card labeled with numbers from 1 to 10. It is equally likely that any of the numbers from 1 to 10 will be labeled on a given card. If the card is an even number, the customer gets a 15% discount on a purchase. If the card is an odd number greater than 6, the customer gets a 30% discount. Otherwise, the discount is 20%.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 20

a. What is the probability for each discount?
15% discount: _________
20% discount: _________
30% discount: _________

Answer:
A card is an even number the customer gets a 15% discount.
if the card is an odd number greater than 6 the customer gets a 30% discount.
a card is an odd number the customer gets a 20% discount.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
A store is giving every customer who enters the store a scratch-off card labeled with numbers from 1 to 10.
It is equally likely that any of the numbers from 1 to 10 will be labeled on a given card.
If the card is an even number, the customer gets a 15% discount on a purchase.
A card is an even number the customer gets a 15% discount.
if the card is an odd number greater than 6 the customer gets a 30% discount.
a card is an odd number the customer gets a 20% discount.

b. The store manager gives out 300 scratch-off cards. Which discount will the greatest number of customers likely receive? Explain.

Answer:
The greatest number of customers likely receive is 3%.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The store manager gives out 300 scratch-off cards.
300/100 = 3.
so the greatest number of customers likely receive is 3%.

Assessment Practice

Question 13.
A spinner is divided into 4 equal parts. 1 part is colored red, 2 parts are colored blue, and 1 part is colored yellow. The spinner is spun 1,000 times. Select all of the reasonable possible outcomes.
☐ The spinner lands on blue 445 times.
☐ The spinner lands on red 430 times.
☐ The spinner lands on blue 290 times.
☐ The spinner lands on yellow 200 times.
☐ The spinner lands on red 290 times.

Answer:
The spinner lands on blue 445 times.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
A spinner is divided into 4 equal parts.
1 part is colored red, 2 parts are colored blue, and 1 part is colored yellow.
The spinner is spun 1,000 times.
1000/2 = 500.
so the spinner lands on blue 445 times.

Question 14.
One thousand five hundred runners have signed up for a marathon. The probability of a runner finishing the race is \(\frac{11}{12}\). Approximately how many runners are expected to finish the race?

Answer:
The number of runners is expected to finish the race = 125.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
One thousand five hundred runners have signed up for a marathon.
The probability of a runner finishing the race is \(\frac{11}{12}\).
11/12 = 0.916.
1500 / 12 = 125.
so the number of runners are expected to finish the race = 125.

Lesson 7.3 Understand Experimental Probability

Solve & Discuss It!
Kevin is awarded a penalty shot. He will either score a goal or not score a goal. Are both outcomes equally likely? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 21
I can… determine the experimental probability of an event.

Look for Relationships
What might affect the outcome?

Answer:
Yes, both outcomes are equally likely.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Kevin is awarded a penalty shot.
He will either score a goal or not score a goal.
so both outcomes are equally likely.

Focus on math practices
Construct Arguments Lowe Senior High School’s soccer team won 12, lost 5, and tied in 3 of their first 20 games this season. Which outcome is most likely for the team’s next game? Explain your reasoning.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 22

Answer:
The outcome is most likely for the team’s next game is 0.15.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Lowe Senior High School’s soccer team won 12, lost 5, and tied in 3 of their first 20 games this season.
12/5 = 122.6.
3/20 = 0.15.
so the outcome is most likely for the team’s next game is 0.15.

Essential Question
How is experimental probability similar to and different from theoretical probability?

Try It!

During the second day of the school fair, Talia and Yoshi recorded 43 winners out of a total of 324 players. How does the actual number of winners compare to the expected number of winners?
Theoretical Probability
P(red) = \(\frac{1}{8}\) = 12.5%

Experimental Probability
\(\frac{1}{324}\) ≈ ________ %
This experimental probability is ________ than the theoretical probability.
There were ________ winners than expected.

Convince Me! Will experimental probability always be close to theoretical probability? Explain.

Try It!

Amir and Marvin continue until they each flip a coin 200 times. How do you expect Amir’s results and Marvin’s results to compare? How will their results compare with expected results based on theoretical probability?

Answer:
The expected results are based on theoretical probability = 100.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Amir and Marvin continue until they each flip a coin 200 times.
200/2 = 100.
so the expected results are based on theoretical probability = 100.

KEY CONCEPT
Relative frequency, or experimental probability, is based on the actual results of an experiment, while theoretical probability is based on calculated results from the knowledge of the possible outcomes. Experimental probability and theoretical probability may be close but are rarely exactly the same.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 23
The experimental probability tends to get closer to the theoretical probability of an experiment as more trials are conducted.

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
Essential Question How is experimental probability similar to and different from theoretical probability?

Answer:
The number of times an event occurs / total number of times the experiment is carried out.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Relative frequency, or experimental probability, is based on the actual results of an experiment,
while theoretical probability is based on calculated results from the knowledge of the possible outcomes.
Experimental probability = number of times an event occurs/ total number of times the experiment is carried out.
this value changes each time an experiment is carried out.

Question 2.
Construct Arguments How can experimental probability be used to make predictions?

Answer:
The number of times an event occurs / total number of times the experiment is carried out.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Relative frequency, or experimental probability, is based on the actual results of an experiment,
while theoretical probability is based on calculated results from the knowledge of the possible outcomes.
Experimental probability = number of times an event occurs/ total number of times the experiment is carried out.
this value changes each time an experiment is carried out.

Question 3.
Reasoning is experimental probability always close to theoretical probability? Explain.

Answer:
The number of times an event occurs / total number of times the experiment is carried out.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Relative frequency, or experimental probability, is based on the actual results of an experiment,
while theoretical probability is based on calculated results from the knowledge of the possible outcomes.
Experimental probability = number of times an event occurs/ total number of times the experiment is carried out.
this value changes each time an experiment is carried out.

Do You Know How?
In 4–6, complete each statement. Kelly flips a coin 20 times. The results are shown in the table, where “H” represents the coin landing heads up and “T” represents the coin landing tails up.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 24

Question 4.
The theoretical probability that the coin will land heads up is _________.

Answer:
The theoretical probability that the coin will land heads up is 9/20 times.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Kelly flips a coin 20 times.
the results were shown in the table.
T represents the coin landing tails up.
so the theoretical probability that the coin will land heads up is 9/20 times.

Question 5.
Based on the data, the experimental probability that the coin will land heads up is __________.

Answer:
The experimental probability that the coin will land heads up is 11/20 times.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Kelly flips a coin 20 times.
the results were shown in the table.
H represents the coin landing the heads up.
so the experimental probability that the coin will land heads up is 11/20 times.

Question 6.
The experimental probability is _________ than the theoretical probability.

Answer:
The experimental probability is greater than the theoretical probability.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Relative frequency, or experimental probability, is based on the actual results of an experiment,
while theoretical probability is based on calculated results from the knowledge of the possible outcomes.
Experimental probability = number of times an event occurs/ total number of times the experiment is carried out.
this value changes each time an experiment is carried out.

Practice & Problem Solving

Leveled Practice In 7 and 8, complete each statement.
Question 7.
The table shows the results of spinning a wheel 80 times.
What is the relative frequency of the event “spin a 3”?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 25
The relative frequency of the wheel landing on 3 is
\(\frac{\text { number of times an event occurs }}{\text { total number of trials }}\) = \(\frac{}{}\) = _________%

Answer:
The relative frequency of the wheel landing on 3 is 6 times.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The table shows the results of spinning a wheel 80 times.
The relative frequency of the wheel landing on 3 is
18/3 = 6.
so the relative frequency of the wheel landing on 3 is 6 times.

Question 8.
Liz flips a coin 50 times. The coin lands heads up 20 times and tails up 30 times. Complete each statement.
The theoretical probability of the coin landing heads up is __________
Based on Liz’s results, the experimental probability of the coin landing heads up is __________.
The theoretical probability is __________ than the experimental probability in this experiment.

Answer:
The theoretical probability of the coin landing heads up = 20/50.
the experimental probability of the coin landing heads up = 30/50.
the theoretical probability is less than the experimental probability in this experiment.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Liz flips a coin 50 times.
The coin lands head up 20 times and tails up 30 times.
20 out of 50 is 20/50.
30 out of 50 is 30/50.
The theoretical probability of the coin landing heads up = 20/50.
the experimental probability of the coin landing heads up = 30/50.
the theoretical probability is less than the experimental probability in this experiment.

Question 9.
Jess spins a pointer 25 times and finds an experimental probability of the pointer landing on 3 to be \(\frac{4}{25}\), or 16%. The theoretical probability of the spinner landing on 3 is , or 25%. Why might there be a significant difference between the theoretical and experimental probabilities?

Answer:
The experimental probability is less than the theoretical probability.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Jess spins a pointer 25 times and finds an experimental probability of the pointer landing on 3 to be \(\frac{4}{25}\), or 16%.
The theoretical probability of the spinner landing on 3 is, or 25%.
4/25 = 0.16.
0.16/100 = 16.
16 is less than 25.
so the experimental probability is less than the theoretical probability.

Question 10.
The table shows the results of a survey of 100 people randomly selected at an airport. Find the experimental probability that a person is going to City E.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 26

Answer:
The experimental probability that a person is going to city E is 8/100.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The table shows the results of a survey of 100 people randomly selected at an airport.
city A is 28 responses.
City B is 34 responses.
city C is 16 responses.
city D is 14 responses.
city E is 8 responses.
so the experimental probability that a person is going to city E is 8/100.

Question 11.
The theoretical probability of selecting a consonant at random from a list of letters in the alphabet is \(\frac{21}{26}\) Wayne opens a book, randomly selects a letter on the page, and records the letter. He repeats the experiment 200 times. He finds P(consonant) = 60%. How does the theoretical probability differ from the experimental probability? What are some possible sources for this discrepancy?

Answer:
Some possible sources for this discrepancy = 333.3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The theoretical probability of selecting a consonant at random from a list of letters in the alphabet is \(\frac{21}{26}\) Wayne opens a book, randomly selects a letter on the page and records the letter.
He repeats the experiment 200 times.
He finds P(consonant) = 60%.
21/26 = 0.8076.
60/100 = 6/10.
6/10 = 0.6.
200/ 0.6 = 333.3.

Question 12.
Higher Order Thinking Seven different names are written onto sticks and placed into a cup. A stick is chosen 100 times, out of which the name Grace is chosen 23 times. How do the theoretical probability and experimental probability compare? Explain why there is a discrepancy between them, if there is any.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 27

Answer:
The discrepancy between them is 4.347.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Seven different names are written onto sticks and placed into a cup.
A stick is chosen 100 times, out of which the name Grace is chosen 23 times.
100/23 = 4.347.
so the discrepancy between them is 4.347.

Question 13.
Each of three friends flips a coin 36 times. Angel records “tails” 20 times. Michael records “tails” 17 times. Fernanda records “tails” 23 times.
a. Find the relative frequency with which each friend records “tails”.

Answer:
The relative frequency with which each friend records tails is 15.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Each of three friends flips a coin 36 times.
Angel records “tails” 20 times.
Michael records “tails” 17 times.
Fernanda records “tails” 23 times.
20 + 17 + 23 = 60.
60/4 = 15.
so the relative frequency with which each friend records tails is 15.

b. Which friend has a relative frequency that is closest to the theoretical probability of flipping “tails” 36 times? Explain.

Answer:
Fernanda has a relative frequency that is closest to the theoretical probability of flipping tails.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Each of three friends flips a coin 36 times.
Angel records “tails” 20 times.
Michael records “tails” 17 times.
Fernanda records “tails” 23 times.
20 + 17 + 23 = 60.
60/4 = 15.
so the relative frequency that is closest to the theoretical probability of flipping tails is Fernanda.

Assessment Practice
Question 14.
In a survey, 125 people were asked to choose one card out of five cards labeled 1 to 5. The results are shown in the table. Compare the theoretical probability and experimental probability of choosing a card with the number 1.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 28

Answer:
The theoretical probability and experimental probability of choosing a card with the number 1 is 0.12 and 0.2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
In a survey, 125 people were asked to choose one card out of five cards labeled 1 to 5.
the theoretical property is 15/125.
15/125 = 0.12.
the experimental property is 25/125.
25/125 = 0.2.
so the theoretical probability and experimental probability of choosing a card with the number 1 are 0.12 and 0.2.

Question 15.
A basketball player makes 65% of all free throws in her first 5 seasons. In her 6th season she makes 105 out of 150 free throws. How does the observed frequency of her 6th season compare to the expected frequency? Provide a possible explanation for any similarities or differences in the frequencies.

Answer:
The difference is 0.57.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
A basketball player makes 65% of all free throws in her first 5 seasons.
In her 6th season, she makes 105 out of 150 free throws.
105/150 = 0.7.
65/5 = 13%.
0.7 – 0.13 = 0.57.
so the difference is 0.57.

Lesson 7.4 Use Probability Models

Explain It!

The Chess Club has 8 members. A new captain will be chosen by randomly selecting the name of one of the members. Leah and Luke both want to be captain. Leah says the chance that she will be chosen as captain is \(\frac{1}{2}\) because she is either chosen for captain or she is not. Luke says the chance that he is chosen is \(\frac{1}{8}\).
I can… use probability models to find probabilities of events.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 29

A. Construct Arguments Do you agree with Leah’s statement? Use a mathematical argument to justify your answer.

Answer:
Yes, I agree with Leah’s statement.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The Chess Club has 8 members.
A new captain will be chosen by randomly selecting the name of one of the members.
Leah and Luke both want to be captains.
Leah says the chance that she will be chosen as captain is \(\frac{1}{2}\) because she is either chosen for a captain or she is not.
so I agree with Leah’s statement.

B. Construct Arguments Do you agree with Luke’s statement? Use . a mathematical argument to justify your answer.

Answer:
Yes, Luke was also correct.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The Chess Club has 8 members.
A new captain will be chosen by randomly selecting the name of one of the members.
Leah and Luke both want to be captains.
Luke says the chance that he is chosen is \(\frac{1}{8}\).
so I agree with Luke’s statement.

Focus on math practices
Look for Relationships How does the probability of Leah being chosen captain compare to the probability of Luke being chosen captain?

Essential Question
How can a model be used to find the probability of an event?

Try It!
Mr. Campbell decides that too many students are getting a pass on homework. He adds 10 yellow marbles to the jar. Tell whether each part of the probability model does or does not change.
The sample space _________ change. Each event within the sample space change. The probability of each event ________ change.
The new probability of drawing a red marble is P(R) = \(\frac{1}{}\)

Answer:
The sample space does not change.
Each event within the sample space change.
The probability of each event does not change.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Mr. Campbell decides that too many students are getting a pass on homework.
He adds 10 yellow marbles to the jar.
so the sample space does not change.
each event within the sample space change.
the probability of each event does not change.

Convince Me! How does a probability model help you predict how likely an event is to occur?

Try It!
To reduce the number of homework passes, which color of marble should Ms. Stillman use as the pass on homework? Explain.

Answer:
He should use red color marbles.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
to reduce the number of homework passes,
he should use red color marbles.

KEY CONCEPT
A probability model can help you evaluate a chance process and its outcomes. You can develop a model using theoretical or experimental probability. A probability model consists of the sample space of an action, events within the sample space, and probabilities associated with each event.
For rolling a number cube labeled from 1 through 6: Sample space, S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 30
P(1) = \(\frac{1}{6}\)
P(2) = \(\frac{1}{6}\)
P(3) = \(\frac{1}{6}\)
P(4) = \(\frac{1}{6}\)
P(5) = \(\frac{1}{6}\)
P(6) = \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
Essential Question How can a model be used to find the probability of an event?

Answer:
The probability of an event is to evaluate a chance process and its outcomes.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
A probability model can help you evaluate a chance process and its outcomes. You can develop a model using theoretical or experimental probability. A probability model consists of the sample space of action, events within the sample space, and probabilities associated with each event.
For rolling a number cube labeled from 1 through 6: Sample space, S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}.
so the probability of an event is to evaluate a chance process and its outcomes.

Question 2.
Construct Arguments How can you check the sample space of a probability model?

Answer:
The probability of an event is to evaluate a chance process and its outcomes.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
A probability model can help you evaluate a chance process and its outcomes. You can develop a model using theoretical or experimental probability. A probability model consists of the sample space of action, events within the sample space, and probabilities associated with each event.
For rolling a number cube labeled from 1 through 6: Sample space, S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}.
so the probability of an event is to evaluate a chance process and its outcomes.

Question 3.
Reasoning How does developing a probability model based on experimental probability help you evaluate a situation or make an estimate? Explain.

Answer:
The probability of an event is to evaluate a chance process and its outcomes.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
A probability model can help you evaluate a chance process and its outcomes. You can develop a model using theoretical or experimental probability. A probability model consists of the sample space of action, events within the sample space, and probabilities associated with each event.
For rolling a number cube labeled from 1 through 6: Sample space, S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}.
so the probability of an event is to evaluate a chance process and its outcomes.

Do You Know How?
Question 4.
Develop a probability model for the spinner shown.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 31

Answer:
P(1) = \(\frac{1}{5}\)
P(2) = \(\frac{1}{5}\)
P(3) = \(\frac{1}{5}\)
P(4) = \(\frac{1}{5}\)
P(5) = \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the spinner is on the 2 and 5.
if the spinner is on the 1 through 1/5.
if the spinner is on the 2 through 2/5.
if the spinner is on the 3 through 3/5.
if the spinner is on the 4 through 4/5.
if the spinner is on the 5 through 5/5.

Question 5.
Mr. Henry has a basket full of fruit. He does not know how many pieces of fruit are in the basket or the types of fruit. Each of the 20 students in his class selects one piece of fruit from the basket without looking, notes its fruit type, and then puts it back in the basket. Based on the results shown in the table, what can the students conclude about the probability of selecting an apple?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 32

Answer:
The probability of selecting an apple is 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Mr. Henry has a basket full of fruit.
He does not know how many pieces of fruit are in the basket or the types of fruit.
Each of the 20 students in his class selects one piece of fruit from the basket without looking, notes its fruit type, and then puts it back in the basket.
the number of pieces of fruit of apple is 5.
20/5 = 4.
4 x 5 = 20.
so the probability of selecting an apple is 4.

Question 6.
The probability model based on experimental probability for randomly selecting a marble from a bag is P(green) = \(\frac{18}{40}\), P(blue) = \(\frac{14}{40}\), and P(white) = \(\frac{8}{40}\). About how many marbles of each color are in the bag if there are 60 total marbles?

Answer:
The number of marbles of each color is in the bag if there are 60 total marbles = 25, 20, and 15.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
p(green) = 18/40.
p(blue) = 14/40.
p(white) = 8/40.
18 + 14 + 8 = 40.
25 + 20 + 15 = 60.
so p(green) = 25.
p(blue) = 20.
p(white) = 15.
so the number of marbles of each color is in the bag if there are 60 total marbles = 25, 20, and 15.

Practice & Problem Solving

Question 7.
Murray spins the pointer of the spinner shown at the right.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 33
a. What is the sample space for the probability model?

Answer:
The sample space for the probability model is 3/8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Murray spins the pointer of the spinner shown at the right.
the spinner is on the 3.
p(3/8) = 3/8.
so the sample space for the probability model is 3/8.

b. What is the probability of each event in the sample space?

Answer:
The probability of each event in the sample space = 1/8, 3/8, and 5/8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Murray spins the pointer of the spinner shown at the right.
if the spinner is on the 1.
p(1/8) = 1/8.
if the spinner is on the 3.
p(3/8) = 3/8.
so the probability of each event in the sample space = 1/8, 3/8, and 5/8.

Question 8.
Rafael spins the pointers of the two spinners shown at the right. Find the probability of each possible sum.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 34
P(sum 2) = __________
P(sum 3) = __________
P(sum 4) = __________
P(sum 5) = __________

Answer:
p(sum 2) =
p(sum 3) =
p(sum 4) =
p(sum 5) =

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,

Question 9.
Be Precise An arts and crafts store has a crate that contains glass, wood, and brass beads. Friends take turns choosing a bead without looking, recording the bead type, and returning the bead to the crate. The table shows the results of 300 selections.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 35
a. Write a probability model for choosing a bead.

Answer:
The model for choosing a bead = p(0.2), p(0.32), and p(0.48).

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
An arts and crafts store has a crate that contains glass, wood, and brass beads.
Friends take turns choosing a bead without looking, recording the bead type, and returning the bead to the crate.
glass = p(60/300) = p(0.2).
wood = p(96/300) = p(0.32).
brass = p(144/300) = p(0.48).
so the model for choosing a bead = p(0.2), p(0.32), and p(0.48).

b. Based on the frequencies in the table, estimate the number of each type of bead that will be chosen if the friends select a total of 450 beads from the crate.

Answer:
The friends select a total of 450 beads from the crate = p(0.2), p(0.32), and p(0.48).

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
An arts and crafts store has a crate that contains glass, wood, and brass beads.
Friends take turns choosing a bead without looking, recording the bead type, and returning the bead to the crate.
60 + 40 = 100.
96 + 54 = 150.
144 + 56 = 200.
100 + 150 + 200 = 450.
glass = p(100/450) = p(0.2).
wood = p(150/450) = p(0.32).
brass = p(200/450) = p(0.48).
so the friends select a total of 450 beads from the crate = p(0.2), p(0.32), and p(0.48).

Question 10.
A bag contains 14 green, 12 orange, and 19 purple tennis balls.
a. Create a probability model for choosing a tennis ball from the bag.

Answer:
The probability model for choosing a tennis ball from the bag = p(0.3), p(0.2), and p(0.4).

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
A bag contains 14 green, 12 orange, and 19 purple tennis balls.
14 + 12 + 19 = 45.
p(green) = p(14/45).
p(orange) = p(12/45).
p(purple) = p(19/45).
so the probability model for choosing a tennis ball from the bag = p(0.3), p(0.2), and p(0.4).

b. Suppose a tennis ball is randomly selected and then replaced 75 times. How many orange tennis balls do you expect? Explain.

Answer:
The number of orange tennis balls does you expert = p(20/45).

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Suppose a tennis ball is randomly selected and then replaced 75 times.
14 + 11 = 25.
12 + 8 = 20.
19 + 11 = 30.
25 + 20 + 30 = 75.
so the number of orange tennis balls does you expert = p(20/45).

Question 11.
Given that Pred pepper) = \(\frac{3}{5}\), write another probability statement to complete the probability model of a random pepper selection from the box below.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 36

Answer:
The probability model of a random pepper is p(pepper) = 5/14.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
P(red pepper) = \(\frac{3}{5}\).
total there are 14 trays.
I chooses 5 trays.
p(pepper) = p(5/14).
so the probability model of a random pepper is p(pepper) = 5/14.

Question 12.
Higher Order Thinking A survey asked 600 people for their favorite genre of book. The table shows the number of people who preferred four possible genres.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 37
a. How many people surveyed responded with a genre that is not listed in the table?

Answer:
The number of people surveyed responded with a genre that is not listed in the table = 126.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
A survey asked 600 people for their favorite genre of book.
the people who selected Adventure is 90.
the people who selected comedy is 102.
the people who selected Mystery is 150.
the people who selected Romance is 132.
90 + 102 + 150 + 132 = 474.
600 – 474 = 126.
so the number of people surveyed responded with a genre that is not listed in the table = 126.

b. Find the probabilities and complete a probability model to describe each response, including “other genre”.

Answer:
The probabilities are p(0.18), p(0.21), p(0.31), and p(0.27).

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
A survey asked 600 people for their favorite genre of book.
the people who selected Adventure is 90.
the people who selected comedy is 102.
the people who selected Mystery is 150.
the people who selected Romance is 132.
p(90/474) = p(0.18).
p(102/474) = p(0.21).
p(150/474) = p(0.31).
p(132/474) = p(0.27).
so the probabilities are p(0.18), p(0.21), p(0.31), and p(0.27).

Assessment Practice
Question 13.
One hundred people buy gum balls from a gum ball machine. 45 of them get a red gum ball, 40 get a blue gum ball and 15 get a yellow gum ball.

PART A
Develop a probability model to predict the color of the next gum ball purchased. Compare the probability of getting a red gum ball to the probability of getting a yellow gum ball.

Answer:
The probabilities are p(0.45), p(0.4), and p(0.15).

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
One hundred people buy gumballs from a gumball machine.
45 of them get a red gumball, 40 get a blue gumball and 15 get a yellow gumball.
p(red) = p(45/100).
p(blue) = p(40/100).
p(yellow) = p(15/100).
so the probabilities are p(0.45), p(0.4), and p(0.15).

PART B
Of the next 10 people to buy gum balls, 7 get yellow, 1 gets red and 2 get blue. Explain a possible reason for this outcome.

Answer:
The probabilities are p(0.7), p(0.1), and p(0.2).

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
One hundred people buy gumballs from a gumball machine.
45 of them get a red gumball, 40 get a blue gumball and 15 get a yellow gumball.
p(red) = p(1/10).
p(blue) = p(2/10).
p(yellow) = p(7/10).
so the probabilities are p(0.7), p(0.2), and p(0.1).

Topic 7 MID-TOPIC CHECKPOINT

Question 1.
Vocabulary How does the theoretical probability of the event “flip heads” change when a coin is flipped more times in an experiment? Lesson 7-2
A. increases; there are more chances for heads to be flipped
B. decreases; there are more chances for tails to be flipped
C. does not change
D. increases; all values increase

Answer:
Option A is correct.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the theoretical probability of the event “flip heads” changes when a coin is flipped more times in an experiment.
so it is increased.
there are more chances for heads to be flipped.
so option A is correct.

In 2-4, use the information given. Brianna has a bag of marbles that are all the same size. Of all the marbles in the bag, there are 6 red, 7 white, 3 black, and 4 green marbles.
Question 2.
Select all the likelihood statements that are true. Lesson 7-1
☐ It is impossible that Brianna will draw a blue marble.
☐ It is more likely that Brianna will draw a black marble than a green marble.
☐ It is certain that Brianna will draw either a red, white, black, or green marble.
☐ It is unlikely that Brianna will draw a black marble.
☐ It is neither likely nor unlikely that Brianna will draw a green marble.

Answer:
Options C, D, and E are correct.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Brianna has a bag of marbles that are all the same size.
Of all the marbles in the bag, there are 6 red, 7 white, 3 black, and 4 green marbles.
it is certain that Brianna will draw either a red, white, black, or green marble.
it is unlikely that Brianna will draw a black marble.
it is neither likely nor unlikely that Brianna will draw a green marble.
so options C, D, and E are correct.

Question 3.
Ryan asks 80 people to choose a marble, note the color, and replace the marble in Brianna’s bag. The results of the random marble selections in this experiment are: 34 red, 18 white, 9 black, and 19 green marbles. How does the theoretical probability compare with the experimental probability of drawing a white marble? Lessons 7-2 and 7-3
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 38

Answer:
The theoretical probability is equal to the experimental probability.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Ryan asks 80 people to choose marble, note the color, and replace the marble in Brianna’s bag.
The results of the random marble selections in this experiment are 34 red, 18 white, 9 black, and 19 green marbles.
34 + 18 + 9 + 19 = 80.
p(white) = p(18/80).
p(white) = p(0.225).
so the theoretical probability is equal to the experimental probability.

Question 4.
Write a probability model for this experiment, and use the probability model to predict how many times Brianna would pick a green marble if she chose a marble 50 times. Give the probabilities as simplified fractions. Lesson 7-4
Drawing a red marble: __________
Drawing a black marble: __________
Drawing a white marble: __________
Drawing a green marble: __________
Brianna would draw __________ green marbles in 50 tries.

Answer:
Drawing red marble is p(25/50) = p(0.5).

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Brianna would pick a green marble if she chose a marble 50 times.
34 – 9 = 25.
18 – 8 = 10.
9 – 4 = 5.
19 – 9 = 10.
drawing red marble is p(red) = p(25/50).
25/50 = 1/2.
so drawing red marble is p(0.5).

Question 5.
Jewel spins the pointer of a spinner. The spinner has 7 equal-sized sections labeled 1 to 7. What is the probability that Jewel will spin a 7? Lessons 7-2 and 7-4

Answer:
The probability that Jewel will spin a 7 is p(1).

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Jewel spins the pointer of a spinner.
The spinner has 7 equal-sized sections labeled 1 to 7.
p(7/7) = p(1).
so the probability that Jewel will spin a 7 is p(1).

Topic 7 MID-TOPIC PERFORMANCE TASK

Viet, Quinn, and Lucy are going to play Bingo, using a standard game set. They make some predictions before the game begins. The table shows how the numbers match with the letters B, I, N, G, and O.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 39

PART A
Viet makes a probability model to describe the probability of each number being called first. Quinn makes a probability model to describe the probability of any particular letter being called first. Compare the probability models.

Answer:
The probability models are (1/50), (16/30), (31/45), (46/60), and (61/75).

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Viet, Quinn, and Lucy are going to play Bingo, using a standard game set.
B – 1 to 15.
I – 16 to 30.
N – 31 to 45.
G – 46 to 60.
O – 61 to 75.
so the probability models are 1/50), (16/30), (31/45), (46/60), and (61/75).

PART B
Lucy makes a probability model to determine whether the first number drawn will be even or odd. Compare the different probabilities.

Answer:
The first probability model is odd.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the first number drawn is odd.
1 – 15.
15/75.
so the first probability model is odd.

PART C
Suppose the game changed to have 90 numbers, instead of 75 numbers, matched with the letters B, I, N, G, and O. How would Viet’s, Quinn’s, and Lucy’s probability models change? Explain.

Answer:
Lucy’s probability model change is 21/90.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
suppose the game changed to have 90 numbers., instead of 75 numbers.
so the B – 1 to 21.
I – 22 to 36.
N – 37 to 51.
G – 52 to 66.
O – 67 to 90.
so Lucy’s probability model change is 21/90.

3-Act Mathematical Modeling: Photo Finish

ACT 1
Question 1.
After watching the video, what is the first question that comes to mind?
Answer:

Question 2.
Write the Main Question you will answer.
Answer:

Question 3.
Construct Arguments Predict an answer to this Main Question. Explain your prediction.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 40
Answer:

Question 4.
On the number line below, write a number that is too small to be the answer. Write a number that is too large. Plot your prediction on the same number line.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answers Topic 7 Probability 41

Answer:
The too small is 0.01 and the large is 1.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number that is too small is 0.01.
it is the starting stage of the number line.
the number that is too large is 1.
it is the ending stage of the number line.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-7th-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Probability-7

ACT 2
Question 5.
What information in this situation would be helpful to know? How would you use that information?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 42
Answer:

Question 6.
Use Appropriate Tools What tools can you use to solve the problem? Explain how you would use them strategically.
Answer:

Question 7.
Model with Math Represent the situation using mathematics. Use your representation to answer the Main Question.
Answer:

Question 8.
What is your answer to the Main Question? Is it higher or lower than your prediction? Explain why.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 43
Answer:

ACT 3
Question 9.
Write the answer you saw in the video.
Answer:

Question 10.
Reasoning Does your answer match the answer in the video?
If not, what are some reasons that would explain the difference?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 44
Answer:

Question 11.
Make Sense and Persevere Would you change your model now that you know the answer? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 45

Answer:
The answer is 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the numbers on the figure are 1, 2, and 3.
1 + 2 + 3 = 6.
so the answer is 6.

ACT 3

Reflect
Question 12.
Model with Math Explain how you used a mathematical model to represent the situation. How did the model help you answer the Main Question?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 46
Answer:

Question 13.
Be Precise What vocabulary have you learned in this topic that helps you communicate the answer to the Main Question?
Answer:

SEQUEL
Question 14.
Generalize How would your answer change if a fifth person joined the race? A sixth person? If n people are running in the race?
Answer:

Lesson 7.5 Determine Outcomes of Compound Events

Solve & Discuss It!

Cameron packed two pairs of shorts and three T-shirts for a weekend trip. What are some combinations of shirts and shorts that Cameron can wear while on his trip? How many days will he have a different outfit to wear?
I can… find all possible outcomes of a compound event.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 47

Focus on math practices
Reasoning How would the number of different outfits change if Cameron packed a pair of khaki shorts? Explain.

Essential Question
How can all the possible outcomes, or sample space, of a compound event be represented?

Answer:
The number of times the possible outcomes are 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Cameron can wear 3 t-shirts in 3 days.
Cameron packed two pairs of shorts and three T-shirts for a weekend trip.
Cameron can wear 3 t-shirts in 3 days.
so the number of times the possible outcomes are 3.

Try It!
Jorge will flip two quarters at the same time. Complete the tree diagram, and then list the sample space of this compound event. Use H for heads and T for tails.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 48
The sample space is:______________

Answer:
The missing numbers are H, H, and T.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Jorge will flip two quarters at the same time.
two heads give the answer head.
two tails give the answer head.
so the missing numbers are H, H, and T.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-7th-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Probability-8

Convince Me! How does the sample space change when the number of quarters that Jorge flips is increased by 1?

Try It!
The bag contains tiles labeled with the letters A, B, and C. The box contains tiles labeled with the numbers 1, 2, and 3. June draws one letter tile and one number tile. Represent the sample space using either a table or an organized list.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 49

Answer:
The letter tiles are C/3 and 2/3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The bag contains tiles labeled with the letters A, B, and C.
The box contains tiles labeled with the numbers 1, 2, and 3.
C/3 and 2/3.
so the letter tiles are C/3 and 2/3.

KEY CONCEPT
A compound event is a combination of two or more events.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 50
An organized list, table, or tree diagram can be used to represent the sample space of a compound event. The sample space for flipping two coins consists of 4 outcomes.

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
Essential Question How can all the possible outcomes, or sample space, of a compound event be represented?

Answer:
A compound event is a combination of two or more events.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
two heads are equal to one tail.
one head and one tail are equal to head and tail.
two tails are equal to one head.
so compound event is a combination of two or more events.

Question 2.
Generalize Will a list, a table, and a tree diagram always give you the same number of outcomes for the same compound event? Explain.

Answer:
Yes, a table and a tree diagram always give the same number of outcomes.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
two heads are equal to one tail.
one head and one tail are equal to head and tail.
two tails are equal to one head.
so the table and a tree diagram always give the same number of outcomes.

Question 3.
Use Structure Shari is drawing a tree diagram to represent the sample space of rolling a 12-sided game piece and spinning the pointer of a 4-section spinner. Does it matter if Shari starts the tree diagram with the game piece outcomes or the spinner outcomes? Explain.

Answer:
The game piece outcomes = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Shari is drawing a tree diagram to represent the sample space of rolling a 12-sided game piece and spinning the pointer of a 4-section spinner.
12/4 = 3.
4 x 3 = 12.
so the game piece outcomes = 3.

Do You Know How?
Question 4.
Both Spinner A and Spinner B have equal-sized sections, as shown at the right. Make a table to represent the sample space when both spinners are spun.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 51

Answer:
The spinner A = 1, 2, and 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Both Spinner A and Spinner B have equal-sized sections, as shown on the right.
spinner B has the numbers 1, 2, and 3.
so the spinner A has 1, 2, and 3.

Question 5.
Tiles labeled with the letters X, Y, and Z are in a bag. Tiles labeled with the numbers 1 and 2 are in a box.
Make a tree diagram to represent the sample space of the compound event of selecting one tile from each container.

Answer:
Two x’s gives Y.
Two Y’s gives Z.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Tiles labeled with the letters X, Y, and Z are in a bag.
Tiles labeled with the numbers 1 and 2 are in a box.
1 – x, y, and z.
2 – x, y, and z.
so two x’s give y.
two y’s gives z.

Practice & Problem Solving

Leveled Practice In 6 and 7, find the number of outcomes for each event.
Question 6.
Oliver is playing a game in which he has to choose one of two numbers (2 or 7) and then one of five vowels (a, e, i, o, or u). How many possible outcomes are there?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 52
There are ________ possible outcomes.

Answer:
There are 7 possible outcomes.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Oliver is playing a game in which he has to choose one of two numbers (2 or 7).
and then one of five vowels (a, e, i, o, or u).
the events are 1/7, 2/7, 3/7, 4/7, 5/7, 6/7, and 1.
the vowels are a/7, e/7, i/7, o/7, and u/7.
so there are 7 possible outcomes.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-7th-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Probability-9

Question 7.
There are four stores that sell school supplies (S1, S2, S3, and S4) and three stores that sell sporting goods (G1, G2, and G3) nearby. How many possible combinations of stores could you visit to buy a tennis racquet and then a backpack?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 53
There are ________ possible combinations.

Answer:
There are 3 possible combinations.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
There are four stores that sell school supplies (S1, S2, S3, and S4) and three stores.
that sell sporting goods (G1, G2, and G3) nearby.
G1 – s1, s2, s3, and s4.
G2 – s2, s3, s4, and s1.
G3 – s3, s4, s3, and s2.
so there are 3 possible combinations.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-7th-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Probability-10

Question 8.
A bakery sells wheat, multigrain, rye, and oat bread. Each type of bread is available as a loaf or as dinner rolls.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 54
a. Complete the table to show all the possible outcomes for the types and styles of bread sold by the bakery.

Answer:

b. Find the number of possible outcomes.

Answer:
The number of possible outcomes is 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
A bakery sells wheat, multigrain, rye, and oat bread.
wheat – 2 items.
multigrain – 2 items.
rye – 2 items.
oat bread – 2 items.
2 + 2 + 2 + 2 = 8.
so the number of possible outcomes is 8.

Question 9.
Generalize How does the number of possible outcomes of a single event help you determine the total number of possible outcomes of a compound event?

Answer:
A compound event is a combination of two or more events.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
two heads are equal to one tail.
one head and one tail are equal to head and tail.
two tails are equal to one head.
so compound event is a combination of two or more events.

Question 10.
A new car can be purchased with a choice of four exterior colors (A, B, C, and D) and three interior colors (1, 2, and 3). Make an organized list of all the possible color combinations for the car.

Answer:
The organized list of all the possible color combinations for the car is 12.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
A new car can be purchased with a choice of four exterior colors (A, B, C, and D).
and three interior colors (1, 2, and 3).
4 x 3 = 12.
1 – A, B, C, and D.
2 – B, C, D, and A.
3 – C, D, A, and B.
so the organized list of all the possible color combinations for the car is 12.

Question 11.
Two friends each plan to order a fruit drink at the diner. The available flavors are kiwi (K), lemon (L), and watermelon (W). Make a list to represent all the possible outcomes of the friends’ fruit drink order. Write each outcome in the format (Friend 1, Friend 2).
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 55

Answer:
Each outcome is in format 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Two friends each plan to order a fruit drink at the diner.
The available flavors are kiwi (K), lemon (L), and watermelon (W).
2 friends – 3 flavors.
3 x 2 = 6.
1 – K, L, and W.
2 – K, L, and W.
so the number of outcomes is 6.

Question 12.
Plastic souvenir cups come in three different sizes: small (S), medium (M), and large (L). The available colors are red (R), white (w), and blue (B). Make a list to represent all the possible combinations of the different cups based on size and color. Write each outcome in the format (Size, Color).

Answer:
The number of outcomes = 9.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Plastic souvenir cups come in three different sizes: small (S), medium (M), and large (L).
The available colors are red (R), white (w), and blue (B).
red – 3.
white – 3.
blue – 3.
3 + 3 + 3 = 9.
so the number of outcomes = 9.

Question 13.
Higher Order Thinking Heidi’s older sister needs to take either Chemistry (C), Geometry (G), or Physics (P) this year. She can take the class during any one of six periods (1 through 6). Is there more than one way to draw a tree diagram to model this situation? Explain.

Answer:
Yes, there is more than one way.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Heidi’s older sister needs to take either Chemistry (C), Geometry (G), or Physics (P) this year.
She can take the class during any one of six periods (1 through 6).
1 – 3.
2 – 3.
3 – 3.
4 – 3.
5 – 3.
6 – 3.
3 + 3 + 3 + 3 + 3 + 3 = 18.
so there is more than one way.

Assessment Practice
Question 14.
A fruit basket has 6 oranges, 4 apples and 2 pears in it. 5 people each select a piece of fruit and eat it. Which of the following outcomes could represent this selection?
☐ All 5 people eat an orange.
☐ 1 person eats an orange, 4 people eat an apple.
☐ 2 people eat an orange, 3 people eat a pear.
☐ 3 people eat an orange, 1 person eats an apple, 1 person eats a pear.
☐ All 5 people eat an apple.

Answer:
Options B, C, and D are correct.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
A fruit basket has 6 oranges, 4 apples, and 2 pears in it.
5 people each select a piece of fruit and eat it.
6 + 4 + 2 = 12.
12/3 = 4.
so options B, C, and D are correct.

Question 15.
Royce has a collection of trading cards. 16 of his cards are baseball cards, 21 are football cards and 13 are basketball cards. He selects half of this collection and gives them to his friend. Which of the following represent possible outcomes of this selection?
☐ He gives his friend 6 baseball cards, 10 football cards and all of his basketball cards.
☐ He gives his friend 4 baseball cards and all of his football cards.
☐ He gives his friend only football cards.
☐ He gives his friend 8 baseball cards, 10 football cards and 7 basketball cards.
☐ He gives his friend all of his baseball and basketball cards.

Answer:
Options B, C, and D are correct.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Royce has a collection of trading cards.
16 of his cards are baseball cards, 21 are football cards and 13 are basketball cards.
16 + 21 + 13 = 50.
50/3 = 16.6.
so options B, C, and D are correct.

Lesson 7.6 Find Probabilities of Compound Events

Solve & Discuss It!
Talia is playing a game in which she must choose Option 1 or Option 2 and then spin the game wheel, flip the coin, and roll the number cube labeled 1 through 6. For her to win a prize, all the conditions listed under the chosen option must occur. Which option should Talia choose? Explain.
I can… find the probability of a compound event.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 56
Option 1
• The game wheel lands on S.
• The coin lands on tails.
• An even number is rolled.

Option 2
• The game wheel lands on Z.
• The coin lands on either side.
• The number 3 is rolled.

Answer:
Both the options are correct.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
in option 1 the game wheel lands on s.
the coil lands on tails.
an even number is rolled.
in option 2 the game wheel lands on z.
the coin lands on either side.
the number 3 is rolled.
so both the options are correct.

Look for Relationships
How can you use what you know about sample spaces to choose the best option?

Focus on math practices
Make Sense and Persevere Suppose an Option 3 was added to the game, with the conditions that the game wheel lands on Q, the coin lands on either side, and an odd number is rolled. Should Talia change her choice to Option 3? Explain.

Essential Question
How can a model help find the probability of a compound event?

Try It!
The designer of Flip ‘n’ Spin creates a new game using a 5-section spinner, as shown. How does the new spinner change the probability of winning a prize?
Using the 5-section spinner, the probability of winning a prize is ________ .
It is _________ likely that a player will win a prize when using the 5-section spinner than when using the 4-section spinner.

Answer:
It is more likely that a player will win a prize when using the 5-section spinner than when using the 4-section spinner.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The designer of Flip ‘n’ Spin creates a new game using a 5-section spinner, as shown.
if it is a 4-section spinner then it gives n/4.
if it is a 5 section spinner then it gives n/5.
so it is more likely that a player will win a prize when using the 5-section spinner than when using the 4-section spinner.

Convince Me! What generalization can you make about the number of sections on the spinner and the probability of winning a prize while playing the Flip ‘n’ Spin game?

Try It!
Is it more likely that a coin flipped 3 times will land heads up exactly once, or will land heads up exactly 2 twice? Explain using probability.

Answer:
Yes, two heads give tails and two tails give one head.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
two heads give one tail.
two tails give one head.
so two heads give tails and two tails give one head.

Try It!
Does Marc have a greater chance than Carly of winning the tickets to Carly? Explain using probability.
Answer:

KEY CONCEPT
The probability of a compound event can be represented by a ratio of the number of favorable outcomes to the total number of possible equally likely outcomes. You can use an organized list, a table, or a tree diagram to determine the number of favorable outcomes and the total number of possible outcomes.

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
Essential Question How can a model help find the probability of a compound event?

Answer:
The probability of a compound event can be represented by a ratio of the number of favorable outcomes to the total number of possible equally likely outcomes.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The probability of a compound event can be represented by a ratio of the number of favorable outcomes to the total number of possible equally likely outcomes.
we can organize an organized list, a table, or a tree diagram to determine the number of favorable outcomes and the total number of possible outcomes.

Question 2.
Generalize What do you know about the outcomes of a compound event displayed in an organized list, a table, or a tree diagram?

Answer:
The probability of a compound event can be represented by a ratio of the number of favorable outcomes to the total number of possible equally likely outcomes.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The probability of a compound event can be represented by a ratio of the number of favorable outcomes to the total number of possible equally likely outcomes.
we can organize an organized list, a table, or a tree diagram to determine the number of favorable outcomes and the total number of possible outcomes.

Question 3.
How does finding the probability of a compound event compare with finding the probability of a simple event?

Answer:
The probability of a compound event can be represented by a ratio of the number of favorable outcomes to the total number of possible equally likely outcomes.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The probability of a compound event can be represented by a ratio of the number of favorable outcomes to the total number of possible equally likely outcomes.
we can organize an organized list, a table, or a tree diagram to determine the number of favorable outcomes and the total number of possible outcomes.

Do You Know How?
Question 4.
One of three contestants will be randomly selected to win a prize. One of three different prizes will be randomly awarded to the contestant whose name is selected to win. The tree diagram shows all possible outcomes of this contest.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 57
What is the probability that Whitney will win Prize 2?

Answer:
The probability that Whitney will win prize 2 is 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
One of three contestants will be randomly selected to win a prize.
One of three different prizes will be randomly awarded to the contestant whose name is selected to win.
the contestants are Pedro, Whitney, and Bryan.
Pedro wins 3 prizes.
Whitney wins 3 prizes.
Bryan wins 3 prizes.
so the probability that Whitney will win prize 2 is 3.

Question 5.
The table shows all the possible outcomes for flipping a coin and spinning the pointer of a spinner with four equal-sized sections labeled 1 through 4.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 58
a. What is the probability that the pointer will stop on 3 and the coin will land on heads?

Answer:
The probability that the pointer will stop on 3 and the coin will land on heads = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are two combinations.
they are heads and tails.
heads 1 = 1 + 1 = 2.
heads 2 = 2 + 2 = 4.
heads 3 = 3 + 3 = 6.
heads 4 = 4 + 4 = 8.
so the probability that the pointer will stop on 3 and the coin will land on heads = 6.

b. What is the probability that the pointer will stop on an odd number and the coin will land on heads?

Answer:
The probability that the pointer will stop on an odd number and the coin will land on heads = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are two combinations.
they are heads and tails.
heads 1 = 1 + 1 = 2.
heads 2 = 2 + 2 = 4.
heads 3 = 3 + 3 = 6.
heads 4 = 4 + 4 = 8.
Practice & Problem Solving

Multimedia Leveled Practice in 6 and 7, find the probability of each event.
Question 6.
A fair coin is tossed twice in succession. The sample space is shown, where H represents heads up and T represents tails up. Find the probability of getting exactly one tail.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 59
There are _________ outcomes that have exactly one tail. There are _________ possible outcomes, which are equally likely.
P(exactly one tail) = __________, or _________ %

Answer:
P(exactly one tail) = 2 or 2%.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
A fair coin is tossed twice in succession.
The sample space is shown, where H represents heads up and T represents tails up.
toss1 and toss2.
in toss1 there are 2 heads, 2 tails.
p(exactly one tail) = 2 or 2%.

Question 7.
The tree diagram shows the sample space of two-digit numbers that can be created using the digits 2, 6, 7, and 9. What is the probability of choosing a number from the sample space that contains both 9 and 6?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 60
There are _________ outcomes that include both 9 and 6. There are _________ possible outcomes, which are equally likely
P(9 and 6) = __________, or __________ %

Answer:
The probability of choosing a number from the sample space that contains both 9 and 6 = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The tree diagram shows the sample space of two-digit numbers that can be created using the digits 2, 6, 7, and 9.
the probability of choosing a number from the sample space that contains both 9 and 6:
in 1st diagram, there is 1 combination.
in the 2nd diagram, there is 1 combination.
in the 3rd diagram, there is 1 combination.
in the 4th diagram, there is 1 combination.
so the probability of choosing a number from the sample space that contains both 9 and 6 = 4.

Question 8.
The table shows the possible outcomes of spinning the given spinner and flipping a fair coin. Find the probability of the coin landing heads up and the pointer landing on either 1, 2, or 4.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 61

Answer:
The probability of the coin landing heads up and the pointer landing on 1.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The table shows the possible outcomes of spinning the given spinner and flipping a fair coin.
on coin 1 the pointer landing up.
so the probability of the coin landing heads up and the pointer landing on 1.

Question 9.
The organized list shows all the possible outcomes when three fair coins are flipped. The possible outcomes of each flip are heads (H) and tails (T). What is the probability that at least 2 fair coins land heads up when 3 are flipped?
Sample Space
HHT
HTH
HTT
THH
THT
ΤΤΗ
TTT

Answer:
HHT, HTH, THH.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The organized list shows all the possible outcomes when three fair coins are flipped.
The possible outcomes of each flip are heads (H) and tails (T).
HTH, HTH, and THH.

Question 10.
Look for Relationships Gary spins two game wheels at the carnival. He will win a prize if both of the wheels land on any red section. How does the chance of winning change if different game wheels are used with more sections that aren’t red?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 62

Answer:

Question 11.
Model with Math Each week, a clothing store gives away a shirt to a lucky customer. The shirts vary by sleeve type (Long, Short, No Sleeve) and color (Gray, Blue, Pink). Draw a tree diagram to represent the sample space. What is the probability that the free shirt will have either long or short sleeves and be either pink or blue?

Answer:
The probability that the free shirt will have either long or short sleeves and be either pink, blue, and gray.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Each week, a clothing store gives away a shirt to a lucky customer.
The shirts vary by sleeve type (Long, Short, No Sleeve) and color (Gray, Blue, Pink).
the gray color shirt has a sleeve type and no sleeve.
the blue color shirt has a sleeve type and no sleeve.
the pink color shirt has a sleeve type and no sleeve.
so the probability that the free shirt will have either long or short sleeves and be either pink, blue, and gray.

Question 12.
Higher Order Thinking The table shows the sample space of picking a 2-character password using the letters Y, B, R, O, G, and P. If double letters are not allowed, what is the probability of choosing a password with no Y’s? With no O’s? Is one probability greater than the other? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 63

Answer:
The probability of choosing a password with no y’s = 20.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The table shows the sample space of picking a 2-character password using the letters Y, B, R, O, G, and P.
there is a number of possibilities of choosing a password with no y’s.
there is a number of possibilities of choosing a password with no o’s.
so the probability of choosing a password with no y’s = 20.

Assessment Practice
Question 13.
A single number cube is rolled twice.
PART A
Determine the number of possible outcomes. Explain how you know you have found all the possible outcomes.

PART B
Find the probability of rolling two numbers that have a sum equal to 10.
Answer:

Lesson 7.7 Simulate Compound Events

Solve & Discuss It!
Jillian lands the beanbag on the board in about half of her attempts in a beanbag toss game. How can she predict the number of times she will get the beanbag in the hole in her next 5 attempts using a coin toss?
I can… simulate a compound event to approximate its probability.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 64

Make Sense and Persevere
How can you use what you know about the theoretical probability of landing heads-up or tails-up?

Focus on math practices
Use Appropriate Tools When might it be useful to model a scenario with a coin or other tool?

Essential Question
How can you use simulations to determine the probability of events?

Try It!
There is a 50% chance that a volleyball team will win any one of its four remaining games this year. A spinner with 2 equal sections numbered 1 (win) and 2 (loss) is used to simulate the probability that the team will win exactly two of its last four games. The results of the simulation are shown below.
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 65
1221 1121 2211 2121 2221 2212 1122 1111 1222 1112
Out of 10 trials, there are _________ favorable outcomes. Based on the simulation, the probability that the team will win exactly 2 of its last 4 games is ____________.

Answer:
Out of 10 trials, there are 10 favorable outcomes.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
There is a 50% chance that a volleyball team will win any one of its four remaining games this year.
A spinner with 2 equal sections numbered 1 (win) and 2 (loss).
1111 is the favorable outcome.
so out of 10 trials, there are 10 favorable outcomes.

Convince Me! Does the probability that the team will win two games change when “exactly” is replaced with “at least”? Explain.

Try It!
In a tennis tournament, 25% of Sarah’s serves were aces. Design a simulation to predict how many aces you expect Sarah to serve out of 50 serves.

Answer:
The number of aces we expect Sarah to serve out of 50 serves = 2%.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
In a tennis tournament, 25% of Sarah’s serves were aces.
50/25 = 2.
so the number of aces we expect Sarah to serve out of 50 serves = 2%.

KEY CONCEPT
A simulation is a model of a real-world situation that can be used to predict results or outcomes when the actual event is difficult to perform or record.
A simulation uses a tool, such as a spinner, number cube, coin, or random number generator, for which outcomes have the same probabilities as the actual event.
A greater number of trials will usually give results that are closer to the theoretical probability of the actual event.

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
Essential Question How can you use simulations to determine the probability of events?

Answer:
The simulation is a model of a real-world situation that can be used to predict results or outcomes when the actual event is difficult to perform or record.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
A simulation uses a tool, such as a spinner, number cube, coin, or random number generator, for which outcomes have the same probabilities as the actual event.
A greater number of trials will usually give results that are closer to the theoretical probability of the actual event.
so simulation is a model of a real-world situation that can be used to predict results or outcomes when the actual event is difficult to perform or record.

Question 2.
Look for Relationships What is the connection between the tool used to simulate an event and the probability of the actual event?

Answer:
The simulation is a model of a real-world situation that can be used to predict results or outcomes when the actual event is difficult to perform or record.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
A simulation uses a tool, such as a spinner, number cube, coin, or random number generator, for which outcomes have the same probabilities as the actual event.
A greater number of trials will usually give results that are closer to the theoretical probability of the actual event.
so simulation is a model of a real-world situation that can be used to predict results or outcomes when the actual event is difficult to perform or record.

Question 3.
Why are the results of simulations usually close to the probabilities of their related events?

Answer:
The simulation is a model of a real-world situation that can be used to predict results or outcomes when the actual event is difficult to perform or record.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
A simulation uses a tool, such as a spinner, number cube, coin, or random number generator, for which outcomes have the same probabilities as the actual event.
A greater number of trials will usually give results that are closer to the theoretical probability of the actual event.
so simulation is a model of a real-world situation that can be used to predict results or outcomes when the actual event is difficult to perform or record.

Do You Know How?
Question 4.
Carl hits the target 50% of the time he throws a ball at it. Carl uses a coin to simulate his next three pitches. He assigns H for a hit and T for a miss. The results of 12 trials are shown below.
HHT HTH TTH HTT THT THH
HHT HTT HTH HTT TTH THT
Based on the results, what is the probability that Carl will hit the target with exactly two of his next three throws?

Answer:
The probability that carl will hit the target with exactly two of his next three throws = TTH and HHT.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Carl hits the target 50% of the time he throws a ball at it.
Carl uses a coin to simulate his next three pitches.
He assigns H for a hit and T for a miss.
the missing trials are TTH and HHT.

Question 5.
On average, Margo scores a goal for her field hockey team every 2 out of 3 shots. Margo uses a number cube to simulate her next three shots. She assigns 1 to 4 as “goals” and 5 and 6 as “missed shots.” Why does this assignment of numbers on the number cube make it a valid simulation?
Envision Math Common Core 7th Grade Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 66

Answer:
Yes, it is a valid simulation.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
On average, Margo scores a goal for her field hockey team every 2 out of 3 shots.
Margo uses a number cube to simulate her next three shots.
She assigns 1 to 4 as “goals” and 5 and 6 as “missed shots.
so it is a valid simulation.

Practice & Problem Solving

Leveled Practice In 6 and 7, estimate the probability for each event.
Question 6.
Molly makes 70% of her free throws. The random numbers below represent 20 trials of a simulation of two free throws, using the numbers 0 through 9.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 101
Let the numbers from Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 102 to Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 102 represent successful free throw.
Let the number
Let the numbers from Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 102 to Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 102 represent a missed free throw.
Based on the simulated results, the probability that Molly makes both free throws is

Answer:
The numbers from 3 to 21 represent a successful free throw.
The numbers from 27 to 93 represent missed free throws.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Molly makes 70% of her free throws.
The random numbers below represent 20 trials of a simulation of two free throws, using the numbers 0 through 9.
the numbers are 38, 38, 21, 50, 64, 71, 80, 87, 66, 92, 89, 42, 29, 89, 47, 98, 93, 90, 27, and 3.
so the numbers from 3 to 21 represent successful free throws.
the numbers from 27 to 93 represent missed free throws.

Question 7.
Survey results state that 80% of people enjoy going to the beach. The random numbers below represent 10 trials of a simulation of asking two people if they enjoy going to the beach, using the numbers 0 through 9 for their responses.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 103
Let the numbers from Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 102 to Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 102 represent people who enjoy going to the beach.
Let the numbers from Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 102 to Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 102 represent people who do not enjoy going to the beach.
Based on the simulated results, the probability that exactly one of two people enjoys going to the beach is Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 102, or Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 102%.

Answer:
The probability that exactly one of two people enjoys going to the beach is 80%.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Survey results state that 80% of people enjoy going to the beach.
the numbers are 86, 53, 54, 07, 22, 65, 9, 56, 40, and 15.
the numbers from 65 to 86 represent people who enjoy going to the beach.
the numbers from 7 to 56 represent people who do not enjoy going to the beach.

Question 8.
In Stacia’s town, 60% of registered people vote regularly. A spinner with equal-sized sections numbered 0 to 9 can be used to represent those who do and do not vote.
a. What numbers can be assigned to represent those who do vote and those who do not vote?
b. Based on the simulated results below, what is the probability that at least one person out of three does not vote?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 104

Answer:
The numbers 799 and 851 do not vote.
the numbers 117 to 768 do not vote.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
In Stacia’s town, 60% of registered people vote regularly.
A spinner with equal-sized sections numbered 0 to 9 can be used to represent those who do and do not vote.
the numbers are 380, 799, 331, 205, 851, 182, 117, 768, 715 and 410.
the numbers 799 and 851 do not vote.
the numbers 117 to 768 do not vote.

Question 9.
Inspection of items at a company shows that an item has a 50% chance of being defective. A spinner with equal-sized sections numbered 0 to 9 can be used to simulate the event that the next 2 items inspected are defective.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 105
a. How would you assign numbers to represent the defective and non-defective items?
b. Based on the simulated results below, what is the probability that the next 2 items are defective?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 106

Answer:

Question 10.
Julie used a number cube to simulate a flower seed sprouting, for which the success rate is 50%. She used even numbers to represent success and odd numbers to represent failure. The results of 8 trials that simulate the sprouting of five seeds are shown below.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 107
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 108
Based on the simulated results, what is the probability that none of the next five flower seeds will sprout successfully?

Answer:
The next five flower seeds will sprout successfully is 43631, 25143, 25643, and 64133.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Julie used a number cube to simulate a flower seed sprouting, for which the success rate is 50%.
She used even numbers to represent success and odd numbers to represent failure.
the given numbers are 31534, 35635, 43631, 35633, 25143, 25643, 64133, and 53113.
so the next five flower seeds will sprout successfully is 43631, 25143, 25643, 64133.

Question 11.
Construct Arguments How is the difference between the simulated probability and the theoretical probability of an actual event related to the number of simulated trials conducted?
Answer:

Question 12.
Higher Order Thinking Suppose Arun has an 80% chance of winning a game. For a simulation, the numbers 0 to 7 represent winning, and the numbers 8 and 9 represent losing. Write three different trial results that show 5 wins in a row out of 6 games played.

Answer:
The numbers are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Arun has an 80% chance of winning a game.
For a simulation, the numbers 0 to 7 represent winning, and the numbers 8 and 9 represent losing.
3, 4, 5, 6, 7.
1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
2, 3, 4, 5, 6.
so the numbers are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6.

Assessment Practice
Question 13.
About 50% of the people surveyed in a certain county work for a small business. A random number generator was used to simulate the results of the next four people surveyed.
The numbers 0 to 4 represent people who work for a small business, and the numbers 5 to 9 represent people who do not work for a small business.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 109

Answer:
The numbers who work for a small business are 0501, 0403, 3074, 2235, 0803, 3750, 1288, 3154.
the numbers who do not work for a small business are 6411, 7582, 7383, 5250, 7694, 9225, 7121, 7596, 8223, 8121, and 7652.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
About 50% of the people surveyed in a certain county work for a small business.
A random number generator was used to simulate the results of the next four people surveyed.
The numbers 0 to 4 represent people who work for a small business, and the numbers 5 to 9 represent people who do not work for a small business.
so the numbers who work for a small business are 0501, 0403, 3074, 2235, 0803, 3750, 1288, 3154.
the numbers who do not work for a small business are 6411, 7582, 7383, 5250, 7694, 9225, 7121, 7596, 8223, 8121, and 7652.

PART A

Based on the simulated results shown above, what is the probability that at least one of the next four people surveyed works for a small business?

Answer:
The people who surveyed works for a small business = 5250.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
About 50% of the people surveyed in a certain county work for a small business.
A random number generator was used to simulate the results of the next four people surveyed.
The numbers 0 to 4 represent people who work for a small business, and the numbers 5 to 9 represent people who do not work for a small business.
so the people who surveyed works for a small business = 5250.

PART B
How would the design of the simulation change if the percent of people who work for a small business was 70%?

Answer:
The number of people who work for a small business was 70% is 6411, 7582, 7383, 5250, 7694, 9225, 7121, 7596, 8223, 8121, and 7652.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
About 70% of the people surveyed in a certain county work for a small business.
A random number generator was used to simulate the results of the next four people surveyed.
The numbers 0 to 4 represent people who work for a small business, and the numbers 5 to 9 represent people who do not work for a small business.
so the people who work for a small business were 6411, 7582, 7383, 5250, 7694, 9225, 7121, 7596, 8223, 8121, and 7652.

Topic 7 REVIEW

Topic Essential Question

How can you investigate chance processes and develop, use, and evaluate probability models?

Vocabulary Review

Complete each definition, and then provide an example of each vocabulary word.

Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 110

Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 111

Answer:
The ratio of the number of times an event occurs to the total number of trials is the probability.
the set of all possible outcomes is the sample space.
a model of a real-world situation that is used to find probabilities is a(n) is simulation.
a single outcome or a group of outcomes is a(n) is an elementary event.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The ratio of the number of times an event occurs to the total number of trials is the probability.
for example:
p(red) = 7/12.
the set of all possible outcomes is the sample space.
for example:
if the set is finite = {H, T}.
a model of a real-world situation that is used to find probabilities is a(n) is simulation.
for example:
dice.
a single outcome or a group of outcomes is a(n) is an elementary event.
for example:
sample space for a pair of dice.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-7th-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Probability-11

Use Vocabulary in Writing
A restaurant serves either skim milk or whole milk in glasses that are either small, medium, or large. Use vocabulary words to explain how you could determine all the possible outcomes of milk choices at the restaurant. Use vocabulary words in your explanation.

Concepts and Skills Review

Lesson 7.1 Understand Likelihood and Probability

Quick Review
The probability of an event describes the likelihood an event will occur. The likelihood of an event ranges from impossible to certain, but more common descriptions are likely or unlikely. An event is a single outcome or group of outcomes. An outcome is a possible result of an action. Probability can be represented as a fraction, as a decimal, or as a percent. Something is fair if there is an equal chance for each outcome to occur.

Practice

Question 1.
Use Luke’s 10-sided solid from the example. Describe an event that is certain and one that is impossible using this solid.

Answer:
The event describes the likelihood an event will occur.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Luke’s 10-sided solid from the example.
the event describes the likelihood an event will occur.

Question 2.
A spinner with 8 equal-sized sections is used for a game. Based on the descriptions below, is the spinner fair? Explain. The probability the pointer will land on yellow is 1 out of 4.
The probability the pointer will land on blue is 2 out of 8.
The probabilities that the pointer will land on green or red are both 25%.

Answer:
Yes, the spinner is fair.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
A spinner with 8 equal-sized sections is used for a game.
the probability the pointer will land on blue is 2 out of 8.
the probability the pointer will land on yellow is 1 out of 4.
2/8 = 1/4.
so the spinner is fair.

Lesson 7.2 Understand Theoretical Probability

Quick Review

The theoretical probability of an event can be found if the possible outcomes are known and are all equally likely. Theoretical probability can be used to make predictions.

Practice

Question 1.
Using the example, fifteen people take out a slip of paper from the bucket without looking and record the results before replacing the slip back into the bucket. How many times is a slip labeled “5” expected to be drawn?

Answer:
The number of times is a slip labeled 5 is 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
fifteen people take out a slip of paper from the bucket without looking.
15/3 = 5.
so the number of times is a slip labeled 5 is 3.

Lesson 7.3 Understand Experimental Probability

Quick Review
The experimental probability or relative frequency is based on actual results from an experiment and may differ from the theoretical probability of an event occurring. This discrepancy decreases as the number of trials of an experiment increases. You can use experimental probability and proportional reasoning to make predictions.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 112

Practice

Question 1.
Jaylon and Paula spin the pointer 30 times and get the results shown in the table.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 113
What is the theoretical probability of the pointer landing on the number 2?
Based on the results in the table, how does the experimental probability of the pointer landing on 2 compare to the theoretical probability?

Answer:
The theoretical probability of the pointer landing on the number 2 is 13.
the experimental probability of the pointer landing on the number 2 is 13.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Jaylon and Paula spin the pointer 30 times and get the results shown in the table.
Jaylon gets in 1st spin 6.
2nd spin 8, 3rd spin 9, and 4th spin 7.
Paula gets in 1st spin 8, 2nd spin is 5, 3rd spin is 7, and 4th spin is 10.

Question 2.
Based on the results in the table, about how many times should Jaylon and Paula expect the pointer to land on 4 out of a total of 130 spins? Explain your answer.

Answer:
The pointer to land on 4 out of a total of 130 is 0.30.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Jaylon and Paula expect the pointer to land on 4 out of a total of 130 spins.
4/130 = 0.30.
so the pointer to land on 4 out of a total of 130 is 0.30.

Lesson 7.4 Use Probability Models

Quick Review
A probability model consists of a sample space, or all possible outcomes of an action, and a list of events within the sample space with the probability of each. The sum of the probabilities in the model is 1. A probability model can be used to make conclusions about probabilities of events or to make estimates or predictions.

Practice

Question 1.
Abe has a different spinner. He also wants to develop a probability model.
How will his probability model be the same as, and how will it differ from, Jenna’s model?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 114

Question 2.
Walter has a different spinner.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 115
What is the probability that the pointer will land on a color that is not red?
Answer:

Question 3.
What is the sample space of Walter’s spinner?
Answer:

Question 4.
Walter will spin the pointer 50 times. About how many times will the pointer land on each color?
Answer:

Lesson 7.5 Determine Outcomes of Compound Events

Quick Review
A compound event is a combination of two or more events. An organized list, table, or tree diagram can be used to represent the sample space of a compound event.

Practice

Question 1.
A basket contains a red, a yellow, and a green apple. A second basket contains an orange, a lemon, and a peach. Use an organized list to show all the outcomes in the sample space.

Answer:
The organized list to show all the outcomes in the sample space is 1.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
A basket contains a red, a yellow, and a green apple.
A second basket contains an orange, a lemon, and a peach.
p(3/3) = 1.
so the organized list to show all the outcomes in the sample space is 1.

Question 2.
Simon is playing a game with letter tiles. He has 5 tiles remaining and will spell a new word by placing two tiles-first a consonant and then a vowel-in front of a Y already on the board. Complete the table below to describe all combinations of tiles that Simon can use to spell a new word.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 116

Lesson 7.6 Find Probabilities of Compound Events

Quick Review

The probability of a compound event can be represented by a ratio of the favorable outcomes to all possible outcomes. The probability can be calculated using an organized list, a table, or a tree diagram.

Practice

Question 1.
One set of cards has a beach, a road, a desert, a mountain, and an island. A second set of cards has a car, a truck, and a van. Complete the table below to find the probability of randomly drawing a mountain card and a truck card.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 117

Answer:
Beach = 1, 2, and 3.
Road = 4, 5, and 6.
Desert = 7, 8, and 9.
Mountain = 10, 11, and 12.
Island = 13, 14, and 15.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
One set of cards has a beach, a road, a desert, a mountain, and an island.
The second set of cards has a car, a truck, and a van.
Beach = 1, 2, and 3.
Road = 4, 5, and 6.
Desert = 7, 8, and 9.
Mountain = 10, 11, and 12.
Island = 13, 14, and 15.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-7th-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-7-Probability-12

Lesson 7.7 Simulate Compound Events

Quick Review

An actual event is sometimes difficult to perform or record. A simulation can be used to model the outcomes of a real-world event. Based on simulated results, you can approximate the probability and predict the future outcomes of an event.

Practice

Question 1.
Felix’s favorite cereal includes 1 of 3 different prizes inside each box. The chance of getting each prize is equally likely. Felix conducts a simulation to see what his chances are of collecting all 3 prizes if he buys 5 boxes over time. Each section of the spinner represents the possible prizes in a single box.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 118
Based on the simulation, what is the probability that Felix will collect all three prizes?

Answer:
The spinner represents the possible prizes in a single box = GBGBG, BGGYG, BGBYB, GYBYY, and YYGYG.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Felix’s favorite cereal includes 1 of 3 different prizes inside each box.
The chance of getting each prize is equally likely.
Felix conducts a simulation to see what his chances are of collecting all 3 prizes if he buys 5 boxes over time.
The spinner represents the possible prizes in a single box = GBGBG, BGGYG, BGBYB, GYBYY, and YYGYG.

Question 2.
Reece is playing a carnival game in which he must guess under which of 2 cups a ball is hidden. To simulate the results of this game, he flips a coin with heads up (H) representing wins and tails up (T) representing losses. Based on the simulation below, what is the probability that Reece will win at least 2 of his next 4 games?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 119

Answer:
The probability of representing the win of games is p(2) are HHTH and HHHT.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Reece is playing a carnival game in which he must guess under which of 2 cups a ball is hidden.
to simulate the results of this game, he flips a coin with heads up(H) representing wins and tails up(T) representing losses.
HH HT and HHTH represent the win of games.
so the probability of representing the win of games is p(2).

Topic 7 Fluency Practice

Hidden Clue

For each ordered pair, one coordinate is given. Find the second coordinate by determining the sale price after the percent markup or markdown. Then locate and label the corresponding point on the graph. Draw line segments to connect the points in alphabetical order. Use the completed picture to help you answer the riddle below.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 120
A (13, 25% markup on $4). 13, Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 121
B (30% markdown on $10, 1) Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 121, 1
C (20% markdown on $1.25, 5) Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 121, 5
D (6, 40% markdown on $5.10) 6, Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 121
E (35% markup on $4, 9) Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 121, 9
F (4, 50% markdown on $18.50) 4, Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 121
G (60% markup on $2.50, 11) Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 121, 11
H (6, 25% markdown on $15) 6, Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 121
I (60% markup on $4, 13) Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 121, 13
J (8, 30% markdown on $18) 8, Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 121
K (50% markup on $5.30, 11) Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 121, 11
L (10,45% markdown on $20) 10, Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 121
M (35% markup on $7.60, 9) Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 121, 9
N (8, 30% markdown on $13) 8, Envision Math Common Core Grade 7 Answer Key Topic 7 Probability 121

Answer:
A.13, 1.
B. 30, 1.
C. 0.25, 5.
D. 2.04, 6.
E. 1.4, 9.
F. 9.25, 4.
G. 1.5, 11.
H. 3.75, 6.
I. 2.4, 13.
J. 5.4, 8.
K. 2.65, 11.
L. 9, 10.
M. 2.66, 9.
N. 3.9, 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
25/100 = 0.25 x 4 = 1.
30/100 = 0.3 x 10 = 3.
20/100 = 0.2 x 1.25 = 0.25.
40/100 = 0.4 x 5.10 = 2.04.
35/100 = 0.35 x 4 = 1.4.
50/100 = 0.5 x 18.50 = 9.25.
60/100 = 0.6 x 2.50 = 1.5.
25/100 = 0.25 x 15 = 3.75.
60/100 = 0.6 x 4 = 2.4.
30/100 = 0.3 x 5.18 = 5.4.
50/100 = 0.5 x 5.30 = 2.65.
45/100 = 0.4 x 20 = 8.
35/100 = 0.35 x 7.60 = 2.66.

enVision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions

enVision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions

Go through the enVision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions regularly and improve your accuracy in solving questions.

enVision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Key Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions

Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 1
enVision STEM Project: Food Chains and Food Webs
Do Research Use the Internet or other sources to find out more about food chains and food webs. Investigate the roles of producers, consumers, and decomposers. Explain how energy from sunlight is transferred to consumers.

Journal: Write a Report Include what you found. Also in your report:
• Draw a food web from an ecosystem near your home.
• Draw arrows on your food web to show how energy moves. Explain why the order is important.
• On one food chain of your food web, label each organism as a producer, consumer, or decomposer.

Review What You Know

Vocabulary

Choose the best term from the box. Write it on the blank.

• difference
• equation
• product
• sum
• quotient

Question 1.
The answer to a division problem is the ____.
Answer:

The answer to a division problem is the  Quotient

Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 2

Question 2.
The ____ of 5 and 7 is 12.
Answer:

The sum of 5 and 7 is 12

Question 3.
To find the ___ between 16 and 4, you subtract.
Answer:

To find the difference between 16 and 4, you subtract

Question 4.
A number sentence that shows two equivalent values is a(n) ____.
Answer:

A number sentence that shows two equivalent values is an Equation

Mixed Review
Find each answer.

Question 5.
648 ÷ 18
Answer:

Question 6.
35 × 100
Answer:

3500

Question 7.
47.15 + 92.9
Answer:

140.05

Question 8.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:

1/4 + 1/4 + 1/4

1/2 + 1/4

3/4

Question 9.
3.4 – 2.7
Answer:

0.7

Question 10.
1.9 + 7
Answer:

8.9

Question 11.
3\(\frac{2}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

3 2/5 + 1/2

17/5 + 1/2

39/10

Question 12.
75 ÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\)
Answer:

75 ÷ 1/5

75 / 1/5

75 x 5

= 375

Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 3

Question 13.
$3.75 + $2.49
Answer:

$6.24

Question 14.
8\(\frac{5}{8}\) – 1\(\frac{2}{8}\)
Answer:

8 5/8 – 1 2/8

69/8 – 10/8

59/8

Question 15.
31.8 × 2.3
Answer:

73.14

Question 16.
9 – 4.6
Answer:

4.4

Question 17.
Jackson bought 2 tickets to the state fair. Each ticket cost $12. He spent $15 on rides and $8.50 on food. How much did Jackson spend in all?
Answer:

Total cost of tickets = $12 x 2 = $24

Total money after spending $15 on rides = $24 + $15 =$39

Total money after spending $8.50 on food = $39 + $8.50 = $47.50

Total money spent =  $47.50

Question 18.
A baker has 3 pounds of dried fruit. Each batch of a recipe she is making uses \(\frac{1}{2}\) pound of the fruit. How many batches can she make?
A. 9 batches
B. 6 batches
C. 2 batches
D. 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) batches
Answer:

B. 6 batches

Multiplication

Question 19.
What equation comes next in the pattern below? Explain.
7 × 10 = 70
7 × 100 = 700
7 × 1,000 = 7,000
Answer:

7 × 10,000 = 70,000

pick a Project

PROJECT 13A
What’s been recovered from the wreck of the Atocha?
Project: Write a Treasure Adventure Mystery Story
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 3.1

PROJECT 13B
Do you like to play games?
Project: Design a Game Using Dominos
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 13.2

PROJECT 13C
What happens when a calculation is incorrect?
Project: Program a Robot
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 13.3

3-ACT MATH PREVIEW

Math Modeling

Video

Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 13.4
Before watching the video, think:
A conjecture is a statement someone believes is true based on observations. You can usually either prove or disprove a conjecture. Keep an eye out for the conjecture in this video.

Lesson 13.1 Evaluate Expressions

Activity

Solve&Share

Jordan and Annika are working on 15 + 12 ÷ 3 + 5. Jordan says the answer is 14 and Annika says the answer is 24. Who is right?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 13.5

Solve this problem any way you choose.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 13.6

Look Back! Construct Arguments Do you think two students, who made no computation errors, would get different values for this numerical expression? Explain.
(4 × 35) + (36 × 8)

Visual Learning Bridge

Essential Question What Order Should You Use When You Evaluate an Expression?

A.
Jack evaluated [(7 × 2) – 3] ÷ 8 = 2 × 3.
To avoid getting more than one answer, he used the order of operations given at the right.

Parentheses, brackets, and braces are all used to group numbers in numerical expressions.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 14.1

Order of Operations
1. Evaluate inside parentheses (), brackets [ ], and braces {}.
2. Multiply and divide from left to right.
3. Add and subtract from left to right,

B.
Step 1
First, do the operations inside the parentheses.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 14.2
Then, evaluate the terms inside the brackets.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 14.3

C.
Step 2
Next, multiply and divide in order from left to right.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 14.4

D.
Step 3
Finally, add and subtract in order from left to right.
11 + 12 = 23
So, the value of the expression is 23.

Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 4

Convince Me! Construct Arguments Would the value of {2+[(15 – 3) – 6]} ÷ 2 change if the braces were removed? Explain.

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?

Question 1.
Explain the steps involved in evaluating the expression [(4 + 2) – 1] × 3.
Answer:

[(4 + 2) – 1] × 3

[(6) – 1] × 3

[5] × 3

15.

Question 2.
Would the value of (12 – 4) ÷ 4 + 1 change if the parentheses were removed? Explain.
Answer:

(12 – 4) ÷ 4 + 1

(8) ÷ 4 + 1

2 + 1

3.

Do You Know How?

In 3-6, use the order of operations to evaluate the expression.

Question 3.
[7 × (6 – 1)] + 100
Answer:

[7 × (6 – 1)] + 100

[7 × (5)] + 100

[35] + 100

135

Question 4.
17 + 4 × 3
Answer:

17 + 4 × 3

17 + 12

29

Question 5.
(8 + 1) + 9 × 7
Answer:

(8 + 1) + 9 × 7

(9) + 9 × 7

(9) + 63

72

Question 6.
{[(4 × 3) ÷ 2] + 3} × 6
Answer:

{[(4 × 3) ÷ 2] + 3} × 6

{[(12) ÷ 2] + 3} × 6

{6 + 3} × 6

{9} × 6

54.

Independent Practice

Remember to evaluate inside parentheses, brackets, and braces first.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 20.1

Leveled Practice In 7-21, use the order of operations to evaluate the expression.

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 20.2
Answer:

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 20.3
Answer:

Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 5.jpg

Question 9.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 20.4
Answer:

Question 10.
5 ÷ 5 + 4 × 12
Answer:

5 ÷ 5 + 4 × 12

1 + 4 × 12

1 + 48

49

Question 11.
[6 – (3 × 2)] + 4
Answer:

[6 – (3 × 2)] + 4

[6 – (6)] + 4

[0] + 4

4

Question 12.
(4 × 8) ÷ 2 + 8
Answer:

(4 × 8) ÷ 2 + 8

(32) ÷ 2 + 8

16 + 8

24

Question 13.
(18 + 7) × (11 – 7)
Answer:

(18 + 7) × (11 – 7)

(25) × (4)

100

Question 14.
2 + [4 + (5 × 6)]
Answer:

2 + [4 + (5 × 6)]

2 + [4 + (30)]

2 + [34]

36

Question 15.
(9 + 11) ÷ (5 + 4 + 1)
Answer:

(9 + 11) ÷ (5 + 4 + 1)

(20) ÷ (10)

2

Question 16.
90 – 5 × 5 × 2
Answer:

90 – 5 × 5 × 2

90 – 50

40

Question 17.
120 – 40 ÷ 4 × 6
Answer:

120 – 40 ÷ 4 × 6

120 – 10 × 6

120 – 60

60

Question 18.
22 + (96 – 40) ÷ 8
Answer:

22 + (96 – 40) ÷ 8

22 + (56) ÷ 8

22 + 7

29

Question 19.
(7.7 + 0.3) ÷ 0.1 × 4
Answer:

(7.7 + 0.3) ÷ 0.1 × 4

(8) ÷ 0.1 × 4

80 x 4

320

Question 20.
32 ÷ (12 – 4) + 7
Answer:

32 ÷ (12 – 4) + 7

32 ÷ (8) + 7

4 + 7

11

Question 21.
{8 × [1 + (20 – 6)} ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

{8 × [1 + (20 – 6)} ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\)

{8 × [1 + (20 – 6)} ÷ 1/2

{8 × [1 + (14)} ÷ 1/2

{8 × 15} ÷ 1/2

{120} ÷ 1/2

240.

Problem Solving

Question 22.
Dan and his 4 friends want to share the cost of a meal equally. They order 2 large pizzas and 5 small drinks. If they leave a tip of $6.30, how much does each person pay?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 40.1
Answer:

Given,

They order 2 large pizzas and 5 small drinks.

They leave a tip of $6.30

So,

(2 x 12) + (5 x 1.50) + 6.30

(24) + (7.50) + 6.30

$37.8

Total Number of friends = 5

Each person have to pay = 37.8 ÷ 5

= $7.56

 

Question 23.
Higher Order Thinking Use the operation signs +, -, ×, and ÷ once each in the expression below to make the number sentence true.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 40.2
Answer:

Question 24.
Be Precise Carlotta needs 12\(\frac{1}{2}\) yards of ribbon for a project. She has 5\(\frac{1}{4}\) yards of ribbon on one spool and 2\(\frac{1}{2}\) yards on another spool. How much more ribbon does she need?
Answer:

Question 25.
Theresa bought three containers of tennis balls at $2.98 each. She had a coupon for $1 off. Her mom paid for half of the remaining cost. How much did Theresa pay? Evaluate the expression [(3 × 2.98) – 1] ÷ 2.
Answer:

[(3 × 2.98) – 1] ÷ 2

[8.94 – 1] ÷ 2

[7.94] ÷ 2

3.97

Question 26.
enVision®STEM Giraffes are herbivores, or plant eaters. A giraffe can eat up to 75 pounds of leaves each day. Write and evaluate an expression to find how many pounds of leaves 5 giraffes can eat in a week.

Evaluate the expression in the parentheses first. Then subtract inside the brackets.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 40.8

Assessment Practice

Question 27.
Which expression has a value of 8?
A. 11 – 6 – 3
B. 4 + 30 ÷ 6
C. (9 + 7) ÷ 2
D. 1 + 1 × (2 + 2)
Answer:

C. (9 + 7) ÷ 2
D. 1 + 1 × (2 + 2)

Question 28.
Using the order of operations, which operation should you perform last to evaluate this expression?
(1 × 2.5) + (52 ÷ 13) +(6.7 – 5) – (98 + 8)
A. Addition
B. Subtraction
C. Multiplication
D. Division
Answer:

B. Subtraction

Lesson 13.2 Write Numerical Expressions

Activity

Solve & Share
A baker packages 12 cupcakes to a box. Sean orders 5 boxes for his sister’s graduation party and 3.5 boxes for the Variety Show party. Write an expression that shows the calculations you could use to find the number of cupcakes Sean orders.

Model with Math
You can write a numerical expression to model this situation.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 42.1

Look Back! Write a different expression to model Sean’s order. Evaluate both expressions to check that they are equivalent. How many cupcakes does Sean order?

Visual Learning Bridge

Essential Question How Can You Write a Numerical Expression to Record Calculations?

A.
The school auditorium has 546 seats on the main floor and 102 in the balcony. Every seat is filled for all of the Variety Show performances. Write an expression that shows the calculations you could use to determine how many tickets were sold.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 53.1

B.
Think about how you would calculate the total number of tickets.
Add 546 + 102 to find the total number of seats.
Then multiply by the number of performances, 4.
So, you need to write a numerical expression that represents:
“Find 4 times the sum of 546 and 102.”

C.
Use numbers and symbols to write the numerical expression.
The sum of 546 and 102: 546 + 102
4 times the sum: 4 × (546 + 102)

Remember, parentheses show which calculation to do first.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 53.2
The expression 4 × (546 + 102) shows the calculations for the number of tickets sold.

Convince Me! Reasoning Two students wrote different expressions to find the total number of tickets sold. Is their work correct? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 53.4

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?

Question 1.
Why do some numerical expressions contain parentheses?
Answer:

Parentheses are symbols that group things together. This becomes very important in numerical expressions because operations inside parentheses are always completed first when evaluating the expression.

Question 2.
Show how to use a property to write an equivalent expression for 9 × (7 + 44). Can you use a different property to write another equivalent expression? Explain.
Answer:

Do You Know How?

In 3-6, write a numerical expression for each calculation.

Question 3.
Add 8 and 7, and then multiply by 2.
Answer:

(8 + 7) x 2

Question 4.
Find triple the difference between 44.75 and 22.8.
Answer:

3 x (44.75 – 22.8)

Question 5.
Multiply 4 times \(\frac{7}{8}\) and then add 12.
Answer:

(4 x 7/8) + 12

Question 6.
Add 49 to the quotient of 125 and 5.
Answer:

49 + (125 ÷ 5)

Independent Practice

In 7-11, write a numerical expression for each calculation.

Question 7.
Add 91, 129, and 16, and then divide by 44.
Answer:

(91 + 129 + 16) ÷ 44

Question 8.
Find 8.5 times the difference between 77 and 13.
Answer:

8.5 x (77 – 13)

Question 9.
Subtract 55 from the sum of 234 and 8.
Answer:

(234 + 8) – 55

Question 10.
Multiply \(\frac{2}{3}\) by 42, and then multiply that product by 10.
Answer:

( 2/3 x 42 ) x 10

Question 11.
Write an expression to show the calculations you could use to determine the total area of the rectangles at the right.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 56.1
Answer:

3 x ( 18 x 22 )

Problem Solving

Question 12.
Model with Math Ronnie’s Rentals charges $25 plus $15 per hour to rent a chain saw. David rented a chain saw for 5 hours. Write an expression to show how you could calculate the total amount David paid.
Answer:

5 x (25 + 15)

Question 13.
Fourteen students bought their art teacher a new easel for $129 and a set of blank canvases for $46. Sales tax was $10.50. They shared the cost equally. Write an expression to show how you could calculate the amount each student paid.
Answer:

[(129 + 46) + 10.50] ÷ 14

Question 14.
A-Z Vocabulary When evaluating an expression, why is it important to use the order of operations?
Answer:

When evaluating an expression, it is important to use the order of operations. The order of operations is a set of rules for how to evaluate expressions. They make sure everyone gets the same answer.

Question 15.
A storage shed is shaped like a rectangular prism. The width is 8 yards, the height is 4 yards, and the volume is 288 cubic yards. Explain how to find the length of the storage shed.
Answer:

Volume = Length x Breadth x Height

Length = Volume ÷ (Breadth x Height)

Length = 288 ÷ (8 x 4)

Length = 288 ÷ 32

Length = 9 yards

Question 16.
Higher Order Thinking Danielle has a third of the amount needed to pay for her choir trip expenses. Does the expression (77 + 106 +34) ÷ 3 show how you could calculate the amount of money Danielle has? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 57.1
Answer:

Yes.

The expression (77 + 106 +34) ÷ 3 show how I could calculate the amount of money Danielle has

(77 + 106 +34) ÷ 3

(217) ÷ 3

$72.3

 

Assessment Practice

Question 17.
Which expression represents the following phrase?
Subtract 214 from 721 and then divide by 5.
A. (721 ÷ 214) – 5
B. 721 – 214 ÷ 5
C. (721 ÷ 5) – 214
D. (721 – 214) ÷ 5
Answer:

D. (721 – 214) ÷ 5

Question 18.
What is the first step in evaluating this expression?
2 × (47 + 122) – 16
A. Multiply 2 and 47
B. Multiply 2 and 16
C. Add 47 and 122
D. Add 2 and 47
Answer:

C. Add 47 and 122

Lesson 13.3 Interpret Numerical Expressions

Solve & Share
Mrs. Katz is planning her family’s trip to the museum. She made a list of the expenses. Then she wrote the following expression to show how she can calculate the total cost.
6 × (4.20 + 8 + 12 + 3.50)
How many people do you think are in the family? How can you tell?

Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 58.1
Use Structure You can interpret the relationships in numerical expressions without doing any calculations.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 58.2

Look Back! While they are at the museum, the family decides to watch a movie about earthquakes for $2.75 per person. Jana and Kay disagree as to how they should adjust Mrs. Katz’s expression to find the total expenses for the trip. Jana says the expression should be 6 × (4.20 + 8 + 12 + 3.50) + 2.75. Kay says the expression should be 6 × (4.20 + 8 + 12 + 3.50 + 2.75). Who is correct? Explain.

Visual Learning Bridge

Essential Question
How Can You Interpret Numerical Expressions Without Evaluating Them?

A.
Jimmy’s clown costume requires \(\frac{7}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 1\(\frac{3}{4}\) yards of fabric.
His dad’s matching clown costume requires 3 × (\(\frac{7}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 1\(\frac{3}{4}\))) yards. How does the amount of fabric needed for the dad’s costume compare to the amount needed for Jimmy’s costume?
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 60.1

You can compare the expressions and solve the problem without doing any calculations.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expression 60.2

B.
Interpret the part of each expression that is the same.
\(\frac{7}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 1\(\frac{3}{4}\)
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 60.3
Both expressions contain the sum \(\frac{7}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 1\(\frac{3}{4}\). This is the amount of fabric needed for Jimmy’s costume.

C.
Interpret the part of each expression that is different.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 60.4
Remember, multiplying by 3 means “3 times as much.”
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 60.5
The second expression shows that the sum is multiplied by 3. So, the dad’s costume requires 3 times as much fabric as Jimmy’s costume.

Convince Me! Reasoning The 7 students in a sewing class equally share the cost of fabric and other supplies. Last month, each student paid ($167.94 + $21.41) ÷ 7. This month, each student paid ($77.23 + $6.49) ÷ 7. Without doing any calculations, in which month did each student pay more? Explain.

Answer:

In the last month each student paid more. Because the value is more compared to this month.

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?

Question 1.
The number of yards of fabric needed for Rob’s costume is Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 61. How does the amount of fabric needed for Rob’s costume compare to the amount needed for Jimmy’s costume? Explain.
Answer:

 

Question 2.
Without doing any calculations, explain why the following number sentence is true.
14 + (413 × 7) > 6+ (413 × 7)
Answer:

Do You Know How?

Without doing any calculations, describe how Expression A compares to Expression B.

Question 3.
A 8 × (41,516 – 987)
B 41,516 – 987
Answer:

In 4 and 5, without doing any calculations, write >, <, or =.

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 62.1
Answer:

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 62.2
Answer:

Independent Practice

In 6 and 7, without doing any calculations, describe how Expression A compares to Expression B.

Question 6.
A (613 + 15,090) ÷ 4
B 613 + 15,090
Answer:

Question 7.
A (418 × \(\frac{1}{4}\)1) + (418 × \(\frac{1}{2}\))
B 418 × \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

In 8-11, without doing any calculations, write >, <, or =.

Question 8.
(284 + 910) ÷ 30 img 73 (284 + 7,816) ÷ 30
Answer:

(284 + 910) ÷ 30 < 73 (284 + 7,816) ÷ 30

Question 9.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) × (5,366 – 117) img 735,366 – 117
Answer:

\(\frac{1}{3}\) × (5,366 – 117) < 735,366 – 117

Question 10.
71 +(13,888 – 4,296) img 73 70 + (13,888 – 4,296)
Answer:

71 +(13,888 – 4,296) < 73 70 + (13,888 – 4,296)

Question 11.
15 × (3.6 + 9.44) img 73 (15 × 3.6) + (15 × 9.44)
Answer:

15 × (3.6 + 9.44) < 73 (15 × 3.6) + (15 × 9.44)

Problem Solving

Question 12.
A four-story parking garage has spaces for 240 + 285 + 250 + 267 cars. While one floor is closed for repairs, the garage has spaces for 240 +250 + 267 cars. How many spaces are there on the floor that is closed? Explain.
Answer:

240 + 285 + 250 + 267 > 240 +250 + 267

By comparing,

285 spaces are there on the floor that is closed

Question 13.
Use Structure Peter bought Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 74.1 yards of ribbon. Marilyn bought Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 74.2 yards of ribbon. Without doing any calculations, determine who bought more ribbon. Explain.
Answer:

Marilyn bought more ribbon.

Question 14.
Brook’s score in a card game is 713 + 102 + 516. On her next turn, she draws one of the cards shown. Now her score is (713 + 102 + 516) ÷ 2. Which card did Brook draw? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 75.1
Answer:

Question 15.
Marta bought a 0.25-kilogram box of fish food. She uses 80 grams a week. Is one box of fish food enough for 4 weeks? Explain.
Answer:

No. For 4 weeks, she needs 4 x 80 = 320 grams

But, she bought only 250 grams.

Question 16.
Higher Order Thinking How can you tell that (496 + 77 + 189) × 10 is twice as large as (496 + 77 + 189) × 5 without doing complicated calculations?
Answer:

10 is twice 5. Hence, (496 + 77 + 189) × 10 is twice as large as (496 + 77 + 189) × 5

Assessment Practice

Question 17.
Which statement describes the expression (21 + 1.5) × 12 – 5?
A. The sum of 21 and 1.5 times the difference of 12 and 5
B. Five less than the sum of 21 and 1.5 multiplied by 12
C. Five less than the product of 12 and 1.5 added to 21
D. Subtract the product of 12 and 5 from the sum of 21. and 1.5
Answer:

A. The sum of 21 and 1.5 times the difference of 12 and 5

Lesson 13.4 Reasoning

Activity

Problem Solving

Solve & Share
The camp cook has 6 dozen eggs. He uses 18 eggs to bake some brownies. Then he uses twice as many eggs to make pancakes. How many eggs does the cook have left? Use reasoning to write and evaluate an expression that represents the problem.

Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 78.1

Thinking Habits
Be a good thinker! These questions can help you.
• What do the numbers and symbols in the problem mean?
• How are the numbers or quantities related?
• How can I represent a word problem using pictures, numbers, or equations?
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 78.2

Look Back! Reasoning Explain how the numbers, symbols, and operations in your expression represent this problem.

Visual Learning Bridge

Essential Question How Can You Use Reasoning to Solve Problems?

A.
Rose has 3 albums for her soccer cards. She gets 7 more cards for each of her albums for her birthday. How many cards does Rose have in all?
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 78.3
What do I need to do to solve the problem?
I need to find how many cards, including Rose’s new cards, will be in each album. Then I need to multiply to find the number of cards in 3 albums.

You can use tools or draw a diagram to help solve the problem.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 78.4

B.
How can I use reasoning to solve this problem?
I can
• identify the quantities I know.
• use mathematical properties, symbols, and operations to show relationships.
• use diagrams to help.

Here’s my thinking…
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 78.5

C.
I need to find how many cards Rose has in all.
I can use a diagram to show how the quantities in the problem are related. Then I can write an expression.
There are 22 cards in each of her 3 albums. She gets 7 more cards for each of her 3 albums.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 78.6
3 × (22 + 7) = 3 × 29
= 87
Rose has 87 cards.

Convince Me! Reasoning How can you use the Distributive Property to write an expression equivalent to the one given above? Use reasoning to explain how you know the expressions are equivalent.

Guided Practice

Reasoning Todd has 4 baseball card albums like the one pictured. He lets his best friend Franco choose 5 cards from each album. How many cards does Todd have now?

Question 1.
Write an expression to represent the total number of cards in Todd’s albums before he gives some cards to Franco. Explain how your expression represents the quantities and the relationship between the quantities.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 80.1
Answer:

(4 x 42)

4 represents the number of card albums

42 represents the number of cards in each album

multiplication or ‘x’ gives the total number of cards in 4 albums.

Question 2.
Write an expression to represent the total number of cards in Todd’s albums after he gives some cards to Franco.
Answer:

(4 x 42) – (4 x 5)

Question 3.
How many cards does Todd have after he gives some cards to Franco? Explain how you solved the problem.
Answer:

(4 x 42) – (4 x 5)

168 – 20 = 148

Todd have 148 cards.

Independent Practice

Remember to think about the meaning of each number before solving the problem.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 80.2

Reasoning
Brandon is filling a flower order for a banquet. He needs 3 large arrangements and 12 small arrangements. The large arrangements each contain 28 roses. The small arrangements each contain 16 roses. How many roses does Brandon need in all?

Question 4.
Write an expression to represent the total number of roses Brandon needs. You can use a diagram to help.
Answer:

(3 x 28) + (12 x 16)

Question 5.
Explain how the numbers, symbols, and operations in your expression represent the problem.
Answer:

the number represents the number of arrangements and number of roses

the operation represents multiplication and addition

symbols represent the separation between the large and small arrangements.

Question 6.
How many roses does Brandon need? Explain how you solved the problem.
Answer:

(3 x 28) + (12 x 16)

84 + 192

276.

Problem Solving

Performance Task

Math Supplies
Ms. Kim is ordering sets of place-value blocks for the 3rd, 4th, and 5th graders. She wants one set for each student, and there are 6 sets of blocks in a carton. How many cartons should Ms. Kim order?
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 81.2

Question 7.
Make Sense and Persevere What information in the problem do you need?
Answer:

Information related to 3rd, 4th, and 5th graders and the number of students.

Question 8.
Reasoning Does this problem require more than one operation? Does the order of the operations matter? Explain.
Answer:

Yes.

As there are 6 sets of blocks are in each carton. We have to divide the whole by 6.

Question 9.
A model with Math Writes an expression to represent the number of cartons Ms. Kim needs to order. You can use a diagram to help.
Answer:

Use reasoning to make sense of the relationship between the numbers.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 82.1

Question 10.
Construct Arguments Did you use grouping symbols in your expression? If so, explain why they are needed.
Answer:

Question 11.
Be Precise Find the total number of cartons Ms. Kim should order. Explain how you found the answer.
Answer:

Topic 13 Fluency Practice

Activity

Find a Match
Work with a partner. Point to a clue. Read the clue. Look below the clues to find a match. Write the clue letter in the box next to the match. Find a match for every clue.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 83.1

Clues
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 83.2

Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 83.3

Answer:

Topic 13 Vocabulary Review

Word List

Glossary

Understand Vocabulary

Choose the best term from the Word List. Write it on the blank.

• braces
• brackets
• evaluate
• numerical expression
• order of operations
• parentheses
• variable

Question 1.
A set of rules that describes the order in which calculations are done is known as the ____
Answer:

A set of rules that describes the order in which calculations are done is known as the order of operations

Question 2.
____ , ____ and _____ are symbols used in mathematical expressions to group numbers or variables.
Answer:

braces, brackets, and parentheses are symbols used in mathematical expressions to group numbers or variables.

Question 3.
A(n) ____ is a mathematical phrase that contains numbers and at least one operation.
Answer:

a numerical expression is a mathematical phrase that contains numbers and at least one operation.

For each term, give an example and a non-example.

Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 85.1

Answer:

Draw a line from each number in Column A to the correct value in Column B.

Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 85.2

Answer:

Use Vocabulary in Writing

Question 11.
Explain why the order of operations is important. Use at least three terms from the Word List in your explanation.
Answer:

The order of operations is a rule that tells you the right order in which to solve different parts of a math problem. … Subtraction, multiplication, and division are all examples of operations. The order of operations is important because it guarantees that people can all read and solve a problem in the same way.

Topic 13 ReTeaching

Set A
pages 537-540
Use the order of operations to evaluate 50 + (8 + 2) × (14 – 4).

Order of Operations
1. Calculate inside parentheses, brackets, and braces.
2. Multiply and divide from left to right.
3. Add and subtract from left to right.
Perform the operations inside the parentheses, brackets, and braces.
50 + (8 + 2) × (14 – 4) = 50 + 10 × 10
Multiply and divide in order from left to right.
50 + 10 × 10 = 50 + 100
Add and subtract in order from left to right.
50 + 100 = 150

Remember that if the parentheses are inside brackets or braces, perform the operations inside the parentheses first.

Evaluate each expression.

Question 1.
(78 + 47) ÷ 25
Answer:

(78 + 47) ÷ 25

(125) ÷ 25

5

Question 2.
4 + 8 × 6 ÷ 2 + 3
Answer:

4 + 8 × 6 ÷ 2 + 3

4 + 8 × 3 + 3

4 + 24 + 3

31

Question 3.
[(8 × 25) ÷ 5] + 120
Answer:

[(8 × 25) ÷ 5] + 120

[200 ÷ 5] + 120

[40] + 120

160

Question 4.
312 × (40 + 60) ÷ 60
Answer:

312 × (40 + 60) ÷ 60

312 × (100) ÷ 60

312 × (100) ÷ 60

312 x 5/3

520

Question 5.
80 – (0.4 + 0.2) × 10
Answer:

80 – (0.4 + 0.2) × 10

80 – (0.6) × 10

80 – 6

74

Question 6.
(18 – 3) ÷ 5 + 4
Answer:

(18 – 3) ÷ 5 + 4

(15) ÷ 5 + 4

3 + 4

7

 

Question 7.
8 × 5 + 7 × 3 – (10 – 5)
Answer:

8 × 5 + 7 × 3 – (10 – 5)

8 × 5 + 7 × 3 – (5)

40 + 21 – (5)

61 – 5

56

Question 8.
22 – {[87 – 32) ÷ 5] × 2}
Answer:

22 – {[87 – 32) ÷ 5] × 2}

22 – {55 ÷ 5] × 2}

22 – 11 × 2

0.

Set B
pages 541-544
Write a numerical expression for the phrase: “Subtract 15 from the product of 12 and 7”.
Think:
Sum → Addition (+)
Difference → Subtraction (-)
Product → Multiplication (×)
Quotient → Division (÷)
Product of 12 and 7: 12 × 7
Subtract 15 from the product: (12 × 7) – 15
So, a numerical expression for the phrase is: (12 × 7) – 15.

Remember that you can use parentheses to show which calculation to do first. Write a numerical expression for each phrase.

Question 1.
Add 15 to the product of \(\frac{3}{4}\) and 12.
Answer:

(3/4 x 12) + 15

Question 2.
Find the difference of 29 and 13, and then divide by 2.
Answer:

(29 – 13) ÷ 2

Question 3.
Add 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) and \(\frac{3}{4}\), and then subtract \(\frac{1}{3}\).
Answer:

( 1 1/2 + 3/4 ) – 1/3

Question 4.
Multiply 1.2 by 5 and then subtract 0.7.
Answer:

( 1.2 x 5 ) – 0.7

Question 5.
Add the quotient of 120 and 3 to the product of 15 and 10.
Answer:

(120 ÷ 3) + (15 x 10)

Set C
pages 545-548
The expressions below show how many miles each student ran this week. How does Alex’s distance compare to Kim’s distance?
Kim: (4 × 3\(\frac{1}{2}\))
Alex: (4 × 3\(\frac{1}{2}\)) + 2\(\frac{1}{2}\)
What is the same about the expressions? Both contain the product 4 × 3\(\frac{1}{2}\).
What is different about the expressions?
2\(\frac{1}{2}\) is added in Alex’s expression.
So, Alex ran 2\(\frac{1}{2}\) miles farther than Kim this week.

Remember that sometimes you can compare numerical expressions without doing any calculations.

Without doing any calculations, write >, <, or =

Question 1.
72 × (37 – 9) Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 80 69 × (37 – 9)
Answer:

72 × (37 – 9)  > 69 × (37 – 9)

Question 2.
(144 ÷ 12) – 6 Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 80 144 ÷ 12
Answer:

(144 ÷ 12) – 6  <  144 ÷ 12

Question 3.
(4 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 3) × 2 Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 80 2 × (4 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 3)
Answer:

(4 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 3) × 2 <  2 × (4 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 3)

Question 4.
Describe how Expression A compares to Expression B.
A $3.99 + ($9.50 × 2)
B $9.50 × 2
Answer:

Value of A is  3.99 more than Value of B

Set D
pages 549-552

Think about these questions to help you reason abstractly and quantitatively.

Thinking Habits
• What do the numbers and symbols in the problem mean?
• How are the numbers or quantities related?
• How can I represent a word problem using pictures, numbers, or equations?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 90.1

Remember that you can use diagrams to help solve problems.

Question 1.
Kerry has 5 metal and 3 wood paperweights in her collection. She has twice as many glass paperweights as metal paperweights. Write an expression to represent the total number of paperweights in her collection. Then find the total number of paperweights.
Answer:

Question 2.
Reese had 327 baseball cards. Then he lost 8 of them and gave 15 of them to his brother. Write an expression to represent the number of baseball cards he has left. Then find how many baseball cards he has left.
Answer:

Topic 13 Assessment Practice

Question 1.
Which of the following is equal to 10?
A. 2 × (45 ÷ 9)
B. 24 – (7 × 3)
C. 1 + (4 × 2)
D. (2 × 25) × 5
Answer:

A. 2 × (45 ÷ 9)

Question 2.
Select all of the expressions that are equal to 8 × 65.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 93 3 + 5 × 60
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 93 8 × (60 + 5)
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 93 8 × (50 + 15)
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 93 (8 + 60) × (8 + 5)
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 93 (8 × 60) + (8 × 5)
Answer:

Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 93 8 × (60 + 5)
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 93 8 × (50 + 15)

Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 93 (8 × 60) + (8 × 5)

Question 3.
Which is the value of the expression 7 + (3 × 4) – 2?
A. 38
B. 20
C. 17
D. 12
Answer:

C.17

Question 4.
Which expression represents the following calculation?
Add 16 to the quotient of 72 and 8.
A. (72 – 8) + 16
B. (72 ÷ 8) + 16
C. (16 + 72) ÷ 8
D. (16 + 72) + 8
Answer:

B. (72 ÷ 8) + 16

Question 5.
What is the value of
(100 × 15) + (10 × 15)?
Answer:

(100 × 15) + (10 × 15)

(1500) + (150)

1650

Question 6.
Describe how the value of Expression A compares to the value of Expression B.
A. 12 × (54 ÷ \(\frac{2}{5}\))
B. 54 ÷ \(\frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:

Value of A is 12 times the value of B

Question 7.
Write >, <, or = in the circle to make the statement true.
(368 × 19) – 24 img 95 (368 × 19) – 47
Answer:

(368 × 19) – 24 < 95 (368 × 19) – 47

Question 8.
Insert parentheses to make the statement true.
7 + 6 × 14 – 9 = 37
Answer:

Question 9.
Which expression represents the following calculation?
Subtract 2 from the product of 7 and 3.
A. (7 + 3) – 2
B. 7 × (3 – 2)
C. (7 × 3) – 2
D. (7 × 2) – 3
Answer:

C. (7 × 3) – 2

Question 10.
What is the value of the expression (6 + 3) × 2?
Answer:

(6 + 3) × 2

9 × 2

18

Question 11.
Evaluate the expression (6 + 12 ÷ 2) + 4. Show your work.
Answer:

(6 + 12 ÷ 2) + 4

(6 + 6) + 4

12 + 4

16

Question 12.
Write >, <, or = in the circle to make the statement true.
(249 + 1,078) × \(\frac{1}{3}\) img 96 (249 + 1,078) ÷ 3
Answer:

(249 + 1,078) × \(\frac{1}{3}\) < 96 (249 + 1,078) ÷ 3

Question 13.
Write an expression to find the product of 3 and 28 plus the product of 2 and 15. Then solve.
Answer:

(3 x 28) + (2 x 15)

84 + 30

114

Question 14.
Evaluate the expression.
6 + (24 – 4) + 8 ÷ 2
A. What step do you perform first in evaluating this expression?
B. What step do you perform second in evaluating this expression?
C. What is the value of the expression?
Answer:

A. Subtraction 24-4

B. Division 8 ÷ 2

C. 30

Decorating
Jackie is decorating her room. She wants to put a border around the ceiling. She will put wallpaper on one wall and paint the other three walls.

Question 1.
The drawing of Jackie’s Room shows the width of the room. The expression [13.2 – (2 × 2.8)] ÷2 represents the length of her room.
Part A
How much border does Jackie need to go around the entire ceiling of her room? Explain how you can tell from the expression.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 98.1
Part B.
What is the length of Jackie’s room? Show the steps you use to evaluate the expression.
Answer:

Question 2.
The Painted Walls drawing shows the three walls Jackie wants to paint. One wall is 2.8 meters long. The length of each of the other walls is the answer you found in Question 1, Part B.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 98.2
Answer:

Part A
Write an expression to represent how many square meters Jackie will paint.
Part B
Evaluate the expression you wrote in Part A to find how many square meters Jackie will paint. Show the steps you used to evaluate the expression.
Answer:

Question 3.
The wall Jackie wants to wallpaper has two windows. The Wallpapered Wall drawing shows the lengths and widths of the wall and the windows. Each roll of wallpaper covers 0.8 square meter.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 13 Write and Interpret Numerical Expressions 96.1
Part A
What does the expression 2 × (1.5 × 0.8) represent? What does the expression (2.8 × 2) – (2 × (1.5 × 0.8)] represent?
Part B
Write an expression to find how many rolls of wallpaper Jackie needs to buy. Show the steps you used to evaluate the expression.
Answer: